Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 3, 2020

File No.            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10

 

 

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

CALIFORNIA BANCORP

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

California   82-1751097
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
1300 Clay Street, Suite 500
Oakland, California
 

94612

(Zip Code)

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (510) 457-3737

 

Copies to:

 

Steven E. Shelton
President and Chief Executive Officer
California BanCorp
1300 Clay Street, Suite 500
Oakland, California 94612
(510) 457-3737
   Joshua A. Dean
David J. Gershon
Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP
650 Town Center Drive, 4th Floor
Costa Mesa, California 92626
(714) 424-8292

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class
to be so registered

 

Name of each exchange on which
each class is to be registered

Common Stock, no par value per share   The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of  “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ITEM 1.

 

BUSINESS

     3  

ITEM 1A.

 

RISK FACTORS

     23  

ITEM 2.

 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     38  

ITEM 3.

 

PROPERTIES

     70  

ITEM 4.

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     71  

ITEM 5.

 

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     72  

ITEM 6.

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     80  

ITEM 7.

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

     85  

ITEM 8.

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     87  

ITEM 9.

 

MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     87  

ITEM 10.

 

RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

     88  

ITEM 11.

 

DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

     89  

ITEM 12.

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     93  

ITEM 13.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     95  

ITEM 14.

 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     184  

ITEM 15.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

     185  

 

 

i


Table of Contents

Explanatory Note

California BanCorp is filing this General Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10 to register its common stock, no par value per share, pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Once this registration statement is deemed effective, California BanCorp will be required to file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K, and to comply with all other obligations of the Exchange Act applicable to issuers filing registration statements pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act.

We are an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) and as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2. As such, we may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements in future reports that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references in this registration statement to “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to California BanCorp and our wholly-owned banking subsidiary, California Bank of Commerce, except that in the discussion of our capital stock and related matters, these terms refer solely to California BanCorp and not to California Bank of Commerce. All references to the “Company” refer to California BanCorp only, and all references to the “Bank” refer to California Bank of Commerce only.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements contained in this registration statement are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include statements relating to our projected growth, anticipated future financial performance, financial condition, credit quality and management’s long-term performance goals, as well as statements relating to the anticipated effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations from expected developments or events, our business, growth and strategies. These statements, which are based on certain assumptions and estimates and describe our future plans, results, strategies and expectations, can generally be identified by the use of the words and phrases “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “goal,” “plan,” “potential,” “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “target,” “aim,” “predict,” “continue,” “seek,” “projection” and other variations of such words and phrases and similar expressions.

We have made the forward-looking statements in this registration statement based on assumptions and estimates that we believe to be reasonable in light of the information available to us at this time. However, these forward-looking statements are subject to significant risks and uncertainties, and could be affected by many factors. Factors that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects can be found in the “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections of this registration statement and elsewhere in this registration statement. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

business and economic conditions nationally, regionally and in our target markets, particularly in the greater San Francisco Bay Area and other areas in which we operate;

 

   

concentration of our loan portfolio in commercial and industrial loans, which loans may be dependent on the borrower’s cash flows for repayment and, to some extent, the local and regional economy;

 

   

concentration of our loan portfolio in real estate loans and changes in the prices, values and sales volumes of commercial and residential real estate;

 

   

the concentration of our business activities within the geographic areas of Northern California;

 

   

credit and lending risks associated with our commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and construction and development portfolios;

 

1


Table of Contents
   

disruptions to the credit and financial markets, either nationally or globally;

 

   

increased competition in the banking industry, nationally, regionally or locally;

 

   

our ability to execute our business strategy to achieve profitable growth;

 

   

the dependence of our operating model on our ability to attract and retain experienced and talented bankers in each of our markets;

 

   

risks that our cost of funding could increase, in the event we are unable to continue to attract stable, low-cost deposits and/or reduce our cost of deposits;

 

   

our ability to improve our operating efficiency;

 

   

failure to keep pace with technological change or difficulties when implementing new technologies;

 

   

our ability to attract and maintain business banking relationships with well-qualified businesses, real estate developers and investors with proven track records in our market areas;

 

   

our ability to attract sufficient loans that meet prudent credit standards, including in our commercial and industrial and owner-occupied commercial real estate loan categories;

 

   

failure to maintain adequate liquidity and regulatory capital and comply with evolving federal and state banking regulations;

 

   

inability of our risk management framework to effectively mitigate credit risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk, price risk, compliance risk, operational risk, strategic risk and reputational risk;

 

   

our ability to develop new, and grow our existing, streams of noninterest income;

 

   

our dependence on our management team and our ability to motivate and retain our management team;

 

   

risks related to any future acquisitions, including failure to realize anticipated benefits from future acquisitions;

 

   

system failures, data security breaches, including as a result of cyber-attacks, or failures to prevent breaches of our network security;

 

   

data processing system failures and errors;

 

   

our heavy reliance on communications and information systems to conduct business and reliance on third parties and affiliates to provide key components of business structure, any disruptions of which could interrupt operations or increase the costs of doing business;

 

   

fraudulent and negligent acts by our customers, employees or vendors;

 

   

our financial reporting controls and procedures’ ability to prevent or detect all errors or fraud;

 

   

our ability to maintain expenses in line with current projections;

 

   

fluctuations in the market value of the securities held in our securities portfolio;

 

   

the adequacy of our reserves (including allowance for loan and lease losses and the appropriateness of our methodology for calculating such reserves;

 

   

increased loan losses or impairment of goodwill and other intangibles;

 

   

an inability to raise necessary capital to fund our growth strategy, operations, or to meet increased minimum regulatory capital levels;

 

   

the sufficiency of our capital, including sources of such capital and the extent to which capital may be used or required;

 

   

interest rate shifts and its impact on our financial condition and results of operation;

 

2


Table of Contents
   

the expenses that we will incur to operate as a public company and our inexperience complying with the requirements of being a public company;

 

   

the institution and outcome of litigation and other legal proceeding to which we become subject;

 

   

changes in our accounting standards;

 

   

the impact of recent and future legislative and regulatory changes, including the adoption and implementation of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”);

 

   

examinations by our regulatory authorities, including the possibility that the regulatory authorities may, among other things, require us to increase our allowance for loan losses, or write-down assets, or otherwise impose restrictions or conditions on our operations, including, but not limited to, our ability to acquire or be acquired;

 

   

governmental monetary and fiscal policies;

 

   

changes in the scope and cost of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance and other coverage; and

 

   

other factors and risks described under the “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections herein.

Because of these risks and other uncertainties, our actual results, performance or achievement, or industry results, may be materially different from the anticipated or estimated results discussed in the forward-looking statements in this registration statement. Our past results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our future results. You should not rely on any forward-looking statements, which represent our beliefs, assumptions and estimates only as of the dates on which they were made, as predictions of future events. We undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements, even though circumstances may change in the future, except as required under federal securities law. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General Overview

California BanCorp was organized in 2017 to serve as the holding company for California Bank of Commerce (the “Bank”) and is headquartered in Oakland, California. California BanCorp commenced operation as a bank holding company on June 30, 2017 following a reorganization transaction in which it became the Bank’s holding company. This transaction was treated as an internal reorganization as all shareholders of the Bank became shareholders of the Company. As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to regulation and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). The Company has no operations other than ownership of the Bank.

The Bank is a California-chartered commercial bank founded in 2007. The Bank is headquartered in Lafayette, California, approximately 15 miles east of Oakland, California. The Bank is supervised and regulated by the California Department of Business Oversight (the “DBO”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”).

The Bank has three branch offices, including its headquarters, in Lafayette, Fremont and San Jose, California and it operates loan production offices in each of Oakland, Walnut Creek, San Jose and Sacramento. We primarily serve business and professional corporations with a variety of business focused financial services. Some of the products and services that we offer include commercial checking, savings and money market accounts, certificates of deposit, treasury and cash management services, foreign exchange services, commercial and industrial loans, asset-based loans, loans to dental and veterinary professionals, commercial real estate loans,

 

3


Table of Contents

residential and commercial construction and development loans, online banking, and mobile banking. In 2015, the Bank acquired Pan Pacific Bank, a business-focused community bank based on in Fremont, California with $131 million in assets. As of September 30, 2019, we had total consolidated assets of $1.1 billion, total loans of $933.3 million, total deposits of $923.9 million and total shareholders’ equity of $129.0 million.

Nasdaq Listing Application

Concurrently with filing this Registration Statement with the SEC we will apply for approval to list the shares of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under our current symbol “CALB.” Our common stock is currently quoted on the OTCQX under the ticker symbol “CALB.”

Our Strategy

The Bank is a relationship-based commercial business bank focused on providing innovative products and services that are value-driven. We maintain a strong credit culture as a foundation of sound asset quality, and we embrace innovation and provide the solutions our customers need and expect. We focus on creating value for the communities and clients we serve to provide exceptional return for our shareholders, and also growing relationship deposits and lending those funds to invest in and support the communities we serve, with the ultimate goal of yielding superior growth in earnings per share.

Our strategic plan includes the following measures of long-term success: (i) earnings per share growth; (ii) return on assets; (iii) return on tangible common equity; (iv) total risk-based capital ratio; (v) core deposit growth; and (vi) non-performing assets to total assets ratio.

Our Market Area

We are headquartered in the San Francisco Bay Area in Oakland, California. The Bank maintains its headquarters in Lafayette, California, where it offers full banking services. We currently have one branch in Fremont, California and one branch in San Jose, California. We also operate loan production offices in Walnut Creek, Oakland, San Jose and Sacramento, California.

Our market areas cover primarily the greater San Francisco Bay Area and Sacramento. Our branches and loan production offices are located in three contiguous counties in the San Francisco Bay Area: Alameda, Contra Costa and Santa Clara; and Sacramento County. The economic base of this market area is heavily dependent on small and medium-sized businesses, providing us with a market rich in potential customers.

The four counties in which the Bank has offices have an estimated aggregate population of 5.8 million, based on 2010 U.S. Census data, and total deposits of approximately $287.5 billion as of June 30, 2019, according to the most recent data published by the FDIC.

The economies of the San Francisco Bay Area are primary driven by the technology, real estate, financial services, tourism, shipping and manufacturing industries and the area is home to the second highest concentration of Fortune 500 companies after the New York metropolitan area. Sacramento is the capitol of the State of California and government-related activities are a significant portion of the region’s economy. The Sacramento area also includes a number of higher education centers, including state universities and technical colleges.

Competition

The banking business is highly competitive, and we face competition in our market areas from many other local, regional, and national financial institutions. Competition among financial institutions is based on interest rates offered on deposit accounts, interest rates charged on loans, other credit and service charges relating to loans, the quality and scope of the services rendered, the convenience of banking facilities, and, in the case of

 

4


Table of Contents

loans to commercial borrowers, relative lending limits. We compete with commercial banks, credit unions, savings institutions, mortgage banking firms, finance companies, including “fintech” lenders, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market funds and other mutual funds, as well as regional and national financial institutions that operate offices in our market areas and elsewhere. The competing major commercial banks have greater resources that may provide them a competitive advantage by enabling them to maintain numerous branch offices, mount extensive advertising campaigns and invest in new technologies, for example. The increasingly competitive environment is the result of changes in regulation, changes in technology and product delivery systems, additional financial service providers, and the accelerating pace of consolidation among financial services providers.

The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. Banks, securities firms and insurance companies can merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer most types of financial services, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting) and merchant banking. Also, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems.

Some of our non-banking competitors, such as fintech lenders, have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. In addition, some of our competitors have assets, capital and lending limits greater than that of the Bank, have greater access to capital markets and offer a broader range of products and services than the Bank. These institutions may have the ability to finance wide-ranging advertising campaigns and may also be able to offer lower rates on loans and higher rates on deposits than we can offer. Some of these institutions offer services, such as international banking, which we do not directly offer, except for a limited suite of services such as international wires and currency exchange.

We compete with these institutions by focusing on our position as an independent, commercial business bank and rely upon local promotional activities, personal relationships established by our officers, directors, and employees with our customers, and specialized services tailored to meet the needs of the customers we serve. We strive to provide innovative products to our customers that are value-driven. We actively cultivate relationships with our customers that extend beyond a single loan to a full suite of products that serve the needs of our commercial customers. Our goal is to develop long-standing connections with our customers and the communities that we serve. While our position varies by market, our management believes that we can compete effectively as a result of local market knowledge, local decision making, and awareness of customer needs.

Our Business

General

We provide a range of commercial lending services, including commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans, and residential and commercial construction and development loans. Our specialty commercial lending niches include dental and veterinary lending, commercial contractors, asset-based lending, commercial and residential construction and emerging businesses. Our customers are generally small to medium-sized businesses and professional firms that are located in or conduct a substantial portion of their business in our market areas. The majority of our customer-facing offices are loan production offices.

Credit Administration and Loan Review

Historically, we believe we have made sound, high quality loans while recognizing that lending money involves a degree of business risk. We have loan policies designed to assist us in managing this business risk. These policies provide a general framework for our loan origination, monitoring and funding activities, while recognizing that not all risks can be anticipated.

As part of our credit administration, we document the borrower’s business, purpose of the loan, our evaluation of the repayment source and the associated risks, our evaluation of collateral, covenants and

 

5


Table of Contents

monitoring requirements, and the risk rating rationale. Our strategy for approving or disapproving loans is to follow conservative loan policies and consistent underwriting practices which include:

 

   

maintaining close relationships among our customers and their designated banker to ensure ongoing credit monitoring and loan servicing;

 

   

granting credit on a sound basis with full knowledge of the purpose and source of repayment for such credit;

 

   

confirming that primary and secondary sources of repayment are adequate in relation to the amount of the loan;

 

   

developing and maintaining targeted levels of diversification for our loan portfolio as a whole and for loans within each category; and

 

   

properly documenting each loan and confirming that any insurance coverage requirements are satisfied.

For loan approvals, a loan is first recommended by a line of business manager and then is directed to the appropriate officer within credit administration for approval, subject to specified limits. This process ensures that the loan is supported by both the line of business and credit administration and allows us to respond to customer credit requests in an expeditious manner. Proposed loans above the specified limit must be approved by the Bank’s board of directors.

Managing credit risk is a company-wide process. Our strategy for credit risk management includes centralized credit policies, uniform underwriting criteria and ongoing risk monitoring and review processes for all credit exposures. Our processes emphasize early-stage review of loans, regular credit evaluations and management reviews of loans, which supplement the ongoing and proactive credit monitoring and loan servicing provided by our bankers. Our Chief Credit Officer provides company-wide credit oversight and periodically reviews all credit risk portfolios to ensure that the risk identification processes are functioning properly and that our credit standards are followed. In addition, a third-party loan review is performed to assist in the identification of problem assets and to confirm our internal risk rating of loans. We attempt to identify potential problem loans early in an effort to seek aggressive resolution of these situations before the loans become a loss, record any necessary charge-offs promptly and maintain adequate allowance levels for probable loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio.

Our loan policies generally include other underwriting guidelines for loans collateralized by real estate. These underwriting standards are designed to determine the maximum loan amount that a borrower has the capacity to repay based upon the type of collateral securing the loan and the borrower’s income. Our loan policies include maximum amortization schedules and loan terms for each category of loans collateralized by liens on real estate.

In addition, our loan policies provide guidelines for: personal guarantees; environmental review; loans to employees, executive officers and directors; problem loan identification; maintenance of an adequate allowance for loan losses and other matters relating to lending practices. We do not make loans to any director, executive officer of the Bank, or the related interests of each, unless the loan is approved by the full board of directors of the Bank.

Lending Limits

Under California law, our ability to make aggregate secured and unsecured loans-to-one-borrower is limited to 25% and 15%, respectively, of unimpaired capital and surplus. At September 30, 2019, the Bank’s limit on aggregate secured loans-to-one-borrower was $33.7 million and unsecured loans-to-one borrower was $20.2 million. At September 30, 2019, the Bank’s highest aggregate balance of secured loans-to-one-borrower was $19.1 million and the highest aggregate balance of unsecured loans-to-one borrower was $5.2 million. The

 

6


Table of Contents

Bank’s legal lending limit will increase or decrease as the Bank’s level of capital increases or decreases. In addition, the Bank has established internal loan limits, which are lower than the legal lending limits for a California bank. Our board of directors will adjust the internal lending limit as deemed necessary to continue to mitigate risk and serve the Bank’s customers. We are also able to sell participations in our larger loans to other financial institutions, which allow us to manage the risk involved in these loans and to meet the lending needs of our customers requiring extensions of credit in excess of these limits.

Commercial and Industrial Loans

We have significant expertise in small to middle market commercial and industrial lending, with an emphasis on the dental and veterinary industries, contractors and emerging companies. Our success is the result of our product and market expertise, and our focus on delivering high-quality, customized and quick turnaround service for our customers due to our focus on maintaining an appropriate balance between prudent, disciplined underwriting, on the one hand, and flexibility in our decision making and responsiveness to our customers, on the other hand, which has allowed us to grow our commercial and industrial loan portfolio while maintaining asset quality. As of September 30, 2019, commercial and industrial loans made up approximately $402.3 million or 43% of our loan portfolio, of which dental loans were approximately $146.4 million, or approximately 16% of our loan portfolio.

We provide a mix of variable and fixed rate commercial and industrial loans. We extend commercial business loans for working capital, accounts receivable and inventory financing and other business purposes. Generally, short-term loans have maturities ranging from 12 months to 3 years, and “term loans” have maturities ranging from 5 to 10 years. Loans are generally intended to finance current transactions and typically provide for periodic principal payments, with interest payable monthly. Repayment of commercial loans depends substantially on the borrower’s underlying business, financial condition and cash flows, as well as the sufficiency of the collateral. Compared to real estate, the collateral may be more difficult to monitor, evaluate and sell. Where the borrower is a corporation, partnership or other entity, we typically require personal guarantees from significant equity holders. Our maximum loan-to-value ratio for commercial and industrial loans is dependent on the collateral.

Asset-Based Lending (ABL) Loans

A subset of our commercial and industrial loans are structured as asset based lending (“ABL”) loans, which are secured by the borrower’s accounts receivable or inventory. Our ABL loans are structured as callable and cancelable transactions. The ABL loans are originated through and managed by our Business Credit division. Repayment of ABL loans depends substantially on the ability of the borrower to monetize the assets in a defined borrowing base. Generally the borrowing base has a maximum advance rate of 80% against eligible receivables and may include a lower advance rate against inventory. Therefore, the quality and collectability of accounts receivable, concentrations among account debtors, financial strength of the account debtors, and quality and transferability of inventory can impact repayment. At September 30, 2019, ABL loans totaled approximately $43.3 million, or 5% of our loan portfolio.

Construction and Development Loans

We offer adjustable rate residential and commercial construction loan financing to builders and developers and to consumers who wish to build their own home. The term of construction and development loans generally is limited to 12 to 36 months. Most loans will mature and require payment in full upon the sale or refinance of the property. We believe that construction and development loans generally carry a higher degree of risk than long-term financing of stabilized, rented, and owner-occupied properties because repayment depends on the ultimate completion of the project and usually on the subsequent sale or refinance of the property. Specific risks include:

 

   

cost overruns;

 

   

mismanaged construction;

 

7


Table of Contents
   

inferior or improper construction techniques;

 

   

economic changes or downturns during construction;

 

   

a downturn in the real estate market;

 

   

rising interest rates which may prevent sale of the property; and

 

   

failure to sell or stabilize completed projects in a timely manner.

We attempt to reduce risk associated with construction and development loans by obtaining personal guarantees and by keeping the maximum loan-to-value ratio at or below 50%-75% depending on the project type with a maximum loan-to-cost ratio of 80%. Many of our loans will include interest reserves built into the loan commitment. Generally, for owner occupied commercial construction loans, we will require periodic cash payments for interest from the borrower’s cash flow. As of September 30, 2019, construction and development loans made up approximately $32.5 million or 3% of our loan portfolio.

Real Estate Loans

A significant component of our loan portfolio is loans secured by real estate. These loans include both commercial real estate loans and other loans secured by real estate. Real estate loans are subject to the same general risks as other loans and are particularly sensitive to fluctuations in the value of real estate. Fluctuations in the value of real estate and rising interest rates, as well as other factors arising after a loan has been made, could negatively affect a borrower’s cash flow, creditworthiness, and ability to repay the loan. We obtain a security interest in real estate where feasible, in addition to any other available collateral, in order to increase the likelihood of the ultimate repayment of the loan.

As of September 30, 2019, commercial real estate loans made up approximately $484.6 million, or 52%, of our loan portfolio. We do not originate residential mortgage loans and as of September 30, 2019, home equity loans made up approximately $1.7 million or less than one percent of our loan portfolio.

Our commercial real estate loans generally have terms of 10 years or less, although payments may be structured on a longer amortization basis. We evaluate each borrower on an individual basis and attempt to determine their business risks and credit profile. We attempt to reduce credit risk in the commercial real estate portfolio by emphasizing loans on owner-occupied industrial, office, and retail buildings where the loan-to-value ratio, established by independent appraisals, does not exceed 70% of cost or appraised value. We also generally require that a borrower’s cash flow exceed 130% of monthly debt service obligations. In order to ensure secondary sources of payment and liquidity to support a loan request, we typically review all of the personal financial statements of the principal owners and require their personal guarantees. Commercial real estate loans are generally viewed as having more risk of default than residential real estate loans. They are also typically larger than residential real estate loans and consumer loans and depend on cash flows from the owner’s business or the property to service the debt. Because our loan portfolio contains a number of commercial real estate loans with relatively large balances, the deterioration of one or a few of these loans could cause a significant increase in our levels of nonperforming assets.

Small Business Administration Loans

We offer U.S. Small Business Administration, or SBA, loans for qualifying businesses for loan amounts up to $5 million. The Bank primarily extends SBA loans known as SBA 7(a) loans and SBA 504 loans. SBA 7(a) loans are typically extended for working capital needs, purchase of inventory, purchase of machinery and equipment, debt refinance, business acquisitions, start-up financing or to purchase or construct owner-occupied commercial property. SBA 7(a) loans are typically term loans with maturities up to 10 years for loans not secured by real estate and up to 25 years for real estate secured loans. SBA loans are fully amortizing with monthly payments of principal and interest. SBA 7(a) loans are typically floating rate loans that are secured by business

 

8


Table of Contents

assets and/or real estate. Depending on the loan amount, each loan is typically guaranteed 75% to 85% by the SBA, with a maximum gross loan amount to any one small business borrower of $5 million and a maximum SBA guaranteed amount of $3.75 million.

We are generally able to sell the guaranteed portion of the SBA 7(a) loans in the secondary market at a premium, while earning servicing fee income on the sold portion over the remaining life of the loan. In addition to the interest yield earned on the unguaranteed portion of the SBA 7(a) loans that are not sold, we recognize income from gains on sales and from loan servicing on the SBA 7(a) loans that are sold.

SBA 504 loans are typically extended for the purpose of purchasing owner-occupied commercial real estate or long-term capital equipment. SBA 504 loans are typically extended for up to 20 years or the life of the asset being financed. SBA 504 loans are financed as a participation loan between the Bank and the SBA through a Certified Development Company (“CDC”). Generally, these loans are structured to give the Bank a 50% first deed of trust and the CDC a 40% second deed of trust, with the remaining 10% funded by the borrower. Interest rates for the first deed of trust loans are subject to normal bank commercial rates and terms and the second deed of trust CDC loans are fixed for the life of the loans based on certain indices.

Our SBA 7(a) loans are originated through our SBA Loan Department. The SBA Loan Department is staffed by loan officers who provide assistance to qualified businesses. The Bank is designated as an SBA Preferred Lender, whereby the SBA has delegated its authority to us to make, service and liquidate loans. This designation generally facilitates a more efficient marketing and approval process for SBA loans. We have attained SBA Preferred Lender status nationwide.

As of September 30, 2019, our SBA loan portfolio totaled approximately $11.5 million or approximately 1% of our loan portfolio.

Consumer Loans

We occasionally make loans to individuals for personal and household purposes, including secured and unsecured installment loans and revolving lines of credit. Consumer loans are underwritten based on the borrower’s income, current debt level, past credit history, and the availability and value of collateral. Consumer rates are both fixed and variable, with negotiable terms. Our installment loans typically amortize over periods up to 5 years. Although we typically require monthly payments of interest and a portion of the principal on our loan products, we will offer consumer loans with a single maturity date when a specific source of repayment is available. Consumer loans are generally considered to have greater risk than first or second mortgages on real estate because they may be unsecured, or, if they are secured, the value of the collateral may be difficult to assess and more likely to decrease in value than real estate. As of September 30, 2019, consumer loans made up less than $1 million of our loan portfolio.

Deposit Products

We offer a range of commercially focused deposit and treasury management services at our branch locations that are similar to those typically available in the commercial divisions of the larger regional and national banking institutions, including commercial analysis and other cash management accounts, ranging from money market accounts to long-term certificates of deposit. Transaction accounts and time deposits are tailored to and offered at rates competitive to those offered in our primary market areas. Our customers primarily include businesses, associations, organizations and governmental authorities. Our deposits are insured by the FDIC up to statutory limits.

 

9


Table of Contents

Securities

We manage our securities portfolio and cash to maintain adequate liquidity and to ensure the safety and preservation of invested principal, with a secondary focus on yield and returns. Specific goals of our investment portfolio are as follows:

 

   

provide a ready source of balance sheet liquidity, ensuring adequate availability of funds to meet fluctuations in loan demand, deposit balances and other changes in balance sheet volumes and composition;

 

   

serve as a means for diversification of our assets with respect to credit quality, maturity and other attributes;

 

   

serve as a tool for modifying our interest rate risk profile pursuant to our established policies; and

 

   

provide collateral to secure local governmental agency and business deposits.

Our investment portfolio is comprised primarily of U.S. government agency securities and mortgage-backed securities issued by government-sponsored entities, though we may hold other securities, such as corporate debt securities.

Our investment policy is reviewed annually by our board of directors. The Bank’s board of directors has delegated the responsibility of monitoring our investment activities to the Asset Liability Committee of the Bank’s board of directors. Day-to-day activities pertaining to the securities portfolio are conducted under the supervision of our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Executive Officer. We actively monitor our investments on an ongoing basis to identify any material changes in the securities. We also review our securities for potential other-than-temporary impairment at least quarterly.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an emerging growth company as that term is used in the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

   

a requirement to have only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;

 

   

exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

   

reduced disclosure about the emerging growth company’s executive compensation arrangements; and

 

   

no non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

We could remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of  (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three year period. We have elected to take advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements described above regarding our executive compensation arrangements for purposes of this registration statement. In addition, we expect to take advantage of certain of the reduced reporting and other requirements of the JOBS Act with respect to the periodic reports we will file with the SEC and proxy statements that we use to solicit proxies from our shareholders.

 

10


Table of Contents

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We plan to elect to use the extended period for compliance and, as a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. See our discussion in “Risk Factors”.

Employees

As of September 30, 2019, we had 133.5 full-time equivalent employees (“FTE”). None of our employees are represented by any collective bargaining unit or is a party to a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good and have not experienced interruptions of operations due to labor disagreements.

General Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 1300 Clay Street, Suite 500, Oakland, California and our telephone number at that address is (510) 457-3615. Additional information can be found on our website: www.californiabankofcommerce.com. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference herein and does not constitute a part of this registration statement.

Public Information

After this registration statement becomes effective, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other documents with the SEC. Our SEC filings will be available to the public on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. You may also obtain these documents, free of charge, from the investor relations section of our website at http://www.californiabankofcommerce.com.

Preliminary Estimated Unaudited Consolidated Financial Results for the Three Months and the Year Ended December 31, 2019

The following information sets forth summary consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods shown. Our actual results, as of and for the quarter and year ended December 31, 2019, remain subject to Management’s review as well as completion of the audit of our annual consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on these preliminary financial results, which may differ materially from actual results. See “Risk Factors”, “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for a discussion of certain factors that could result in differences between the preliminary estimated unaudited consolidated financial results reported below and the actual results. Our actual audited consolidated financial statements and related disclosures as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019 are not expected to be filed with the SEC until after this registration statement is completed.

 

11


Table of Contents

The following table reflects unaudited income statement and per share data as well as selected performance measures for the three months and twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

     Three months ended     Twelve months ended  
     12/31/19     12/31/18     12/13/19     12/31/18  
     (dollars in thousands, except per share data)  

Income Statement Data:

        

Interest income

   $ 12,806     $ 11,033     $ 49,078     $ 40,938  

Interest expense

     2,222       1,474       8,140       5,106  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     10,584       9,559       40,938       35,832  

Provision for credit losses

     1,000       591       2,326       1,435  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

     9,584       8,968       38,612       34,397  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income

     1,146       862       4,248       3,716  

Other expenses

     9,825       7,091       33,223       26,371  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     905       2,739       9,637       11,742  

Income taxes

     327       632       2,636       3,029  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 578     $ 2,107     $ 7,001     $ 8,713  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Share Data:

        

Basic earnings per share

   $ 0.07     $ 0.26     $ 0.87     $ 1.22  

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 0.07     $ 0.26     $ 0.86     $ 1.19  

Book value per share (at period-end)

   $ 16.09     $ 15.15     $ 16.09     $ 15.15  

Performance Measures:

        

Return on average assets

     0.20     0.85     0.66     0.94

Return on average equity

     1.76     6.96     5.52     8.65

Net interest margin

     3.90     4.09     4.12     4.09

Efficiency ratio

     83.76     68.05     73.52     66.68

Net interest income for the three months ended December 31, 2019 was 10.6 million, an increase of $1.0 million, or 10.72%, compared to the same period one year earlier. Net interest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 was $40.9 million, an increase of $5.1 million, or 14.25%, compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2018. The net interest margin was 3.90% for the fourth quarter of 2019 compared to 4.09% for the fourth quarter of 2018, representing a decrease of 19 basis points. The decrease was a direct result of strong average deposit growth combined with lower deposit leverage during the fourth quarter of 2019. The net interest margin for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was 4.12% and 4.09%, respectively, representing an increase of 3 basis points. The increase was primarily due to an increase in average loan balances combined with higher balance sheet leverage.

Non-interest income for the three months ended December 31, 2019 was $1.1 million, an increase of $284,000, or 32.95%, compared to the same period one year earlier. Non-interest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 was $4.2 million, an increase of $532,000, or 14.32%, compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2018. The improvement in non-interest income during both time periods of 2019 compared to 2018 was primarily due to increased fees and service charges resulting from growth in our loan and deposit portfolios.

Non-interest expense for the three months ended December 31, 2019 was $9.8 million, an increase of $2.7 million, or 38.56%, compared to the same period one year earlier. Non-interest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 was $33.2 million, an increase of $6.9 million, or 25.98%, compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2018. The increase in non-interest expense during both time periods of 2019 compared to 2018 reflects our investments in new initiatives and personnel to support future growth.

 

12


Table of Contents

The following table reflects unaudited balance sheet and asset quality data as well as capital adequacy measures as of December 31, 2019, September 30, 2019, and December 31, 2018, respectively.

 

     12/31/19     09/30/19     12/31/18  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

      

Assets

   $ 1,152,034     $ 1,094,609     $ 1,005,677  

Loans, net

     941,132       925,257       836,131  

Deposits

     988,236       923,910       874,254  

Shareholders’ equity

     130,256       129,002       121,079  

Asset Quality Data:

      

Allowance for loan losses / gross loans

     1.17     1.12     1.28

Allowance for loan losses / nonperforming loans

     402.29     222.74     241.99

Nonperforming assets / total assets

     0.24     0.43     0.44

Nonperforming loans / gross loans

     0.29     0.50     0.53

Capital Adequacy Measures:

      

Tier 1 leverage ratio

     10.64     11.44     11.57

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

     10.58     10.89     11.18

Total risk-based capital ratio

     11.99     12.33     12.76

Total equity / total assets

     11.31     11.79     12.04

Total tangible equity / total tangible assets

     10.72     11.17     11.37

Total assets of $1.15 billion as of December 31, 2019 represented an increase of $57.4 million, or 5.25%, from September 30, 2019 and $146.4 million, or 14.55%, from December 31, 2018. Total net loans of $941.1 million represented an increase of $15.9 million, or 1.72%, from September 30, 2019 and 105.0 million, or 12.56%, from December 31, 2018. The largest categories of growth within the loan portfolio were in commercial real estate loans and commercial and industrial loans.

Total deposits of $988.2 million as of December 31, 2019 represented an increase of $64.3 million, or 6.96%, from September 30, 2019 and $114.0 million, or 13.04%, from December 31, 2018. The largest categories of growth within the deposit portfolio were in money market and savings accounts and non-interest bearing demand accounts.

The allowance for loan losses represented 1.17% of total gross loans as of December 31, 2019, compared to 1.12% and 1.28% as of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The changes in the coverage of the allowance for loan losses were primarily the result of charge-off activity during 2019, which partially offset provisions to accommodate loan growth. Nonperforming assets represented 0.24% of total assets at December 31, 2019 compared to 0.43% and 0.44% as of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. Nonperforming assets decreased to $2.8 million compared to $4.7 million and $4.5 million as of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

Total shareholders’ equity of $130.3 as of December 31, 2019 represented an increase of $1.3 million, or 0.97%, from September 31, 2019 and $9.2 million, or 7.58%, from December 31, 2018.

Supervision and Regulation

As a financial institution, we are extensively regulated under both federal and state law. This supervisory framework could materially impact the conduct and profitability of our activities. These laws restrict permissible activities and investments and require compliance with various consumer protection provisions applicable to lending, deposit, brokerage, and fiduciary activities. They also impose capital adequacy requirements and conditions on our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders, to repurchase our stock and to receive dividends from our subsidiary banks.

 

13


Table of Contents

As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “Bank Holding Company Act”). The Company is also a bank holding company within the meaning of the California Financial Code. As such, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to examination by, and may be required to file reports with, the Federal Reserve and the DBO. As a California state-chartered commercial bank the Bank is subject to supervision, periodic examination and regulation by the DBO and the FDIC. The Company’s and the Bank’s regulators generally have broad discretion to impose restrictions and limitations on our operations. Banking regulation is intended to protect depositors and consumers and not shareholders.

The following discussion explains the major pieces of legislation and regulation affecting the banking industry and how that legislation and regulation affects our business. The following summary is qualified by reference to the statutory and regulatory provisions discussed. Changes in applicable laws or regulations may have a material effect on the business and prospects of the Company and the Bank, and legislative changes and the policies of various regulatory authorities may significantly affect our operations. We cannot predict the effect that fiscal or monetary policies, or new federal or state legislation or regulation may have on our future business and earnings.

Capital Adequacy

Bank holding companies and depository institutions are required to maintain minimum levels of capital and are subject to consolidated risk-based and leverage capital rules. The federal banking agencies have adopted minimum risk-based capital requirements (Tier 1 capital, common equity Tier 1 capital (“CET1”) and total capital) and leverage capital requirements, as well as guidelines that define components of the calculation of capital and the level of risk associated with various types of assets. Financial institutions are expected to maintain a level of capital commensurate with the risk profile assigned to their assets in accordance with the guidelines.

In addition to the minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, bank holding companies and depository institutions must maintain a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of CET1 in an amount equal to 2.5% of risk-weighted assets in order to avoid restrictions on their ability to make capital distributions and to pay certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. In order to avoid those restrictions, the capital conservation buffer effectively increases the minimum CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital, and total capital ratios for U.S. banking organizations to 7.0%, 8.5%, and 10.5%, respectively. Banking organizations with capital levels that fall within the buffer will be required to limit dividends, share repurchases or redemptions (unless replaced within the same calendar quarter by capital instruments of equal or higher quality), and discretionary bonus payments. The capital conservation buffer was phased in over four years beginning in 2015 and was fully phased in as of January 1, 2019.

The following table presents the risk-based and leverage capital requirements applicable to the Company and the Bank:

 

     Adequately
Capitalized
Requirement
    Well-Capitalized
Requirement
    Well-Capitalized
with Buffer (as fully
phased in 2019)
 

Leverage

     4.0     5.0     5.0

CET1

     4.5     6.5     7.0

Tier 1

     6.0     8.0     8.5

Total Capital

     8.0     10.0     10.5

The capital rules require that goodwill and other intangible assets (other than mortgage servicing assets), net of associated deferred tax liabilities (“DTLs”), be deducted from CET1 capital. Additionally, deferred tax assets (“DTAs”) that arise from net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, net of associated DTLs and valuation allowances, are fully deducted from CET1 capital. However, DTAs arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks, along with mortgage servicing assets and “significant”

 

14


Table of Contents

(defined as greater than 10% of the issued and outstanding common stock of the unconsolidated financial institution) investments in the common stock of unconsolidated “financial institutions” are partially includible in CET1 capital, subject to deductions defined in the rules.

The FDIC also considers interest rate risk (arising when the interest rate sensitivity of a bank’s assets does not match the sensitivity of its liabilities or its off-balance-sheet position) in the evaluation of the bank’s capital adequacy. Banks with excessive interest rate risk exposure are required to hold additional amounts of capital against their exposure to losses resulting from that risk. Through the risk-weighting of assets, the regulators also require banks to incorporate market risk components into their risk-based capital. Under these market risk requirements, capital is allocated to support the amount of market risk related to a bank’s lending and trading activities.

Enforcement Powers

If as a result of an examination of a bank holding company or a bank, its federal banking agency determines that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of its operations are unsatisfactory or that it or its management was in violation of any law or regulation, that agency would have the authority to take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate under the circumstances. These actions include the power to enjoin any “unsafe or unsound” banking practices; to require that affirmative action be taken to correct any conditions resulting from any violation of law or unsafe or unsound practice; to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced; to require that it increase its capital; to restrict its growth; to assess civil monetary penalties against it or its officers or directors; to remove officers and directors of the bank; and if the federal banking agency concludes that such conditions at the bank holding company or the bank cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate a bank’s deposit insurance, which in the case of a California state chartered bank would result in revocation of its charter and require it to cease its banking operations. Under California law the DBO has many of these same remedial powers with respect to the Bank.

Regulation of the Company

As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve under the Bank Holding Company Act and the regulations of the Federal Reserve. The Company is required to file quarterly reports with the Federal Reserve and to provide additional information as the Federal Reserve may require. The Federal Reserve regularly examines the Company, may examine any of our subsidiaries and charges us for the cost of the examinations. The Federal Reserve also has extensive enforcement authority over bank holding companies, including, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist or removal orders and to require that a holding company divest subsidiaries (including its bank subsidiaries). In general, enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of law and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices.

Acquisitions of Banks. The Bank Holding Company Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before:

 

   

acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank if, after the acquisition, the bank holding company will directly or indirectly own or control more than 5% of the bank’s voting shares;

 

   

acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of any bank; or

 

   

merging or consolidating with any other bank holding company.

Additionally, the Bank Holding Company Act provides that the Federal Reserve may not approve any of these transactions if it would result in or tend to create a monopoly, substantially lessen competition, or otherwise

 

15


Table of Contents

function as a restraint of trade, unless the anti-competitive effects of the proposed transaction are clearly outweighed by the public interest in meeting the convenience and needs of the communities to be served. The Federal Reserve is also required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding companies and banks involved in the transaction. The Federal Reserve’s consideration of financial resources generally focuses on capital adequacy, which is discussed above.

Change in Bank Control. Subject to various exceptions, the Bank Holding Company Act and the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978, as amended, together with related regulations, require Federal Reserve approval prior to any person or company acquiring “control” of a bank holding company. Control exists if an individual or company acquires 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the bank holding company. Control is generally presumed to exist if a person or company acquires 10% or more, but less than 25%, of any class of voting securities of the bank holding company, but the regulations set forth certain circumstances in which this presumption does not apply, and the regulations also provide a procedure for challenging rebuttable presumptions of control.

Permitted Activities. The Bank Holding Company Act generally prohibits a bank holding company from engaging in activities other than banking, managing or controlling banks or other permissible subsidiaries, and from acquiring or retaining direct or indirect control of any company engaged in any activities other than those determined by the Federal Reserve to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act expanded the permissible activities of a bank holding company that qualifies as a financial holding company to engage in activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to financial activities. Those activities include, among other activities, certain insurance, advisory and securities activities. The Company has not elected to be financial holding company and we have no plans to do so.

Imposition of Liability for Undercapitalized Subsidiaries: Source of Strength. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”) federal banking agencies are required to take “prompt corrective action” should an insured depository institution fail to meet certain capital adequacy standards. In the event an institution becomes “undercapitalized,” it must submit a capital restoration plan. The capital restoration plan will not be accepted by the regulators unless each company “having control of” the undercapitalized institution “guarantees” the subsidiary’s compliance with the capital restoration plan until it becomes “adequately capitalized.” For purposes of this statute, the Company has control of the Bank. The FDIA grants greater powers to bank regulators in situations where an institution becomes “significantly” or “critically” undercapitalized or fails to submit a capital restoration plan. For example, a bank holding company controlling such an institution can be required to obtain prior Federal Reserve approval of proposed distributions, or might be required to consent to a merger or to divest the troubled institution or other affiliates. See “Regulation of the Bank — Prompt Corrective Action” below.

Federal law and Federal Reserve policy require that the Company act as a source of financial and managerial strength to the Bank, committing resources to the Bank, including at times when it may not be in a financial position to provide it. As discussed above, the Company could be required to guarantee a capital plan of the Bank if it becomes undercapitalized for purposes of banking regulations. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to its subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. The Bank Holding Company Act provides that, in the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a bank subsidiary will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.

Restrictions on Dividends and Stock Repurchases. The Company’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders is limited by both general corporate law considerations and the regulations and policies of the Federal Reserve applicable to bank holding companies. It is the Federal Reserve’s policy that a bank holding company should generally pay dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year, and

 

16


Table of Contents

only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition, and current Federal Reserve policy further calls for a bank holding company to consult with the Federal Reserve before repurchasing shares during a quarter in an amount that exceeds its earnings for the quarter. It is also the Federal Reserve’s policy that bank holding companies should not maintain dividend levels that undermine their ability to be a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries. The Federal Reserve has indicated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy and has discouraged payment ratios that are at maximum allowable levels unless both asset quality and capital are very strong.

Bank holding companies must consult with the Federal Reserve before redeeming any equity or other capital instrument included in regulatory capital prior to stated maturity, if such redemption could have a material effect on the level or composition of the organization’s capital base. Bank holding companies experiencing financial weaknesses, or that are at significant risk of developing financial weaknesses, must consult with the Federal Reserve before redeeming or repurchasing common stock or other regulatory capital instruments.

As a California corporation, the Company is subject to the limitations of California law, which allows a California corporation to distribute cash or property to shareholders, including as a dividend or repurchase or redemption of shares, if the corporation meets either a retained earnings test or a “balance sheet” test. Under the retained earnings test, the Company may make a distribution from retained earnings to the extent that its retained earnings exceed the sum of (a) the amount of the distribution plus (b) the amount, if any, of dividends in arrears on shares with preferential dividend rights. The Company may also make a distribution if, immediately after the distribution, the value of its assets equals or exceeds the sum of (a) its total liabilities plus (b) the liquidation preference of any shares which have a preference upon dissolution over the rights of shareholders receiving the distribution. Indebtedness is not considered a liability if the terms of such indebtedness provide that payment of principal and interest thereon are to be made only if, and to the extent that, a distribution to shareholders could be made under the balance sheet test. In addition, the Company may not make distributions if it is, or as a result of the distribution would be, likely to be unable to meet its liabilities (except those whose payment is otherwise adequately provided for) as they mature.

The primary source of capital for the Company’s payment of any dividend or its repurchase of stock is expected to be the Bank, through the payment of dividends or management fees to the Company. The ability of the Bank to pay cash dividends or fees to the Company is limited by law and regulation, as described in “Regulation of the Bank — Dividend Restrictions Applicable to the Bank,” below.

Regulation of the Bank

The Bank is a California-chartered bank. The deposit accounts of the Bank are insured by the FDIC to the maximum extent provided under federal law. As a California-chartered bank, the Bank is subject to supervision and regulation by the DBO, the chartering authority for California banks, and as an FDIC-insured bank that is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, the FDIC. The FDIC and DBO regularly examine the Bank’s operations and have the authority to approve or disapprove mergers, the establishment of branches and similar corporate actions. The FDIC and the DBO also have the power to prohibit the continuance or development of unsafe or unsound banking practices or other violations of law. The Bank is also subject to numerous state and federal statutes and regulations that affect the Bank, its business, activities, and operations.

Prompt Corrective Action

The federal banking regulators are required to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to capital-deficient institutions. For this purpose, federal banking regulations define five capital categories: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” As of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019, the Bank’s capital levels exceeded the minimum levels required to be considered “well capitalized”, which means it had a common equity Tier 1 capital

 

17


Table of Contents

ratio of 6.5% or higher; a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or higher; a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or higher; and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or higher. The following table sets forth the minimum regulatory capital levels for each category:

 

Capital Category  

Total

Risk-Based

Capital

Ratio

 

Tier 1

Risk-Based

Capital

Ratio

 

Common

Equity

Tier 1

(CET1)

Capital

Ratio

 

Leverage

Ratio

 

Tangible
Equity

to Assets

 

Supplemental

Leverage Ratio

Well Capitalized

  10% or greater   8% or greater   6.5% or greater   5% or greater   n/a   n/a

Adequately

Capitalized

  8% or greater   6% or greater   4.5% or greater   4% or greater   n/a   3% or greater

Undercapitalized

  Less than 8%   Less than 6%   Less than 4.5%   Less than 4%   n/a   Less than 3%

Significantly

Undercapitalized

  Less than 6%   Less than 4%   Less than 3%   Less than 3%   n/a   n/a

Critically

Undercapitalized

  n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a   Less than 2%   n/a

An institution’s capital category is determined solely for the purpose of applying prompt corrective action regulations, and the capital category may not constitute an accurate representation of the institution’s overall financial condition or prospects for other purposes. An institution may be downgraded to a capital category that is lower than indicated by its capital ratios if it is determined to be in an unsafe or unsound condition or if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating with respect to certain matters. Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject a bank to a variety of enforcement remedies, including issuance of a capital directive, the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, a prohibition on accepting brokered deposits, and certain other restrictions on its business.

Federal banking regulators are required to take various mandatory supervisory actions and are authorized to take other discretionary actions with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories: undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. The severity of the action depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. As an institution’s capital decreases, the regulators’ enforcement powers become more severe.

In the event an institution becomes “undercapitalized,” it must submit a capital restoration plan. The federal banking regulators require that each company having control of the undercapitalized institution guarantees the subsidiary depository institution’s compliance with the capital restoration plan up to a certain specified amount. Any such guarantee from a depository institution’s holding company is entitled to a priority of payment in bankruptcy.

The bank regulators have greater power in situations where an institution becomes “significantly” or “critically” undercapitalized or fails to submit a capital restoration plan. In addition to requiring undercapitalized institutions to submit a capital restoration plan, bank regulations contain broad restrictions on certain activities of undercapitalized institutions including asset growth, acquisitions, branch establishment and expansion into new lines of business. With certain exceptions, an insured depository institution is prohibited from making capital distributions, including dividends, and is prohibited from paying management fees to control persons if the institution would be undercapitalized after any such distribution or payment.

A significantly undercapitalized institution is subject to mandated capital raising activities, restrictions on interest rates paid and transactions with affiliates, removal of management, and other restrictions. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the banking regulator must appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized.

 

18


Table of Contents

Banks with risk-based capital and leverage ratios below the required minimums may also be subject to certain administrative actions, including the termination of deposit insurance upon notice and hearing, or a temporary suspension of insurance without a hearing in the event the institution has no tangible capital.

In addition to the federal regulatory capital requirements described above, the DBO has authority to take possession of the business and properties of a California-chartered bank in the event that the bank’s tangible shareholders’ equity is less than the greater of 4% of the bank’s total assets or $1.0 million.

Dividend Restrictions Applicable to the Bank

The primary source of funds for the Company is expected to be dividends from the Bank. California and federal laws and regulations limit the Bank’s payment of dividends to the Company.

Under the California Financial Code, the Bank is permitted to pay a dividend in the following circumstances: (i) without the consent of either the DBO or the Bank’s shareholders, in an amount not exceeding the lesser of (a) the retained earnings of the Bank; or (b) the net income of the Bank for its last three fiscal years, less the amount of any distributions made during the prior period; (ii) with the prior approval of the DBO, in an amount not exceeding the greatest of: (a) the retained earnings of the Bank; (b) the net income of the Bank for its last fiscal year; or (c) the net income for the Bank for its current fiscal year; and (iii) with the prior approval of the DBO and the Bank’s shareholders (i.e., the Company) in connection with a reduction of its contributed capital.

The Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Company is further limited by the requirement to maintain adequate capital pursuant to applicable capital adequacy guidelines and regulations, and a depository institution generally is prohibited from paying any dividends if, following payment thereof, the institution would be undercapitalized. In addition, in order to pay a dividend, the Bank is generally required to maintain a capital conservation buffer of 2.5% in CET1. See “—Capital Adequacy Requirements” above.

Further, if, in the opinion of the FDIC, the Bank were engaged in or about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice, the FDIC could require that the Bank stop or refrain from engaging in the practice. The federal banking agencies have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a depository institution’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice.

Branching

California law permits California banks, such as the Bank, to establish an additional banking office with notice to the DBO. Deposit-taking banking offices must be approved by the FDIC, which considers a number of factors, including a bank’s financial condition and management. The Dodd-Frank Act permits insured state banks to engage in interstate branching if the laws of the state where the new banking office is to be established would permit the establishment of the banking office if it were chartered by a bank in such state. A bank may also establish banking offices in other states by merging with banks or by purchasing banking offices of other banks in other states, subject to certain restrictions.

FDIC Insurance Assessments

The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC up to the maximum amount permitted by law.    As an FDIC insured financial institution, the Bank is subject to deposit insurance assessments as determined by the FDIC.

Under the FDIC’s risk-based deposit premium assessment system, the assessment rates for an insured depository institution are determined by an assessment rate calculator, which is based on a number of elements that measure the risk each institution poses to the Deposit Insurance Fund. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the

 

19


Table of Contents

calculated assessment rate is applied to average consolidated assets less the average tangible equity of the insured depository institution during the assessment period to determine the dollar amount of the quarterly assessment. Premiums are assessed quarterly and could increase if, for example, criticized loans and leases and/or other higher risk assets increase or balance sheet liquidity decreases. In addition, the FDIC can impose special assessments in certain instances.

Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending

The federal banking regulators have issued guidance to identify institutions that may be exposed to potential significant commercial real estate lending risks and may therefore warrant greater supervisory scrutiny. The guidance includes the following numerical tests:

 

   

total reported loans for construction, land development and other land represent 100% or more of the institution’s total capital, or

 

   

total commercial real estate loans represent 300% or more of the institution’s total capital, and the outstanding balance of the institution’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased by 50% or more.

The guidance does not limit a bank’s levels of commercial real estate lending activities, but rather guides institutions in developing risk management practices and levels of capital that are commensurate with the level and nature of their commercial real estate concentrations. Banking regulators expect banks with concentrations of commercial real estate loans to maintain appropriate underwriting discipline, risk-management and capital commensurate with the level and nature of their commercial real estate risks.

Community Reinvestment Act

The Community Reinvestment Act requires that the federal banking agencies evaluate the record of each financial institution in meeting the credit needs of its local community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. Federal banking agencies must consider an institution’s Community Reinvestment Act compliance in approving mergers, acquisitions, and applications to open a branch. Failure to adequately meet these criteria could impose additional requirements and limitations on the Bank. Additionally, the Bank must publicly disclose the terms of various Community Reinvestment Act-related agreements.

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

We are subject to the provisions of Regulation W promulgated by the Federal Reserve, which implements Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. Regulation W places limits and conditions on the amount and terms of the Bank’s loans or extensions of credit to, investments in, or certain other transactions with the Company or any other affiliated entity. Regulation W also prohibits, among other things, a depository institution from engaging in certain transactions with certain affiliates unless the transactions are on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to such institution or its subsidiaries, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies. Federal law also places restrictions on the Bank’s ability to extend credit to its executive officers, directors, principal shareholders and their related interests. These extensions of credit must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated third parties; and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features.

The Bank Secrecy Act and the USA Patriot Act

The Bank is subject to the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970 as amended by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “Bank Secrecy Act”), which gives the federal government powers to address money laundering and terrorist threats through

 

20


Table of Contents

enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers and mandatory transaction reporting obligations. For example, the Bank Secrecy Act and related regulations require that the Bank report currency transactions that exceed certain thresholds and transactions determined to be suspicious, establish due diligence requirements for accounts and take certain steps to verify customer identification when accounts are opened. The Bank Secrecy Act requires financial institutions to develop and maintain a program reasonably designed to ensure and monitor compliance with its requirements, to train employees to comply with and to test the effectiveness of the program. Any failure to meet the requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act can result in the imposition of substantial penalties and in adverse regulatory action against the offending bank.

Data Privacy and Cybersecurity

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “GLBA”) and the implementing regulations issued by federal regulatory agencies require financial institutions (including banks, insurance agencies, and broker/dealers) to adopt policies and procedures regarding the disclosure of nonpublic personal information about their customers to non-affiliated third parties. In general, financial institutions are required to explain to customers their policies and procedures regarding the disclosure of such nonpublic personal information and, unless otherwise required or permitted by law, financial institutions are prohibited from disclosing such information except as provided in their policies and procedures. Specifically, the GLBA established certain information security guidelines that require each financial institution, under the supervision and ongoing oversight of its board of directors or an appropriate committee thereof, to develop, implement, and maintain a comprehensive written information security program designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer information, to protect against anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such information, and to protect against unauthorized access to or use of such information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer.

Recent cyber-attacks against banks and other financial institutions that resulted in unauthorized access to confidential customer information have prompted the federal banking regulators to issue extensive guidance on cybersecurity. Among other things, financial institutions are expected to design multiple layers of security controls to establish lines of defense and ensure that their risk management processes address the risks posed by compromised customer credentials, including security measures to authenticate customers accessing internet-based services. A financial institution is expected to have a robust business continuity program to recover from a cyberattack and procedures for monitoring the security of third-party service providers that may have access to nonpublic data at the institution.

Consumer Laws and Regulations

The Bank is subject to consumer laws and regulations intended to protect consumers in transactions with depository institutions, as well as other laws or regulations affecting customers of financial institutions generally. These laws and regulations include, among others, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Real Estate Settlement and Procedures Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Federal Trade Commission Act, among others. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits or making loans.

The Dodd-Frank Act centralized responsibility for federal consumer financial protection including implementing, examining and enforcing compliance with federal consumer financial laws with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”). Depository institutions with less than $10 billion in assets, such as the Bank, are subject to rules promulgated by the CFPB but will continue to be examined and supervised by federal banking regulators for consumer compliance purposes. The Dodd-Frank Act also gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.

 

21


Table of Contents

Future Legislation and Regulation

Regulators have increased their focus on the regulation of the financial services industry in recent years, leading in many cases to greater uncertainty and compliance costs for regulated entities. Proposals that could substantially intensify the regulation of the financial services industry have been and may be expected to continue to be introduced in the United States Congress, in state legislatures, and by applicable regulatory authorities. These proposals may change banking statutes and regulations and our operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, these proposals could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. We cannot predict whether any of these proposals will be enacted and, if enacted, the effect that these proposals, or any implementing regulations, would have on our business, results of operations, or financial condition.

 

22


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Our business is subject to certain risks, including those described below. If any of the events described in the following risk factors actually occurs then our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. More detailed information concerning these risks is contained in other sections of this registration statement, including “Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Risks related to our business

We may suffer losses in our loan portfolio.

Loan defaults and losses on the loans we make are an inherent risk of the banking business. As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that our borrowers will not repay their loans according to their terms, and that the collateral securing repayment of their loans, if any, may not be sufficient to ensure repayment. In addition, there are risks inherent in making any loan, including risks with respect to the period of time over which the loan may be repaid, risks relating to proper loan underwriting, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions and risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers. Although we believe that our underwriting criteria are, and historically have been, appropriate for the various kinds of loans we make, we have incurred losses on loans that have met these criteria, and may experience higher than expected losses depending on economic factors and our borrowers’ behavior. The risks of loan losses are exacerbated by adverse changes in economic, operating and other conditions, which are beyond our control, and may cause our actual loan losses to exceed our current allowance estimates.

We may be required to increase our allowance for loan losses, which would adversely affect our financial performance in the future.

We maintain an allowance for loan losses to provide a reserve for loan defaults and non-performance. There is no precise method of predicting loans losses. We regularly evaluate and conduct an analysis to determine the probable and estimable losses inherent in our loan portfolio and the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses. This evaluation requires us to make a number of estimates and judgments regarding the financial condition and creditworthiness of a significant number of our borrowers, the value and sufficiency of the collateral securing our loans, economic conditions and other factors, all of which are difficult to assess and may change over time.

If our estimates or judgments prove to be incorrect due to circumstances outside our control, the ineffectiveness of our credit administration or for other reasons or the Bank’s regulators come to a different conclusion regarding the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses, we could be require to increase the provisions we make for loan losses, which could reduce our income or could cause us to incur operating losses in the future. Moreover, additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and real estate market conditions, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, or unanticipated loan losses results from other circumstances, both within and outside of our control. These additions may require increased provision expense, which could negatively impact our results of operations.

Our focus on lending to small to medium-sized businesses may increase our credit risk.

Most of our commercial business and commercial real estate loans are made to small to medium-sized businesses. These businesses generally have fewer financial resources in terms of capital or borrowing capacity than larger entities, and may have a heightened vulnerability to economic conditions and greater customer concentration risk. If general economic conditions in the markets in which we operate negatively impact this customer segment, our results of operations and financial condition and the value of our common stock may be adversely affected. Moreover, a portion of these loans have been made by us in recent years and the borrowers

 

23


Table of Contents

may not have experienced a complete business or economic cycle. The deterioration of our borrowers’ businesses may hinder their ability to repay their loans with us, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our business concentration in Northern California imposes risks resulting from any regional or local economic downturn affecting Northern California.

We conduct our banking operations primarily in the greater San Francisco Bay Area of Northern California and we recently expanded to Sacramento, California. As a result, a significant majority of the loans in our loan portfolios as of September 30, 2019 were secured by properties and collateral located in California. As of such date, approximately 80% of the loans in our loan portfolio were made to borrowers who primarily conduct business or live in Northern California. The balance of our other loans were made primarily to borrowers located in other areas of California and were secured by properties located in the state. This geographic concentration imposes risks from lack of geographic diversification, as adverse economic developments in Northern California, among other things, could affect the volume of loan originations, increase the level of nonperforming assets, increase the rate of foreclosure losses on loans and reduce the value of our loans and loan servicing portfolio. Any regional or local economic downturn that affects California or existing or prospective borrowers or property values in such areas may affect us and our profitability more significantly and more adversely than our competitors whose operations are less geographically concentrated.

Because a significant portion of our loan portfolio is comprised of real estate loans, negative changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity could impair the value of collateral securing our real estate loans and result in loan and other losses.

As of September 30, 2019, approximately 57% of our loan portfolio was comprised of commercial real estate and other loans with real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. This includes collateral consisting of income producing and residential construction properties, which properties tend to be more sensitive to general economic conditions and downturns in real estate markets. As a result, adverse developments affecting real estate values in our market areas could increase the credit risk associated with our real estate loan portfolio. The market value of real estate can fluctuate significantly in a short period of time as a result of market conditions in the area in which the real estate is located. Adverse changes affecting real estate values and the liquidity of real estate in our markets could increase the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio, and could result in losses that would adversely affect credit quality, financial condition, and results of operation. Negative changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity in our market areas could significantly impair the value of property pledged as collateral on loans and affect our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure without a loss or additional losses. Collateral may have to be sold for less than the outstanding balance of the loan, which could result in losses on such loans. Such declines and losses could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and growth prospects. If real estate values decline, it is also more likely that we would be required to increase our allowance for loan losses, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are exposed to higher credit risk by commercial real estate, commercial and industrial and construction and development-based lending as well as relationship exposure with a number of large borrowers.

Commercial real estate, commercial and industrial and construction and development based lending usually involve higher credit risks than 1-4 family residential real estate lending. As of September 30, 2019, the following loan types accounted for the stated percentages of our loan portfolio: commercial real estate (both owner-occupied and non-owner occupied) -  52%; commercial and industrial -  43%; and construction and land -  3%. These types of loans also involve larger loan balances to a single borrower or groups of related borrowers. These higher credit risks are further heightened when the loans are concentrated in a small number of larger borrowers leading to relationship exposure. As of September 30, 2019, we had 17 relationships with over $10 million of outstanding borrowings with us. While we are not dependent on any of these relationships and while none of these large relationships have directly impacted our allowance for loan losses, a deterioration of any of these large credits could require us to increase our allowance for loan losses or result in significant losses to us.

 

24


Table of Contents

Non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans may be affected to a greater extent than residential loans by adverse conditions in real estate markets or the economy because commercial real estate borrowers’ ability to repay their loans depends on successful development of their properties, in addition to the factors affecting residential real estate borrowers. These loans also involve greater risk because they generally are not fully amortizing over the loan period, but have a balloon payment due at maturity. A borrower’s ability to make a balloon payment typically will depend on being able to either refinance the loan or sell the underlying property in a timely manner.

Commercial and industrial loans and owner-occupied commercial real estate loans are typically based on the borrowers’ ability to repay the loans from the cash flow of their businesses. These loans may involve greater risk because the availability of funds to repay each loan depends substantially on the success of the business itself. In addition, the assets securing the loans have the following characteristics: (i) they depreciate over time, (ii) they are difficult to appraise and liquidate, and (iii) they fluctuate in value based on the success of the business.

A subset of our commercial and industrial loans are structured as Asset Based Lending (ABL) loans. Generally, our ABL loans are structured as callable and cancelable transactions. Generally the borrowing base has a maximum advance rate of 80% against eligible receivables and may include a lower advance rate against inventory. Repayment of ABL loans depends substantially on the ability of the borrower to monetize the assets in a defined borrowing base. Therefore, the quality and collectability of accounts receivable, concentrations among account debtors, financial strength of the account debtors, and quality and transferability of inventory can impact repayment. At September 30, 2019, ABL loans totaled approximately $43.3 million, or 5% of our loan portfolio

Risk of loss on a construction and development loan depends largely upon whether our initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction or development equals or exceeds the cost of the property construction or development (including interest), the availability of permanent take-out financing and the builder’s ability to ultimately sell the property. During the construction or development phase, a number of factors can result in delays and cost overruns. If estimates of value are inaccurate or if actual construction costs exceed estimates, the value of the property securing the loan may be insufficient to ensure full repayment when completed through a permanent loan or by seizure of collateral.

Additionally, commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans and construction and development loans are more susceptible to a risk of loss during a downturn in the business cycle. Our underwriting, review and monitoring cannot eliminate all of the risks related to these loans.

Banking regulators are giving commercial real estate lending greater scrutiny, and may require banks with higher levels of commercial real estate loans to implement improved underwriting, internal controls, risk management policies and portfolio stress testing, as well as possibly higher levels of allowances for losses and capital levels as a result of commercial real estate lending growth and exposures. Therefore, we could be required to raise additional capital or restrict our future growth as a result of our higher level of commercial real estate loans.

A significant percentage of our loans are attributable to a relatively small number of borrowers.

Our 10 largest borrowing relationships accounted for approximately 13.5% of our loans at September 30, 2019. Our largest single borrowing relationship accounted for approximately 2.0% of our loans at September 30, 2019. The loss of any combination of these borrowers, or a significant decline in their borrowings due to fluctuations related to their business needs, could adversely affect our results of operations if we are unable to replace their borrowings with similarly priced new loans or investments. In addition, with this concentration of credit risk among a limited number of borrowers, we may face a greater risk of material credits losses if any one or several of these borrowers fail to perform in accordance with their loans, compared to a bank with a more diversified loan portfolio.

 

25


Table of Contents

We depend on our executive officers and other key individuals to continue the implementation of our long-term business strategy and could be harmed by the loss of their services and our inability to make up for such loss with qualified replacements.

We believe that our continued growth and future success will depend in large part on the skills of our management team and our ability to motivate and retain these individuals and other key individuals. The loss of any of their service could reduce our ability to successfully implement our long-term business strategy, our business could suffer and the value of our common stock could be materially adversely affected. Leadership changes will occur from time to time and we cannot predict whether significant resignations will occur or whether we will be able to recruit additional qualified personnel. We believe our management team possesses valuable knowledge about the banking industry and that their knowledge and relationships would be very difficult to replicate. Our success also depends on the experience of our bankers and lending officers and on their relationships with the customers and communities they serve. The loss of key personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain qualified and talented personnel in the future, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

We face strong competition from other companies that offer banking and financial services.

We conduct our banking operations primarily in Northern California. Many of our competitors offer the same, or a wider variety of, banking services within our market areas. These competitors include banks with nationwide operations, regional banks and community banks. In many instances these national and regional banks have greater resources than we do and some community banks may have stronger ties in local markets than we do, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including savings and loan institutions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, credit unions, mortgage banks and other financial intermediaries. In addition, a number of out-of-state financial institutions have opened production offices, or otherwise solicit deposits and loans, in our market areas. Increased competition in our markets may result in reduced loans and deposits, as well as reduced net interest margin and profitability. Ultimately, we may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. If we are unable to attract and retain banking clients, we may be unable to continue to grow our loan and deposit portfolios, and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We follow a relationship-based operating model and our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

We are a community bank, and our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business. As such, we strive to conduct our business in a manner that enhances our reputation. This is done, in part, by recruiting, hiring and retaining bankers and other associates who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve, delivering superior service to our customers and caring about our customers and associates. Furthermore, maintaining our reputation also depends on our ability to protect our brand name and associated trademarks.

However, reputation risk, or the risk to our business, earnings and capital from negative public opinion surrounding our Company and the financial institutions industry generally, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion can result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including business and lending practices, corporate governance and acquisitions, and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can adversely affect our ability to keep and attract customers and employees and can expose us to litigation and regulatory action. Although we take steps to minimize reputation risk in dealing with our customers and communities, this risk will always be present given the nature of our business.

If our reputation is negatively affected by the actions of our employees or otherwise, our business and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

 

26


Table of Contents

Interest rate shifts may reduce net interest income and otherwise negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

The majority of our banking assets are monetary in nature and subject to risk from changes in interest rates. Like most financial institutions, our earnings are significantly dependent on our net interest income, the principal component of our earnings, which is the difference between interest earned by us from our interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and interest paid by us on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. We expect that we will periodically experience “gaps” in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities, meaning that either our interest-bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-earning assets, or vice versa. In either event, if market interest rates should move contrary to our position, this “gap” will negatively impact our earnings. Many factors impact interest rates, including governmental monetary policies, inflation, recession, changes in unemployment, the money supply, and international disorder and instability in domestic and foreign financial markets.

Interest rate increases often result in larger payment requirements for our borrowers, which increase the potential for default. At the same time, the marketability of the property securing a loan may be adversely affected by any reduced demand resulting from higher interest rates. In a declining interest rate environment, there may be an increase in prepayments on loans as borrowers refinance their loans at lower rates.

Changes in interest rates also can affect the value of loans, securities and other assets. An increase in interest rates that adversely affects the ability of borrowers to pay the principal or interest on loans may lead to an increase in nonperforming assets and a reduction of income recognized, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

If short-term interest rates remain at their historically low levels for a prolonged period, and assuming longer term interest rates fall further, we could experience net interest margin compression as our interest earning assets would continue to re-price downward while our interest-bearing liability rates could fail to decline in tandem. Such an occurrence would have a material adverse effect on our net interest income and our results of operations.

Although we believe that we have implemented effective asset and liability management strategies to mitigate the potential adverse effects of changes in interest rates on our results of operations, any substantial or unexpected change in, or prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our deposit portfolio includes significant concentrations and a large percentage of our deposits are attributable to a relatively small number of customers.

As a commercial bank, we provide services to a number of customers whose deposit levels vary considerably. Our 10 largest depositor relationships accounted for approximately 17.9% of our deposits at September 30, 2019. Our largest depositor relationship accounted for approximately 3.3% of our deposits at September 30, 2019. These deposits can and do fluctuate substantially. The loss of any combination of these depositors, or a significant decline in the deposit balances due to ordinary course fluctuations related to these customers’ businesses, could adversely affect our liquidity and require us to raise deposit rates to attract new deposits, purchase federal funds or borrow funds on a short-term basis to replace such deposits. Depending on the interest rate environment and competitive factors, low cost deposits may need to be replaced with higher cost funding, resulting in a decrease in net interest income and net income.

A lack of liquidity could adversely affect our operations and jeopardize our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Liquidity is essential to our business. We rely on our ability to generate deposits and effectively manage the repayment and maturity schedules of our loans and investment securities, respectively, to ensure that we have

 

27


Table of Contents

adequate liquidity to fund our operations. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of our investment securities, Federal Home Loan Bank (‘FHLB”) advances, the sale of loans, and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our most important source of funds consists of deposits. Deposit balances can decrease when customers perceive alternative investments as providing a better risk/return tradeoff. If our customers move money out of bank deposits and into other investments, we would lose a relatively low-cost source of funds, increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income and net income.

Any decline in available liquidity could adversely impact our ability to originate loans, invest in securities, meet our expenses, pay dividends to our shareholders, or to fulfill obligations such as repaying our borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal demands, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future, and if we fail to maintain sufficient capital, whether due to losses, an inability to raise additional capital or otherwise, our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, as well as our ability to maintain compliance with regulatory capital requirements, would be adversely affected.

We face significant capital and other regulatory requirements as a financial institution. In addition, the Company, on a consolidated basis, and the Bank, on a stand-alone basis, must meet certain regulatory capital requirements and maintain sufficient liquidity. We may need to raise additional capital in the future to provide us with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet our commitments and business needs. Our ability to raise additional capital depends on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions and a number of other factors, including investor perceptions regarding the banking industry, market conditions and governmental activities, and on our financial condition and performance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to raise additional capital if needed or on terms acceptable to us. If we fail to maintain capital to meet regulatory requirements, our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.

We may pursue acquisitions in the future, which would expose us to financial, execution and operational risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

We may pursue acquisitions of other financial institutions, bank branches and or financial services businesses in target markets. Such an acquisition strategy would involve significant risks, including our success in integrating the acquired operations, retaining key employees and customers, achieving anticipated synergies, meeting expectations and otherwise realizing the undertaking’s anticipated benefits; litigation resulting from circumstances occurring at the acquired entity prior to the date of acquisition; loan downgrades and credit loss provisions resulting from underwriting of certain acquired loans determined not to meet our credit standards; personnel changes that cause instability within a department; delays in implementing new policies or procedures or the failure to apply new policies or procedures; and other events relating to the performance of our business. Failure to successfully integrate the entities we acquire into our existing operations may increase our operating costs significantly and adversely affect our business and earnings.

System failure or breaches of our network security, including as a result of cyber-attacks or data security breaches, could subject us to increased operating costs as well as litigation and other liabilities.

The computer systems and network infrastructure we use may be vulnerable to physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic event, as well as security breaches, denial of service attacks, viruses, worms and other disruptive problems caused by hackers. Any damage or failure that causes breakdowns or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory

 

28


Table of Contents

scrutiny for failure to comply with required information security standards, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on us.

Computer break-ins, phishing and other disruptions could also jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through our computer systems and network infrastructure. Information security risks have generally increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the Internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, activists, and other external parties. Our operations rely on the secure processing, transmission and storage of confidential information in our computer systems and networks. In addition, to access our products and services, our customers may use devices that are beyond our control systems. Although we believe we have robust information security procedures and controls, our technologies, systems, networks, and our customers’ devices may become the target of cyber-attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of the Bank’s or our customers’ confidential, proprietary and other information, or otherwise disrupt the Bank’s or our customers’ or other third parties’ business operations. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities.

The Bank is under continuous threat of loss due to hacking and cyber-attacks especially as we continue to expand customer capabilities to utilize internet and other remote channels to transact business. Two of the most significant cyber-attack risks that we face are e-fraud and loss of sensitive customer data. Loss from e-fraud occurs when cybercriminals breach and extract funds directly from customer or our accounts. Attempts to breach sensitive customer data, such as account numbers and social security numbers, are less frequent but would present significant reputational, legal and/or regulatory costs to us if successful. Our risk and exposure to these matters remains heightened because of the evolving nature and complexity of these threats from cybercriminals and hackers, our plans to continue to provide internet banking and mobile banking channels, and our plans to develop additional remote connectivity solutions to serve our customers. We cannot assure that we will not be the victim of successful hacking or cyberattacks in the future that could cause us to suffer material losses. The occurrence of any cyber-attack or information security breach could result in potential liability to customers, reputational damage and the disruption of our operations, and regulatory concerns, all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We have a continuing need to stay current with technological changes to compete effectively and increase our efficiencies. We may not have the resources to implement new technology to stay current with these changes.

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend in part upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as to provide secure electronic environments and create additional efficiencies in our operations as we continue to grow and expand our market area. In connection with implementing new technology enhancements or products in the future, we may experience certain operational challenges (e.g. human error, system error, incompatibility, etc.) which could result in us not fully realizing the anticipated benefits from such new technology or require us to incur significant costs to remedy any such challenges in a timely manner.

Many of our larger competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements and have invested significantly more than us in technological improvements. As a result, they may be able to offer additional or more convenient products compared to those that we will be able to provide, which would put us at a competitive disadvantage. Accordingly, we may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing such products and services to our customers, which could impair our growth and profitability.

 

29


Table of Contents

We rely on third parties to provide key components of our business infrastructure.

We rely on third parties to provide key components for our business operations, such as data processing and storage, recording and monitoring transactions, online banking interfaces and services, internet connections, and network access. While we select these third-party vendors carefully, we do not control their actions. Any problems caused by these third parties, including those resulting from breakdowns or other disruptions in communication services provided by a vendor, failure of a vendor to handle current or higher volumes, cyber-attacks and security breaches at a vendor, failure of a vendor to provide services for any reason, or poor performance of services by a vendor, could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to our customers and otherwise conduct our business. Financial or operational difficulties of a third-party vendor could also hurt our operations if those difficulties interfere with the vendor’s ability to serve us. Replacing these third-party vendors could create significant delays and expense that adversely affect our business and performance.

We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, customer or employee fraud and data processing system failures and errors.

Employee errors and employee and customer misconduct could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of our customers or improper use of confidential information. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee errors could also subject us to financial claims for negligence.

We maintain a system of internal controls and insurance coverage to mitigate against operational risks, including data processing system failures and errors and customer or employee fraud. If our internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if any resulting loss is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we rely heavily upon information supplied by third parties, including the information contained in credit applications, property appraisals, title information, equipment pricing and valuation and employment and income documentation, in deciding which loans we will originate, as well as the terms of those loans. If any of the information upon which we rely is misrepresented, either fraudulently or inadvertently, and the misrepresentation is not detected prior to asset funding, the value of the asset may be significantly lower than expected, or we may fund a loan that we would not have funded or on terms we would not have extended. Whether a misrepresentation is made by the applicant or another third party, we generally bear the risk of loss associated with the misrepresentation. A loan subject to a material misrepresentation is typically unsellable or subject to repurchase if it is sold prior to detection of the misrepresentation. The sources of the misrepresentations are often difficult to locate, and it is often difficult to recover any of the monetary losses we may suffer.

We are exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect to properties to which we obtain title.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate. In the course of our business, we may foreclose and take title to real estate and could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may be held liable to a government entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to clean up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation and remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. These costs and claims could adversely affect our business, results of operations and prospects.

 

30


Table of Contents

We may be adversely affected by the lack of soundness of other financial institutions or market utilities.

Our ability to engage in routine funding and other transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. Defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial institutions or market utilities, or the financial services industry generally, may lead to market-wide liquidity problems and losses of depositor, creditor and counterparty confidence and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions.

We face risks related to severe weather, natural disasters and other external events that could adversely affect our business.

Our operations and our customers are primarily located in the Northern California where natural and other disasters may occur. The region is vulnerable to natural disasters, such as earthquakes, fires, droughts and floods. These types of natural catastrophic may disrupt the local economies, our business and customers in these regions. These events could affect the stability of the Bank’s deposit base; impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans and cause significant property damage, any of which could materially adversely affect our business and operating results.

There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with the introduction or expansion of lines of business or new products and services within existing lines of business.

From time to time, we may implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services, we may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove attainable. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and divert management’s attention.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make certain activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities.

 

31


Table of Contents

Changes in accounting standards could materially impact our financial statements.

From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) or the SEC may change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. Such changes may result in us being subject to new or changing accounting and reporting standards. In addition, the bodies that interpret the accounting standards (such as banking regulators or outside auditors) may change their interpretations or positions on how these standards should be applied. These changes may be beyond our control, can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retrospectively, or apply an existing standard differently, also retrospectively, in each case resulting in our needing to revise or restate prior period financial statements.

Risks related to our common stock

Laws and regulations restrict our ability to pay dividends.

Both the Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory restrictions relating to the payment of dividends. These restrictions are described in greater detail in “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Regulation of the Company” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Regulation of the Bank.

For the foreseeable future, the majority, if not all, of the Company’s revenue will be from any dividends paid to the Company by the Bank. Accordingly, our ability to pay dividends also depends on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company. Furthermore, our present and future dividend policy is subject to the discretion of our board of directors.

We cannot guarantee that the Company or the Bank will be permitted by financial condition or applicable regulatory restrictions to pay dividends or, that our board of directors will ever decide that we should pay dividends.

We have the ability to incur debt and pledge our assets, including our stock in the Bank, to secure that debt.

We have the ability to incur debt and pledge our assets to secure that debt. Absent special and unusual circumstances, a holder of indebtedness for borrowed money has rights that are superior to those of holders of common stock. For example, interest must be paid to the lender before dividends can be paid to the shareholders, and loans must be paid off before any assets can be distributed to shareholders if we were to liquidate. Furthermore, we would have to make principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, which could reduce our profitability or result in net losses on a consolidated basis even if the Bank were profitable.

Our stock price may be volatile, which could result in losses to our investors and litigation against us.

Many factors could cause our stock price to fluctuate substantially in the future. These factors include but are not limited to: actual or anticipated variations in earnings, changes in analysts’ recommendations or projections, our announcement of developments related to our businesses, operations and stock performance of other companies deemed to be peers, new technology used or services offered by traditional and non-traditional competitors, news reports of trends, irrational exuberance on the part of investors, new or expected changes to federal banking regulations, our limited number of shares and shareholders, and other issues related to the financial services industry. Our stock price may fluctuate significantly in the future, and these fluctuations may be unrelated to our performance. General market declines or market volatility in the future, especially in the financial institutions sector, could adversely affect the price of our common stock, and the current market price may not be indicative of future market prices. Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for you to resell your common stock when you want and at prices you find attractive. Moreover, in the past, securities class action lawsuits have been instituted against some companies following periods of volatility in the market price of its securities. We could in the future be the target of similar litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our normal business.

 

32


Table of Contents

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they do publish such reports but issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common stock, the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock could be affected by whether and to what extent equity research analysts publish research or reports about us and our business. We cannot predict at this time how many research analysts will cover us and our common stock or how many will publish research and reports on us. If one or more equity analysts cover us and publish research reports about our common stock, the price of our stock could decline if one or more securities analysts downgrade our stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us.

If any of the analysts who elect to cover us downgrade their recommendation with respect to our common stock, our stock price could decline rapidly. If any of these analysts ceases coverage of us, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our common stock price or trading volume to decline and our common stock to be less liquid.

Our board of directors may issue shares of preferred stock that could adversely affect the rights of our common shareholders.

Our authorized capital stock includes 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, none of which are issued and outstanding. Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may designate and issue one or more series of preferred stock from the authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. Subject to limitations imposed by law or our Articles of Incorporation, our board of directors is empowered to determine:

 

   

the designation of, and the number of, shares constituting each series of preferred stock;

 

   

the dividend rate for each series;

 

   

the terms and conditions of any voting, conversion and exchange rights for each series;

 

   

the amounts payable on each series on redemption or our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up;

 

   

the provisions of any sinking fund for the redemption or purchase of shares of any series; and

 

   

the preferences and the relative rights among the series of preferred stock.

We could issue preferred stock with voting and conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power of the shares of our common stock and with preferences over the common stock with respect to dividends and in liquidation.

Our internal controls over financial reporting may not be effective and our management may not be able to certify as to their effectiveness, which could impair our ability to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud, which could have a significant and adverse effect on our business, reputation and the market price of our common stock.

As a public company, our management will be responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for evaluating and reporting on that system of internal control. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). We are currently in the process of enhancing our internal controls over financial reporting to enable us to comply with our obligations under the federal securities laws and other applicable legal requirements. We are not currently required to comply with SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; however, we are required to comply with certain FDIC rules that implement certain requirements under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. When evaluating our internal controls over financial reporting, we may identify material weaknesses that we may not be able to remediate in

 

33


Table of Contents

time to meet the applicable deadline imposed upon us for compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, if we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and any remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations. If we are not able to implement the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue an adverse opinion due to ineffective internal controls over financial reporting, and we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC. As a result, there could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

Furthermore, as we transition to a public company, we intend to continue to improve the effectiveness of our internal controls by hiring additional personnel, utilizing outside consultants and accountants to supplement our internal staff as needed, improving our IT systems, and implementing additional policies and procedures. We anticipate incurring costs in connection with these improvements to our internal control system. If we are unsuccessful in implementing these improvements, we may not be able to accurately and timely report our financial results, conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective controls over financial reporting or prevent a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting, each of which could have a significant and adverse effect on our business, reputation and the market price of our common stock.

In connection with the audit of our 2018 financial statements, we identified material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting.

In connection with the audit of our 2018 financial statements, control deficiencies were identified in our financial reporting process that, in aggregate, constituted a material weakness for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. The identified weaknesses did not result in any restatements or adjustments to our financial statements. The material weaknesses related to:

 

   

Systems internal user access controls. The breadth and levels of employees with the ability to post or change entries to our general ledger created a risk of unauthorized posting or changes of entries. Our remediation efforts included hiring a third-party forensic accountant to review activity for multiple years including the years presented in this filing. We have identified no unauthorized postings or changes to our general ledgers or other financial records.

 

   

Inadequate evidence of manual controls over the general ledger. As a result of inadequate documentation of review of inputs to the general ledger and resulting outputs we were unable to evidence the effectiveness of design and operation of controls.

 

   

Precision of review. Documentation of controls, including management’s entity-level review of results, frequently did not evidence sufficient precision to demonstrate the effectiveness of the design and operation of such controls.

 

   

Completeness of controls related to deposit origination, file maintenance and call backs. Documentation and precision of controls related to deposit origination were insufficient to ensure that all callback of inputs and maintenance that should have occurred actually occurred. In addition, there were instances of a lack of segregation of duties in effecting controls.

 

   

Completeness of controls related to loan origination, file maintenance and call backs. Documentation and precision of controls related to loan origination were insufficient to ensure that all callback of inputs and maintenance that should have occurred actually occurred. In addition, there were instances of a lack of segregation of duties in effecting controls.

 

   

Precision of documentation of methodology in determining the allowance for loan losses and support of judgmental adjustments. Controls surrounding the determination of our allowance for

 

34


Table of Contents
 

loan losses lacked sufficient precision in documentation to determine the effectiveness of review and support for judgmental adjustments. In addition, the processes used to ensure the completeness of reporting on loans identified for closer monitoring and identification of potential troubled debt restructuring were not sufficiently formalized.

During 2019, we committed substantial resources in our efforts to address the issues described above and we believe we have made significant progress toward remediation of the aggregate effect of these issues. We implemented new internal controls such as new internal reports, additional reviews and matching of transactions, segregation of duties and limitation of user access and change management controls that are intended to ensure that access to applications and data is adequately restricted to appropriate internal personnel. To date no additional material weaknesses have been identified, however, there can be no assurance that our remedial actions will be fully effective or will prevent weaknesses from re-occurring.

We are an emerging growth company and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies including, without limitation, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory shareholder vote on executive compensation and golden parachute payments, exemption from the requirement of auditor attestation in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting and exemption from any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about our audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis). As a result of the foregoing, the information that we provide shareholders may be different than what is available with respect to other public companies.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We plan to elect to use the extended period for compliance and, as a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

Our securities are not FDIC insured.

Our securities, including our common stock, are not savings or deposit accounts or other obligations of the Bank, are not insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund, the FDIC or any other governmental agency and are subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of your entire investment in our stock.

There is no guarantee that our common stock will be listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market.

We have applied to have our shares of common stock listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market. We believe that we will satisfy the listing requirements and expect that our common stock will be listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market concurrently with the effectiveness of this registration statement. Such listing, however, is not guaranteed. Even if such listing is approved, there can be no assurance any broker will be interested in trading our common stock. We cannot provide any assurance that an active and liquid trading market in our common stock will develop or, if developed, that the market will continue.

Risks related to the business environment and our industry

We are subject to extensive government regulation and supervision, which may interfere with our ability to conduct our business and may negatively impact our financial results.

The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect consumers, depositors’ funds and the safety and soundness of the

 

35


Table of Contents

banking system as a whole, not our shareholders. These regulations affect the Bank’s lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could affect the Company and/or the Bank in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject the Company and/or the Bank to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products the Company and/or the Bank may offer, and/or limit the pricing the Company and/or the Bank may charge on certain banking services, among other things. Compliance personnel and resources may increase our costs of operations and adversely impact our earnings.

Our failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent any such violations, there can be no assurance that such violations will not occur. See “Business—Supervision and Regulation”.

Bank regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve, FDIC and the DBO, periodically conduct examinations of our business, including for compliance with laws and regulations, and could subject us to regulatory enforcement actions or other negative consequences.

Bank regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the DBO, periodically conduct examinations of our business, including our compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, an agency were to determine that the financial, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of any of our operations had become unsatisfactory, or violates any law or regulation, such agency may take certain remedial or enforcement actions it deems appropriate to correct any deficiency. Remedial or enforcement actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative actions to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced against a bank, to direct an increase in the bank’s capital, to restrict the bank’s growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against a bank’s officers or directors, and to remove officers and directors. The CFPB also has authority to take enforcement actions, including cease-and desist orders or civil monetary penalties, if it finds that we offer consumer financial products and services in violation of federal consumer financial protection laws.

If a bank regulatory determines that we have violated a law or engaged in an unsafe or unsound practice, we could become subject to a variety of supervisory actions and orders, including cease and desist orders, prompt corrective actions, memoranda of understanding and other regulatory enforcement actions. Such supervisory actions could, among other things, impose greater restrictions on our business, as well as our ability to develop any new business. The Company could also be required to raise additional capital, or dispose of certain assets and liabilities within a prescribed time period, or both. Failure to implement remedial measures as required by financial regulatory agencies could result in additional orders or penalties from federal and state regulators, which could trigger one or more of the remedial actions described above. The terms of any supervisory action and associated consequences with any failure to comply with any supervisory action could have a material negative effect on our business, operating flexibility and overall financial condition.

Monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, our earnings and growth are affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve. An important function of the Federal Reserve is to regulate the money supply and credit conditions. Among the instruments used by the Federal Reserve to implement these objectives are open market operations in U.S. government securities, adjustments of the discount rate and changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall

 

36


Table of Contents

economic growth and the distribution of credit, bank loans, investments and deposits. Their use also affects interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. The monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The effects of such policies upon our business, financial condition and results of operations cannot be predicted.

Our deposit insurance premiums could be substantially higher in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our future earnings.

The FDIC insures deposits at FDIC-insured depository institutions, such as the Bank, up to applicable limits. The amount of a particular institution’s deposit insurance assessment is based on that institution’s risk classification under an FDIC risk-based assessment system. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on its capital levels and the level of supervisory concern the institution poses to its regulators. Past market developments and bank failures significantly depleted the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits. We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional bank or financial institution failures, we may be required to pay higher FDIC premiums. Any future additional assessments, increases or required prepayments in FDIC insurance premiums could reduce our profitability, may limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities or otherwise negatively impact our operations.

We are subject to federal and state fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to material penalties.

Federal and state fair lending laws and regulations, such as the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act, impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Department of Justice, CFPB, the federal banking agencies and other federal and state agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. A successful challenge to our performance under the fair lending laws and regulations could adversely impact our rating under the Community Reinvestment Act and result in a wide variety of sanctions, including the required payment of damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of restrictions on merger and acquisition activity and restrictions on expansion activity, which could negatively impact our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.

The Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, the USA PATRIOT Act and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain effective anti-money laundering programs and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient we could be subject to liability, including fines, regulatory actions and regulatory restrictions on our ability to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan or expansionary activities, which would negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering could also have serious reputational consequences for us. See “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Regulation of the Bank.”

 

37


Table of Contents

ITEM 2. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth summary historical consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods shown. On June 30, 2017, we completed a reorganization in which California BanCorp became the Bank’s holding company. The summary balance sheet data as of 2018 and 2017 and the summary income statement data for 2018 and 2017 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement. The summary consolidated financial data as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 is derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement or derived from our internal financial statements and includes all normal and recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation. Operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2019.

You should read the following financial data in conjunction with the other information contained in this registration statement, including under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in the financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this registration statement.

 

     (unaudited)
As of and for the
nine months ended
September 30,
    (audited)
As of and for the year ended
December 31,
 
     2019     2018     2018     2017  
     (dollars in thousands, except per share data)  

Income Statement Data:

        

Net interest income

   $ 30,354     $ 26,274     $ 35,833     $ 31,533  

Provision for loan losses

     1,326       845       1,435       2,393  

Non-interest income

     3,100       2,854       3,716       3,091  

Non-interest expense

     23,397       19,281       26,372       20,945  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes

     8,731       9,002       11,742       11,286  

Provision for income taxes

     2,309       2,397       3,029       5,659  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) Income

   $ 6,422     $ 6,605     $ 8,713     $ 5,627  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Share Data:

        

Average shares of common stock outstanding, basic

     8,040,196       6,828,104       7,120,986       6,298,971  

Average shares of common stock outstanding, diluted

     8,120,376       7,056,597       7,317,612       6,642,508  

Total shares of common stock outstanding

     8,052,549       7,974,856       7,993,908       6,416,295  

Basic income (loss) per share

   $ 0.80     $ 0.97     $ 1.22     $ 0.89  

Diluted income (loss) per share

   $ 0.79     $ 0.94     $ 1.19     $ 0.85  

Dividends declared per share

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

Dividend payout ratio

     —       —       —       —  

Book value (at period end)

   $ 16.02     $ 14.82     $ 15.15     $ 13.21  

Balance Sheet Data:

        

Gross Loans held for investment

   $ 933,278     $ 782,978     $ 844,728     $ 729,937  

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 10,413     $ 10,200     $ 10,800     $ 9,300  

Total Assets

   $ 1,094,609     $ 954,608     $ 1,005,677     $ 866,470  

Deposits

   $ 923,910     $ 826,389     $ 874,254     $ 760,373  

Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 129,002     $ 118,227     $ 121,079     $ 84,743  

 

38


Table of Contents
     (unaudited)
As of and for the
nine months ended
September 30,
    (audited)
As of and for the year ended
December 31,
 
     2019     2018     2018     2017  
     (dollars in thousands, except per share data)  

Performance Ratios:

        

Return on average assets

     0.83     0.97     0.94     0.69

Return on average equity

     6.87     9.38     8.65     6.84

Net interest rate spread(1)

     3.63     3.66     3.64     3.85

Net interest margin(2)

     4.20     4.08     4.09     4.15

Efficiency ratio(3)

     69.94     66.19     66.68     60.49

Asset Quality Data (at Period End):

        

(Net charge-offs) recoveries to average loans held for investment (annualized)

     (0.26 )%      0.01     0.01     (0.09 )% 

Nonperforming assets to loans held for investment plus OREO

     0.50     0.22     0.53     0.07

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans

     223     582     242     1,922

Allowance for loan losses to loans held for investment

     1.12     1.30     1.28     1.27

Balance Sheet and Capital Ratios(4):

        

Loans held for investment to deposits

     101.0     94.7     96.6     96.0

Tangible common equity to tangible assets

     11.17     11.68     11.37     8.98

Leverage ratio

     11.44     11.53     11.57     8.74

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

     10.89     11.89     11.18     8.89

Total risk-based capital ratio

     12.33     13.61     12.76     10.73

 

(1)

The interest rate spread represents the difference between the fully taxable equivalent weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted-average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the period.

(2)

The net interest margin represents fully taxable equivalent net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the period.

(3)

The efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense as a percentage of the sum of net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis and noninterest income.

(4)

Capital ratios for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 and for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 are for California BanCorp on a consolidated basis.

 

39


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our consolidated financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes. Historical results of operations and the percentage relationships among any amounts included, and any trends that may appear, may not indicate trends in operations or results of operations for any future periods. We are a bank holding company and we conduct all of our material business operations through the Bank. As a result, the discussion and analysis below primarily relate to activities conducted at the Bank level.

Overview

California BanCorp is a California corporation that was organized to serve as the holding company for California Bank of Commerce. On June 30, 2017, we completed a reorganization in which California BanCorp became the Bank’s holding company. As a registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act, the Company is subject supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve.

California Bank of Commerce, which was incorporated in 2007, is a California -chartered commercial bank headquartered in Lafayette, California. The Bank is regulated by the FDIC and the DBO and is not a member of the Federal Reserve. The Bank has seven offices, six of which are in the San Francisco Bay Area and all of which are in Northern California. These offices include three banking offices in Lafayette (the Bank’s headquarters), Fremont and San Jose, where the Bank offers loan, deposit and treasury management products. The Bank also has four loan production offices in Oakland, Walnut Creek, San Jose and Sacramento, California.

As with most community banks, the Bank derives a significant portion of its income from interest received on loans and investments. The Bank’s primary source of funding is deposits, both interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing. In order to maximize the Bank’s net interest income, or the difference between the income on interest-earning assets and the expense of interest-bearing liabilities, the Bank must not only manage the volume of these balance sheet items, but also the yields earned on interest-earning assets and the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. To account for credit risk inherent in all loans, the Bank maintains an allowance for loan losses to absorb possible losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible. The Bank establishes and maintains this allowance by charging a provision for loan losses against operating earnings. Beyond its net interest income, the Bank further receives income through the net gain on sale of loans held for sale as well as servicing income which is retained on those sold loans. In order to maintain its operations and bank locations, the Bank incurs various operating expenses which are further described within the “Results of Operations” later in this section.

As of September 30, 2019, the Company had total consolidated assets of $1.1 billion, total net loans of $925.3 million, total deposits of $923.9 million and total shareholders’ equity of $129.0 million. The Company employs approximately 133.5 full-time equivalent employees and has an assets-to-FTE ratio of approximately $8.2 million.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our accounting and reporting policies conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and conform to general practices within the industry in which we operate. To prepare financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management makes estimates, assumptions and judgments based on available information. These estimates, assumptions and judgments affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements and, as this information changes, actual results could differ from the estimates, assumptions and judgments reflected in the financial statement. In particular, management has identified several accounting policies that, due to the estimates, assumptions and judgments inherent in those policies, are critical in understanding our financial statements.

 

40


Table of Contents

The following is a discussion of the critical accounting policies and significant estimates that require us to make complex and subjective judgments. Additional information about these policies can be found in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018, included elsewhere in this registration statement.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off.

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that management believes is appropriate to provide for known and inherent incurred loan losses as of the date of the consolidated balance sheet and we have established methodologies for the determination of its adequacy. The methodologies are set forth in a formal policy and take into consideration the need for an overall general valuation allowance as well as specific allowances that are determined on an individual loan basis.

The evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, changes in economic or other conditions may necessitate revision of the estimate in future periods.

As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2017

Summary of Performance

We recognized net income of $8.7 million in 2018, compared to $5.6 million in 2017. The $3.1 million or 55% increase in net income in 2018 compared to 2017 was primarily the result of increases in net interest income and noninterest income, and decreases in provisions for loan losses and income taxes. Partially offsetting these improvements was an increase in noninterest expense. The following are some of the significant factors impacting our results of operations:

 

   

Net interest income increased by $4.3 million or 14% in 2018 compared to 2017. The increase in net interest income compared to 2017 was primarily the result of significant growth in average earning assets of $114.9 million, or 15% in 2018 compared to the prior year.

 

   

Noninterest income increased by $624 thousand or 20% in 2018 compared to 2017.    The increase in noninterest income in 2018 resulted primarily from increases in servicing income and gain-on-sale of investment securities in comparison to 2017 of $467 thousand and $159 thousand, respectively.

 

   

Our loan loss provision was $1.4 million in 2018, compared to $2.4 million in 2017. Our allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans at December 31, 2018 was 1.28% compared to 1.27% at December 31, 2017.

 

   

Noninterest expense grew by $5.4 million or 26% in 2018 compared to 2017. The growth in operating expenses was mostly due to continued investment in resources to grow through customer acquisition and to service the growing number of customer relationships.

 

   

Income tax expense decreased by $2.6 million or 46% in 2018 compared to 2017.    In addition, our effective tax rate decreased significantly to 25.8% in 2018 from 50.1% in 2017.

As of December 31, 2018, we had total assets of $1.0 billion, compared to $866.5 million at December 31, 2017. The following are some of the significant factors impacting the changes in our financial condition:

 

   

Total assets increased by $139.2 million or 16% in 2018 compared to 2017.    

 

41


Table of Contents
   

Gross loans grew by $114.2 million or 16% in 2018 compared to 2017.

 

   

Total deposits grew by $113.9 million or 15% in 2018 compared to 2017.    Interest bearing demand deposits grew by $76.0 million or 17% in 2018 compared to 2017.

 

   

Total shareholders’ equity increased by $36.3 million or 43% in 2018 compared to 2017.    In August 2018 the Company raised $25.0 million in gross proceeds from a private placement of common stock. As of December 31, 2018 the Company’s total risk-based capital ratio was 12.8% and its Tier 1 leverage ratio was 11.6%.

Results of Operations

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

Net interest income, the difference between interest income and interest expense, is the largest component of our total revenue. Management closely monitors both total net interest income and the net interest margin (net interest income divided by average earning assets). We seek to maximize net interest income without exposing us to an excessive level of interest rate risk through our asset and liability management policies. Interest rate risk is managed by monitoring the pricing, maturity and repricing options of all classes of interest-bearing assets and liabilities. Our net interest margin is adversely impacted by the reversal of interest on nonaccrual loans and the reinvestment of loan payoffs into lower yielding investment securities and other short term investments.

Our net interest income was $35.8 million in 2018, compared to $31.5 million in 2017. The level of our net interest income depends on several factors in combination, including growth in earning assets, the mix of earning assets by loan type and by security type, the cost of interest-bearing liabilities and the mix of noninterest earning deposits to total deposits. The increase in 2018 of $4.3 million, or 14%, was primarily due to increases in interest income earned on our loan portfolio of $4.7 million, cash and equivalents of $1.2 million and investment securities of $360 thousand, partially offset by an increase in interest paid on deposits of $2.0 million.

 

42


Table of Contents

The following table shows, for each of 2018 and 2017, the annual average balance for each principal balance sheet category, and the amount of interest income or expense associated with that category. This table also shows the yields earned on each major component of our investment and loan portfolio, the average rates paid on each key segment of our interest bearing liabilities, and the net interest margin.

Distribution, Yield and Rate Analysis of Net Income

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017  
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income /
Expense
    Average
Yield /
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income /
Expense
    Average
Yield /
Rate
 

Assets:

           

Loans, gross(1)

  $ 755,659,225     $ 38,443,340       5.09   $ 691,519,750     $ 33,771,736       4.88

Securities

    23,377,672       635,410       2.72     14,332,846       275,310       1.92

Interest bearing deposits and fed funds sold

    97,250,623       1,859,592       1.91     54,289,869       645,603       1.19
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest earning assets(2)

    876,287,520       40,938,342       4.67     760,142,465       34,692,649       4.56
   

 

 

       

 

 

   

Cash and due from banks

    18,497,543           17,420,888      

Premises and equipment, net

    2,426,713           2,622,877      

Goodwill and other intangible assets

    7,768,128           7,824,263      

Other assets

    25,376,764           25,818,202      
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 930,356,668         $ 813,828,695      
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:

           

Deposits:

           

Demand, noninterest-bearing

  $ 331,809,172         $ 282,385,494      

Demand, interest-bearing

    26,199,672       21,697       0.08     22,230,626       17,349       0.08

Savings and money market

    363,232,025       3,004,131       0.83     308,350,672       1,610,824       0.52

Time deposits—under $100,000

    6,584,456       61,347       0.93     7,774,269       67,128       0.86

Time deposits—$100,000 and Over

    85,839,772       1,374,270       1.60     84,248,746       745,604       0.89
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing deposits

    481,855,925       4,461,445       0.93     422,604,313       2,440,905       0.58
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total deposits

    813,665,097       4,461,445       0.55     704,989,807       2,440,905       0.35

Borrowings

    11,908,315       644,221       5.41     24,134,410       718,411       2.98
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    493,764,240       5,105,666       1.03     446,738,723       3,159,316       0.71
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Other liabilities

    4,072,444           2,403,170      

Total liabilities

    829,645,856           731,527,387      
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Shareholders’ equity

    100,710,812           82,301,308      
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

    $930,356,668           $813,828,695      
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest income / margin(2)

        4.09         4.15
   

 

 

       

 

 

   

Net interest income

    $ 35,832,676         $ 31,533,333    
   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

(1)

Loan fees have been included in the calculation of interest income. Loan fees were $1,246,548 and $1,237,288 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Loans are net of deferred fees and related direct costs.

(2)

Net interest margin is net interest income divided by total interest earning assets.

 

43


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the dollar difference in interest earned and paid for each major category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the noted periods, and the amount of such change attributable to changes in average balances (volume) or changes in average interest rates. Volume variances are equal to the increase or decrease in average balance multiplied by current period rates, and rate variances are equal to the increase or decrease in rate times prior period average balances. Variances attributable to both rate and volume changes are calculated by multiplying the change in rate by the change in average balance, and are allocated to the volume variance.

Rate/Volume Analysis of Net Interest Income

 

     2018 vs. 2017  
     Increase (Decrease) Due to
Change in:
 
     Average
Volume
    Average
Rate
    Net
Change
 

Income from the interest earning assets:

      

Loans, gross

   $ 3,434,105     $ 1,237,499     $ 4,671,604  

Securities

     257,669       102,431       360,100  

Interest bearing deposits and fed funds sold

     821,146       392,843       1,213,989  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income on interest earning assets

     4,512,920       1,732,773       6,245,693  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expense from the interest-bearing liabilities:

      

Demand, interest-bearing

     3,287       1,061       4,348  

Savings and money market

     453,899       939,408       1,393,307  

Time deposits-under $100,000

     (11,085     5,304       (5,781

Time deposits—$100,000 and over

     25,472       603,194       628,666  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense on interest-bearing deposits

     471,573       1,548,967       2,020,540  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings

     61,839       (136,029     (74,190
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

   $ 3,979,508     $ 319,835     $ 4,299,343  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Income

Our interest income increased by $6.2 million in 2018 compared to 2017 primarily due to volume growth in average earning assets, and in particular an increase in loans. The increase in interest earned on our loan portfolio in 2018 of $4.7 million was comprised of $3.4 million attributable to an approximate $64.1 million increase in average loans outstanding and $1.2 million attributable to an increase in the yield earned on loans to 5.09% in 2018 from 4.88% in 2017.    

In addition to the increase in interest earned on loans, in 2018 interest income also increased by $1.6 million as a result of higher volume levels in interest-bearing due from banks and investment securities. In 2018 average interest-bearing due from banks increased $41.7 million and average investment securities increased approximately $9.0 million. Interest income also benefited from increased yields on interest-bearing deposits and investment securities. Yields on interest-bearing deposits were 1.91% in 2018 compared to 1.19% in 2017, resulting in an increase of $393 thousand in interest income. This increase in yield was directly related to increases in fed funds rates as a result of open market operations of the Federal Reserve in 2018. The yield earned on investment securities also increased to 2.72% in compared to 1.92% in 2017, largely the effect of generally higher medium and long term interest rates and slightly higher duration in the portfolio which resulted in an increase in interest income of $102 thousand.

 

44


Table of Contents

Interest Expense

Our interest expense increased by $1.9 million in 2018 primarily due to the effect of increased rates paid on interest-bearing deposits and the overall growth in the volume of average interest-bearing deposits to fund earning asset growth. The average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits in 2018 increased 35 basis points to 0.93% from 0.58% in 2017, which accounted for $1.5 million of the total increase in interest expense. An additional increase in interest expense of $472 thousand was attributable to an increase in average interest-bearing deposits of $59.3 million. Partially offsetting these increases was a reduction in interest cost related to borrowings of $74 thousand as the Company paid off $11 million of senior notes in August of 2018.

Our overall cost of deposits was 0.55% in 2018 compared to 0.35% in 2017 as growth in average noninterest bearing demand deposits offset, in part, the cost of average interest-bearing deposits. Average noninterest bearing demand deposits of $331.8 million in 2018 represented 41% of total deposits compared to $282.4 million and 40% in 2017. Our ability to manage the cost of our deposit funding is partially dependent on our ability to continue to attract noninterest-bearing demand deposits as part of a business banking relationship with our customers.

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses was $1.4 million in 2018 compared to $2.4 million in 2017. The decrease in provision in 2018 was primarily due to lower net charge-off experience as well as a higher proportion of loan growth in lower risk-rated categories compared to 2017. In 2018, we recognized $64 thousand in net recoveries which compared to $618 thousand in net charge-offs recognized in 2017. Our allowance for loan loss as a percent of outstanding loans increased slightly to 1.28% at December 31, 2018 from 1.27% at the end of 2017. Our loan loss provisions have been sufficient to maintain an allowance for loan losses at a level that, in management’s judgment, is sufficient to absorb probable losses related to specifically identified impairment loans, as well as the probable incurred losses on the remaining loan portfolio. The process to establish an appropriate allowance for loan loss is discussed further below under “Allowance for Loan Losses.”

Noninterest Income

The following table sets forth the various components of our noninterest income for the periods indicated:

Noninterest Income

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Increase
(Decrease) 2018
versus 2017
 
     2018      2017      Amount      Percent  

Service charges and fees on deposit accounts

   $ 2,451,405      $ 1,983,913      $ 467,492        24

Gain on sales of loans

     417,520        258,879        158,641        61

Earnings on BOLI

     251,726        434,123        (182,397      -42

Gain on sales of investment securities

     96,568        —          96,568        N/M  

Other

     498,693        414,511        84,182        20
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 3,715,912      $ 3,091,426      $ 624,486        20
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

In 2018, noninterest income increased by $624 thousand or 20%, as service charges, gain-on-sale of loans, gain-on-sale of investment securities and other income increased by $467 thousand, $158 thousand, $97 thousand and $84 thousand, respectively. However, these increases were partially offset by a $182 thousand decline in net earnings on bank owned life insurance contracts.

 

45


Table of Contents

Noninterest Expense

The following table sets forth our noninterest expenses for the periods indicated:

Noninterest Expense

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Increase
(Decrease) 2018
versus 2017
 
     2018      2017      Amount      Percent  

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 15,572,646      $ 12,342,860      $ 3,229,786        26

Occupancy and equipment

     2,917,875        2,458,132        459,743        19

Professional fees

     1,761,108        921,417        839,691        91

Data processing

     1,539,842        1,455,791        84,051        6

Directors’ stock-based and other compensation

     978,347        734,079        244,268        33

Advertising and marketing

     781,370        612,616        168,754        28

Regulatory assessments and insurance

     525,354        523,677        1,677        0

Loan Processing

     523,726        515,136        8,590        2

Other

     1,771,258        1,381,566        389,692        28
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 26,371,526      $ 20,945,274      $ 5,426,252        26
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Noninterest expense grew by $5.4 million, in 2018, compared to 2017. The largest component of noninterest expense is salaries and benefit expense, which increased by approximately $3.2 million or 26% in 2018. The increase in salary and benefits expense was primarily the result of hiring of key executive, lending and operational staff positions to support the Company’s continued growth. The number of full-time equivalent staff grew from 103 as of December 31, 2017 to 118 at the end of 2018. In addition, during 2018 we incurred $442 thousand in nonrecurring expenses related to transition of our former Chief Executive Officer. Occupancy and equipment cost increased by $459 thousand in 2018, the result of expansion to a new Walnut Creek, California location in the second half of 2017 and the addition of space to our Oakland, California office in early 2018. Professional fees increased by $839 thousand in 2018 the result of costs incurred related to various strategic initiatives, a private capital raise, and work to prepare for compliance with the internal controls framework applied to banks with assets greater than $1.0 billion set forth in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”).

Provision for Income Taxes

Income tax expense was $3.0 million for the year ending December 31, 2018, a decrease of $2.6 million from the tax provision for 2017. For 2018 and 2017, our effective tax rates were 25.8% and 50.1%, respectively. The effective tax rate for 2018 compared to 2017 was reduced primarily as a result of lower corporate tax rates which were enacted by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.

Financial Condition

Summary

Assets grew by $139.2 million to $1.0 billion as of December 31, 2018, compared to $866.5 billion as of December 31, 2017. The increase in assets was primarily due to loan growth, which was $114.2 million or 16% in 2018 compared to 2017. In addition, investment securities and interest bearing deposits increased by $20.7 million in 2018.

Growth in assets was primarily funded by growth in deposits. Substantially all of our funding comes from deposits maintained by core business customer relationships. In 2018, deposits grew by $113.9 million or 15%,

 

46


Table of Contents

of which $37.9 million was noninterest-bearing demand accounts and $76.0 million was interest-bearing deposits. In addition, during 2018 we raised $23.6 million (net of issuance costs) through a private placement of common stock and used $11.0 million of the proceeds to retire senior notes that were outstanding as of December 31, 2017. Our capital also grew by $8.7 million through retention of earnings and $4.0 million related to share issuance/activity under stock compensation plans.

Loan Portfolio

Our loan portfolio consists primarily of loans to customers who have a full banking relationship with the Bank. Our business banking model emphasizes commercial and industrial loans and, in addition, substantial percentage of the commercial real estate loans are considered owner-occupied loans. Our loans are generated by our relationship managers and executives. Our senior management is actively involved in the lending, underwriting, and collateral valuation processes. Higher dollar loans or loan commitments are also approved through the Bank’s loan committee comprised of executives and outside board members.

The following tables set forth the composition of our loan portfolio as of the dates indicated:

Loan Portfolio Composition

 

     2018      2017  

Loans:

     

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 336,234,467      $ 329,030,432  

Real estate—Construction & Land

     42,294,500        41,264,748  

Real estate—Other

     451,850,943        344,817,073  

Real estate—HELOC

     2,064,056        3,618,113  

Installment and other

     12,284,106        11,206,703  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans

     844,728,072        729,937,069  

Deferred loan origination costs, net

     2,203,164        2,827,835  

Allowance for loan losses

     (10,800,000      (9,300,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans, net

   $ 836,131,236      $ 723,464,904  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

47


Table of Contents

Loan Maturities

The following table shows the maturity distribution for total loans outstanding as of December 31, 2018. The maturity distribution is grouped by remaining scheduled principal payments that are due within one year, after one but within five years, or after five years. The principal balance of loans are indicated by both fixed and floating rate categories.

Loan Maturities and Re-pricing Schedule

 

    Due in
One Year
Or Less
    Over One
Year But
Less than
Five Years
    Over
Five Years
    Total     Loans with
Fixed Rates(1)
    Loans with
Variable Rates
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial & Industrial

  $ 119,704,919     $ 75,193,809     $ 141,335,739     $ 336,234,467     $ 189,814,488     $ 146,419,979  

Real estate—Construction & Land

    29,203,958       9,049,159       4,041,383       42,294,500       4,214,229       38,080,271  

Real estate—Other

    18,991,720       82,898,991       349,960,232       451,850,943       181,379,445       270,471,498  

Real estate—HELOC

    1,063,055       611,000       390,001       2,064,056       —         2,064,056  

Installment and other

    76,535       528,282       11,679,289       12,284,106       1,609,360       10,674,746  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans

  $ 169,040,187     $ 168,281,241     $ 507,406,644     $ 844,728,072     $ 377,017,522     $ 467,710,550  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Excludes variable rate loans on floors.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of our business, we make commitments to extend credit to our customers as long as there are no violations of any conditions established in contractual arrangements. Total unused commitments to extend credit were $325.5 million at December 31, 2018, compared to $275.0 million at December 31, 2017. Unused commitments represented 38% of gross loans outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We also had $7.5 million in standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit at December 31, 2018 and $5.3 million in standby letters of credit at December 31, 2017. These commitments are obligations that represent a potential credit risk to us, and a $150 thousand reserve for unfunded commitments is reflected as a liability in our balance sheet at December 31, 2018.

The effect on our revenues, expenses, cash flows and liquidity from the unused portion of the commitments to provide credit cannot be reasonably predicted, because there is no certainty that lines of credit will ever be fully utilized. For more information regarding our off-balance sheet arrangements, see Note 12 to our audited financial statements at and or the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Contractual Obligations

At the end of 2018, we had contractual obligations for the following payments, by type and period due:

 

     2018      2017  

Operating leases

   $ 7,283,754      $ 7,477,068  

Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets are comprised of loans on non-accrual status, loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest, and other real estate owned. A loan is placed in non-accrual status if there is concern that principal and interest

 

48


Table of Contents

may not be fully collected or if the loan has been past due for a period of 90 days or more, unless the obligation is both well secured and in process of legal collection. When loans are placed on non-accrual status, all interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest income. Income on non-accrual loans is subsequently recognized only to the extent that cash is received and the loan’s principal balance is deemed collectible. Loans are returned to accrual status when they are brought current with respect to principal and interest payments and future payments are reasonably assured. Other real estate owned is acquired in satisfaction of loans through foreclosure or other means and is carried on an individual asset basis at the lower of the recorded investment in the related loan or the estimated fair value of the property, less selling expenses. Loans in which the borrower is encountering financial difficulties and we have modified the terms of the original loan are evaluated for impairment and classified as troubled debt restructured loans (“TDR”).

Non-accrual loans at December 31, 2017 totaled $484,000 consisting of one commercial and industrial loan. At December 31, 2018, non-accrual loans totaled $4.46 million consisting of eight loans across four relationships, each of which was in in the commercial and industry segment. At December 31, 2018, the largest non-accrual relationship totaled $2.37 million consisting of three loans. The relationship was placed into a non-accrual status late in 2018 as a result of continued overdrafts and delayed loan payments. The second largest non-accrual relationship at December 31, 2018 totaled $1.24 million consisting of three loans. The relationship was placed into a non-accrual status in the summer of 2018 as a result of continued overdrafts, delayed loan payments, and inability to provide current financial information due to business losses incurred by the borrower. These two relationships account for 81% of the non-accrual balance as of December 31, 2018. We had no loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest as of December 31, 2018.

The following table presents information concerning our nonperforming and restructured loans as of the dates indicated:

Nonperforming and Restructured Loans

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2017  

Nonaccrual loans

   $ 4,463,232      $ 483,885  

Loans 90 days past due and still accruing

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans

     4,463,232        483,885  

Foreclosed assets

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 4,463,232      $ 483,885  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Performing TDRs

   $ 930,123      $ 1,877,681  

Allowance for Loan Losses

We establish an allowance for loan losses, through a provision for loan losses, for both specific losses on impaired loans and the inherent risk of probable loss for non-impaired loans based on loan grades, loan characteristics, and economic trends. The allowance for loan losses consists of specific and general components. The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and the estimate is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans that considers historical loss experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions. The specific component relates to loans that are considered impaired for which an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

 

49


Table of Contents

Our allowance for loan losses was $10.8 million at December 31, 2018, compared to $9.3 million at December 31, 2017. The increase was the result of a provision for loan losses of $1.4 million and $64 thousand in recoveries during 2018. The allowance for loan loss as a percent of outstanding loans increased slightly to 1.28% at December 31, 2018 to 1.27% at the end of 2017. The $1.4 million provision for loan losses in 2018 was generally attributable to loan portfolio growth.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, management concludes that it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due (principal and interest) according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments. Measurement of impairment is based on the present value of expected future cash flows of the impaired loan, which are discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. For collateral-dependent loans, we use the fair value of the collateral for the impaired loan to measure impairment. An impairment allowance is established to record the difference between the carrying amount of the loan and the present value, or in the case of a collateral-dependent loan, the fair value of the collateral. As of December 31, 2018, we identified loans totaling $6.4 million as impaired, requiring reserves of $205 thousand, compared to $4.8 million, requiring reserves of $46 thousand at December 31, 2017.

The allowance for loan loss is maintained at a level that management believes is adequate to provide for loan losses based on currently available information. A comprehensive discussion concerning our allowance for loan loss is included in Note 5 of the accompanying Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2018.

The following table summarizes the activity in the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated:

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

     2018     2017  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 9,300,000     $ 7,525,000  

Charge-offs:

    

Commercial & Industrial

     —         (826,137

Real estate—Construction & Land

     —         —    

Real estate—Other

     —         —    

Real estate—HELOC

     —         —    

Installment and other

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     —         (826,137

Recoveries:

    

Commercial & Industrial

     64,600       57,972  

Real estate—Construction & Land

     —         —    

Real estate—Other

     —         150,000  

Real estate—HELOC

     —         —    

Installment and other

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     64,600       207,972  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net recoveries (charge-offs)

     64,600       (618,165

Provision (credit) for loan losses

     1,435,400       2,393,165  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 10,800,000     $ 9,300,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

    

Net recoveries (charge-offs) to average loans

     0.01     (0.09 )% 

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

     1.28     1.27

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans

     242     1,922

 

50


Table of Contents

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

Provided below is a summary of the allocation of the allowance for loan losses for specific loan categories at the dates indicated. The allocation presented should not be viewed as an indication that charges to the allowance will be incurred in these amounts or proportions, or that the portion of the allowance allocated to each loan category represents the total amounts available for charge-offs that may occur within these categories.

 

     December 31  
     2018     2017  
     Allowance      Percent of
allowance to

total loans
in each
category
    Allowance      Percent of
allowance to
total loans
in each
category
 

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 5,577,564        1.66   $ 5,529,735        1.68

Real estate—Construction & Land

     1,493,045        3.53     769,719        1.87

Real estate—Other

     3,703,298        0.82     2,929,445        0.85

Real estate—HELOC

     15,762        0.76     42,077        1.16

Installment and other

     10,331        0.08     29,024        0.26
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,800,000        1.28   $ 9,300,000        1.27
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment Portfolio

Our investment portfolio is comprised of debt securities. We use two classifications for our investment portfolio: available-for-sale (AFS) and held-to-maturity (HTM). Securities that we have the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held-to-maturity securities” and reported at amortized cost. Securities not classified as held-to-maturity securities are classified as “investment securities available-for-sale” and reported at fair value. At December 31, 2018, our held-to-maturity investments totaled $6.0 million. We had no investment securities classified as held-to-maturity at December 31, 2017. Available-for sale securities had a total fair value of $37.4 million and $13.0 million at the end of 2018 and 2017, respectively. We also maintain surplus liquidity in interest earning accounts at banks and at the Federal Reserve Bank. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, these assets totaled approximately $55.2 million and $65.0 million, respectively.

Our investments provide a source of liquidity because we can pledge them to support borrowed funds or can liquidate them to generate cash proceeds. Our investment portfolio is also a resource in managing interest rate risk, because the maturity and interest rate characteristics of this asset class can be readily changed to match changes in the loan and deposit portfolios. The majority of our available-for-sale investment portfolio is comprised of mortgage-backed securities (MBSs) that are either issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs). During 2018, we increased our investment portfolio to reduce asset sensitivity in response to changes in the interest rate environment. During 2018, we purchased $47.0 million in AFS securities and sold $18.9 million, realizing gains of $96 thousand on those sales.

As of December 31, 2018, the fair value of the available-for-sale portfolio was approximately equal to amortized cost. The HTM portfolio is comprised securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or GSEs.

 

51


Table of Contents

The following tables reflects the amortized cost and fair market values for the total portfolio for each category of investments for 2018 and 2017 years:

 

     December 31, 2018  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Available-for-sale:

          

Mortgage-backed securities—residential

   $ 25,404,324      $ 104,372      $ (105,763   $ 25,402,933  

Government agency

     9,508,335        4,731        (2,577     9,510,489  

Corporate bonds

     2,501,004        631        (175     2,501,460  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

   $ 37,413,663      $ 109,734      $ (108,515   $ 37,414,882  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity:

          

Government agency

   $ 6,000,000      $ 6,160      $ (10,460   $ 5,995,700  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total held-to-maturity

   $ 6,000,000      $ 6,160      $ (10,460   $ 5,995,700  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2017  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Available-for-sale:

          

Mortgage-backed securities—residential

   $ 10,493,904      $ 14,835      $ (15,251   $ 10,493,488  

Corporate bonds

     2,503,326        5,064        —         2,508,390  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

   $ 12,997,230      $ 19,899      $ (15,251   $ 13,001,878  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The investment maturities table below summarizes contractual maturities for our investment securities at December 31, 2018. The actual timing of principal payments may differ from remaining contractual maturities, because obligors may have the right to repay certain obligations with or without penalties. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, we had no tax exempt securities.

Investment Maturities and Repricing Schedule

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value  

Available-for-sale:

     

Within one year

   $ 2,501,004      $ 2,501,460  

One to five years

     —          —    

Five to ten years

     —          —    

Mortgage-backed and government agency Securities not due at a single maturity date

     34,912,659        34,913,422  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

   $ 37,413,663      $ 37,414,882  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity:

     

Beyond ten years

   $ 6,000,000      $ 5,995,700  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total held-for-maturity

   $ 6,000,000      $ 5,995,700  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deposits

Our deposits are generated through core customer relationships, related predominantly to business relationships. Many of our business customers maintain high levels of liquid balances in their demand deposit accounts and use our treasury management services extensively.

 

52


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2018, approximately 40% of our deposits were in noninterest-bearing demand deposits. The balance of our deposits are held in interest-bearing demand, savings and money market accounts and time deposits. More than 49% of total deposits are held in interest-bearing demand, savings and money market deposit accounts which provide our customers with interest and liquidity. Time deposits comprised the remaining 11% of our deposits. Included in time deposits were approximately $26.2 million from reciprocal deposits of client funds into the certificate of deposit account registry service (“CDARS”). We held no brokered deposits at December 31, 2018.

Information concerning average balances and rates paid on deposits by deposit type for the past two fiscal years is contained in the Distribution, Yield and Rate Analysis of Net Income table located in the previous section on Results of Operations—Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin. The following table provides a comparative distribution of our deposits by outstanding balance as well as by percentage of total deposits at the dates indicated:

Deposit Distribution

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2017  
     Balance      % to Total     Balance      % to Total  

Demand, noninterest-bearing

   $ 352,402,295        40.31   $ 314,516,053        41.36

Demand, interest-bearing

     32,649,941        3.73     23,902,959        3.14

Money market

     339,889,794        38.88     283,438,202        37.28

Savings

     52,399,523        6.00     42,162,811        5.55

Time deposits—under $100,000

     6,057,208        0.69     8,761,873        1.15

Time deposits—$100,000 and over

     64,673,649        7.40     54,009,043        7.10

Other Deposits—CDARS, etc.

     26,181,207        2.99     33,582,471        4.42
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 874,253,617        100.00   $ 760,373,412        100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The scheduled maturity distribution of our time deposits at the end of 2018 was as follows:

Maturities of Time Deposits

 

     Balance      % of Total  

3 months

   $ 11,929,725        12.31

6 months

     55,935,376        57.72

12 months

     18,321,618        18.91

Post 12 months

     10,425,345        11.06
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 96,612,064        100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liquidity and Market Risk Management

Liquidity

Our primary source of funding is deposits from our core banking relationships. The majority of our deposits are transaction accounts or money market accounts that are payable on demand. A small number of customers represent a large portion of our deposits, as evidenced by the fact that 20.3% of our deposits were represented by our 10 largest depositors as of December 31, 2018. We manage our liquidity in a manner intended to enable us to meet expected and unexpected liquidity needs under both normal and adverse conditions. We maintain significant on-balance sheet and off-balance liquidity sources, including marketable securities portfolio and borrowing capacity through various secured and unsecured sources. We maintain Federal funds borrowing lines

 

53


Table of Contents

of $61 million. As of December 31, 2018, we had no borrowings. Our board of directors reviews our liquidity position and key liquidity measurements on a quarterly basis. As of December 31, 2018, our primary liquidity ratio was 8.1% and our overall liquidity ratio was 50.7%.

Interest Rate Risk Management

Market risk can arise from changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, or equity prices. We do not engage in any trading of financial instruments and do not have any exposure to currency exchange rates, or price changes for commodities or equities. Interest rate risk arises from the maturity and re-pricing characteristics of our loans and deposits. We are able to balance our interest rate sensitivity through the composition of our security portfolio. We do not use derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk. We measure our interest rate sensitivity through the use of a simulation model. The model incorporates the contractual cash flows and re-pricing characteristics from each financial instrument, as well as certain management assumptions. The model also captures the estimated impacts of optionality and duration and their expected change due to changes in interest rates and the shape of the yield curve. We manage our interest rate risk through established policies and procedures. We measure both the potential short term change in earnings and the long term change in market value of equity on a quarterly basis. Both measurements use immediate rate shocks that assume parallel shifts in interest rates up and down the yield curve in 100 basis point increments. There are eight scenarios comprised of rate changes up or down to 400 basis points. We have established policy thresholds for each of these eight scenarios. In the current interest rate environment, however, we do not consider a decrease in interest rates that is greater than 100 basis points to be realistic and therefore only evaluates rate decline of 25 basis points. The impact on earnings for one year and the change in market value of equity are limited to a change of no more than (7.5)% for rate changes of 100 basis points, no more than (15)% for changes of 200 basis points, no more than (20)% for rate changes of 300 basis points, and no more than (25)% for rate change of 400 basis points. The objective of these various simulation scenarios is to optimize the risk/reward equation for our future earnings and capital. Based upon the results of these various simulations and evaluations, we are positioned to be moderately asset sensitive, with earnings increasing in a rising rate environment. If interest rates were to increase by 100 basis points on an immediate, parallel and sustained basis, the our net interest income would increase by $904 thousand or 2.1% over the next 12 months. The following reflects our estimated net interest income sensitivity as of December 31, 2018:

 

     Increase/(Decrease)
In Estimated Net
Interest Income
 
     Amount      Percent  

Change in Interest Rates (basis points)

     

+400

   $ 44,041,000        3.68

+300

   $ 44,025,000        3.64

+200

   $ 43,843,000        3.21

+100

   $ 43,383,000        2.13

0

   $ 42,479,000        0

–100

   ($ 41,629,000      (2.00 %) 

 

54


Table of Contents

In an effort to measure the long-term impact of interest rate risk, we use a technique called the market value of equity (MVE), which calculates the net present value of our assets and liabilities, based on a discount rate derived from current replacement rates. The market value of equity is obtained by subtracting the market value of liabilities from the market value of assets. The change in market value of equity will differ based on the characteristics of each financial instrument and type of deposit. The longer the duration of a financial instrument, the greater the impact a rate change will have on its market value. Because we have minimal deposits with contractual maturities, the decay rate assumptions used for non-maturity deposits can have a significant impact on the market value of equity. The following reflects our estimated changes in MVE as of December 31, 2018:

 

     Increase/(Decrease)
in Estimated
Market Value of
Equity
 
     Amount      Percent  

Change in Interest Rates (basis points)

     

+400

   $ 137,474,000        -0.51

+300

   $ 141,828,000        2.65

+200

   $ 143,940,000        4.17

+100

   $ 142,971,000        3.47

0

   $ 138,172,000        0.00

–100

   ($ 132,004,000      (4.46 %) 

Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2018 the Company had total shareholders’ equity of $121.1 million, compared to $84.7 million at the end of 2017, an increase of $36.3 million or 43%. In addition to retained earnings of $8.7 million, shareholders’ equity grew $23.6 million from net proceeds of a common stock offering in the third quarter of 2018 and $2.5 million related to transactions under equity compensation plans.

We use a variety of measures to evaluate capital adequacy. Management reviews various capital measurements on a quarterly basis and takes appropriate action to ensure that such measurements are within established internal and external guidelines. The external guidelines, which are issued by federal bank regulatory agencies, establish a risk-adjusted ratio relating capital to different categories of assets and off balance sheet exposures. There are three categories of capital under these guidelines: Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and Tier 2 Capital. Common Equity Tier 1 Capital consists of total common shareholders’ equity (excluding accumulated other comprehensive income or loss), less intangible assets and disallowed deferred tax assets. Tier 1 Capital includes common shareholders’ equity less goodwill and certain other deductions, notably the unrealized net gains or losses (after tax adjustments) on securities available for sale, which are carried at fair market value. Tier 2 Capital includes the allowance for loan losses, subject to certain limitations. The Company’s and the Bank’s respective capital positions exceed all current minimums established by the federal banking regulators that are applicable to us. By the current regulatory definitions, each of the Company and the Bank had capital levels in excess of the minimums required to be considered “well capitalized,” the highest rating of the five capital categories defined under FDIC regulations, at December 31, 2018.

At December 31, 2018, the Company had a Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 11.18%, Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 11.18%, a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 12.76%, and a leverage ratio of 11.57%. At December 31, 2017, the Company had a Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.89%, Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 8.89%, a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 10.73%, and a leverage ratio of 8.74%.

At December 31, 2018, the Bank had a Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 10.94%, Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 10.94%, a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 12.52%, and a leverage ratio of 11.31%. At December 31, 2017, the Bank had a Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 10.09%, Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 10.09%, a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 11.75%, and a leverage ratio of 9.92%.

 

55


Table of Contents

For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018; and as of September 30, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018

Summary of Performance—Results of Operations

Nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018

Our net income was $6.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, compared to $6.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. The $182 thousand or 3% decrease in net income was primarily driven by increases in noninterest expense and provision for loan losses, which offset increases in net interest income and noninterest income.

 

   

Our net interest income increased by $4.1 million or 16% during the first nine months of 2019. The increase in net interest income was the result of growth in average earning assets of $104.8 million or 12% and expansion of our net interest margin to 4.20% in the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from 4.08% in the same period of 2018.

 

   

Our loan loss provision increased by $481 thousand during the first nine months of 2019 compared to the same period of 2018.

 

   

Noninterest income grew by $246 thousand or 9% during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the same period in 2018.

 

   

Noninterest expense grew by $4.1 million or 21% during the first nine months of 2019 compared to the first nine months of 2018.

Summary of Performance—Financial Condition

September 30, 2019 relative to December 31, 2018

 

   

Total assets were $1.1 billion at September 30, 2019, an increase of $88.9 million or 9% compared to $1.0 billion at December 31, 2018.

 

   

Total gross loans grew by $88.7 million or 10% to $933.3 million at September 30, 2109 from $846.9 million at December 31, 2018.

 

   

Total deposits grew by $50.0 million or 6% to $923.9 million at September 30, 2019. Noninterest bearing deposits grew by $20.9 million or 6%.

 

   

Total shareholders’ equity increased by $7.9 million or 7%. As of September 30, 2019, the Company’s total risk-based capital ratio was 12.33% and its Tier 1 leverage ratio was 11.44%.

Results of Operations

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

Our net interest income increased to $30.4 million for the first nine months of 2019 from $26.3 million for the first nine months of 2018. The increase of $4.1 million or 16% in 2019 was primarily the result of higher average earning assets, a $104.8 million increase or 12% compared to the same period in 2018, as well as an increase in our net interest margin to 4.20% from 4.08%. The increase in net interest margin for the period was driven by an increase in the percentage of average earning assets represented by loans, which has grown to 93% in the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from 87% in the same period of 2018.

The following table shows, for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, the annual average balance for each principal balance sheet category, and the amount of interest income or expense associated with that category. The table also shows the yields earned on each major component of our investment and loan portfolio, the average rates paid on each key segment of our interest bearing liabilities, and the net interest margin.

 

56


Table of Contents

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

 

    For the Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2019
    For the Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2018
 
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/
Expense
    Average
Yield/
Rate(1)
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/
Expense
    Average
Yield/
Rate(1)
 

Assets:

           

Loans, gross(2)

  $ 892,444,894     $ 34,783,303       5.21   $ 745,850,610     $ 28,322,902       5.08

Securities

    39,791,465       933,360       3.14     13,449,170       225,684       2.24

Interest bearing deposits and fed funds sold

    31,952,117       556,203       2.33     100,122,136       1,356,867       1.81
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest earning assets(3)

    964,188,476       36,272,866       5.03     859,421,916       29,905,453       4.65
   

 

 

       

 

 

   

Cash and due from banks

    18,646,807           18,236,626      

Premises and equipment, net

    1,898,916           2,506,590      

Goodwill and other intangible assets

    7,621,526           7,775,438      

Other assets

    37,267,594           24,944,461      
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 1,029,623,319         $ 912,885,031      
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:

           

Deposits:

           

Demand, noninterest-bearing

  $ 332,607,954         $ 324,670,083      

Demand, interest-bearing

    24,749,506       17,239       0.09     26,029,411       15,608       0.08

Savings and Money market

    395,585,166       3,361,517       1.14     359,098,069       2,065,082       0.77

Time deposits—under $100,000

    6,862,870       63,226       1.23     6,708,294       46,655       0.93

Time deposits—$100,000 and over

    103,615,758       1,670,455       2.16     85,203,219       938,119       1.47
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing deposits

    530,813,300       5,112,437       1.29     477,038,993       3,065,464       0.86
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total deposits

    863,421,254       5,112,437       0.79     801,709,076       3,065,464       0.51

Borrowings

    34,685,003       806,073       3.11     14,379,480       566,492       5.27
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    565,498,303       5,918,510       1.40     491,418,473       3,631,956       0.99
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Other liabilities

    6,442,409           2,706,935      
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities

    904,548,666           818,795,491      

Shareholders’ equity

    125,074,653           94,089,540      
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 1,029,623,319         $ 912,885,031      
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest income / margin(3)

        4.20         4.08
   

 

 

       

 

 

   

Net interest income

    $ 30,354,356         $ 26,273,497    
   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

(1)

Annualized

(2)

Loan fees have been included in the calculation of interest income. Loan fees were approximately ($1,272,658) and ($1,277,338) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Loans are net of deferred fees and related costs.

(3)

Net interest margin is net interest income divided by total interest earning assets.

 

57


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the dollar difference in interest earned and paid for each major category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the noted periods, and the amount of such change attributable to changes in average balances (volume) or changes in average interest rates. Volume variances are equal to the increase or decrease in average balance multiplied by prior period rates, and rate variances are equal to the increase or decrease in rate times prior period average balances. Variances attributable to both rate and volume changes are calculated by multiplying the change in rate by the change in average balance, and are allocated to the volume variance.

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,
2019 vs. 2018 Increase (Decrease)
Due to Change In:
 
     Average
Volume
    Average
Rate
    Net Change  

Income from interest earning assets:

      

Loans, gross

   $ 5,484,168     $ 976,233     $ 6,460,401  

Securities

     641,686       65,990       707,676  

Cash and due from banks

     (1,190,879     390,215       (800,664
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income from interest earnings assets

     4,934,975       1,432,438       6,367,413  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expense on interest-bearing liabilities:

      

Demand, interest-bearing

     (893     2,524       1,631  

Savings and Money market

     310,052       986,383       1,296,435  

Time deposits—under $100,000

     1,424       15,147       16,571  

Time deposits—$100,000 and over

     296,840       435,496       732,336  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense on interest-bearing deposits

     607,423       1,439,550       2,046,973  

Borrowings

     139,221       100,360       239,581  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

   $ 4,188,331     $ (107,472   $ 4,080,859  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Income

Interest income increased by $4.1 million in the first nine months of 2019 compared to the same period in 2018 primarily due to volume growth in average earning assets, and in particular an increase in loans. The increase in interest earned on our loan portfolio of $6.5 million in the first nine months of 2019 compared to the same period in 2018 was comprised of $5.5 million attributable to an approximate $146.6 million increase in average loans outstanding and $976 thousand attributable to an increase in the yield earned on loans to 5.21% from 5.08%.

In addition to the increase from greater loan volume and yields in the first nine months of 2019 compared to the same period in 2018, interest income also increased by $707 thousand primarily as a result of a higher volume of investment securities. In the first nine months of 2019 average investment securities increased approximately $26.3 million, or 196%, to $39.8 million. Partially offsetting these increases was a decrease of $801 thousand in interest earned on interest-bearing deposits and fed funds sold. Average interest-bearing deposits and fed funds sold decreased $68.2 million to $32.0 million in the first nine months of 2019 from $100.1 million in the same period of 2018. Yields on interest-bearing deposits and fed funds sold were 2.33% for the first nine months of 2019 compared to 1.81% for the same period in 2018, resulting in an increase of $390 thousand in interest income. The yield earned on investment securities for the first nine months of 2019 also increased to 3.14% compared to 2.24% for the same period in 2018, which was largely the effect of generally higher medium and long term interest rates and slightly higher duration in the portfolio which resulted in an increase in interest income of $66 thousand.    

 

58


Table of Contents

Interest Expense

Our interest expense increased by $2.3 million in the first nine months of 2019 primarily due to the effect of increased rates paid on interest-bearing deposits and the overall growth in the volume of average interest-bearing deposits and borrowings to fund earning asset growth. The average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits in 2019 increased 43 basis points to 1.29% from 0.86% in 2018, which accounted for $1.4 million of the total increase in interest expense. An additional increase in interest expense of $607 thousand was attributable to an increase in average interest-bearing deposits of $53.8 million.

Growth in our wholesale borrowing also contributed to the increase in interest expense. Borrowings for the first nine months of 2019 averaged $34.7 million, an increase of $20.3 million, or 141%, over $14.4 million in 2018. Interest expense increased by $139 thousand attributed to the higher volume of borrowings, which was partially offset by a decrease of $100 thousand attributed to a lower rate paid.

Our overall cost of deposits was 0.79% in the first nine months of 2019 compared to 0.51% in 2018 as growth in average noninterest bearing demand deposits offset, in part, the cost of average interest-bearing deposits. Average noninterest bearing demand deposits of $332.6 million in the first nine months of 2019 represented 39% of total deposits compared to $324.7 million and 40% in 2018. Our ability to manage the cost of our deposit funding is partially dependent on our ability to continue to attract noninterest-bearing demand deposits as part of a business banking relationship with our customers.

Provision for Loan Losses

We made provisions for loan losses of $1.3 million and $845 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. We recorded net loan charge-offs of $1.7 million in the first nine months of 2019 compared to no net charge-offs during the same period of 2018. The increase in our provision reflects the impact of loan growth and higher charge-off activity. The allowance for loan loss as a percent of outstanding loans declined from 1.28% at December 31, 2018 to 1.12% at September 30, 2019. The decrease in the reserve percentage reflects the impact enhancements to our qualitative methodology and higher charge-off activity in 2019. See further discussion in “Financial Condition – Allowance for Loan Losses”

Noninterest Income

The following table sets forth the various components of noninterest income for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Nine
Months Ended
September 30,
     Increase
(Decrease) 2019
versus 2018
 
     2019      2018      Amount      Percent  

Service charges and other fees

   $ 2,150,731      $ 1,916,274      $ 234,457        12

Earnings on BOLI

     370,257        313,046        57,211        18

Net gain on sales of investment securities

     —          —          —          N/M  

Net gains on sales of loans

     235,202        282,774        (47,572      -17

Other

     344,192        342,235        1,957        1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total noninterest income

   $ 3,100,382      $ 2,854,329      $ 246,053        9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Noninterest income grew by $246 thousand or 9% in the nine months of 2019, compared to the same period in 2018. The increase in the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was primarily attributable to growth in service charges and other fees related to growth in noninterest-bearing deposits and loans.

 

59


Table of Contents

Noninterest Expense

The following table sets forth our noninterest expenses for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Nine
Months Ended
September 30,
     Increase
(Decrease) 2019
versus 2018
 
     2019      2018      Amount     Percent  

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 14,905,191      $ 11,520,749      $ 3,384,442       29

Occupancy and equipment

     2,342,927        2,144,936        197,991       9

Professional fees

     1,703,048        1,324,568        378,480       29

Data processing

     1,365,029        1,115,610        249,419       22

Advertising and marketing

     683,231        518,238        164,993       32

Directors’ stock-based and other compensation

     424,633        501,260        (76,627     -15

Regulatory assessments and insurance

     474,300        443,743        30,557       7

Loan processing

     378,923        418,655        (39,732     -9

Other

     1,119,601        1,293,047        (173,446     -13
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total noninterest expense

   $ 23,396,883      $ 19,280,806      $ 4,116,077       21
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Noninterest expense grew $4.1 million or 21% to $23.4 million in the first nine months of 2019 compared to $19.3 million in the same period of 2018. Noninterest expense as a percentage of average earnings assets increased from the prior year, growing to 2.3% in the first nine months of 2019 from 2.1% in the first nine months of 2018. The largest component of noninterest expense is salaries and benefit expense, which increased by approximately $3.4 million or 29% in the first nine months of 2019 compared to the same period in 2018. The increase in salary and benefits expense was primarily the result of hiring of key executive, lending and operational staff positions to support the Company’s continued growth. The number of full-time equivalent staff grew to 133.5 as of September 30, 2019 from 103 on September 30, 2018.

Occupancy and equipment increased $198.0 thousand, or 9%, for the first nine months of 2019 to $2.3 million from $2.1 million in the same period of 2018. The increase in occupancy was related to expansion activities in our Oakland and San Jose facilities to accommodate growth.

Professional fees of $1.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 increased $378.5 thousand, or 29%, over $1.3 million for the same period in 2018. The increase in professional fees related to work in connection with FDICIA implementation and remediation of material weaknesses in financial reporting controls identified in the external audits for 2018.

Advertising and marketing costs increased $165.0 thousand, or 32%, to $683.2 thousand in the first nine months of 2019 compared to $518.2 thousand in 2018. The increase in 2019 was primarily related to an initiative to refresh branding and advertising campaigns.

Provision for Income Taxes

Income tax expense was $2.3 million for the first nine months of 2019 which compared to a $2.4 million for the same period in 2018. Our effective tax rate decreased slightly to 26.4% for the first nine months of 2019 from 26.6% for the same period of 2018.

Financial Condition

Summary

Total assets grew by $88.9 million or 9% to $1.1 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to $1.0 billion at December 31, 2018. The increase in assets was primarily due to loan growth, which was $88.6 million, or 10% in the first nine months of 2019.

 

60


Table of Contents

Growth in assets was primarily funded by growth in deposits and borrowing as well as a reduction in cash and due from banks and investment securities. Substantially all of our funding comes from deposits maintained by core business customer relationships. In the first nine months of 2019, deposits grew by $49.7 million or 6%, of which $20.9 million was noninterest-bearing demand accounts and $28.8 million was interest-bearing deposits.

Loan Portfolio

Our loan portfolio consists almost entirely of loans to customers who have a full banking relationship with us. Gross loan balances increased by $88.6 million or 10% from December 31, 2018 to September 30, 2019. The loan portfolio at September 30, 2019 was comprised of approximately 43% of commercial and industrial loans compared to 40% at December 31, 2018. In addition, commercial real estate loans comprised 52% of our loans at September 30, 2019 compared to 59%, respectively, at December 31, 2018. A substantial percentage of the commercial real estate loans are considered owner-occupied loans. Our loans are generated by our relationship managers and executives. Our senior management is actively involved in the lending, underwriting, and collateral valuation processes. Higher dollar loans or loan commitments are also approved through a bank loan committee comprised of executives and outside board members.

The following tables set forth the composition of our loan portfolio as of the dates indicated:

Loan Portfolio Composition

 

     September 30,
2019
     December 31,
2018
 

Loans:

     

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 402,302,615      $ 336,234,467  

Real estate—Construction & Land

     32,546,423        42,294,500  

Real estate—Other

     484,606,056        451,850,943  

Real estate—HELOC

     1,714,089        2,064,056  

Installment and other

     12,109,113        12,284,106  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans

     933,278,296        844,728,072  

Deferred loan (fees) costs, net

     2,391,716        2,203,164  

Allowance for loan losses

     (10,412,587      (10,800,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans, net

   $ 925,257,425      $ 836,131,236  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

The following table shows the maturity distribution for total loans outstanding as of September 30, 2019. The maturity distribution is grouped by remaining scheduled principal payments that are due within one year, after one but within five years, or after five years. The principal balances of loans are indicated by both fixed and floating rate categories.

Loan Maturities and Re-pricing Schedule

 

    Due in
One Year
Or Less
    Over One
Year But
Less than
Five Years
    Over
Five Years
    Total     Loans with
Fixed Rates(1)
    Loans with
Variable Rates
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial & Industrial

  $ 141,122,684     $ 101,081,833     $ 160,098,098     $ 402,302,615     $ 219,848,404     $ 182,454,211  

Real estate—Construction & Land

    8,905,049       19,667,745       3,973,629       32,546,423       6,032,919       26,513,504  

Real estate—Other

    23,648,200       84,986,163       375,971,695       484,606,058       191,383,680       293,222,378  

Real estate—HELOC

    574,939       700,083       439,065       1,714,087       —         1,714,087  

Installment and other

    149,359       1,977,152       9,982,602       12,109,113       322,491       11,786,622  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans

  $ 174,400,231     $ 208,412,976     $ 550,465,089     $ 933,278,296     $ 417,587,494     $ 515,690,802  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Excludes variable rate loans on floors.

In the normal course of business, we make commitments to extend credit to our customers as long as there are no violations of any conditions established in contractual arrangements. Total unused commitments to extend credit were $329.3 million at September 30, 2019 compared to $325.5 million as of December 31, 2018. Unused commitments represented 35.3% and 38.5% of gross loans outstanding at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. We also had $6.7 million and $7.5 million in standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018. These commitments are obligations that represent a potential credit risk to us, and a $185 thousand reserve for unfunded commitments is reflected as a liability in the our balance sheet at September 30, 2019.

The effect on our revenues, expenses, cash flows and liquidity from the unused portion of the commitments to provide credit cannot be reasonably predicted, because there is no certainty that lines of credit will ever be fully utilized.

Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets are comprised of loans on nonaccrual status, loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest, and other real estate owned. We had no loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest and no other real estate owned at September 30, 2019. A loan is placed on nonaccrual status if there is concern that principal and interest may not be fully collected or if the loan has been past due for a period of 90 days or more, unless the obligation is both well secured and in process of legal collection. When loans are placed on nonaccrual status, all interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest income. Income on nonaccrual loans is subsequently recognized only to the extent that cash is received and the loan’s principal balance is deemed collectible. Loans are returned to accrual status when they are brought current with respect to principal and interest payments and future payments are reasonably assured. Loans in which the borrower is encountering financial difficulties and we have modified the terms of the original loan are evaluated for impairment and classified as TDR loans.

 

62


Table of Contents

The following table presents information concerning our nonperforming and restructured loans as of the dates indicated:

Nonperforming and Restructured Loans

 

     September 30,
2019
     December 31,
2018
 

Nonaccrual loans

   $ 4,674,838      $ 4,463,232  

Loans over 90 days past due and still accruing

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans

     4,674,838        4,463,232  

Foreclosed assets

     —          —    

Total nonperforming assets

     4,674,838        4,463,232  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Performing TDRs

   $ 774,123      $ 930,123  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

We maintain an allowance for loan losses at a level that management believes is adequate to provide for loan losses based on currently available information. A comprehensive discussion concerning our allowance for loan losses is included in Note 5 of the accompanying interim Financial Statements.

Our allowance for loan losses was $10.4 million at September 30, 2019, compared to $10.8 million at December 31, 2018. The decrease resulted from a provision for loan losses of $1.3 million and $1.7 million in net charge-offs. Charge-off activity was primarily attributed to one commercial loan for $1.6 million during the third quarter of 2019. Prior to being charged-off, in the second quarter of 2019 we established a specific reserve for the estimated exposure in this loan. The $1.3 million in provisions for loan losses during the first nine months of 2019 was generally attributable to recognition of the inherent risk represented in the mix of loan growth and absorbing the charge-off of the commercial loan.

The allowance for loan loss as a percent of outstanding loans decreased to 1.12% at September 30, 2019 from 1.28% at December 31, 2018. During 2019, we made enhancements to our methodology for applying qualitative factors in determining our reserve. Generally, we sought to establish additional drivers of specific risks through segments of the portfolio that were quantifiable and updated measures to reflect recent trends in the drivers for application of qualitative assessments. This enabled us to apply judgements to specific segments of the portfolio, where previously we applied them to a broad portfolio and to reflect more recent experience in individual segments. A detailed discussion of the changes in elements of the reserve appears below following the “Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses”

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due (principal and interest) according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments. Measurement of impairment is based on the present value of expected future cash flows of the impaired loan, which are discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. For collateral-dependent loans, we use the fair value of the collateral for the impaired loan to measure impairment. An impairment allowance is established to record the difference between the carrying amount of the loan and the present value, or in the case of a collateral-dependent loan, the fair value of the collateral.

As of September 30, 2019, we identified loans totaling $7.2 million as impaired, requiring reserves of $526 thousand, compared to $6.4 million, requiring reserves of $205 thousand at December 31, 2018.

 

63


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the activity in the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated:

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

     September 30,     December 31,  
     2019     2018     2018  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 10,800,000     $ 9,300,000     $ 9,300,000  

Charge-offs:

      

Commercial & Industrial

     1,603,413       —         —    

Real estate—Construction & Land

     —         —         —    

Real estate—Other

     —         —         —    

Real estate—HELOC

     —         —         —    

Installment and other

     136,541       —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     1,739,954       —         —    

Recoveries:

      

Commercial & Industrial

     26,400       55,200       64,600  

Real estate—Construction & Land

     —         —         —    

Real estate—Other

     —         —         —    

Installment and other

     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     26,400       55,200       64,600  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

     (1,713,554     55,200       64,600  

Provision for loan losses

     1,326,141       844,800       1,435,400  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 10,412,587     $ 10,200,000     $ 10,800,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

      

Annualized net (charge-offs) recoveries to average loans

     (0.26 )%      0.01     0.01

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

     1.12     1.30     1.28

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans

     223     582     242

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

Provided below is a summary of the allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses for specific loan categories at the dates indicated. The allocation presented should not be viewed as an indication that charges to the allowance will be incurred in these amounts or proportions, or that the portion of the allowance allocated to each loan category represents the total amounts available for charge-offs that may occur within these categories.

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

 

     September 30, 2019     December 31, 2018  
     Allowance      Percent of
Loans
in each
category
to total
loans
    Allowance      Percent of
Loans
in each
category
to total
loans
 

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 6,389,601        1.59   $ 5,577,564        1.66

Real estate—Construction & Land

     876,763        2.69     1,493,045        3.52

Real estate—Other

     3,131,775        0.65     3,703,298        0.82

Real estate—HELOC

     8,702        0.51     15,762        0.76

Installment and other

     5,746        0.05     10,331        0.08
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

   $ 10,412,587        1.11   $ 10,800,000        1.28
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

As discussed previously, at September 30, 2019 the reserve of $10.4 million represented a decrease of $387 thousand compared to $10.8 million at December 31, 2018. The decrease in the aggregate reserve reflects the recent charge-off of a commercial loan and the result of assessing the qualitative reserve by trends in each segment of the portfolio. Generally, these factors shifted the allocation of the reserve toward the commercial loan segment from the commercial real estate segment. Specifically, the decrease in the overall reserve was primarily comprised of an increase of $812 thousand in the segment of the reserve allocated to commercial and industrial loans offset by a decrease of $616 thousand in the segment allocated to construction and land, and a decrease of $572 thousand in the segment allocated to other commercial real estate.

The following table shows the changes in and allocation of the allowance for loan losses for the period ended September 30, 2019 by portfolio segment, as well as the balances of the allowance for loan losses and loans by portfolio segment and impairment methodology:

 

    Commercial
&
Industrial
    Real Estate
Construction
& Land
    Real Estate
- Other
    Real Estate
HELOC
    Installment
& Other
    Total  

Allowance for Loan Losses
September 30, 2019

           

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 5,577,564     $ 1,493,045     $ 3,703,298     $ 15,762     $ 10,331     $ 10,800,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

    2,389,050       ( 616,282     (571,523     ( 7,060     131,956       1,326,141  

Loans charged-off

    1,603,413       —         —         —         136,541       1,739,954  

Recoveries of loans previously charged-off

    26,400       —         —         —         —         26,400  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance allocated to portfolio segments

  $ 6,389,601     $ 876,763     $ 3,131,775     $ 8,702     $ 5,746     $ 10,412,587  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 525,548     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 525,548  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 5,864,053     $ 876,763     $ 3,131,775     $ 8,702     $ 5,746     $ 9,887,039  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Commercial
&
Industrial
    Real Estate
Construction
& Land
    Real Estate
- Other
    Real Estate
HELOC
    Installment
& Other
    Total  

Loans—September 30, 2019

           

Ending balance

  $ 402,302,615     $ 32,546,423     $ 484,606,056     $ 1,714,089     $ 12,109,113     $ 933,278,296  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 6,478,177     $ —       $ 695,877     $ —       $ —       $ 7,174,054  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 395,824,438     $ 32,546,423     $ 483,910,179     $ 1,714,089     $ 12,109,113     $ 926,104,242  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For additional information on our allowance for loan losses see footnote 4 in our September 30, 2019 financial statements included in this filing.

At September 30, 2019, the portion of our reserve allocated to the Commercial and Industrial loan segment was $6.4 million and represents 1.59% of loan balances in this segment. This represented an increase of $812 thousand over $5.6 million and 1.66% at December 31, 2018. The provision of $2.4 million includes $1.6 million to absorb net charge-off activity, $321 thousand increase in specific impairment reserves, $532 thousand increase in our quantitative reserve to accommodate growth in the segment and a slight decrease

 

65


Table of Contents

in our qualitative reserve of $41 thousand. The increase in quantitative reserve is primarily attributed to our growth rate, industry concentrations and recent migration trends in this segment. The decrease in our qualitative reserve in the first nine months of 2019 reflects the continuity in underwriting and enhancement of our risk review and identification practices. We believe our reserves in this segment are adequate to provide for loan losses based on currently available information.

At September 30, 2019, the portion of our reserve allocated to the Real Estate—Construction and Land loan segment was $877 thousand, representing 2.69% of loan balances in this segment. This represented a decrease of $616 thousand from $1.5 million and 3.50% at December 31, 2018. The decrease in this segment includes a $345 thousand decrease in our quantitative reserve as a result of lower loan balances in the segment and a decrease in our qualitative reserve of $271 thousand. The decrease in qualitative reserve is primarily attributed to seasoning of our business line, which was acquired in 2015, and the performance of loans and migration trends in this segment. We believe our reserves in this segment are adequate to provide for loan losses based on currently available information.

At September 30, 2019, the portion of our reserve allocated to the Real Estate – Other loan segment was $3.1 million and represents 0.65% of loan balances in this segment. This represented a decrease of $571 thousand from $3.7 million and 0.81% at December 31, 2018. The decrease resulted from a decrease of $636 thousand in our qualitative reserve, partially offset by an increase of $65 thousand in our quantitative reserve. This portfolio is comprised primarily of loans categorized as Non-farm, Nonresidential in Federal Reserve statistics. The decrease in qualitative reserve is primarily attributed to our low historical loss rate, underwriting conservatism in recent growth production, continuity in credit administration’s oversight of the segment and recent migration trends in this segment. Loan migration trends since 2017 are centered in one loan relationship underwritten under the Small Business Administration’s 504 program. This loan was downgraded in 2017, at which time our exposure was approximately $2.6 million, and has increased to $4.7 million at September 30, 2019 as the project funding progressed to completion. The two loans under this relationship are performing and they have been included in our quantitative reserve calculation. The improvement in this relationship is a favorable development and a significant consideration in our qualitative assessment of trends in this segment. We believe our reserves in this segment are adequate to provide for loan losses based on currently available information.

Investment Portfolio

Our investment portfolio is comprised of debt securities. We use two classifications for our investment portfolio: available-for-sale (AFS) and held-to-maturity (HTM). Securities that we have the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held-to-maturity securities” and reported at amortized cost. Securities not classified as held-to-maturity securities are classified as “investment securities available-for-sale” and reported at fair value. At September 30, 2019, our held-to-maturity investments totaled $6.0 million, which compares to $6.0 million at December 31, 2018 and none at September 30, 2018. Available-for-sale securities had a total fair value of $30.3 million as of September 30, 2019. Available-for-sale securities have declined through security maturities and principal repayments over nine months ended September 30, 2019. At September 30, 2019, available-for-sale securities decreased by $7.2 million or 19.1% and by $12.3 million or 28.9% from December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2018, respectively. The decline in AFS securities was associated with the sale and principal repayment of investment securities over the two periods and the objective to reduce overall portfolio duration. Our investments provide a source of liquidity as they can be pledged to support borrowed funds or can be liquidated to generate cash proceeds. The investment portfolio is also a significant resource to us in managing interest rate risk, as the maturity and interest rate characteristics of this asset class can be readily changed to match changes in the loan and deposit portfolios. The majority of our available-for-sale investment portfolio is comprised of mortgage-backed securities (MBSs) that are either issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs).

 

66


Table of Contents

The following table reflects the amortized cost and fair market values for the total portfolio for each of the categories of investments in our securities portfolio for the indicated periods:

 

    September 30, 2019     September 30, 2018     December 31, 2018  
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
 

Available-for-sale:

           

Mortgage-backed securities—residential

  $ 21,757,432     $ 22,237,964     $ 30,293,532     $ 29,936,596     $ 25,404,324     $ 25,402,933  

Government agency

    8,000,486       8,021,842       10,080,403       10,090,600       9,508,335       9,510,489  

Corporate bonds

    —         —         2,501,625       2,504,645       2,501,004       2,501,460  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

  $ 29,757,918     $ 30,259,806     $ 42,875,560     $ 42,531,841     $ 37,413,663     $ 37,414,882  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity:

           

Government agency

  $ 6,000,000     $ 6,008,380     $ —       $ —       $ 6,000,000     $ 5,995,700  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total held-to-maturity

  $ 6,000,000     $ 6,008,380     $ —       $ —       $ 6,000,000     $ 5,995,700  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The investment maturities table below summarizes contractual maturities for our investment securities and their weighted average yields at September 30, 2019. The actual timing of principal payments may differ from remaining contractual maturities, because obligors may have the right to repay certain obligations with or without penalties.

 

    Contractual Maturity  
    Within One
Year or Less
    After One
and
Within Five
Years
    Over Five
Years
    Securities Not
Due at a Single
Maturity Date
    Total  
    Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield  

Available-for-sale:

                   

Mortgage-backed securities—residential

  $ —         —     $ —         —     $ —         —     $ 22,237,964       2.16   $ 22,237,964       2.16

Government agency

    —         —       —         —       —         —       8,021,842       2.41     8,021,842       2.41

Corporate bonds

    —         —       —         —       —         —       —         —       —         —  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total available-for-sale

  $ —         —     $ —         —     $ —         —     $ 30,259,806       2.23   $ 30,259,806       2.23
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Held-to-maturity (at amortized cost):

                   

Government agency

  $ —         —     $ —         —     $ 6,000,000       3.06   $ —         0.00   $ 6,000,000       3.06
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total held-to-maturity

  $ —         —     $ —       —     $ 6,000,000       3.06   $ —         0.00   $ 6,000,000       3.06
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Deposits

Our deposits are generated through core customer relationships, related predominantly to business relationships. Many of our business customers maintain high levels of liquid balances in their demand deposit accounts and use the Bank’s treasury management services extensively.

At September 30, 2019, approximately 40% of our deposits are in noninterest-bearing demand deposits. The balance of our deposits are held in interest-bearing demand, savings and money market accounts and time deposits. More than 46% of total deposits are held in interest-bearing demand, savings and money market deposit accounts which provide our customers with interest and liquidity. Time deposits comprised the remaining 14% of our deposits. Included in time deposits are approximately $43.6 million of reciprocal CDARS balances and $20.0 million of brokered certificates of deposit.

Information concerning average balances and rates paid on deposits by deposit type for the past two fiscal years is contained in the Distribution, Yield and Rate Analysis of Net Income table located in the previous

 

67


Table of Contents

section titled “Results of Operations—Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin”. The following table provides a comparative distribution of our deposits by outstanding balance as well as by percentage of total deposits at the dates indicated:

Deposit Distribution

 

     September 30, 2019     December 31, 2018  
     Balance      % of Total     Balance      % of Total  

Demand, noninterest-bearing

   $ 373,289,241        40.40   $ 352,402,295        40.31

Demand, interest-bearing

     22,895,570        2.48     32,649,941        3.73

Money market

     336,571,730        36.43     339,889,794        38.89

Savings

     61,670,867        6.67     52,399,522        5.99

Time deposits—under $100,000

     9,280,626        1.00     6,057,208        0.69

Time deposits—$100,000 and over

     56,631,0833        6.13     64,673,649        7.40

Other deposits—CDARS, etc.

     63,570,803        6.88     26,181,208        2.99
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 923,909,920        100   $ 874,253,617        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liquidity and Market Risk Management

Liquidity

Our primary source of funding is deposits from our core banking relationships. The majority of the Bank’s deposits are transaction accounts or money market accounts that are payable on demand. A small number of customers represent a large portion of the Bank’s deposits, as evidenced by the fact that 17.9% of deposits were represented by the 10 largest depositors as of September 30, 2019. We strive to manage our liquidity in a manner that enables us to meet expected and unexpected liquidity needs under both normal and adverse conditions. The Bank maintains significant on-balance sheet and off-balance liquidity sources, including a relatively large marketable securities portfolio and borrowing capacity through various unsecured sources. We maintain Fed funds borrowing lines of $61 million. Our board reviews liquidity position and key liquidity measurements on a quarterly basis. As of September 30, 2019, our primary liquidity ratio was 6.2% and our overall liquidity ratio was 42.0%.

Interest Rate Risk Management

We measure our interest rate sensitivity through the use of a simulation model. The model incorporates the contractual cash flows and re-pricing characteristics from each financial instrument, as well as certain management assumptions. The model also captures the estimated impacts of optionality and duration and their expected change due to changes in interest rates and the shape of the yield curve. We manage our interest rate risk through established policies and procedures. We measure both the potential short term change in earnings and the long term change in market value of equity on a quarterly basis. Both measurements use immediate rate shocks that assume parallel shifts in interest rates up and down the yield curve in 100 basis point increments. There are eight scenarios comprised of rate changes up or down to 400 basis points. We have established policy thresholds for each of these eight scenarios. In the current interest rate environment, however, we do not consider a decrease in interest rates that is greater than 25 basis points. The impact on earnings for one year and the change in market value of equity are limited to a change of no more than (7.5)% for rate changes of 100 basis points, no more than (15)% for changes of 200 basis points, no more than (20)% for rate changes of 300 basis points, and no more than (25)% for rate change of 400 basis points. The objective of these various simulation scenarios is to optimize the risk/reward equation for our future earnings and capital. Based upon the results of these various simulations and evaluations, we are positioned to be moderately asset sensitive, with earnings increasing in a rising rate environment. If interest rates were to increase by 100 basis points on an immediate, parallel and sustained basis, our net interest income would increase by approximately $1.1 million or 2.5% over the next 12 months.

 

68


Table of Contents

The following reflects our estimated net interest income sensitivity as of September 30, 2019:

 

     Increase/
(Decrease) in
Estimated Net
Interest Income
 
     Amount      Percent  

Change in Interest Rates (basis points)

     

+400

   $ 47,617,000        6.93

+300

   $ 47,198,000        5.99

+200

   $ 46,569,000        4.58

+100

   $ 45,639,000        2.49

0

   $ 44,530,000        —  

–100

   ($ 43,515,000      (2.28 )% 

In an effort to measure the long-term impact of interest rate risk, we use a technique called the market value of equity (MVE), which calculates the net present value of our assets and liabilities, based on a discount rate derived from current replacement rates. The market value of equity is obtained by subtracting the market value of liabilities from the market value of assets. The change in market value of equity will differ based on the characteristics of each financial instrument and type of deposit. The longer the duration of a financial instrument, the greater the impact a rate change will have on its market value. Because we have minimal deposits with contractual maturities, the decay rate assumptions used for non-maturity deposits can have a significant impact on the market value of equity. The following reflects estimated changes in MVE as of September 30, 2019:

 

     Increase/(Decrease)
in Estimated
Market Value of
Equity
 
     Amount      Percent  

Change in Interest Rates (basis points)

     

+400

   $ 144,006,000        4.40

+300

   $ 146,514,000        6.22

+200

   $ 146,397,000        6.13

+100

   $ 142,777,000        3.51

0

   $ 137,938,000        —  

–100

   ($ 146,576,000      (6.26 %) 

Capital Resources

As of September 30, 2019, California Bancorp had total shareholders’ equity of $129.0 million, compared to $118.2 million at September 30, 2018. We uses a variety of measures to evaluate capital adequacy. Our management reviews various capital measurements on a quarterly basis and takes appropriate action to ensure that such measurements are within established internal and external guidelines. The external guidelines, which are issued by the federal bank regulatory agencies, establish a risk-adjusted ratio relating capital to different categories of assets and off balance sheet exposures. There are three categories of capital under the FDIC guidelines: Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and Tier 2 Capital. Common Equity Tier 1 Capital consists of total common shareholders’ equity (excluding accumulated other comprehensive income or loss), less intangible assets and disallowed deferred tax assets. Tier 1 Capital includes common shareholders’ equity less goodwill and certain other deductions, notably the unrealized net gains or losses (after tax adjustments) on securities available for sale, which are carried at fair market value. Tier 2 Capital includes the allowance for loan losses, subject to certain limitations. California Bancorp and the Bank’s respective capital positions exceed all current guidelines established by the federal banking regulators that are applicable to us. By the current regulatory definitions, each California Bancorp and the Bank we were “well capitalized,” the highest rating of the five capital categories defined under FDIC regulations, at September 30, 2019.

 

69


Table of Contents

At September 30, 2019, the Bank had a Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 10.68%, Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 10.68%, a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 12.09%, and a leverage ratio of 11.22%.

At September 30, 2019, the Company had a Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 10.89%, Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 10.89%, a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 12.33%, and a leverage ratio of 11.44%.

ITEM 3. PROPERTIES

Our headquarters is located at 1300 Clay Street, Suite 500, Oakland, California, where the Bank also operates a loan production office. In addition, the Bank has three branches and three other loan production offices in California. The addresses of these offices are provided below. We believe these premises will be adequate for present and anticipated needs and that we have adequate insurance to cover our owned and leased premises. Each property is leased. We believe that upon expiration of each lease we will be able to extend the lease on satisfactory terms or relocate to another acceptable location:

 

Office

  

Address

  

City, State, Zip

Headquarters and Oakland Loan Production Office

   1300 Clay Street, Suite 500    Oakland, California 94612

Bank Headquarters

   3595 Mt. Diablo Blvd, Suite 220    Lafayette, California, 94549

Fremont Branch Banking Office

   47065 Warm Springs Blvd.    Fremont, California 94539

San Jose Branch Banking Office

   300 Park Ave, Suite 100    San Jose, California 95110

Walnut Creek Loan Production Office

   2999 Oak Road, Suite 910    Walnut Creek, California 94597

San Jose Loan Production Office

   333 W. San Carlos Street, Suite 1600    San Jose, California 95113

Sacramento Loan Production Office

   500 Capital Mall, 15th Floor    Sacramento, CA 95814

 

70


Table of Contents

ITEM 4. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table provides information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2019 for:

 

   

each person known by us to beneficially own 5.0% or more of our common stock;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group;

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting of securities, or to dispose or direct the disposition of securities, or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. For purposes of calculating each person’s percentage ownership, common stock issuable pursuant to options that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days are included as outstanding and beneficially owned for that person or group, but are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each person identified in the table has sole voting and investment power over all of the shares shown opposite such person’s name.

The percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 8,092,964 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

Securities Ownership of Officers and Directors

 

Name of Beneficial Owner(1)

   Common
Stock
     Exercisable
Options(2)
     Shares Beneficially
Owned(3)
     Percent of
Class(3)
 

Directors:

           

Andrew J. Armanino

     107,135        —          107,135        1.32  

Stephen A. Cortese

     187,539        3,985        191,524        2.37  

Kevin J. Cullen

     33,000        3,471        36,471        0.45  

Stephen R. Dathe

     40,372        3,471        43,843        0.54  

Wayne S. Doiguchi

     24,924        —          24,924        0.31  

Donald J. Kintzer

     28,465        —          28,465        0.35  

Rochelle G. Klein

     122,057        3,471        125,528        1.55  

Frank L. Muller

     —          —          —          —    

Steven E. Shelton

     38,412        16,502        54,914        0.68  

Edmond E. Traille

     43,581        —          43,581        0.54  

Executive Officers other than Directors:

           

Tom M. Dorrance

     11,743        11,528        23,271        0.29  

Vivian Mui

     1,143        560        1,703        0.02  

Scott Myers

     —          —          —          —    

Thomas A. Sa

     —          —          —          —    

Michelle Wirfel

     12,799        17,975        30,774        0.38  

Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (14 in Number)

     651,170        60,963        712,133        8.80  

 

(1)

The address for all executives and directors is c/o California BanCorp, 1300 Clay Street, Suite 500, Oakland California 94612.

(2)

Options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60-days of December 31, 2019.

(3)

Includes beneficially owned shares plus options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the December 31, 2019. Subject to applicable community property laws and shared voting and investment power with a spouse, the persons listed have sole voting and investment power with respect to such shares unless otherwise noted.

 

71


Table of Contents

ITEM 5. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Board of Directors

The following table sets forth certain information about our directors, including their names, ages and year in which they began serving as a director of the Company (or the Bank, if prior to the holding company reorganization on June 30, 2017).

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position

  

Director
Since

 

Andrew J. Armanino

     54      Director      2013  

Stephen A. Cortese

     59      Chairman of the Board      2007  

Kevin J. Cullen

     52      Director      2007  

Stephen R. Dathe

     58      Director      2007  

Wayne S. Doiguchi

     69      Director      2016  

Donald J. Kintzer

     72      Director      2013  

Rochelle G. Klein

     58      Director      2007  

Frank L. Muller

     63      Director      2020  

Steven E. Shelton

     58      Director, President and Chief Executive Officer      2018  

Edmond E. Traille

     72      Director      2007  

Each of the Company’s directors is also a director of the Bank. The business experience of each of the current directors is set forth below. No current director has any family relationship, as defined in Item 401 of Regulation S-K, with any other director or with any of our executive officers.

Andrew J. Armanino. Mr. Armanino was the managing Partner and Chief Executive Officer of Armanino LLP, a public accounting firm, from 2005 to 2018. He is a board member of Moore Stephens International Limited, an accounting and business advisory network of independent accounting firms, and serves as chairman of its subsidiary, Moore Stephens North America. He is also a board member of the Armanino Foundation, a community service organization, and Intersect Capital, a registered investment advisor. Mr. Armanino’s significant accounting experience provides in-depth knowledge of generally accepted accounting principles and auditing standards to the board. With years of providing services to small and medium-sized businesses, he brings valuable insights to the board regarding these businesses, which are similar to the Bank’s business customers.

Stephen A. Cortese. Mr. Cortese has worked in commercial real estate development and management since 1987. He is the general partner of Cortese Real Property, LP, a commercial real estate development and management firm, since 2003. Mr. Cortese has significant experience in real estate management, investment and construction, particularly in the greater San Francisco Bay Area, enabling him to bring valuable insights regarding these matters to our board.

Kevin J. Cullen. Mr. Cullen is the Chief Financial Officer and co-owner of Olson & Company Steel, Inc., a construction company, a position he has held since 2013. He is also a director of Steel Bar Fresno and California Steel Captive. He previously served as Chief Financial Officer of Guarantee Glass, Inc., a general contractor, from 2008 to 2012, and as Chief Financial Officer and a co-owner of MDC Vacuum, a manufacturing company, from 1998 to 2008. Mr. Cullen’s business experience, including as the owner of and Chief Financial Officer for construction and manufacturing companies, enables him to bring valuable insights to the board regarding these small to medium sized construction and industrial businesses, which are similar to the Bank’s customers.

 

72


Table of Contents

Stephen R. Dathe. Mr. Dathe has been the Vice President and General Manager of A&B Die Casting Company since 2003 and the President and majority shareholder of Benda Tool and Model Works, Inc. since 1988. Mr. Dathe’s significant experience as an executive of manufacturing companies, enables him to bring valuable insights to the board regarding small to medium-sized industrial businesses, which are the Bank’s predominant commercial customers.

Wayne S. Doiguchi. Mr. Doiguchi served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Pan Pacific from 2010 until its merger with California Bank of Commerce in 2016. In addition to his duties as a director of Bancorp, Mr. Doiguichi provides business and customer development services to California Bank of Commerce. Mr. Doiguchi has over 40 years as an executive in the financial services industry. He is a member of the Chamber of Commerce and Rotary Club in his community as well as a volunteer for many social welfare and small business causes. Mr. Doiguchi’s extended career in banking and deep banking industry and bank regulatory experience are important attributes that support our board. Mr. Doiguchi also supports the Bank’s business development efforts, particularly in the San Francisco Bay Area markets formerly served by Pan Pacific Bank.

Donald J. Kintzer. Mr. Kintzer is a retired partner of PricewaterhouseCoopers. He was admitted to the partnership of PricewaterhouseCoopers in 1988 and served in various roles and locations during his over 31-year career with the firm until his retirement in 2008. Mr. Kintzer has been a member of the board of directors of GasLog Ltd (NYSE:GLOG) since 2014 where he has served on the audit & risk committee since November 2014 and has chaired its Audit & Risk Committee since March 2015. He was a member of the board of directors of GasLog Partners LP (NYSE:GLOP) from 2014 to 2015 and chaired its audit committee from May 2014 until March 2015. Mr. Kintzer is a member of the board of governors of Lawrence Livermore National Security, LLC and until November 2018, was a member of the board of governors of Los Alamos National Security, LLC. Mr. Kintzer brings in-depth knowledge of generally accepted accounting principles, auditing standards and corporate governance matters to our board.

Rochelle G. Klein. Mrs. Klein is a private investor and consultant. She was an Advisory Director of Ocean Gate Capital Management, an investment management firm, from 2006 to 2009. She served as a Vice President in the Fixed Income Currency and Commodities Division at Goldman Sachs from 1987 to 2002. Mrs. Klein is an active member of several philanthropic boards and foundations, including the University of California at Davis Foundation, where she serves as trustee and a member of the Finance and Investment Committee; Guideposts Foundation, where she is a Founding Foundation Board Member and a member of the National Advisory Cabinet; The Stanford University Athletic Board, where she serves as a Regional Chair; and St. Stephen’s Episcopal Church, where she is a former Senior Warden (Board Chair), and currently serves as Chair of the Investment Committee and member of the Outreach Committee. Ms. Klein’s years of experience in the finance industry brings valuable industry, leadership and management experience to our board. She also contributes valuable insights from our communities as a result of her involvement in local community organizations.

Frank L. Muller. Mr. Muller is the owner of M Three Ranches, LLC in Woodland, California, a farming and farming consulting business, since January 2020. He was the previously co-owner, President and Chief Financial Officer of Muller Ranch, LLC, a farming and farming consulting business, from 1979 to December 2019. Mr. Muller has served on the board of directors for Pacific Coast Producer, an agricultural canning and packaging cooperative, since 1990, including as chairman for the past 15 years. He previously served on the board of directors for the California Department of Food and Agriculture during 2018 and 2019 and, previously, the board of directors of the Federal Crop Insurance Corporation. Mr. Muller’s in familiarity with the Northern Central Valley region of California and the agricultural industry bring valuable insights to our board as we expand our presence throughout Northern California.

Steven E. Shelton. Mr. Shelton has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank since May 2018. Previously he served as Executive Vice President of California Bank of Commerce since its organization in 2007. Prior thereto, Mr. Shelton served for 13 years in various executive management positions with CivicBank of Commerce in Oakland, California, most recently as its president. Mr. Shelton brings

 

73


Table of Contents

extensive leadership and banking experience to our board. His extended career in banking as well as his broad and deep banking industry and bank regulatory experience are important attributes that support our board. In addition, the board values Mr. Shelton’s in-depth knowledge of the Company through his position as our President and Chief Executive Officer, including with respect to its operations, strategy, financial condition and competitive position

Edmond E. Traille. Retired since 2016, Mr. Traille is a business consultant. He is the founder of GALLINA LLP, a public accounting firm, and served as its Chief Executive Officer from 1972 to 2016. He has over 45 years of experience providing services to small and medium-sized business clients primarily within the real estate, construction and equipment rental industries. Mr. Traille holds a BBA degree in accounting from the University of Notre Dame. He is a licensed certified public accountant in California. Mr. Traille’s significant accounting experience provides in-depth knowledge of generally accepted accounting principles and auditing standards to the board. With years of providing services to small and medium-sized business, he brings valuable insights to the board regarding these businesses, which are similar to the Bank’s business customers.

Executive Officers

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers, including their names, ages and positions:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Steven E. Shelton

     58      President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank

Thomas A. Sa

     58      Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and the Bank.

Tom M. Dorrance

     57      Senior Executive Vice President, Technology and Operations of the Bank

Vivian Mui

     40      Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Credit Officer of the Bank

Scott Myers

     49      Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Lending Officer of the Bank

Michelle Wirfel

     52      Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Banking Officer of the Bank

The business experience of each of our executive officers, other than Mr. Shelton, is set forth below. No executive officer has any family relationship, as defined in Item 401 of Regulation S-K, with any other executive officer or any of our current directors. There are no arrangements or understandings between any of the officers and any other person pursuant to which he or she was selected as an officer.

Thomas A. Sa. Mr. Sa has served as Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and the Bank since May 2019. Prior to joining the Bank Mr. Sa was an Executive Vice President of Western Alliance Bank, most recently serving as Chief Risk Officer from November 2017 to May 2019. Prior to that, Mr. Sa held various executive roles including Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of Bridge Bank, N.A. and its holding company, Bridge Capital Holdings from inception in 2001 to its merger with Western Alliance Bank in 2015. He was a director of Bridge Bank and Bridge Capital Holdings from 2010 to 2015.

Tom M. Dorrance. Mr. Dorrance has served as the Bank’s Senior Executive Vice President / Technology and Operations since 2015. Previously, Mr. Dorrance served as Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer since the Bank’s organization in 2007. Mr. Dorrance was Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer at North Bay Bancorp from 2006 to 2007, Director of Technology and Interim Chief Information Officer at Chela Education Financing, Inc. from 2002 to 2006. Prior to that Mr. Dorrance had management roles at Civic Bank of Commerce from 2000 to 2002 and Bank of America, NT & SA from 1992 to 2000.

 

74


Table of Contents

Vivian Mui. Ms. Mui has served as Senior Executive Vice President and Credit Officer of the Bank since May 2019. Prior to that Ms. Mui served as Deputy Chief Credit Officer of the Bank from 2007 to 2019. Prior to 2007, Ms. Mui spent 17 years in various credit administration and line of business roles at Mechanics Bank.

Scott Myers. Mr. Myers has served as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Bank since April 2019. Prior to that Mr. Myers was a Senior Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, most recently serving as Sacramento Region Manager from 2013 to 2019.

Michele Wirfel. Ms. Wirfel has served the Bank since its inception in 2007, holding various management positions. She has held the role of Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Banking Officer since May 2018. Prior to 2007, Ms. Wirfel spent four years in a Senior Vice President role at Scott Valley Bank, and 12 years in various management roles with CivicBank of Commerce, including Senior Vice President and Regional Manager.

None of our directors or executive officers has been involved in any bankruptcy or criminal proceedings, nor have there been any judgments or injunctions brought against any of our directors or executive officers during the last ten years that we consider material to the evaluation of the ability and integrity of any director or executive officer

Corporate Governance Principles and Board Matters

Our board believes that sound governance policies and practices provide an important framework to assist it in fulfilling its duties to our shareholders. Our board has adopted a number of policies and practices under which it has operated for some time with concepts based on the suggestions of various authorities in corporate governance and the requirements that would be applicable to us when our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market. Our board members believe these policies and practices are essential to the performance of the board’s oversight responsibilities and the maintenance of the Company’s integrity in the marketplace. The policies and practices include, among others, the following:

Code of Business and Ethical Conduct. We have adopted a Code of Business and Ethical Conduct for our directors, officers and employees and a Code of Conduct—for the Chief Executive Officer and Other Senior Financial Officers (“Code of Conduct”) that contains specific ethical policies and principles that apply to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and other key accounting and financial personnel. The Code of Conduct constitutes our “code of ethics” within the meaning of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and is our “code of conduct” for purposes of satisfying Nasdaq’s listing standards.

The Code of Conduct is available in the Investor Relations section of our website at www.californiabankofcommerce.com. To the extent required by applicable SEC rules, Nasdaq’s listing standards or our Code of Conduct, we will disclose any waivers of the requirements of our Code of Conduct that may be granted to our executive officers, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or persons performing similar functions on our website.

Related Party Transaction Policy. Our board has adopted a Related Party Transaction Policy, which provides that subject to certain limited exceptions, the Company will not enter into or consummate a related party transaction that is determined by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee to be materially less favorable from a financial standpoint to the Company than similar transactions between the Company and unaffiliated third parties. A “related party transaction” is a transaction between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and any executive officer, director or owner of more than 10% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock or persons related to them. Our Related Party Transaction Policy is described more detail below under the heading “Policies and Procedures for Approval of Related Person Transactions.”

Board Leadership Structure. The Chairman of our board is Stephen A. Cortese. Our board has separated the positions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since our inception because our board believes that doing so

 

75


Table of Contents

provides the appropriate leadership structure for us at this time, particularly because the separation of those two positions enables our Chief Executive Officer to focus on the management of our business and the development and implementation of strategic initiatives, while the Chairman leads our board in the performance of its management oversight and other responsibilities.

Director Independence. Our board has adopted corporate governance guidelines and principles requiring, among other things, that a majority of the board be composed of directors meeting the requirements for independence established by Nasdaq’s listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our corporate governance guidelines and principles require that our board evaluate the independence of its directors at least annually. Based on its most recent evaluation, our board has concluded that each of our directors, other than Mr. Shelton and Mr. Cortese, meets the independence requirements of the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Mr. Shelton, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer is not considered to be independent because he is an executive officer of the Company and the Bank. Mr. Cortese is not considered to be independent because he owns an entity that leases real property to the Bank as described below under the heading “Policies and Procedures for Approval of Related Person Transactions.” The board has also concluded that each member of our Audit Committee, our Compensation Committee, and our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is independent under the Nasdaq listing standards and SEC rules that apply to each of those committees. In making such determination, the board of directors considered the relationships that each director has with the Company and all other facts and circumstances that the board of directors deemed relevant in determining director independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each director. With respect to Mr. Armanino, the board also considered that in 2019 and 2018, he was managing partner of a company to which we paid $508,464 and $445,000 in fees for marketing services. Our board determined that Mr. Armanino did not have a material interest in such fees, which represented less than 5% of such company’s consolidated gross revenue for those years.

The Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

The board’s responsibilities in overseeing our management and business include oversight of the Company’s key risk and management processes and controls. Management, in turn, is responsible for the day-to-day management of risk and implementation of appropriate risk management controls and procedures.

The risk of incurring losses on the loans is an inherent feature of the banking business and, if not effectively managed, such risks can materially affect our results of operations. Accordingly, the board, as a whole, exercises oversight responsibility over the processes that our management employs to manage this risk. The board fulfills that oversight responsibility by:

 

   

monitoring trends in our loan portfolio and allowance for loan losses;

 

   

establishing internal limits related to our lending exposure and reviewing and determining whether or not to approve loans in amounts exceeding established limits;

 

   

reviewing and discussing, at least quarterly and more frequently as the board deems necessary, reports from the Bank’s chief credit officer relating to such matters as (i) risks in our loan portfolio, (ii) economic conditions or trends that could reasonably be expected to affect (positively or negatively) the performance of the loan portfolio or require increases in the allowance for loan losses and (iii) specific loans that have been classified as “special mention,” “substandard” or “doubtful” and, therefore, require increased attention from management;

 

   

reviewing, at least quarterly, management’s determinations with respect to the adequacy of, and any provisions required to be made to replenish or increase, the allowance for loan losses;

 

   

reviewing management reports regarding collection efforts with respect to nonperforming loans; and

 

   

authorizing the retention of, and reviewing the reports of, external loan review consultants with respect to the risks in and the quality of the loan portfolio.

 

76


Table of Contents

Although risk oversight permeates many elements of the work of the full board and its committees, the Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing any other significant risk management processes. The Audit Committee oversees these risk management processes, periodically reporting its finds and making policy and other recommendations to the full board.

Committees of our Board of Directors

Our board has three standing committees: an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The board has adopted a written charter for each of those committees, and copies of those charters are available on the Investor Relations section of our website at www.californiabankofcommerce.com. In addition, from time to time, our board may establish special committees to address specific issues when necessary.

The Audit Committee. Our board has established a standing Audit Committee, the current members of which are Edmond E. Traille, its chairman, Rochelle G. Klein and Donald J. Kintzer. Our board also has determined that each of its members meet the definition of “audit committee financial expert” adopted by the SEC and satisfy the financial sophistication requirements of applicable rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market.

The Audit Committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

overseeing the integrity of our financial statements and those of our subsidiaries, including the financial reporting processes and systems of internal controls regarding finance, accounting, legal and regulatory compliance;

 

   

overseeing the independence, qualifications and performance of our independent auditors and internal audit function;

 

   

monitoring the open communication among the independent auditor, management, the internal audit function and the board;

 

   

overseeing our significant risk management activities, including our policies regarding cybersecurity and compliance with laws and regulations regarding cybersecurity and protection of customer data;

 

   

At least annually reviewing and recommending to the board for approval our cybersecurity and other significant risk management policy management policies;

 

   

reviewing reports from management concerning our cybersecurity and other significant risk management activities;

 

   

reviewing and assessing the adequacy of its formal written charter on an annual basis; and

 

   

overseeing such other matters that may be specifically delegated to the Audit Committee by the board.

The Audit Committee met nine times during 2019.

The Compensation Committee. The board has established a standing Compensation Committee that is currently comprised of Stephen R. Dathe, its chairman, Andrew J. Armanino, Kevin J. Cullen and Edmond E. Traille.

The Compensation Committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

reviewing and approving the compensation plans, policies and programs for our Chief Executive Officer and other senior officers;

 

   

developing, reviewing and making recommendations to the board with respect to the adoption or revision of cash and equity incentive plans, approving individual grants or awards thereunder and reporting to the board regarding the terms of such individual grants or awards;

 

77


Table of Contents
   

reviewing and discussing with our management the narrative discussion and tables regarding executive officer and director compensation to be included in the our annual proxy statement, in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations;

 

   

producing and approving an annual report on executive compensation for inclusion in our annual proxy statement, in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations;

 

   

making recommendations to our board regarding the type and amount of compensation be paid or awarded to members of our board;

 

   

annually reviewing and assessing the adequacy of its formal written charter; and

 

   

overseeing any other matters that may be specifically delegated to the Compensation Committee by our board.

 

   

The Compensation Committee met five times during 2019.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our board has established a standing Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, the current members of which are Wayne S. Doiguchi, its chairman, and Andrew J. Armanino.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

developing and recommending policies to our board regarding the director nomination process, including establishing a policy with regard to consideration of director candidates recommended by directors, employees, shareholders and others or to fill director vacancies, in accordance with our bylaws;

 

   

identifying and making recommendations to the board specific candidates for election as directors;

 

   

recommending to the board specific selection qualifications and criteria for board membership;

 

   

evaluating the independence of the directors and making recommendations to the board with respect to the directors to be appointed to serve on each committee of the board;

 

   

developing and recommending, for the board’s approval, corporate governance principles and policies, and codes of conduct for the our executive officers, employees and directors as the committee determines from time to time to be appropriate, in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations;

 

   

leading the board in its annual review of the performance of the board and its committees, as applicable;

 

   

annually reviewing and assessing the adequacy of its formal written charter; and

 

   

overseeing any other matters that may be specifically delegated to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee by our board.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee had one meeting in 2019.

Selection and Nomination of Candidates for Election to the Board of Directors

Our board has delegated to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee the responsibility for developing and recommending to the board, for its consideration and approval, the specific qualifications and criteria for prospective director candidates as its deems necessary or advisable. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is also charged with recommending to our board specific candidates for election as directors. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee considers nominees recommended by directors, officers, employees, shareholders and others using the same criteria to evaluate all candidates. In

 

78


Table of Contents

identifying prospective director candidates, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may consider all facts and circumstances, including among other things, the skills of the prospective director candidate, his or her breadth of business or other experience, his or her independence, and the our particular needs and the needs of our board. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is authorized to engage consultants or third party search firms to assist in identifying and evaluating potential nominees at our expense.

Any shareholder may submit, for consideration and nomination by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee any candidate or candidates for election to the board at any annual meeting of the Company’s shareholders by following the notice procedures and providing the information required our bylaws. To nominate a candidate for election as a director at an annual meeting of shareholders, our bylaws require a shareholder to provide us with written notice no earlier 90 days and no later than 60 days before the date such annual meeting is to be held. If the current year’s annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 30 days of the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting, the notice must be received not later than 10 days following the day on which public announcement of the date of the annual meeting is first made. Our bylaws require that the nominating shareholder’s notice include information regarding the candidate for election as director, including the full name, age and date of birth of each candidate; the business and residence address and telephone numbers of each candidate; the education background and business/occupational experience of each candidate including a list of positions held for at least the preceding five years; the class and number of shares of the corporation beneficially owned by the candidate; and a signed representation by the candidate that the candidate will timely provide any other information that we reasonably request the purpose of preparing our disclosures regarding to the solicitation of proxies for the election of directors. The name of each such candidate for director must be placed in nomination at the annual meeting by a shareholder present in person and the candidate must be present in person at the meeting for the election of directors. Shareholders are advised to carefully review our bylaws, which contain a description of the information required to be submitted, as well as the advance notice and other requirements that apply to nominations by shareholder of candidates for election to the board.

 

79


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers for 2019, which consist of our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers serving at year end, are:

 

   

Steven E. Shelton, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank,

 

   

Thomas A. Sa, Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and the Bank, and

 

   

Michele Wirfel, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Banking Officer of the Bank.

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary      Bonus      Option
Awards(1)
     Equity
Awards(2)
     All
Other(3)
     Total  

Steven E. Shelton,

President and Chief Executive Officer(4)

     2019      $ 386,250      $ 178,742      $ 250,066      $ 250,008      $ 28,366      $ 1,093,433  
     2018      $ 324,470      $ 130,000      $ 38,172      $ 31,658      $ 24,827      $ 549,126  
                    

Thomas A. Sa

Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer(5)

     2019      $ 179,236      $ 130,500      $ 217,031      $ 217,018      $ 12,367      $ 756,153  

Michele Wirfel

Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Banking Officer

     2019      $ 230,833      $ 130,000      $ —        $ —        $ 21,182      $ 382,016  
     2018      $ 205,000      $ 90,000      $ 161,743      $ 183,977      $ 21,327      $ 662,048  
                    
                    

 

(1)

These amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted in 2018 and 2019, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.

(2)

These amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value of restricted stock awards granted 2018 and 2019, calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Account Standards Codification Topic 718 (“FASB ASC Topic 718”).

(3)

All Other Compensation consisted of amounts shown in the “All Other Compensation” table below.

(4)

Mr. Shelton became the President and Chief Executive Officer in May 2018 and was previously the Company’s Executive Vice President. Amounts reflect all compensation for 2018.

(5)

Mr. Sa became the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and the Bank on May 20, 2019.

All Other Compensation

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      401 (k)
Match
     Auto
Allowance
     Other      Total  

Steven E. Shelton

     2019      $ 8,400      $ 10,800      $ 9,166      $ 28,367  
     2018      $ 8,250      $ 10,383      $ 6,193      $ 24,826  

Thomas A. Sa

     2019      $ 5,617      $ 6,750      $ —        $ 12,367  

Michele Wirfel

     2019      $ 8,400      $ 9,000      $ 3,782      $ 21,182  
     2018      $ 8,250      $ 9,000      $ 4,076      $ 21,327  

Summary of Material Components of Compensation Program

The Company’s executive compensation philosophy is intended to provide a total compensation package that is competitive with market practice while varying awards to recognize Company and individual

 

80


Table of Contents

performance. The objective is to provide competitive pay for achieving performance goals consistent with the Company’s business objectives and its performance compared to the performance of other companies in its industry. The Company’s philosophy is that actual compensation should exceed market when superior performance is achieved and be lower than market when performance falls below expectations.

 

   

Base Salaries—In order to reward and retain its top talent, the board’s philosophy is for base salaries to approximate the 50th—75th percentile of its top performing bank peers. While the board considers other factors in determining total compensation, base salaries, which have a more immediate impact, must be competitive to attract and retain talent.

 

   

Short-Term Incentives—Our annual bonus program is primarily based on the Company meeting or exceeding pre-established annual performance targets, such as pre-tax income, the results of bank regulatory exams and both loan and non-interest bearing deposit growth targets.

 

   

Long-Term Incentives—We maintain equity incentive plans to provide financial incentives for selected employees of the Company. We believe these plans promote our long-term growth and financial success by attracting and retaining employees of outstanding ability, strengthening our capacity to develop, maintain, and direct a competent management team, providing an effective means for selected employees to acquire and maintain ownership of Company stock, motivating employees to achieve long-range performance goals and objectives, and providing incentive compensation opportunities competitive with those of our peers. We typically provide long-term equity incentives in the form of stock options or restricted common stock, subject to a five-year vesting schedule, to encourage retention and ownership. Awards are granted at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. If a participant terminates their employment or is terminated for cause, he or she will forfeit their unvested shares, though the Compensation Committee has the discretion to accelerate vesting upon an employee’s retirement or otherwise.

Steven E. Shelton. The Bank entered into an employment agreement with Steven E. Shelton effective May 7, 2018 pursuant to which he serves as President and Chief Executive Officer. The employment agreement has a seven year term. The employment agreement provides for a base salary of $375,000, which is subject to annual review by the Compensation Committee of the Bank, and Mr. Shelton is eligible for an annual bonus pursuant to an executive incentive plan to be developed each year by the Bank’s board of directors. As of the effective date of the employment agreement, Mr. Shelton received a grant of 11,710 shares of restricted stock grant and options to purchase 42,517 shares of common stock, each of which vest ratably over seven years from the date of grant. He is entitled to an automobile allowance of $900 per month and is eligible for any other benefits provided to the Bank’s employees generally. If the Bank terminates Mr. Shelton’s employment without cause or he terminates his employment for good reason, subject to his providing a release of claims in favor of the Bank, Mr. Shelton will receive a lump sum payment equal to his annual base salary plus the average of his three most recent annual bonuses and monthly payments in amounts equal to the cost of his COBRA premiums for 18 months or, if sooner, until he is eligible to receive Medicare benefits or health benefits from a different employer. The employment agreement generally defines “good reason” as a material negative change in Mr. Shelton’s responsibilities, duties or authority, a material reduction in his base salary, relocation to an office more than 25 miles away or the Bank’s material breach of the employment agreement. Following a change in control of the Company, in the event Mr. Shelton is terminated without cause or terminates his employment for good reason, he will be entitled to a lump sum payment equal to two times his annual base salary plus the average of his annual bonuses, the COBRA benefits described above and accelerated vesting of the restricted stock and stock options described above.

In accordance with his employment agreement, the Bank and Mr. Shelton also entered into an Executive Supplemental Compensation Agreement providing for an aggregate projected defined contribution amount of $2.0 million with monthly payments generally commencing upon his retirement. This benefit is subject to a five year vesting period and full vesting upon a change of control. The Bank and Mr. Shelton have also entered into a split-dollar joint beneficiary agreement that shares the proceeds of bank owned life insurance previously

 

81


Table of Contents

purchased on his life such that if he should he die while employed, his named beneficiaries would receive a specified sum or the net amount at risk, whichever is smaller. As of December 31, 2019, this benefit was valued at $1,416,072.

Thomas A. Sa. The Bank entered into an employment agreement with Thomas A. Sa effective May 20, 2019 pursuant to which he serves as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. The employment agreement has a term of three years after which it automatically renews for one additional year unless either party elects to terminate it prior to the renewal. The employment agreement provides that Mr. Sa will receive a base salary of $290,000, which is subject to annual review by the Compensation Committee of the Bank. He is eligible for an annual bonus pursuant to an executive incentive plan to be developed each year by the Bank’s board of directors. As of the effective date of the employment agreement, Mr. Sa received a grant of 10,089 shares of restricted stock and options to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock, each of which vest ratably over five years from the date of grant. He is entitled to an automobile allowance of $900 per month and is eligible for any other benefits provided to the Bank’s employees generally. If the Bank terminates Mr. Sa’s employment without cause or he terminates his employment for good reason (which is defined as in Mr. Shelton’s employment agreement discussed above), subject to his providing a release of claims in favor of the Bank, Mr. Sa would receive a lump sum payment equal to his annual base salary plus the average of his three most recent annual bonuses and monthly payments in amounts equal to the cost of his COBRA premiums for 12 months or, if sooner, until he is eligible to receive Medicare benefits or health benefits from a different employer. Following a change in control of the Company, in the event Mr. Sa is terminated without cause or terminates his employment for good reason, he will be entitled to a lump sum payment equal to two times his annual base salary plus the average of his three most recent annual bonuses, the COBRA benefits described above and accelerated vesting of all of his restricted stock and stock options. In accordance with Mr. Sa’s employment agreement, the Bank implemented a supplemental executive retirement plan for Mr. Sa providing for an aggregate defined contribution amount of up to $835,000, with monthly payments generally commencing upon his retirement. This benefit is subject to a five year vesting period and full vesting upon a change of control. In addition, the Bank agreed to obtain a bank owned split-dollar life insurance policy and enter into a related joint beneficiary agreement that will provide a shared death benefit in the event Mr. Sa’s employment with the Bank is terminated due to his death before he is fully vested in the supplemental executive retirement plan.

Equity Incentive Plans

We maintain several equity incentive plans: An Amended and Restated 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2017 Plan”), a 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”) and a 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”). Each of these equity plans was originally adopted by the Bank and its shareholders. The Company assumed the 2017 Plan, the 2014 Plan and the 2007 Plan along with all of the awards outstanding under the plans when we completed the holding company reorganization in 2017. As of December 31, 2019, there were awards for 583,371 shares outstanding under the 2017 Plan and the 2014 Plan, which were issued to our employees, officers and directors, and 187,772 shares remained available for future grants under these plans. No further awards may be granted under the 2007 Plan.

The purpose of the 2017 Plan is to provide selected present and future employees, directors and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates with stock-based incentives and other equity interests in the Company, thereby giving them a stake in the growth and prosperity of the Company and encouraging the continuance of their services with the Company. The 2017 Plan provides for the issuance of up to 420,000 shares of common stock pursuant to awards of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance-based stock and stock unit awards, and other forms of equity or cash compensation. When awards under the 2017 Plan expire or are forfeited or cancelled, the underlying shares will become available for future awards under the 2019 Plan. However, shares that are delivered to or withheld by the Company to satisfying the payment of the exercise price of an award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations are counted against the number of shares available for awards and cease to be available for grant under the 2017 Plan. The

 

82


Table of Contents

maximum aggregate award that may be granted to any individual participant under the 2017 Plan for any fiscal year is limited to 50,000 shares.

The 2017 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s board of directors. The Compensation Committee may, in its discretion, at the time an award is made under the 2017 Plan or at any time prior to, coincident with or after the time of a change of control, subject to certain limitations, provide for the acceleration of any time periods relating to the exercise or vesting of an award. If, prior to a change of control, the Compensation Committee determines that awards under the 2017 Plan will not be honored or assumed or substituted with substantially equivalent rights following the change of control, the committee may accelerate the vesting of any outstanding awards unless otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement.

The 2014 Plan and the 2007 Plan are similar to the 2017 Plan in most respects.

Outstanding Equity Awards

The following table provides information for each of our named executive officers regarding outstanding stock options and restricted stock award held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2019.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

 

Name

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
     Option
Exercise
Price
($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
     Number of
Shares or Units
of Stock That
Have Not
Vested (#)(1)
     Market Value
of Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have
Not Vested
($)(2)
 

Steven E. Shelton

     5,805        3,120      $ 12.95        09/19/2026        
     2,204        3,296      $ 20.62        12/21/2027        810      $ 16,200  
     2,112        3,388      $ 23.45        01/18/2028        833        16,660  
     6,381        36,136      $ 21.35        06/21/2028        9,951        199,020  

Thomas A. Sa

     —          25,000      $ 19.93        07/18/2029        10,889      $ 217,780  

Michele Wirfel

     3,150        —        $ 6.52        01/19/2022        
     5,250        —        $ 11.42        09/18/2024        
     2,450        175      $ 12.57        05/25/2025        
     1,785        315      $ 13.19        09/19/2025        
         $ 20.62        12/21/2027        1,024      $ 20,480  
         $ 23.45        01/18/2028        1,052        21,040  
     5,340        22,160      $ 21.35        06/21/2028        5,733        114,660  

 

(1)

This column represents the unvested shares for restricted stock awards granted.

(2)

The market value of the shares of restricted stock that have not vested is calculated by multiplying the number of shares of stock that have not vested by the closing price of our common stock at $20.00 at December 31, 2019.

Director Compensation

Our non-employee directors may receive both cash and equity compensation. Board compensation is reviewed by comparison to peer institutions using publicly available information, every three years or earlier if requested. Director compensation is designed to attract and retain persons who are well qualified to serve as directors of the Company and the Bank.

The base annual retainer for all directors is $36,000. Directors serving on two committees, one of which includes the Loan Committee, receive $12,000 in addition to the base annual retainer. Directors serving on two

 

83


Table of Contents

committees, not including the Loan Committee, receive $6,000 in addition to the base annual retainer. Directors also receive annual stock awards having a grant date fair value of $21,340.

The following table sets forth information about the compensation of our directors in 2019. Mr. Shelton, our President and Chief Executive Officer, earned no additional compensation for his service as a director. Mr. Muller joined our board of directors in 2020 and earned no compensation in 2019.

2019 DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid In Cash
    Option
Awards
     Stock
Awards(1)
     Total  

Andrew J. Armanino(2)

   $ —       $ —        $ 66,340      $ 66,340  

Edward B. Collins(3)

   $ 18,000     $ —        $ 21,340      $ 39,340  

Stephen A. Cortese

   $ 48,000     $ —        $ 45,540      $ 93,540  

Kevin J. Cullen

   $ 48,000     $ —        $ 21,340      $ 69,340  

Stephen R. Dathe

   $ 48,000     $ —        $ 21,340      $ 69,340  

Wayne S. Doiguchi

   $ 64,000 (4)    $ —        $ 21,340      $ 85,340  

Donald J. Kintzer

   $ 42,000     $ —        $ 21,340      $ 63,340  

Rochelle G. Klein

   $ 48,000     $ —        $ 21,340      $ 69,340  

Thomas R. Morehouse(3)

   $ —       $ —        $ 45,340      $ 45,340  

John H. Sears(3)

   $ —       $ —        $ 21,340      $ 21,340  

Edmond E. Traille

   $ 42,000     $ —        $ 21,340      $ 63,340  

 

(1)

The grant date fair value of the restricted stock awards is based on the fair market value of a share of common stock on the grant date, computed in accordance with FAB ASC Topic 718. Each director received 1,100 restricted shares of Bancorp common stock on October 22, 2019, which were valued at $19.40 per share as of that date. Mr. Cortese received an additional 1,247 shares valued at $19.40 per share as of the grant date, October 22, 2019, for serving as Chairman of the Board of Directors.

(2)

Director Armanino received all compensation payments in stock awards.

(3)

Directors Collins, Morehouse and Sears retired in 2019.

(4)

Includes a special director fee of $16,000 paid in recognition of Mr. Doiguchi’s business development efforts in the Bank’s San Jose market area.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

In 2019, the Compensation Committee was comprised entirely of three independent directors, including one Chair. No member of the Compensation Committee is a current, or during 2019 was a former, executive officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. During 2019, no member of the Compensation Committee had a relationship that must be described under the SEC rules relating to disclosure of related person transactions. In 2019, none of our executive officers served on the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that had one or more of its executive officers serving on our board or its Compensation Committee.

 

84


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Policies and Procedures for Approval of Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a written Related Party Transactions Policy. The policy describes the procedures used to identify, review, approve and disclose, if necessary, any transaction occurring since the beginning of our last fiscal year, or any currently proposed transaction, involving the Company where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any of the following persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest: (i) a director or director nominee; (ii) an executive officer; (iii) a person known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Company’s common stock; or (iv) a person known by the Company to be an immediate family member of any of the foregoing. Each such transaction is referred to as a “Related Party Transaction.”

Under the policy, each of our directors and executive officers is required to inform the Chief Financial Officer of any potential Related Party Transaction. In addition, on an annual basis, each director and executive officer completes a questionnaire designed to elicit information about any potential Related Party Transactions. Once a transaction has been identified and is determined to constitute a Related Party Transaction, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be provided with details regarding the transaction, including the terms of the transaction, the business purpose of the transaction and the benefit of the transaction to the Company and the relevant related party. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is then required to review the transaction to determine whether it should be permitted or prohibited. In making its determination, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consider all relevant factors, including but not limited to (i) whether the terms of the Related Party Transaction are fair to the Company and on the same basis as would apply if the transaction did not involve a related party, (ii) whether there are business reasons for the Company to enter into the Related Party Transaction, (iii) whether the Related Party Transaction would impair the independence of an outside director, and (iii) whether the Related Party Transaction would present an improper conflict of interest for any director or executive officer of the Company. Any member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee that has an interest in a Related Party Transaction will abstain from voting on approval of the transaction but, if requested, may participate in the committee’s discussions regarding the transaction.

Some of our officers and directors and the business organizations with which they are associated, have been customers of, and have engaged in banking transactions with, the Bank in the ordinary course of business, and we expect that they will continue to engage in such banking transactions in the future. As of September 30, 2019, the Bank had loans outstanding to these individuals and their related entities in the amount of $7,343,420, undisbursed commitments to them of $20,057,774 and deposits from them of $27,370,116. All of the banking transactions described in this paragraph are made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral (where applicable), as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not related to us, and do not involve more than normal risk of collectability or present other features unfavorable to us. As of the date of this registration statement, no related party loans were categorized as nonaccrual, past due, restructured or potential problem loans. Further, the Bank is restricted as to the extent and amount of loans it can make to our officers and directors. All of the banking transactions described in this paragraph have complied with said restrictions. In addition, prior approval of the Bank’s board of directors is required for all such loans in amounts greater than $500,000 to members of our board of directors or executive officers.

The Bank leases its headquarters from an entity of which our Chairman, Mr. Cortese, is a majority beneficial owner. The Bank first entered into this lease in 2007 and, as amended, the lease covers approximately 7,000 usable square feet. The lease expires on September 30, 2020 and we have an option to extend it for five years. Prior to entering into the original lease, the Bank obtained an independent appraisal of the lease to confirm that initial rental rates were at fair market value as of the inception of the lease. Under the terms of the lease, we paid rent and a proportionate share of taxes and operating costs totaling $272,002 during 2019.

 

85


Table of Contents

Director Independence

The board of directors annually evaluates the independence of its members based on Item 407(a) of Regulation S-K and NASDAQ Rule 5605(a)(2). In addition, the board of directors annually evaluates the independence of its audit committee and compensation committee members based on NASDAQ Rules 5605(c)(2) and (d)(2), respectively. Our corporate governance guidelines and principles require that a majority of the board be composed of directors who meet the requirements for independence established by these standards. The board of directors has concluded that the Company has a majority of independent directors and that the board of directors meet the standards of NASDAQ Rule 5605(a)(2). The board of directors has also concluded that the members of the audit committee meet the standards of NASDAQ Rule 5605(c)(2) and that the members of the compensation committee meet the standards of NASDAQ Rule 5605(d)(2).

The board of directors has determined that each of the Company’s directors other than Mr. Cortese and Mr. Shelton are independent, taking into account the matters discussed above. Mr. Cortese is not independent because the Bank leases a property from an entity in which of which is the majority beneficial owner, as described above. Mr. Shelton, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer is not independent because he is an executive officer of the Company and the Bank.

 

86


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to various claims and lawsuits arising in the course of their normal business activities. Although the ultimate outcome of these suits cannot be ascertained at this time, it is the opinion of management that none of these matters, even if it resolved adversely to the Company, will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position.

ITEM 9. MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Market Information; Holders of Record

Our common stock is quoted on the OTC Markets Group’s QTCQX Best Market tier under the symbol “CALB.” Upon effectiveness of this registration statement, we expect that our common stock will be traded on NASDAQ.

As of February 28, 2020, the last reported trade of the Company’s common stock on the OTC Markets Group’s QTCQX Best Market was quoted at $19.20 per share, there were 8,092,966 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, approximately 200 shareholders of record. Over-the-counter market quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions. As of December 31, 2019, there were 266,300 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options to purchase and 150,946 of the outstanding shares of common stock were restricted stock awards that were subject to potential forfeiture.

Dividends

Our shareholders are entitled to receive dividends only if, when and as declared by our board of directors and out of funds legally available therefore. We have paid no cash dividends to common shareholders since our inception and we have no present intent to commence the payment of dividends in the foreseeable future. We anticipate that all of our future earnings will be retained to support our operations and finance the growth and development of our business. Whether or not dividends, either cash or stock, will be paid in the future will be determined by our board of directors in their sole discretion, subject to the satisfaction of any regulatory requirements. Our profitability and regulatory capital ratios, in addition to other financial conditions, will be key factors in determining the payment of dividends.

As a California corporation, we are subject to certain restrictions on dividends under the California General Corporation Law. We are also subject to certain restrictions on the payment of cash dividends as a result of banking laws, regulations and policies. See “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Regulation of the Company” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Regulation of the Bank”

Securities Authorized For Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table provides information concerning securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans, the weighted average price of such securities and the number of securities remaining available for future issuance, as of December 31, 2019.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Category

   Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
     Weighted-
average
exercise
price of
outstanding
options,
warrants
and rights
     Number of
securities
remaining and
available for future
issuance
 

Plans approved by shareholders

     583,371      $ 12.74        187,772  

Plans not approved by shareholders

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     583,371      $ 12.74        187,772  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents

ITEM 10. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

Issues of Securities as Equity Incentive Plan Awards

California BanCorp issues from time to time restricted stock awards and stock options to our directors, officers and employees under our equity plans. Copies of our equity plans are attached to this registration statement as exhibits. Since we completed the holding company reorganization on June 30, 2017, we have issued to our employees, executives and directors options to purchase 266,300 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $18.50 to $23.55; 150,946 shares of our RSU with grant prices ranging from $18.55 to $23.45; and 46,433 shares of our common stock as restricted stock awards. The issuances of these securities were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 701. The Company also issued stock options and restricted stock awards in connection with the bank holding company reorganization described below.

Issuance of Securities in the Holding Company Reorganization

On June 30, 2017, the Company sold 100 shares to our former Chief Executive Officer for aggregate proceeds of $100. We issued these shares to facilitate the organization of California BanCorp and the bank holding company reorganization. The shares were not registered under the Securities Act, and were offered and sold in reliance on the exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act.

In connection with the bank holding company reorganization that we completed on June 30, 2017, the Company issued 6,314,902 shares of its common stock to the Bank’s shareholders in exchange for all of their shares of common stock of the Bank on a one-for-one basis. Additionally, options to purchase 688,746 shares common stock of the Bank with a weighted exercise price of $9.66 granted under the 2014 Plan, the 2007 Plan and the 2017 Plan were converted into stock options for common stock of the Company on a one-for-one basis when the Company assumed these plans in the reorganization. The issuance of these shares and stock options were not registered under the Securities Act and were offered and sold in reliance on the exemption from registration under the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 3(a)(12) thereof.

Issuance of Shares in 2018 Private Placement

On August 16, 2018, California BanCorp sold 1,177,000 shares of common stock in a private placement at the price of $21.25 per share for gross proceeds of $25.0 million. The shares were not registered under the Securities Act, and were offered and sold in reliance on the exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) and Regulation D (Rule 506) under the Securities Act. The sales of the common stock were made solely to “accredited investors,” as that term is defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act. We paid aggregate commissions of $1.4 million to our placement agents in the private placement. We used the proceeds for the early prepayment of $11.0 million of loans of the Company and the remainder for other general corporate purposes.

 

88


Table of Contents

ITEM 11. DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our articles of incorporation (the “Articles of Incorporation”) and our amended and restated bylaws (the “Bylaws”). Reference is made to the more detailed provisions of, and the descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to, our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, copies of which will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement, and applicable California law.

The Company’s authorized capital stock consists of 50,000,000 shares, of which 40,000,000 shares are common stock without par value and 10,000,000 shares are serial preferred stock without par value. As of December 31, 2019 the Company had 8,092,966 shares of common stock outstanding and no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding. All of the shares outstanding at that date were fully paid, validly issued and nonassessable. The Company’s common stock is quoted on the OTC Markets Group’s QTCQX Best Market under the symbol “CALB.”

The description of our capital stock below is qualified in its entirety by reference to our Articles of Incorporation.

Common Stock

Each share of common stock has the same rights, privileges and preferences as every other share of common stock, and there is no preemptive, conversion, redemption rights or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The designations and powers, preferences and rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the common stock are described below.

Dividend Rights. Subject to the rights of preferred stock we may use in the future, each share of common stock will participate equally in dividends, which are payable when and as declared by our board of directors. Our common stock ranks junior with respect to dividend rights of any other securities or indebtedness of the Company.

Liquidation and Dissolution. Our common stock ranks junior to all other securities and indebtedness of the Company with respect to rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share equally, on a per share basis, in all of our assets available for distribution, after payment to creditors and subject to any prior distribution rights granted to holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Voting Rights. Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote per share on any issue requiring a vote, except in the election of directors. Shareholders have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors; that is, as to any candidates whose names are placed in nomination prior to voting, a shareholder has the right to vote the number of shares owned for as many persons as there are directors to be elected, or to cumulate such votes and give one candidate as many votes as the number of directors multiplied by the number of shares owned equals, or to distribute such votes on the same principle among as many candidates as the shareholder deems appropriate. However, cumulative voting will be dispensed with unless a shareholder gives notice at the shareholders’ meeting of his intention to cumulate his votes. If any shareholder gives notice of an intention to cumulate votes, then all shareholders may cumulate their votes for candidates in nomination.

Absence of Preemptive Rights. Our common stock does not have preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for additional shares.

Stock Exchange Listing Application. We have applied for approval to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “CALB.”

 

89


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Upon authorization of our board of directors, we may issue shares of one or more series of our preferred stock from time to time. Our board of directors may, without any action by holders of common stock (subject to Nasdaq shareholder approval rules) and except as may be otherwise provided in the terms of any series of preferred stock of which there are shares outstanding, adopt resolutions to designate and establish a new series of preferred stock. Upon establishing such a series of preferred stock, the board will determine the number of shares of preferred stock of that series that may be issued and the rights and preferences of that series of preferred stock. The rights of any series of preferred stock may include, among others:

 

   

general or special voting rights;

 

   

preferential liquidation rights;

 

   

preferential cumulative or noncumulative dividend rights;

 

   

redemption or put rights; and

 

   

conversion or exchange rights.

We may issue shares of, or rights to purchase shares of, one or more series of our preferred stock that have been designated from time to time, the terms of which might:

 

   

adversely affect voting or other rights evidenced by, or amounts otherwise payable with respect to, the common stock or other series of preferred stock;

 

   

discourage an unsolicited proposal to acquire us; or

 

   

facilitate a particular business combination involving us.

Any of these actions could have an anti-takeover effect and discourage a transaction that some or a majority of our shareholders might believe to be in their best interests or in which our shareholders might receive a premium for their stock over our then market price.

Anti-Takeover Considerations and Special Provisions of Our Articles, Bylaws and California Law

California law and certain provisions of our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws could have the effect of delaying or deferring the removal of incumbent directors or delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us, even if such removal or acquisition would be viewed by our shareholders to be in their best interests. These provisions, summarized below, are intended to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. These provisions also serve to discourage hostile takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. We believe that these provisions are beneficial because the negotiation they encourage could result in improved terms of any unsolicited proposal.

Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock. At December 31, 2019, we had 31,907,034 shares of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, including 583,371 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, and other stock awards. We also have 10,000,000 shares of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock, and our board of directors may authorize the issuance of one or more series of preferred stock without shareholder approval. These shares could be used by our board of directors to make it more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us through a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.

Limitation on Right to Call a Special Meeting of Shareholders. Our Bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders may only be called by our Chairman of the Board, our President, the board of directors or by the holders of not less than 10% of our outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote for the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is being called.

 

90


Table of Contents

Advance Notice Provisions. Additionally, our Bylaws provide that nominations for directors must be made in accordance with the provisions of our Bylaws, which generally require, among other things, that such nominations be provided in writing to our Chief Executive Officer or President, not less than 60 days prior to the meeting or 10 days after the date of mailing of the notice of meeting to shareholders, and that the notice to our Chief Executive Officer or President contain certain information about the shareholder and the director nominee.

Filling of Board Vacancies; Removals. Any vacancies in our board of directors and any directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, or if the number of directors then in office is less than a quorum, by (i) unanimous written consent of the directors then in office, (ii) the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office at a meeting held pursuant to notice or waivers of notice, or (iii) a sole remaining director. However, a vacancy created by the removal of a director by the vote or written consent of the shareholders or by court order may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present, or by the unanimous written consent of all shares entitled to vote thereon.

New or Amendment of the Bylaws. New bylaws may be adopted or the Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. Our Bylaws also provide that except for changing the authorized number of directors or providing for the approval by the board of directors, acting alone, of a loan or guarantee to any officer or an employee benefit plan providing for the same, our Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed by our board without prior notice to or approval by our shareholders. Accordingly, our board could take action to amend our Bylaws in a manner that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us.

Voting Provisions. Our articles do not provide for certain heightened voting thresholds needed to consummate a change in control transaction, such as a merger, the sale of substantially all of our assets or other similar transaction. Accordingly, we will not be able to consummate a change in control transaction or sell all or substantially all of our assets without obtaining the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of our capital stock having at least a majority of the voting power of all outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon.

Elimination of Liability and Indemnification. Our Articles of Incorporation provide that a director of the Company will not incur any personal liability to us or our shareholders for monetary damages for certain breaches of fiduciary duty as a director. A director’s liability, however, is not eliminated with respect to (i) any breach of the duty of loyalty, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) paying a dividend or approving a stock repurchase which is illegal under certain provisions of state law, or, (iv) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws also provide, among other things, for the indemnification of our directors, officers and agents, and authorize our board of directors to pay expenses incurred by, or to satisfy a judgment or fine rendered or levied against, such agents in connection with any personal legal liability incurred by the individual while acting for us within the scope of his or her employment (subject to certain limitations). We have obtained director and officer liability insurance covering all of our and the Bank’s officers and directors.

California and Federal Banking Law. Section 1203 of the Corporations Code of California includes provisions that may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing in control or management of the Company. If an “interested party” makes an offer to purchase the shares of some or all of our shareholders, we must obtain an affirmative opinion in writing as to the fairness of the offering price prior to completing the transaction. California law considers a person to be an “interested party” if the person directly or indirectly controls our Company, if the person is directly or indirectly controlled by one of our officers or directors, or if the person is an entity in which one of our officers or directors holds a material financial interest. If after receiving an offer from such an “interested party” we receive a subsequent offer from a neutral third party, then we must notify our shareholders of this offer and afford each of them the opportunity to withdraw their consent to the “interested party” offer.

 

91


Table of Contents

Under the California Financial Code, no person shall, directly or indirectly, acquire control of a California state bank or its holding company unless the California Department of Business Oversight has approved such acquisition of control. A person would be deemed to have acquired control of the Company if such person, directly or indirectly, has the power (i) to vote 25% or more of the voting power of the Company or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the Company. For purposes of this law, a person who directly or indirectly owns or controls 10% or more of our outstanding common stock would be presumed to control the Company.

The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, generally would prohibit any company that is engaged in operations other than financial activities and activities that are permissible for a bank holding company or a financial holding company from acquiring control of the Company. “Control” is generally defined as ownership of 25% or more of the voting stock or other exercise of a controlling influence. In addition, any existing bank holding company would need the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before acquiring 5% or more of our voting stock. The Change in Bank Control Act of 1978, as amended, prohibits a person or group of persons from acquiring control of a bank holding company unless the Federal Reserve has been notified and has not objected to the transaction. Under a rebuttable presumption established by the Federal Reserve, the acquisition of 10% or more of a class of voting stock of a bank holding company with a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, such as the Company, could constitute acquisition of control of the bank holding company.

The foregoing provisions of California and federal law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of our outstanding voting stock, by discouraging a hostile bid, or delaying, preventing or deterring a merger, acquisition or tender offer in which our shareholders could receive a premium for their shares, or effect a proxy contest for control of our company or other changes in our management.

Transfer Agent

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare, located at P.O. Box 505000, Louisville, KY 40233-5000.

 

92


Table of Contents

ITEM 12. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

The following is a summary of the effect of the relevant provisions in our Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, indemnification agreements and California law with regard to limitation of liability and indemnification of officers, directors and employees of the Company.

Under Section 317 of the California Corporations Code, or the CGCL, a California corporation has the authority to indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) by reason, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an agent of the corporation, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the proceeding if that person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the corporation and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

In addition, a California corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was an agent of the corporation, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by that person in connection with the defense or settlement of the action if the person acted in good faith, in a manner the person believed to be in the best interests of the corporation and its shareholders, provided that no indemnification shall be made for any of the following (1) with respect to any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person has been adjudged to have been liable to the corporation in the performance of that person’s duty to the corporation and its shareholders, unless and only to the extent that the court in which the proceeding is or was pending shall determine upon application that, in view of all the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for expenses and then only to the extent that the court shall determine; (2) of amounts paid in settling or otherwise disposing of a pending action without court approval; or (3) of expenses incurred in defending a pending action which is settled or otherwise disposed of without court approval.

Section 317 of the CGCL also provides that, to the extent that an agent of a corporation has been successful on the merits in the defense of any proceeding referred to in either of the foregoing paragraphs or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the agent shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the agent in connection therewith.

Section 317 of the CGCL also provides that to the extent that an agent of a corporation has been successful on the merits in defense of any proceeding referred to above or in defense of any claim, issue, or matter therein, the agent shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the agent in connection therewith.

Except as provided in the paragraph above, any indemnification under this section shall be made by the corporation only if authorized in the specific case, upon a determination that indemnification of the agent is proper in the circumstances because the agent has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth above, by any of the following: (1) a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such proceeding, (2) if such a quorum of directors is not obtainable, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, (3) approval of the shareholders (Section 153), with the shares owned by the person to be indemnified not being entitled to vote thereon, or (4) the court in which the proceeding is or was pending upon application made by the corporation or the agent or the attorney or other person rendering services in connection with the defense, whether or not the application by the agent, attorney or other person is opposed by the corporation.

 

93


Table of Contents

Each of the Company and the Bank has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers. These agreements require the Company or the Bank to, among other things, (i) indemnify its directors and officers against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, subject to certain exceptions and limitations and (ii) advance the expenses such directors or executive officers may incur as a result of or in connection with the defense of any proceeding brought against them as to which they could be indemnified, subject to an undertaking by the indemnified party to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification. The forms of these agreements are filed as exhibits to this registration statement.

 

94


Table of Contents

ITEM 13. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

California BanCorp Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  

Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheets as for the Periods Ended September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018

     96  

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Income for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 and 2018

     97  

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 and 2018

     98  

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 and 2018

     99  

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 and 2018

     100  

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

     101  

 

California BanCorp Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     137  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017

     138  

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December  31, 2018 and 2017

     139  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

     140  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

     141  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December  31, 2018 and 2017

     142  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     143  

 

95


Table of Contents

CALIFORNIA BANCORP

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

As for the Periods ended

 

     Sep 30, 2019
(Unaudited)
     Dec 31, 2018  
ASSETS      

Cash and due from banks

   $ 49,527,424      $ 23,477,741  

Interest bearing deposits in banks

     18,132,805        55,226,842  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and due from banks

     67,660,229        78,704,583  

Investment securities

     

Available-for-sale, at estimated fair value

     30,259,806        37,414,882  

Held-to-maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $6,008,380 in September 30, 2019 and $5,995,700 in December 31, 2018)

     6,000,000        6,000,000  

Loans, less allowance for loan losses of $10,412,587 in September 30, 2019 and $10,800,000 in December 31, 2018

     925,257,425        836,131,236  

Premises and equipment, net

     1,916,758        2,076,374  

Bank owned life insurance (BOLI)

     22,156,109        17,806,230  

Deferred income taxes, net

     5,246,889        5,085,890  

Core Deposit Intangible

     255,150        285,793  

Goodwill

     7,350,465        7,350,465  

Accrued interest receivable and other assets

     28,506,404        14,821,865  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,094,609,235      $ 1,005,677,318  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY      

Deposits:

     

Non-interest bearing

   $ 373,289,241      $ 352,402,295  

Interest bearing

     550,620,679        521,851,322  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

     923,909,920        874,253,617  

Other borrowing

     20,000,000        —    

Subordinated debt, $5,000,000 face amount (less unamortized debt issuance cost of $27,093 and $39,972, at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively)

     4,972,907        4,960,028  

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

     16,724,107        5,384,903  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     965,606,934        884,598,548  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

     

Shareholders’ equity:

     

Preferred stock—no par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively

     —          —    

Common stock—no par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 8,052,549 and 7,993,908 issued and outstanding at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively

     105,709,481        104,560,933  

Retained earnings

     22,939,310        16,516,981  

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes

     353,510        856  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     129,002,301        121,078,770  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,094,609,235      $ 1,005,677,318  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

96


Table of Contents

CALIFORNIA BANCORP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(UNAUDITED)

For Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 and 2018

 

     Sep 30, 2019      Sep 30, 2018  

Interest income:

     

Interest and fees on loans

   $ 34,783,303      $ 28,322,902  

Interest on taxable investment securities

     933,360        225,684  

Interest on interest bearing deposits in banks

     556,203        1,356,867  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest income

     36,272,866        29,905,453  

Interest expense:

     

Interest on deposits

     5,112,437        3,065,464  

Interest on borrowings and subordinated debt

     806,073        566,492  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     5,918,510        3,631,956  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income before provision for loan losses

     30,354,356        26,273,497  

Provision for loan losses

     1,326,141        844,800  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     29,028,215        25,428,697  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-interest income:

     

Service charges and other fees

     2,150,731        1,916,274  

Net gains on sales of loans

     235,202        282,774  

Net gain on sales of investment securities

     —          —    

Earnings on BOLI

     370,257        313,046  

Other

     344,192        342,235  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

     3,100,382        2,854,329  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-interest expenses:

     

Salaries and employee benefits

     14,905,191        11,520,749  

Occupancy and equipment

     2,342,927        2,144,936  

Other

     6,148,765        5,615,121  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

     23,396,883        19,280,806  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     8,731,714        9,002,220  

Provision for income taxes

     2,309,385        2,396,911  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 6,422,329      $ 6,605,309  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per common share:

     

Basic

   $ 0.80      $ 0.97  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.79      $ 0.94  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

97


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(UNAUDITED)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 and 2018

 

     Sep 30, 2019     Sep 30, 2018  

Net Income

   $ 6,422,329     $ 6,605,309  

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale investment securities:

    

Unrealized holding gains arising during year

     500,671       (348,367

Tax effect

     (148,017     103,521  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     352,654       (244,846
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   $ 6,774,983     $ 6,360,463  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

98


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(UNAUDITED)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 and 2018

 

    

 

Common Stock

     Retained
Earnings
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income
(Loss)
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
     Shares      Amount  

Balance, January 1, 2018

     6,416,295      $ 76,935,565      $ 7,804,361      $ 2,741     $ 84,742,667  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share-based compensation expense

     —          238,766        —          —         238,766  

Restricted stock expense

        181,182        —          —         181,182  

Net income

     —          —          6,605,309        —         6,605,309  

Stock Issuance

     1,177,000        23,576,730             23,576,730  

Stock options exercised

     376,561        3,012,326        —          —         3,012,326  

Stock grants issued and related compensation expense

     5,000        114,500        —          —         114,500  

Other comprehensive income

     —          —          —          (244,846     (244,846
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2018

     7,974,856      $ 104,059,069      $ 14,409,670      $ (242,105   $ 118,226,634  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2019

     7,993,908      $ 104,560,933      $ 16,516,981      $ 856     $ 121,078,770  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share-based compensation expense

     —          284,446        —          —         284,446  

Restricted stock expense

     10,733        366,215        —          —         366,215  

Net income

     —          —          6,422,329        —         6,422,329  

Stock options exercised

     42,871        400,319        —          —         400,319  

Stock grants issued and related compensation expense

     5,037        97,568        —          —         97,568  

Other comprehensive income

     —          —          —          352,654       352,654  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2019

     8,052,549      $ 105,709,481      $ 22,939,310      $ 353,510     $ 129,002,301  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

99


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(UNAUDITED)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 and 2018

 

     2019     2018  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net Income

   $ 6,422,329     $ 6,605,309  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Provision for loan losses

     1,326,141       844,800  

Deferred tax provision

     (12,910     (771,276

Depreciation

     539,727       602,184  

Deferred loan origination costs, net

     100,936       (148,449

Net accretion on discount of purchased loans

     (289,486     (396,327

Amortization of premiums on investment securities, net

     (130,328     33,985  

Share-based compensation expense, net

     748,229       534,448  

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance

     (391,590     (322,760

Discounts on retained portion of sold loans, net of accretion

     40,037       48,648  

Gain on sale of loans, net

     (235,202     (282,774

Amortization of deposit intangible

     30,643       41,885  

Increase in accrued interest receivable and other assets

     (3,437,600     1,476,488  

Increase in accrued interest payable and other liabilities

     2,622,409       (361,829
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     7,333,335       7,904,332  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchase of securities

    

Available-for-sale

     —         (31,617,297

Proceeds from maturity available-for-sale investment securities

     2,500,000       —    

Proceeds from principal payments on available-for-sale investment securities

     5,286,075       1,704,984  

Net increase in loans

     (93,372,059     (55,798,845

Proceeds from sale of loans

     3,303,446       4,285,567  

Purchase of low income tax credit investments

     (947,673     (1,474,890

Purchases of premises and equipment

     (380,111     —    

Purchase of bank-owned life insurance policies

     (3,958,289  

Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     (865,700     (337,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     88,434,311       83,237,487  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Net increase in demand, interest bearing and savings deposits

     17,085,856       68,514,168  

Net increase in time deposits

     32,570,447       (2,498,546

Proceeds from overnight borrowings

     10,000,000       —    

Proceeds from FHLB term borrowings

     10,000,000       —    

Proceeds from issuance of senior notes

     —         (11,500,000

Redemption of senior note

       500,000  

Proceeds from exercised stock options

     400,319       3,012,324  

Proceeds from common stock private placement

     —         23,576,730  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     70,056,622       81,604,676  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Decrease in cash and due from banks

     (11,044,354     6,271,529  

Cash and due from banks at beginning of year

     78,704,583       85,952,681  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks at end of year

   $ 67,660,229     $ 92,224,210  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for:

    

Interest

   $ 5,738,096     $ 3,522,825  

Income taxes

     1,640,000       2,020,000  

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activity:

    

Transfer of SBA loans to held-for-sale from loan portfolio

   $ 3,068,244     $ 4,002,793  

Recording of right to use assets and operating lease liabilities under lease obligations

   $ 6,724,917     $ —    

Recording of low income tax credit investment commitments

   $ 4,780,545     $ —    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

100


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

California BanCorp

 

1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

General

California BanCorp (the “Company”) was organized as a California corporation on August 31, 2017. The Company, whose common stock is traded on the OTCQX under the ticker symbol, “CALB” and is headquartered in Oakland, California, was formed to acquire 100% of the voting equity of California Bank of Commerce (the “Bank”) and commenced operation as a small bank holding company on August 31, 2017. This transaction was treated as an internal reorganization as all shareholders of the Bank became shareholders of the Company. The reorganization represented an exchange of shares between entities under common control, and, as a result, assets and liabilities of the Bank were recognized at their carrying amounts in the accounts of the Company. Subsequent to the reorganization, the Bank continued its operations as previously conducted, but as a wholly-owned subsidiary, collectively known as the “Company”. The Company has no operations other than ownership of the Bank.

The Bank was approved as a state-chartered non-member bank on March 23, 2007, and commenced operations on July 17, 2007. The Bank is subject to regulation by the California Department of Business Oversight (the “CDBO”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). The Bank is headquartered in Lafayette, California and provides products and services to customers who are predominately small to middle-market businesses, professionals and not-for-profit organizations located in Contra Costa, Alameda, Santa Clara and surrounding counties. All of the products and services are considered by management to be aggregated in one operating segment.

On December 31, 2015, the Bank completed its merger with Pan Pacific Bank (“PPB”) with branch banking offices in Fremont and San Jose, California. The acquisition complements the Company’s expansion strategy and enhances the Company’s market presence in the San Francisco South Bay region.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q and, therefore, do not include all footnotes as would be necessary for a fair presentation of financial position, results of operations and comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). However, these interim unaudited consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments and accruals) which, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of financial position, results of operations and comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the interim periods presented. The unaudited consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiary. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be expected for any other interim period or for the year ending December 31, 2019.

Subsequent Events

Management has reviewed all events through January 24, 2020, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These

 

101


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Use of Estimates (Continued)

 

estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Cash and Due from banks

For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and due from banks consist of cash and due from banks, interest bearing deposits in banks with original maturities fewer than 90 days and Federal funds sold. Generally, Federal funds are sold for one day periods. Cash flows from loans, deposits and other borrowings are presented on a net basis.

Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Financial Institutions

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions mature within one year and are carried at cost.

Investment Securities

Investment securities are classified into the following categories:

 

   

Available-for-sale securities, reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported, net of taxes, as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within shareholders’ equity.

 

   

Held-to-maturity securities, which management has the positive intent and ability to hold, reported at amortized cost, adjusted for the accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums.

Management determines the appropriate classification of its investments at the time of purchase. Subsequent transfers between categories are accounted for at fair value.

Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium or discount. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized on the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments, except for mortgage backed securities where prepayments are anticipated.

Gains and losses on the sale of investment securities are computed using the specific identification method. Interest earned on investment securities is reported in interest income, net of applicable adjustments for accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums using the level yield method adjusted for changes in principal prepayment speeds.

An investment security is impaired when its carrying value is greater than its fair value. Investment securities that are impaired are evaluated on at least a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation to determine whether such a decline in their fair value is other than temporary. Management utilizes criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline and the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value, in addition to the reasons underlying the decline, to determine whether the loss in value is other than temporary. The term “other than temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value is not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Once a decline in value is determined to be other than temporary, and management does not intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the security before recovery, only the portion of the impairment loss

 

102


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Investment Securities (Continued)

 

representing credit exposure is recognized as a charge to earnings, with the balance recognized as a charge to other comprehensive income. If management intends to sell the security or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovering its forecasted cost, the entire impairment loss is recognized as a charge to earnings.

Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco, the Bank is required to maintain an investment in the capital stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank (the “FHLB”). The investment is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on the ultimate recovery of par value.

At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company’s investment in FHLB stock totaled $3,933,900 and $3,068,200 respectively, and is included on the balance sheet in accrued interest receivable and other assets. Cash dividends are reported as non-interest income.

Investment in Other Bank Stocks

Independent Bankers Financial Corporation

The Independent Bankers Financial Corporation (the “IBFC”), the holding company for The Independent Banker’s Bank, provides services exclusively to banks. At both September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company’s investment in IBFC stock totaled $88,242. The investment is carried at cost and is included on the balance sheet in accrued interest receivable and other assets.

Pacific Coast Bankers’ Bancshares

The Pacific Coast Bankers’ Bancshares (“PCBB”), the holding company for The Pacific Coast Banker’s Bank, provides services exclusively to banks. At both September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company’s investment in PCBB stock totaled $380,000. The investment is carried at cost and is included on the balance sheet in accrued interest receivable and other assets. Cash dividends are reported as non-interest income.

Bank Owned Life Insurance

The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain current and former executives. Bank owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.

Loans

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of purchase premiums and discounts deferred loan fees and costs, and an allowance for loan losses. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments.

The accrual of Interest on commercial loans is discontinued at the time it is placed on non-accrual when the loan is 90 days delinquent, unless the loan is well-secured and in process of collection. Commercial loans

 

103


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Loans (Continued)

 

are charged-off to the extent principal or interest is deemed uncollectible. Consumer and credit card loans continue to accrue interest until they are charged-off no later than 120 days past due unless the loan is in the process of collection.

Past-due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.

All interest accrued but not received for loans placed on non-accrual is reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Under the cost-recovery method, interest income is not recognized until the loan balance is reduced to zero. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Generally, loans are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current and has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt. The policy for placing loans on nonaccrual status, recording payments received on nonaccrual loans, resuming the accrual of interest and determining past due or delinquency status, does not differ by portfolio segment or class of financing receivable.

An impaired loan is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective rate or, as a practical matter, at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of collateral less estimated costs to sell if the loan is collateral dependent. A loan is collateral dependent if the repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the underlying collateral. All loans are evaluated and considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due (including both principal and interest) in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The policy for accounting for impaired loans, recognizing interest on impaired loans and recording payments on impaired loans is generally the same as that described above for nonaccrual loans, and does not differ by portfolio segment or class of financing receivable.

Substantially all loan origination fees, commitment fees, direct loan origination costs and purchase premiums and discounts on loans are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of yield, to be amortized to interest income over the contractual term of the loan. The unamortized balances of deferred fees and costs and purchase premiums and discounts are reported as a component of net loans.

The Company services loans that have been participated with other financial institutions totaling approximately $57,610,781 and $52,774,220, respectively, as of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018. The participated balances of these loans were sold without recourse and are not included on the Company’s balance sheet.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Most of the Company’s business activity is with customers located within the nine San Francisco Bay Area Counties. Therefore, the Company’s exposure to credit risk is significantly affected by changes in the economy of the San Francisco Bay Area. Within its C&I portfolio, the Company has a concentration of loans within the dental industry and subcontractors in the commercial construction industry.

Acquired Loans

The Company acquired loans as a result of its acquisition of Pan Pacific Bank on December 31, 2015. Acquired loans are recorded at their estimated fair values at acquisition date, factoring in credit losses

 

104


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Acquired Loans (Continued)

 

expected to be incurred over the life of the loan. Accordingly, an allowance for loan losses is not carried over or recorded for acquired loans as of the acquisition date.

The entire fair value discount is accreted to interest income using an effective interest rate method for term loans, and on a straight line basis to interest income for revolving lines, as the timing and amount of cash flows under revolving lines are not predictable. Subsequent to acquisition, if the probable and estimable credit losses for non-purchased credit impaired loans exceed the amount of the remaining unaccreted discount, the excess is established as an allowance for loan losses.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable credit losses in the Company’s loan portfolio that have been incurred as of the balance-sheet date. The allowance is established through a provision for loan losses which is charged to expense. Additions to the allowance are expected to maintain the adequacy of the total allowance after credit losses and loan growth. Credit exposures determined to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance. Cash received on previously charged-off amounts is recorded as a recovery to the allowance. The policy for charging off loans and recording recoveries does not differ by portfolio segment or class of financing receivable. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off.

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans for which the terms have been modified resulting in a concession, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) and classified as impaired.

Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

Commercial and commercial real estate loans are individually evaluated for impairment. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral.

TDRs are individually evaluated for impairment and included in the separately identified impairment disclosures. TDRs are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception. If a TDR is considered to be a collateral dependent loan, the loan is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral. For TDRs that subsequently default, the Company determines the amount of the allowance on that loan in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses on loans individually identified as impaired.

The general allowance component includes loans that are not individually identified for impairment evaluation. The general component is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors. The

 

105


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

historical loss experience is based on the actual net charged-off rate information from the Federal Reserve Bank, 12th District, for banks under one billion in assets. This actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present. These economic factors include consideration of the following: levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans (including TDRs); levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries; migration of loans to the classification of special mention, substandard, or doubtful; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentration. The following factors are also considered in determining the level of needed allowance on such loans: the historical loss rates (or severity) of loans specifically classified as special mention, substandard, or doubtful; and the trends in the collateral on the loans included within these classifications.

The Company maintains a separate allowance for each portfolio segment (loan type). These portfolio segments include commercial & industrial, real estate—construction & land, real estate—other, real estate—home equity lines of credit (“HELOC”) and installment & other. The allowance for loan losses attributable to each portfolio segment, which includes both impaired loans and loans that are not impaired, is combined to determine the Company’s overall allowance, which is included on the balance sheet.

Commercial & Industrial—Commercial loans generally possess a lower inherent risk of loss than real estate portfolio segments because these loans are generally underwritten to existing cash flows of operating businesses. Debt coverage is provided by business cash flows and economic trends influenced by unemployment rates and other key economic indicators are closely correlated to the credit quality of these loans.

Real Estate—Construction & Land—Real estate construction loans (including land and development loans) generally possess a higher inherent risk of loss than other real estate portfolio segments. A major risk arises from the necessity to complete projects within specified cost and time lines. Trends in the construction industry significantly impact the credit quality of these loans, as demand drives construction activity. In addition, trends in real estate values significantly impact the credit quality of these loans, as property values determine the economic viability of construction projects.

Real Estate—Other—Real estate mortgage loans generally possess a higher inherent risk of loss than other real estate portfolio segments, except land and construction loans. Adverse economic developments or an overbuilt market impact commercial real estate projects and may result in troubled loans. Trends in vacancy rates of commercial and residential properties impact the credit quality of these loans. High vacancy rates reduce operating revenues and the ability for properties to produce sufficient cash flow to service debt obligations.

Real Estate—HELOC—The degree of risk in residential real estate lending depends primarily on the loan amount in relation to collateral value, the interest rate and the borrower’s ability to repay in an orderly fashion. These loans generally possess a lower inherent risk of loss than other real estate portfolio segments. Economic trends determined by unemployment rates and other key economic indicators are closely correlated to the credit quality of these loans. Weak economic trends indicate that the borrowers’ capacity to repay their obligations may be deteriorating.

Installment & Other—An installment loan portfolio is usually comprised of a number of small loans scheduled to be amortized over a specific period. Most installment loans are made directly for consumer purchases, but business loans granted for the purchase of heavy equipment or industrial vehicles may also be included. Economic trends determined by unemployment rates and other key

 

106


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

economic indicators are closely correlated to the credit quality of these loans. Weak economic trends indicate that the borrowers’ capacity to repay their obligations may be deteriorating. SBA loans, guaranteed by U.S. Small Business Administration, are included in the “Other” category. The Company may choose to sell the conditional guarantee SBA loans which receives a premium at the time of the sale. The Company retained unguaranteed portion of the SBA loans. Loans in the “Other” category also include overdrafts on deposit accounts which are inconsequential.

Although management believes the allowance to be adequate, ultimate losses may vary from its estimates. At least quarterly, the Board of Directors reviews the adequacy of the allowance, including consideration of the relative risks in the portfolio, current economic conditions and other factors. If the Board of Directors and management determine that changes are warranted based on those reviews, the allowance is adjusted. In addition, the Bank’s primary regulators, the FDIC and CDBO, as an integral part of their examination process, review the adequacy of the allowance. These regulatory agencies may require additions to the allowance based on their judgment about information available at the time of their examinations.

Credit Quality Indicators

The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company assesses loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. This analysis is performed not less than annually. These risk ratings are also subject to examination by independent specialists engaged by the Company and the Company’s regulators. During internal reviews, management monitors and analyzes the financial condition of borrowers and guarantors, trends in the industries in which borrowers operate and the fair values of collateral securing these loans. These credit quality indicators are used to assign a risk rating to each individual loan. The risk ratings can be grouped into five major categories, defined as follows:

Pass—A pass loan is a strong credit with no existing or known potential weaknesses deserving of management’s close attention.

Special Mention—A special mention loan has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or in the Company’s credit position at some future date. Special Mention loans are not adversely classified and do not expose the Company to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.

Substandard—A substandard loan is not adequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the borrower or the value of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans classified as substandard have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. Well defined weaknesses include a project’s lack of marketability, inadequate cash flow or collateral support, failure to complete construction on time or the project’s failure to fulfill economic expectations. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful—Loans classified doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently known facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable.

Loss—Loans classified as loss are considered uncollectible and charged off immediately.

 

107


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Allowance for Credit Losses on Off-Balance-Sheet Credit Exposures

Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded. The allowance for off-balance-sheet commitments is included in accrued interest payable and other liabilities on the balance sheet, and totaled $185,000 at September 30, 2019 and $150,000 at December 31, 2018.

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per share (EPS), which excludes dilution, is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock, such as stock options, result in the issuance of common stock of the Company. Earnings per share are restated for all stock dividends through the date of issuance of the financial statement. The treasury stock method is applied to determine the dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock in computing diluted earnings per share. A summary of basic and diluted earnings per common share is as follows:

 

     Sep 30, 2019      Sep 30, 2018  

Net income

   $ 6,422,329      $ 6,605,309  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic

     8,040,196        6,828,104  

Add: dilutive potential common shares

     80,180        228,493  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted

     8,120,376        7,056,597  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per common shares:

     

Basic

   $ 0.80      $ 0.97  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.79      $ 0.94  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

New Accounting Standards

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The guidance requires lessees recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date: (1) a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and (2) a right-of-use asset which is an asset that represents the lessees’ right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Under the new guidance, lessors accounting is largely unchanged. Certain targeted improvements were made to align, where necessary, lessor accounting with the lessee accounting model and Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The new guidance also requires enhanced disclosure about an entity’s leasing arrangements. The Company adopted Topic 842 in 2019, as required for public business entities. See Note 15 Leases regarding the impact of this new accounting standard on the consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326). The guidance is to replace the incurred loss model with an expected loss model, which is referred to as the current expected credit loss (CECL) model. The CECL model is applicable to the measurement of credit losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost, including loan receivables, held-to maturity debt securities, and reinsurance receivables. It also applies to off-balance sheet credit exposures not accounted for as insurance (loan commitments, standby letters of credit, financial guarantees, and other similar

 

108


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

New Accounting Standards (Continued)

 

instruments) and net investments in leases recognized by a lessor. In October of 2019, the FASB approved a proposal to defer implementation of the CECL model by smaller reporting companies to January 1, 2023. The Company currently qualifies for this deferral and has elected to defer adoption.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-08 Receivables—Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Topic 310-20)—Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities. The guidance requires the premium on callable debt securities to be amortized to the earliest call date. The amortization period for callable debt securities purchased at a discount is not impacted. This guidance was effective for public entities for fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted the new guidance on January 1, 2019 and there was no material impact to the financial statements and no cumulative adjustments were made.

 

2.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Fair Value Hierarchy

The Company groups its assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. Valuations within these levels are based upon:

Level 1—Quoted market prices for identical instruments traded in active exchange markets.

Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3—Model-based techniques that use at least one significant assumption not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect the Company’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use on pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include management judgment and estimation which may be significant.

Management monitors the availability of observable market data to assess the appropriate classification of financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy. Changes in economic conditions or model-based valuation techniques may require the transfer of financial instruments from one fair value level to another. In such instances, the transfer is reported at the beginning of the reporting period.

Management evaluates the significance of transfers between levels based upon the nature of the financial instrument and size of the transfer relative to total assets, total liabilities or total earnings.

 

109


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

2.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments, at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018 are as follows:

 

          Fair Value Measurements at September 30, 2019 Using:  
    Carrying Amount     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  

Financial assets

         

Cash and due from banks

  $ 67,660,229     $ 67,660,229     $ —       $ —       $ 67,660,229  

Securities available-for-sale

    30,259,806       —         30,259,806       —         30,259,806  

Securities held-to-maturity

    6,000,000         6,008,380       —         6,008,380  

Loans, net

    925,257,425       —         —         923,406,910       923,406,910  

Accrued interest receivable

    3,356,867       —         206,486       3,150,381       3,356,867  

Financial liabilities

         

Deposits

  $ 923,909,920     $ 796,913,233     $ 130,320,246     $ —       $ 927,233,479  

Other borrowings

    20,000,000       —         —         20,024,624       20,024,624  

Subordinated debt

    4,972,907       —         —         5,162,819       5,162,819  

Accrued interest payable

    339,492       —         264,967       74,525       339,492  

 

          Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2018 Using:  
    Carrying Amount     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  

Financial assets

         

Cash and due from banks

  $ 78,704,583     $ 78,704,583     $ —       $ —       $ 78,704,583  

Securities available-for-sale

    37,414,882       —         37,414,882       —         37,414,882  

Securities held-to-maturity

    6,000,000         5,995,700       —         5,995,700  

Loans, net

    836,131,236       —         —         822,418,683       822,418,683  

Accrued interest receivable

    3,112,462       —         208,397       2,904,065       3,112,462  

Financial liabilities

         

Deposits

  $ 874,253,617     $ 777,341,552     $ 97,669,618     $ —       $ 875,011,170  

Subordinated debt

    4,960,028       —         —         4,830,309       4,830,309  

Accrued interest payable

    171,956       —         98,519       73,437       171,956  

These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument for sale at one time, nor do they attempt to estimate the value of anticipated future business related to the instruments. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of these estimates.

The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair values are described as follows:

Cash and Due from banks—The carrying amounts of cash and short-term instruments approximate fair values and are classified as Level 1.

Investment Securities—Since quoted prices are generally not available for identical securities, fair values are calculated based on market prices of similar securities on similar dates, resulting in Level 2 classification.

FHLB, IBFC, PCBB Stock—It is not practical to determine the fair value of these correspondent bank stocks due to restrictions placed on their transferability.

Loans—Fair values of loans for September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018 are estimated on an exit price basis with contractual cash flow, prepayments, discount spreads, credit loss and liquidity premium assumptions. Loans with similar characteristics such as prepayment rates, terms and rate indexed are aggregated for purposes of the calculations.

 

110


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

2.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

 

Impaired loans—Impaired loans are evaluated on a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly. The fair value of impaired loans with specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses that are secured by real property is generally based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. The methods utilized to estimate the fair value of loans do not necessarily represent an exit price.

Deposits—The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest and non-interest checking, passbook savings, and certain types of money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amount) resulting in Level 1 classification. The carrying amounts of variable rate and fixed-term money market accounts approximate their fair values at the reporting date resulting in Level 1 classification.

Fair values of fixed rate certificates of deposit are calculation of the estimated remaining cash flows was discounted to the date of the valuation to calculate the fair value (premium)/discount on the portfolio that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates for the San Francisco Bay Area to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits resulting in Level 2 classification.

FHLB Advances—FHLB Advances are included in Other Borrowings. Fair values for FHLB Advances are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses using interest rates offered at each reporting date by correspondent banks for advances with similar maturities resulting in Level 3 classification.

Senior Notes—Fair values for senior notes are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation based on current rates for similar types of debt which may be unobservable, and considering recent trading activity of similar instruments in market which can be inactive and accordingly are classified within in Level 3 classification.

Subordinated Debt—Fair values for subordinated debt are calculated based on its terms and were discounted to the date of the valuation to calculate the fair value on the debt. A market rate based on recent debt offering by peer bank was used to discount cash flow until reprice date and subsequently cash flow were discounted at Prime plus 2% for its security. These assumptions which may be unobservable, and considering recent trading activity of similar instruments in market which can be inactive and accordingly are classified within in Level 3 classification.

Accrued Interest Receivable—The carrying amounts of accrued interest receivable approximate fair value resulting in a Level 2 classification for accrued interest receivable on investment securities and a Level 3 classification for accrued interest receivable on loans since investment securities are generally classified using Level 2 inputs and loans are generally classified using Level 3 inputs.

Accrued Interest Payable—The carrying amounts of accrued interest payable approximate fair value resulting in a Level 2 classification, since accrued interest payable is from deposits that are generally classified using Level 2 inputs.

Off Balance Sheet Instruments—Fair values for off-balance sheet, credit-related financial instruments are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing. The fair value of commitments is not material.

 

111


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

2.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

 

Assets Recorded at Fair Value

The following tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis:

Recurring Basis

The Company is required or permitted to record the following assets at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

Description

  Fair Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  

September 30, 2019

       

Available-for-sale investment securities Debt securities:

       

Mortgage-backed and Government securities—Residential

  $ 22,237,964     $ —       $ 22,237,964     $ —    

Government agency

    8,021,842       —         8,021,842       —    

Corporate bonds

    —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

  $ 30,259,806     $ —       $ 30,259,806     $ —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Description

  Fair Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  

December 31, 2018

       

Available-for-sale investment securities Debt securities:

       

Mortgage-backed and Government securities—Residential

  $ 25,402,933     $ —       $ 25,402,933     $ —    

Government agency

    9,510,489       —         9,510,489       —    

Corporate bonds

    2,501,460       —         2,501,460       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

  $ 37,414,882     $ —       $ 37,414,882     $ —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair values for available-for-sale investment securities are based on quoted market prices for exact or similar securities. During the periods presented, there were no significant transfers in or out of Levels 1 and 2 and there were no changes in the valuation techniques used.

Non-recurring Basis

The Company may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These include assets that are measured at the lower of cost or market value that were recognized at fair value which was below cost at the reporting date. The following tables summarizes impaired loans measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

 

            Fair Value Measurements at
September 30, 2019
 
     Carrying Amount      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Impaired Loans

           

Commercial

   $ 4,201,490      $ —        $ —        $ 4,201,490  

Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis

   $ 4,201,490      $ —        $ —        $ 4,201,490  

 

            Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2018
 
     Carrying Amount      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Impaired Loans

           

Commercial

   $ 422,813      $ —        $ —        $ 422,813  

Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis

   $ 422,813      $ —        $ —        $ 422,813  

 

112


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

2.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

Assets Recorded at Fair Value (Continued)

 

The fair value of impaired loans is based upon independent market prices, estimated liquidation values of loan collateral or appraised value of the collateral as determined by third-party independent appraisers, less selling costs, generally. Level 3 fair value measurement includes other real estate owned that has been measured at fair value upon transfer to foreclosed assets and impaired loans collateralized by real property and other business asset collateral where a specific reserve has been established or a charged-off has been recorded. The unobservable inputs and qualitative information about the unobservable inputs are not presented as the inputs were not developed by the Company.

 

3.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The following table summarizes the amortized cost and fair value of securities available-for-sale at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018 and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses:

 

     September 30, 2019  
Available-for-Sale    Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Mortgage-backed and Government securities—Residential

   $ 21,757,432      $ 483,912      $ (3,380    $ 22,237,964  

Government agency

     8,000,486        21,356        —          8,021,842  

Corporate bonds

     —          —          
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

   $ 29,757,918      $ 505,268      $ (3,380    $ 30,259,806  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Held-to-maturity    Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Government agency

   $ 6,000,000      $ 8,380      $ —        $ 6,008,380  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total held-to-maturity

   $ 6,000,000      $ 8,380      $ —        $ 6,008,380  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2018  
Available-for-Sale    Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Mortgage-backed and Government securities—Residential

   $ 25,404,324      $ 104,372      $ (105,763    $ 25,402,933  

Government agency

     9,508,335        4,731        (2,577      9,510,489  

Corporate bonds

     2,501,004        631        (175      2,501,460  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

   $ 37,413,663      $ 109,734      $ (108,515    $ 37,414,882  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Held-to-maturity    Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Government agency

   $ 6,000,000      $ 6,160      $ (10,460    $ 5,995,700  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total held-to-maturity

   $ 6,000,000      $ 6,160      $ (10,460    $ 5,995,700  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

113


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

3.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)

 

Available-for-Sale

Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale investment securities totaling $501,888 were recorded, net of $148,378 in deferred tax assets, as accumulated other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity at September 30, 2019. Net unrealized holding gain arising during the period ended September 30, 2019 totaled $500,669.

Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale investment securities totaling $1,219 were recorded, net of $363 in deferred tax assets, as accumulated other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2018. Net unrealized holding gains arising during the year ended December 31, 2018 totaled $3,429.

There were no purchases of or proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale investment securities for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The Company purchased available-for-sale investment securities in the nine months ended September 30, 2018 totaling $31,617,297. There were no securities sold for the nine months ended September 30, 2018.

Held-to-Maturity

There were no held-to-maturity investment securities purchased, called or sold as of the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018. At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the net unrealized gain and loss on held-to-maturity investment securities was $8,380 and $4,300, respectively.

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities as of September 30, 2019 are shown by contractual maturity. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities if borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Securities not due at a single maturity date are shown separately.

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 

Available-for-sale

     

Mortgage-backed and government agency Securities not due at a single maturity date

   $ 29,757,918      $ 30,259,806  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Available-for-sale

   $ 29,757,918      $ 30,259,806  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity

     

Beyond ten years

   $ 6,000,000      $ 6,008,380  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Held-to-maturity

   $ 6,000,000      $ 6,008,380  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At September 30, 2019, investment securities with amortized costs totaling $35,757,918 and estimated fair values totaling $36,268,186 were pledged to secure various public time deposits.

At December 31, 2018, investment securities with amortized costs totaling $40,912,662 and estimated fair values totaling $40,913,425 were pledged to secure borrowing arrangements in place with a correspondent bank.

 

114


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

3.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)

Held-to-Maturity (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes securities with unrealized losses at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, aggregated by major security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position:

 

     Less Than 12 Months      12 Months or Longer      Total  
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

September 30, 2019

                 

Mortgage-backed and Government securities—Residential

   $ —        $ —        $ 542,983      $ 3,380      $ 542,983      $ 3,380  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

   $ —        $ —        $ 542,983      $ 3,380      $ 542,983      $ 3,380  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

                 

Mortgage-backed and Government securities—Residential

   $ 437,958      $ 1,076      $ 7,777,565      $ 104,687      $ 8,215,523      $ 105,763  

Government agency

     2,181,544        2,577        —          —          2,181,544        2,577  

Corporate bonds

     500,070        175        —          —          500,070        175  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

   $ 3,119,572      $ 3,828      $ 7,777,565      $ 104,687      $ 10,897,137      $ 108,515  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Government agency

   $ 1,989,540      $ 10,460      $ —        $ —        $ 1,989,540      $ 10,460  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total held-to-maturity

   $ 1,989,540      $ 10,460      $ —        $ —        $ 1,989,540      $ 10,460  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At September 30, 2019, the Company’s investment security portfolio consisted of 24 securities, one of which was in an unrealized loss position at period end.

Management believes that changes in the market value of its Mortgage-Backed-Securities and corporate securities since purchase are primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and relative illiquidity and not credit quality. Because the Company does not intend to sell and is unlikely to be required to sell until a recovery of fair value, which may be at maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at September 30, 2019.

At December 31, 2018, the Company’s investment security portfolio consisted of 27 securities, 15 of which were in an unrealized loss position at year end. One security was a government agency guaranteed by the SBA. One security was a government agency guaranteed by a U.S. government-sponsored entity. One security was a corporate security with an investment grade credit rating.

Twelve of the securities in a loss position were Mortgage-Backed-Securities. Management believes that changes in the market value of its Mortgage-Backed-Securities and corporate securities since purchase are primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and relative illiquidity and not credit quality. Because the Company does not intend to sell and unlikely to be required to sell until a recovery of fair value, which may be at maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2018.

At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government Agencies, in an amount greater than 10.0% of shareholder’s equity. At September 30, 2019, total investment securities pledged at another correspondent bank were $36,259,806. At December 31, 2018, total investment securities pledged at another correspondent bank were $40,913,425.

 

115


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

4.

LOANS

Outstanding loans are summarized below:

 

     September 30      December 31  
     2019      2018  

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 402,302,615      $ 336,234,467  

Real Estate—Construction & Land

     32,546,423        42,294,500  

Real Estate—Other

     484,606,056        451,850,943  

Real Estate—HELOC

     1,714,089        2,064,056  

Installment and Other

     12,109,113        12,284,106  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     933,278,296        844,728,072  

Deferred loan origination costs, net

     2,391,716        2,203,164  

Allowance for loan losses

     (10,412,587      (10,800,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 925,257,425      $ 836,131,236  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits totaling $3,115,390 and $4,037,522 were deferred as loan origination costs for the period ended September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

Loans with carrying values totaling approximately $388,835,137 and $390,183,686 were pledged to secure borrowing arrangements at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively (see Note 10).

 

116


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

5.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

The following table shows the changes in and allocation of the allowance for loan losses for the periods ended September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018 by portfolio segment, as well as the balances of the allowance for loan losses and loans by portfolio segment and impairment methodology:

 

    Commercial &
Industrial
    Real Estate
Construction
& Land
    Real Estate -
Other
    Real Estate
HELOC
    Installment
& Other
    Total  

Allowance for Loan Losses September 30, 2019

           

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 5,577,564     $ 1,493,045     $ 3,703,298     $ 15,762     $ 10,331     $ 10,800,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

    2,389,050       (616,282     (571,523     (7,060     131,956       1,326,141  

Loans charged-off

    1,603,413       —         —         —         136,541       1,739,954  

Recoveries of loans previously charged-off

    26,400       —         —         —         —         26,400  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance allocated to portfolio segments

  $ 6,389,601     $ 876,763     $ 3,131,775     $ 8,702     $ 5,746     $ 10,412,587  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 525,548     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 525,548  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 5,864,053     $ 876,763     $ 3,131,775     $ 8,702     $ 5,746     $ 9,887,039  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Commercial &
Industrial
    Real Estate
Construction
& Land
    Real Estate -
Other
    Real Estate
HELOC
    Installment
& Other
    Total  

Loans—September 30, 2019

           

Ending balance

  $ 402,302,615     $ 32,546,423     $ 484,606,056     $ 1,714,089     $ 12,109,113     $ 933,278,296  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 6,478,177     $ —       $ 695,877     $ —       $ —       $ 7,174,054  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 395,824,438     $ 32,546,423     $ 483,910,179     $ 1,714,089     $ 12,109,113     $ 926,104,242  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

117


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

5.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)

 

    Commercial &
Industrial
    Real Estate
Construction &
Land
    Real Estate -
Other
    Real Estate
HELOC
    Installment
& Other
    Total  

Allowance for Loan Losses September 30, 2018

           

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 5,529,735     $ 769,719     $ 2,929,445     $ 42,077     $ 29,024     $ 9,300,000  

Provision for loan losses

    (43,313     113,170       808,617       (17,242     (16,932     844,800  

Loans charged-off

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Recoveries of loans previously charged-off

    55,200       —         —         —         —         55,200  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance allocated to portfolio segments

  $ 5,577,564     $ 883,389     $ 3,738,062     $ 24,835     $ 12,092     $ 10,200,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 159,500     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 159,500  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 5,382,122     $ 883,389     $ 3,738,062     $ 24,835     $ 12,092     $ 10,040,500  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Commercial &
Industrial
    Real Estate
Construction &
Land
    Real Estate -
Other
    Real Estate
HELOC
    Installment
& Other
    Total  

Loans—September 30, 2018

           

Ending balance

  $ 324,385,526     $ 46,990,671     $ 397,465,694     $ 1,976,615     $ 12,159,654     $ 782,978,160  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 3,793,948     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 3,793,946  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 320,591,578     $ 46,990,671     $ 397,465,694     $ 1,976,615     $ 12,159,654     $ 779,184,212  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table shows the loan portfolio allocated by management’s internal risk ratings at September 30, 2019:

 

     Credit Exposure
Credit Risk Profile by Internally Assigned Grade
 
     Commercial &
Industrial
     Real Estate
Construction &
Land
     Real Estate -
Other
     Real Estate
HELOC
     Installment &
Other
     Total  

Grade:

                 

Pass

   $ 382,593,852      $ 32,546,423      $ 477,641,849      $ 1,714,089      $ 12,109,113      $ 906,605,326  

Special Mention

     14,209,415        —          1,571,028        —          —          15,780,443  

Substandard

     5,499,348        —          5,393,179        —          —          10,892,527  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 402,302,615      $ 32,546,423      $ 484,606,056      $ 1,714,089      $ 12,109,113      $ 933,278,296  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

118


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

5.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)

 

The following table shows the loan portfolio allocated by management’s internal risk ratings at December 31, 2018:

 

     Credit Exposure Credit Risk Profile by Internally Assigned Grade  
     Commercial &
Industrial
     Real Estate
Construction &
Land
     Real Estate -
Other
     Real Estate
HELOC
     Installment &
Other
     Total  

Grade:

                 

Pass

   $ 322,086,369      $ 42,294,500      $ 446,666,113      $ 2,064,056      $ 12,284,106      $ 825,395,144  

Special Mention

     8,552,214        —          —          —          —          8,552,214  

Substandard

     5,595,884        —          5,184,830        —          —          10,780,714  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 336,234,467      $ 42,294,500      $ 451,850,943      $ 2,064,056      $ 12,284,106      $ 844,728,072  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables show an aging analysis of the loan portfolio by the time past due at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018:

 

September 30, 2019                                          
    30-59 Days
Past Due
    60-89 Days
Past Due
    Over 89 Days
Past Due
    Nonaccrual     Total
Past Due
    Current     Total  

Commercial & Industrial

  $ 617,004     $ —       $ —       $ 4,674,838     $ 5,291,842     $ 397,010,773     $ 402,302,615  

Real Estate - Construction & Land

    —         —         —         —         —         32,546,423       32,546,423  

Real Estate - Other

    1,884,696       1,517,024       —         —         3,401,720       481,204,338       484,606,058  

Real Estate - HELOC

    —         —         —         —         —         1,714,087       1,714,087  

Installment & Other

    —         —         —         —         —         12,109,113       12,109,113  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 2,501,700     $ 1,517,024     $ —       $ 4,674,838     $ 8,693,562     $ 924,584,734     $ 933,278,296  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018                                          
    30-59 Days
Past Due
    60-89 Days
Past Due
    Over 89 Days
Past Due
    Nonaccrual     Total
Past Due
    Current     Total  

Commercial & Industrial

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 4,463,232     $ 4,463,232     $ 331,771,235     $ 336,234,467  

Real Estate - Construction & Land

    —         —         —         —         —         42,294,500       42,294,500  

Real Estate - Other

    —         —         —         —         —         451,850,943       451,850,943  

Real Estate - HELOC

    —         —         —         —         —         2,064,056       2,064,056  

Installment & Other

    —         —         —         —         —         12,284,106       12,284,106  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 4,463,232     $ 4,463,232     $ 840,264,840     $ 844,728,072  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following tables show the recorded investment in non-accrual and loans past due over 89 days still on accrual by class of loans at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018:

 

     Non-accrual      Loans Past Due Over
89 Days Still Accruing
 
     Sep 30, 2019      Dec 31, 2018      Sep 30, 2019      Dec 31, 2018  

Commercial

   $ 4,674,838      $ 4,463,232      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,674,838      $ 4,463,232      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

119


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

5.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)

 

Impaired Loans

The following table shows information related to impaired loans at and for the period ended September 30, 2019:

 

     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

With no related allowance recorded:

              

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 1,708,840      $ 1,718,184      $ —        $ 1,686,068      $ 53,478  

Real Estate - Other

     695,879        695,879        —          703,433        6,134  

With an allowance recorded:

              

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 4,769,337      $ 5,003,630      $ 459,549      $ 6,519,649      $ 146,042  

Total:

              

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 6,478,177      $ 6,721,814      $ 459,549      $ 8,205,717      $ 199,520  

Real Estate - Other

     695,879        695,879        —          703,433        6,134  

The following table shows information related to impaired loans at and for the year ended December 31, 2018:

 

     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

With no related allowance recorded:

              

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 3,058,087      $ 3,119,726      $ —        $ 3,804,794      $ 138,840  

With an allowance recorded:

              

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 3,341,965      $ 3,341,965      $ 204,995      $ 3,511,690      $ 126,050  

Total:

              

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 6,400,052      $ 6,461,691      $ 204,995      $ 7,316,484      $ 264,890  

Interest forgone on nonaccrual loans totaled $405,606 and $46,229 for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. There was no interest recognized on a cash-basis on impaired loans for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2019 and 2018.

The recorded investment in impaired loans in the tables above excludes accrued interest receivable and net deferred loan origination costs due to their immateriality.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

At September 30, 2019, the Company had a recorded investment in TDRs of $774,123 and had allocated specific reserves totaling $38,219. At December 31, 2018, the Company had a recorded investment in TDRs of $930,123 and had allocated specific reserves totaling $29,772 related to loans with terms that had been modified in TDRs. The Company has no commitments as of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018 to customers with outstanding loans that are classified as troubled TDRs.

There was no loan modified during the period ending September 30, 2019. During the year ending December 31, 2018 one modification involved the partial term-out (with principal and interest payments due monthly) and a balloon payment due in 2020.

 

120


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

5.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)

Troubled Debt Restructurings (Continued)

 

The following table presents loans by class modified as TDRs that occurred during the year ending December 31, 2018:

     Number
of
Loans
     Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 

December 31, 2018

                   

Troubled Debt Restructurings:

        

Commercial & industrial

     1      $ 100,000      $ 100,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

No loans were modified as TDRs in the nine months ending September 30, 2019.

TDRs for December 31, 2018 increased the allowance for loan losses by $4,336. In period ended September 30, 2019, there was no payment default relative to TDR. In 2018, one TDR had a payment default, but was fully paid off as of December 31, 2018.

A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 90 days contractually past due under the modified terms.

 

6.

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     September 30      December 31  
     2019      2018  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

   $ 3,720,607      $ 3,340,495  

Leasehold improvements

     2,905,430        2,905,430  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     6,626,037        6,245,925  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (4,709,279      (4,169,551
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,916,758      $ 2,076,374  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization included in occupancy and equipment expense totaled $539,727 and $602,184, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018.

 

7.

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

At both September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company’s goodwill totaled $7,350,465.

The Company analyzes its goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests in certain circumstances such as upon material adverse changes in legal, business, regulatory and economic factors. Impairment exists when the Bank’s carrying value of goodwill exceeds its fair value, which is determined through a qualitative assessment.

At December 31, 2018, the Company had positive equity and the Company elected to perform a qualitative assessment to determine if it was more likely than not that the fair value of the Bank exceeded its carrying value, including goodwill. The qualitative assessment indicated that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the Bank exceeded its carrying value, resulting in no impairment.

 

121


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

7.

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

 

Other Intangible Assets

The core deposit intangible (“CDI”) is evaluated for impairment if events and circumstances indicate a possible impairment. The CDI is amortized on a straight line basis over an estimated life of 10 years.

Impairment testing of the intangible assets is performed at the individual asset level. The Company’s intangibles are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. If such events or changes in circumstances are identified, an impairment adjustment is recognized if the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value. If an impairment exists, the carrying amount of the intangible asset is adjusted to a new cost basis. The new cost basis is then amortized over the remaining useful life of the asset.

At December 31, 2018, the Company identified an intangible asset impairment and recorded an additional $105,134 CDI amortization expense with a new cost basis for the CDI of $285,793. The facts that led to an impairment of CDI were lower than forecast remaining deposit balances from the PPB acquisition on December 31, 2015. CDI amortization expense totaled $30,643 and $41,855 for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively. The following table provides the estimated future amortization expense of core deposit intangibles:

 

Year Ending

December 31,

      

2020

   $ 40,828  

2021

     40,828  

2022

     40,828  

2023

     40,828  

2024 and after

     81,632  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 244,944  
  

 

 

 

 

8.

INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018 was $2,309,385 and $2,396,911, respectively.

The Company’s reported amount of income tax expense differs from federal statutory rates in 2019 and 2018 due principally to California franchise taxes, low-income housing tax credits and tax-exempt income. A reconciliation of the tax provision based on the statutory corporate rate of 21% for 2019 and 2018 on pretax income is as follows:

 

     September 30,  
     2019     2018  

Statutory Federal income tax rate

     21.0     21.0

State income taxes, net of Federal tax benefit

     7.5       6.7  

Low income housing credits, net of investment losses

     -1.1       0.7  

Earnings from bank owned life insurance

     -0.9       -0.4  

Share-based compensation

     -0.1       -4.1  

Other, net

     0.1       2.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     26.5     26.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

122


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

8.

INCOME TAXES (Continued)

 

As a result of the merger with PPB, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards. Pursuant to Sections 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, annual use of net operating loss carryforwards may be limited in the event of a change in ownership. Net operating losses acquired from PPB are subject to Section 382 annual limitations in the amount of approximately $640,000 per year. At September 30, 2019, net operating loss carryforwards for Federal and California income tax purposes totaled $5,029,203, and $4,978,480, respectively, and will begin to expire in 2029.

For the tax period ended September 30, 2019, the Company filed income tax returns in the U.S. Federal and various state jurisdictions. For the tax year 2018, the Company filed income tax returns in the U.S. Federal and various state jurisdictions. There are currently no pending U.S. Federal or state income tax or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities. The Company is no longer subject to tax examinations by U.S. Federal and state taxing authorities for years prior to 2015 for Federal tax returns and 2014 for state tax returns.

The Company is required to determine a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company will continue to evaluate both positive and negative evidence, including forecasts of future income, cumulative losses, applicable tax planning strategies, and assessments of current and future economic and business conditions. The Company believes that a valuation allowance is not needed to reduce the deferred tax assets as it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets. As of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, there were no unrecognized tax benefits or interest and penalties accrued by the Company.

 

9.

INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS

Interest-bearing deposits consisted of the following:

 

     September 30      December 31  
     2019      2018  

Savings

   $ 61,670,867      $ 52,399,522  

Money market

     336,571,730        339,889,794  

Interest-bearing demand accounts

     22,895,570        32,649,941  

Time, more than $100,000

     120,201,886        90,854,857  

Other time

     9,280,626        6,057,208  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 550,620,679      $ 521,851,322  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Time deposits of $250,000 or more were approximately $63,500,000 and $61,883,000 at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

Aggregate annual maturities of time deposits are as follows:

 

Period Ending

December 31,

      

2019

   $ 55,898,762  

2020

     71,448,056  

2021

     1,460,104  

2022

     381,546  

2023

     294,044  
  

 

 

 
   $ 129,482,512  
  

 

 

 

 

123


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

9.

INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS (Continued)

 

Interest expense recognized on interest-bearing deposits for the periods September 30, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following:

 

     September 30      September 30  
     2019      2018  

Savings

   $ 321,549      $ 154,317  

Money market

     3,039,968        1,910,764  

Interest-bearing demand accounts

     17,239        15,608  

Time, more than $100,000

     1,670,455        938,120  

Other time

     63,226        46,655  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 5,112,437      $ 3,065,464  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

10.

BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS

The Company has a borrowing arrangement with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (FRB) under which advances are secured by portions of the Bank’s loan and investment securities portfolios. The Company’s credit limit varies according to the amount and composition of the assets pledged as collateral. At September 30, 2019, amounts pledged and available borrowing capacity under such limits were approximately $214,301,396 and $134,511,055. At December 31, 2018, amounts pledged and available borrowing capacity under such limits were approximately $211,428,000 and $131,923,000, respectively. There were no borrowings outstanding under this arrangement as of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

The Company has a borrowing arrangement with the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) under which advances are secured by portions of the Bank’s loan portfolio. The Bank’s credit limit varies according to its total assets and the amount and composition of the loan portfolio pledged as collateral. At September 30, 2019, amounts pledged and available borrowing capacity under such limits were approximately $174,533,741 and $147,891,236, respectively. At December 31, 2018, amounts pledged and available borrowing capacity under such limits were approximately $171,305,000 and $156,305,000, respectively. There were $20,000,000 outstanding under this arrangement as of September 30, 2019. Out of the $20,000,000, $10,000,000 was an overnight borrowing at a fixed rate of 2.08%. In June 2019, the Company secured a $10,000,000 FHLB term borrowing for two years maturing in June 2021 at a fixed rate of 1.89%. There were no borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2018.

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank are as follows:

 

     December 31  
     2019      2018  

Maturities

     

Overnight

   $ 10,000,000      $ —    

June 21, 2012

     10,000,000        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 20,000,000      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Each advance is payable at its maturity date, with a prepayment penalty for fixed rate advances. The advances were fully collateralized by first mortgage loans under a blanket lien arranged at December 31, 2019.

Under agreements with several correspondent banks, the Company can borrow up to $61,000,000. In a separate agreement, the Company can borrow up to $10,000,000 or the total market value of securities

 

124


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

10.

BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS (Continued)

 

pledged to a correspondent bank under a repurchase agreement. At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, there were no investment securities pledged to the correspondent bank under this agreement. There were no borrowings outstanding under these arrangements at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

The Bank issued $5,000,000 in subordinated debt on April 15, 2016. The subordinated debt has a fixed interest rate of 5.875% for the first 5 years. After the fifth year, the interest rate changes to a variable rate of Prime plus 2.00%. The subordinated debt was recorded net of related issuance costs of $86,578. On September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the balances were $4,972,907 and $4,960,028, net of issuance cost, respectively.

The Company maintains a revolving line of credit with a commitment of $15,000,000 for one-year at a rate of Prime plus 0.40%. At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, no borrowings were outstanding under this line of credit.

 

11.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Deposit Concentrations

At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, there were no deposit relationships that exceeded 5% of total deposits.

Contingencies

The Company may be subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the amount of ultimate liability with respect to such actions will not materially affect the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

 

12.

LOAN COMMITMENTS AND OTHER RELATED ACTIVITIES

Correspondent Banking Agreements

The Company maintains funds on deposit with other federally insured financial institutions under correspondent banking agreements. Insured financial institution deposits up to $250,000 are fully insured by the FDIC under the FDIC’s general deposit insurance rules.

At September 30, 2019, uninsured deposits at financial institutions were approximately $4,250,000. At December 31, 2018, uninsured deposits at financial institutions were approximately $2,250,000.    

Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business in order to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates.

The following financial instruments represent off-balance-sheet credit risk:

 

     Sep 30, 2019      Dec 31, 2018  
     Fixed Rate      Variable Rate      Fixed Rate      Variable Rate  

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 14,395,777      $ 314,889,675      $ 7,800,203      $ 317,669,989  

Standby letters of credit

     —          6,722,533        1,000,000        6,500,272  

Commitments to make loans are generally made for periods from 12 month to 24 month. The fixed rate loan commitments have interest rates ranging from 3.50% to 9.50%.

 

125


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

12.

LOAN COMMITMENTS AND OTHER RELATED ACTIVITIES (Continued)

Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk (Continued)

 

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for loans included on the balance sheet.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies, but may include accounts receivable, inventory, and deeds of trust on residential real estate and income-producing commercial properties.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a client to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to clients. The fair value of the liability related to these standby letters of credit, which represents the fees received for issuing the guarantees, was not significant at December 31, 2018 and 2017. The Company recognizes these fees as revenue over the term of the commitment or when the commitment is used.

At September 30, 2019, commercial loan commitments represent approximately 81% of total commitments and are generally unsecured or secured by collateral other than real estate and have variable interest rates. At December 31, 2018, commercial loan commitments represent approximately 80% of total commitments and are generally unsecured or secured by collateral other than real estate and have variable interest rates. Real estate related loan commitments represent approximately 18% of total commitments and are generally secured by real property with a loan-to-value ratio not to exceed 75%. The majority of real estate related loan commitments also have variable interest rates.

Significant Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Company grants real estate mortgage, real estate construction, commercial and installment loans to customers in the Company’s geographic service area. Commercial & industrial loans and real estate loans represented 42% and 54% of total loans, respectively, at December 31, 2018. Although management believes such concentrations to have no more than the normal risk of collectability, a substantial decline in the economy in general, or a decline in real estate values in the Company’s primary market area in particular, could have an adverse impact on collectability of these loans. Personal and business income represents the primary source of repayment for a majority of these loans.

 

13.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company enters into transactions with related parties, including directors, executive officers and affiliates.

 

126


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

13.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

 

The following is a summary of the aggregate activity involving related party borrowers during the periods ended September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018:

 

Balance, January 1, 2018

   $ 7,609,851  
  

 

 

 

New Loans & Disbursements

     3,000,000  

Amounts repaid

     (1,043,788
  

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2018

   $ 9,566,063  
  

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2019

   $ 6,447,354  
  

 

 

 

New Loans & Disbursements

     1,255,148  

Amounts repaid

     (359,082
  

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2019

   $ 7,343,420  
  

 

 

 

Undisbursed commitments to related parties, September 30, 2019

   $ 20,057,774  
  

 

 

 

At September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company’s deposits from related parties totaled approximately $27,370,116 and $36,994,857, respectively.

The Company also leases its Lafayette office from a company owned by a member of the Board of Directors. Rental payments under this agreement totaled $272,002 and $358,593 for September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

During 2019 and 2018, the Company purchased marketing and promotional services from a company that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of a partnership whose managing partner/CEO is a member of the Board of Directors. Amounts paid pursuant to this agreement totaled $508,464 and $180,046 in the nine month periods ended September 30, 2019 and 2018.

 

14.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Topic 606 utilizing the modified retrospective transition method. The core principle of Topic 606 (and all subsequent updates) is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. Topic 606 does not apply to revenue such as loans fees, gains or losses on sales of loans, gains or losses on sales of investment securities, and earnings on bank owned life insurance. The adoption did not have a material impact on the financial condition or results of operations as revenue recognition under the new standards did not change significantly from our current practice of recognizing the in-scope non-interest income.

Non-interest income such as deposit related fees is in-scope of Topic 606. Deposit related fees are such as service charges, account analysis fees and NSF fees.

Service charges on deposit accounts consist of monthly maintenance fees, business account analysis fees, business online banking fees, check order charges, and other deposit account-related fees. Performance obligations for monthly maintenance fees and account analysis fees are satisfied, and the related revenue recognized, when the Company completed performance obligation each month. Performance obligations related to transaction-based services (such as check orders) are satisfied, and the related revenue recognized, at a point in time when completed, except for business accounts subject to analysis where the transaction-based fees are part of the monthly account analysis fees.

 

127


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

14.

REVENUE RECOGNITION (Continued)

 

The following presents service charges and other fees in-scope and out-of-scope of Topic 606, for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2019      2018  

Service charges and other fees (in-scope of Topic 606) Deposit related fees

   $ 756,787      $ 766,756  

Service charges and other fees (out-of-scope of Topic 606) Loan related fees

     1,393,944        1,151,518  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Service charges and other fees

   $ 2,150,731      $ 1,918,274  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

15.

LEASES

The Company currently operates from eight offices including three banking branches in Lafayette, Fremont and San Jose, California, and five loan production offices in Oakland, Walnut Creek, San Jose, and Sacramento California

The Lafayette office lease, dated June, 2007, as amended, had a 90 month initial term from the date of occupancy in November 2007. The Company has executed several renewal amendments with a current leased premises of approximately 7,000 square feet. The current lease term is five years from October 2015 to September 2020 with one 60 month renewal option. This office is leased from an affiliated party.

The Company leases premises with approximately 20,200 square feet in Oakland, California for a loan production and administrative office. The lease for the Oakland loan production and administrative office is for an initial term of seven years, with a 60 month renewal option. The current term of the lease expires on January 31, 2023.

The Company leases premises with approximately 4,000 square feet in San Jose, California for a loan production office. The lease for the San Jose loan production office is for an initial term of seven years, with a 60 month renewal option. The current term of the lease expires on February 1, 2023.

The Company leases premises with approximately 8,500 square feet in Fremont, California as a branch office. The lease for the Fremont branch office was assumed in the merger with PPB and had an initial term of ten years, with an 84 month renewal option. The current term of the lease expires on June 30, 2022.

The Company leases premises with approximately 6,584 square feet in San Jose, California as a branch office. The lease for the San Jose branch office was assumed in the merger with PPB and had an initial term of 88 months. The Company has executed an amendment with a current leased premises. The current term of the lease expires on September 1, 2026.

The Company leases premises with approximately 3,900 square feet in Walnut Creek, California as a loan production office. The lease for the Walnut Creek office is for an initial term of seven years, with a 60 month renewal option. The Company has executed an amendment with a current leased premises to expand approximately 6,491 square feet. The current term of the lease expires on December 18, 2027.

Rental expense included in occupancy and equipment expense totaled $1,335,327 and $1,484,114 for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). Under the new guidance, the company recognizes the following for all leases). Under the new guidance, the Company recognizes the following for all leases, at the commencement date: (1) a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and (2) a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the

 

128


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

15.

LEASES (Continued)

 

lease term. In discounting the lease payments, the Company uses an incremental borrowing rate represented by the rate it could borrow from the FHLB plus an appropriate credit spread. The Company is impacted as a lessee of the offices and real estate used for operations. The Company’s lease agreements include options to renew at the Company’s option. No lease extensions are reasonably certain to be exercised, therefore none were considered in the calculation of the ROU asset and lease liability. At implementation on January 1, 2019, the impact to operating lease ROU assets, included in other assets, and lease liabilities, included in other liabilities, totaled $4,835,447 and 5,243,672, respectively.

The following table presents the quantitative information for the Company’s leases:

 

     September 30,
2019
 

Operating Lease Cost (Cost resulting from lease payments)

   $ 1,273,000  

Operating Lease—Operating Cash Flows (Fixed Payments)

   $ 1,239,000  

Operating Lease—ROU assets

   $ 5,934,000  

Operating Lease—Liabilities

   $ 6,066,000  

Weighted Average Lease Term—Operating Leases

     4.11 years  

Weighted Average Discount Rate—Operating Leases

     2.74

In addition, subsequent to September 30, 2019, the Company has entered into lease agreements to expand facilities in Walnut Creek, Sacramento and Chico, California. These lease commitments represent additional ROU assets and ROU liabilities of $5.2 million in aggregate at commencement.

The Following maturity analysis shows the undiscounted cash flows due on the Company’s operating lease liabilities:

 

     September 30,
2019
 

2019

   $ 453,000  

2020

     1,866,000  

2021

     1,643,000  

2022

     1,600,000  

2023

     479,000  

Thereafter

     1,148,000  
  

 

 

 

Total undiscounted cash flows

     7,189,000  

Discount on cash flows

     (1,123,000
  

 

 

 

Total lease liability

     6,066,000  
  

 

 

 

 

129


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

15.

LEASES (Continued)

 

For comparative purpose as of December 31, 2018, the following future minimum lease payments prior to applying the modified retrospective method of ASU 2016-02 implementation are as follows:

 

     Year Ending
December 31,
 

2019

   $ 1,419,040  

2020

     1,565,891  

2021

     1,331,967  

2022

     1,371,926  

2023

     479,577  

Thereafter

     1,115,353  
  

 

 

 
   $ 7,283,754  
  

 

 

 

 

16.

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Share-Based Compensation Plans

The Company declared a 5% stock dividend on August 7, 2017 which increased the number of shares outstanding for stock options and common stock eligible for issuance under the Plans.

The Company has adopted the California BanCorp 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”), which was approved by shareholders and permits the grant of stock options and restricted stock for up to 404,235 shares of the Company’s common stock, of which 13,091 shares and 39,123 shares were available for future grant at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. As adjusted for stock dividend, the number of shares available for grant under the 2014 Plan increased to 404,235 shares from 384,986 shares.

The Company has adopted the California BanCorp 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2017 Plan”), which was approved by its shareholders and permits the grant of stock options and restricted stock for up to 420,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, of which 189,428 shares and 367,674 shares were available for future grant at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018. As adjusted for the stock dividend, the number of shares available for grant 2017 Plan was increased to 420,000 shares from 400,000 shares. The amount, frequency, and terms of share-based awards may vary based on competitive practices, the Company’s operating results and government regulations. New shares are issued upon option exercise or restricted share grants. Shares may also be granted under the 2017 Plan that vest immediately without restriction. Neither the 2017 Plan nor the 2014 Plan provides for the settlement of awards in cash. Both Plans are designed to attract and retain employees and directors.

Stock Option Awards

At September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, the compensation cost recognized for stock option awards was $284,446 and $238,766, respectively.

 

130


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

16.

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

Stock Option Awards (Continued)

 

A summary of option activity under the 2014 Plan and 2017 Plan for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018 is presented below:

 

Options

   Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2018

     715,054     $ 11.16        

Granted

     92,854     $ 22.20        

Exercised

     (376,561   $ 8.00        

Forfeited or canceled

     (55,659   $ 16.37        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding September 30, 2018

     375,688     $ 14.30        
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Outstanding at January 1, 2019

     365,441     $ 14.40        

Granted

     152,642     $ 19.79        

Exercised

     (42,871   $ 9.34        

Forfeited or canceled

     —       $ —          
  

 

 

         

Outstanding September 30, 2019

     475,212     $ 16.59        7.24      $ 1,496,860  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested or expected to vest at September 30, 2019

     265,901     $ 19.42        8.79      $ 182,767  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at September 30, 2019

     200,974     $ 12.65        5.14      $ 1,313,386  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Information related to the stock option plan during each period follows:

 

     September 30,
2019
     December 31,
2018
 

Intrinsic value of options exercised

   $ 513,215      $ 5,364,468  

Cash received from option exercises

     309,887        3,052,008  

Weighted average fair value of options granted

   $ 7.23      $ 8.00  

As of September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, the unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock option awards totaled $1,877,557 and $797,200, respectively. That cost is expected to be amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average period of 8.79 years and will be adjusted for subsequent changes in estimated forfeitures.

The following information relates to stock option grants granted during the period ended September 30, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018:

 

     September 30
2019
    December 31
2018
 

Weighted average grant date fair value per share of options granted

   $ 9.78     $ 6.32  

Significant fair value assumptions:

    

Expected term in years

     8 years       6 years  

Expected annual volatility

     31.20     22.98

Expected annual dividend yield

     0     0

Risk-free interest rate

     1.96     2.57

 

131


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

16.

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

 

Stock Awards

Six stock awards totaling 5,037 shares were granted and issued during the period ended September 30, 2019. These stock awards were fully vested upon grant. The grant date fair value of these awards was $19.37 per share, or $97,568 which was recorded as non-employee compensation expense for the period ended September 30, 2019.

Two stock awards totaling 5,000 shares were granted and issued during the year ended September 30, 2018. These stock awards were fully vested upon grant. The grant date fair value of these awards was $22.90 per share, or $114,500 which was recorded as non-employee compensation expense for the period ended September 30, 2018.

Restricted Stock Units

The following restricted stock unit information is for periods ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018:

 

     September 30, 2019      September 30, 2018  
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value Per
Share
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value Per
Share
 

Nonvested, beginning of year

     97,473     $ 21.68        30,596     $ 20.25  

Granted

     63,190       19.60        74,846       22.14  

Vested

     (22,836     19.02        (1,326     18.60  

Forfeited

     (3,500     22.60        (5,400     22.04  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested, end of year

     134,327     $ 21.13        98,716     $ 21.61  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the period ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018, the compensation cost recognized for restricted stock units was $366,215 and $181,182, respectively. As of September 30, 2019, the unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock units totaled $2,852,041. As of September 30, 2018, the unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock units totaled $1,518,283. Restricted stock units granted during 2017 that were vested as of December 31, 2018 are payable in shares to the holders. Units granted with these terms are, therefore, fully expensed as of the year-end but not reflected in shares outstanding until the payout date.

 

17.

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock Private Placement

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company completed an offering of its common stock. Proceeds totaling $23,576,730, from the sale of 1,177,000 shares were recorded, net of $1,434,520 in stock offering costs. The Company used the additional capital to pay off senior notes and allow for additional growth and for general business purposes.

Dividends

Upon declaration by the Board of Directors, all shareholders of record will be entitled to receive dividends. The California Financial Code restricts the total dividend payment of any state banking association in any calendar year to the lesser of (1) the Company’s retained earnings or (2) the Company’s net income for its last three fiscal years, less distributions made to shareholders during the same three-year period.

 

132


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

17.

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Continued)

 

Stock Dividend

On August 7, 2017, the Company declared a 5% stock dividend that was payable on August 31, 2017 to shareholders of record as of the close of trading on August 18, 2017, with cash paid for any fractional shares. As a result of the stock dividend, the Company issued 303,407 shares of its common stock. The stock dividend was recorded as of August 31, 2017 and resulted in an increase in common stock and a corresponding decrease of retained earnings in the amount of $5,642,058. In addition, the Company paid $1,982 for fractional common shares on August 31, 2017.

Regulatory Capital

The Company and the Bank are subject to certain regulatory capital requirements administered by the FRB and the FDIC. Failure to meet these minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Under capital adequacy guidelines, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. These quantitative measures are established by regulation and require that minimum amounts and ratios of total capital, Tier 1 capital and common equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) capital to risk-weighted assets and of Tier 1 capital to average assets be maintained. Capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

As of January 1, 2015, the Bank became subject to new capital requirement and certain provision of new rules will be phased in from 2015 through 2019. Under the Basel III rules, the Bank must hold a capital conservation buffer above the adequately capitalized risk-based ratios. The implementation of the capital conservation buffer began on January 1, 2016 at 0.625% and will be phased in over a four-year period (increasing by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019). Thus, when fully phased-in on January 1, 2019, the Bank will be required to maintain this additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of CET1. As of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the capital conservation buffer requirement was 2.50% and 1.875%, respectively.

The Bank is also subject to additional capital guidelines under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, Tier 1 leverage and common equity Tier 1 risk-based ratios as set forth in the table on the following page. As of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under these guidelines. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed this category. Management believes that the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements as of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

 

133


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

17.

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Continued)

Regulatory Capital (Continued)

 

The Company’s consolidated capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table as of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

 

     September 30, 2019     December 31, 2018  
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

Common Equity Tier 1 Risk

          

Based Capital Ratio

          

California BanCorp

   $ 120,098,000        10.89   $ 112,544,000        11.18

Leverage Ratio

          

California BanCorp

   $ 120,098,000        11.44   $ 112,544,000        11.57

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio

          

California BanCorp

   $ 120,098,000        10.89   $ 112,544,000        11.18

Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio

          

California BanCorp

   $ 136,008,060        12.33   $ 128,454,000        12.76

The Bank’s capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table together with capital adequacy requirements, under the Basel III regulatory requirements as of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

 

     September 30, 2019     December 31, 2018  
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

Common Equity Tier 1 Risk

          

Based Capital Ratio

          

California Bank of Commerce

   $ 117,859,000        10.68   $ 110,069,000        10.94

To be “Well-Capitalized” under prompt corrective action regulation

   $ 71,729,000        6.50   $ 65,402,000        6.50

Required for capital adequacy purposes (including capital conservation buffer)

   $ 77,248,000        7.00   $ 64,144,000        6.375

Leverage Ratio

          

California Bank of Commerce

   $ 117,859,000        11.22   $ 110,069,000        11.31

To be “Well-Capitalized” under prompt corrective action regulation

   $ 52,523,000        5.00   $ 48,648,000        5.00

Required for capital adequacy purposes

   $ 42,018,000        4.00   $ 38,918,000        4.00

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio

          

California Bank of Commerce

   $ 117,859,000        10.68   $ 110,069,000        10.94

To be “Well-Capitalized” under prompt corrective action regulation

   $ 88,282,000        8.00   $ 80,495,000        8.00

Required for capital adequacy purposes (including capital conservation buffer)

   $ 93,801,000        8.50   $ 79,237,000        7.875

Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio

          

California Bank of Commerce

   $ 133,430,000        12.09   $ 125,979,000        12.52

To be “Well-Capitalized” under prompt corrective action regulation

   $ 110,353,000        10.00   $ 100,619,000        10.00

Required for capital adequacy purposes (including capital conservation buffer)

   $ 115,871,000        10.50   $ 99,361,000        9.875

 

134


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

 

17.

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Continued)

Regulatory Capital (Continued)

 

The issuance of senior notes qualifies as Tier 1 capital for the Bank under the guidelines established by the Federal Reserve Bank. The subordinated debt qualifies as Tier 2 capital for the Company and the Bank under the guidelines established by the Federal Reserve Bank. The subordinated debt is included in the total risk-based capital ratio at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018 and had no effect on the other regulatory capital ratios of the Company and the Bank.

 

135


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

AND FOR THE YEARS THEN ENDED

AND

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC

ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

136


Table of Contents
     

Crowe LLP

Independent Member Crowe Global

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Shareholders and the Board of Directors of

California BanCorp

Lafayette, California

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of California BanCorp (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Crowe LLP

Crowe LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2011.

Sacramento, California

March 31, 2019

 

137


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2018 and 2017

 

     2018      2017  
ASSETS      

Cash and due from banks

   $ 23,477,741      $ 20,991,112  

Interest bearing deposits in banks

     55,226,842        64,961,569  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     78,704,583        85,952,681  

Investment securities

     

Available-for-sale, at estimated fair value

     37,414,882        13,001,878  

Held-to-maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $5,995,700 in 2018)

     6,000,000        —    

Loans, less allowance for loan losses of $10,800,000 in 2018 and $9,300,000 in 2017

     836,131,236        723,464,904  

Premises and equipment, net

     2,076,374        2,885,534  

Bank owned life insurance (BOLI)

     17,806,230        16,433,095  

Deferred income taxes, net

     5,085,890        4,537,656  

Core Deposit Intangible

     285,793        446,774  

Goodwill

     7,350,465        7,350,465  

Accrued interest receivable and other assets

     14,821,865        12,397,436  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,005,677,318      $ 866,470,423  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY      

Deposits:

     

Non-interest bearing

   $ 352,402,295      $ 314,516,053  

Interest bearing

     521,851,322        445,857,359  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

     874,253,617        760,373,412  

Senior notes

     —          11,000,000  

Subordinated debt, $5,000,000 face amount (less unamortized debt issuance cost of $39,972 and $57,144, at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively)

     4,960,028        4,942,856  

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

     5,384,903        5,411,488  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     884,598,548        781,727,756  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

     

Shareholders’ equity:

     

Common stock—no par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 7,993,908 and 6,416,295 issued and outstanding in 2018 and 2017, respectively

     104,560,933        76,935,565  

Retained earnings

     16,516,981        7,804,361  

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes

     856        2,741  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     121,078,770        84,742,667  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,005,677,318      $ 866,470,423  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

138


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

For the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

 

     2018      2017  

Interest income:

     

Interest and fees on loans

   $ 38,443,340      $ 33,771,736  

Interest on taxable investment securities

     635,410        275,310  

Interest on interest bearing deposits in banks

     1,859,592        645,603  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest income

     40,938,342        34,692,649  

Interest expense:

     

Interest on deposits

     4,461,445        2,440,905  

Interest on borrowings and subordinated debt

     644,221        718,411  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     5,105,666        3,159,316  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income before provision for loan losses

     35,832,676        31,533,333  

Provision for loan losses

     1,435,400        2,393,165  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     34,397,276        29,140,168  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-interest income:

     

Service charges and other fees

     2,451,405        1,983,913  

Net gains on sales of loans

     417,520        258,879  

Net gain on sales of investment securities

     96,568        —    

Earnings on BOLI

     251,726        434,123  

Other

     498,693        414,511  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

     3,715,912        3,091,426  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-interest expenses:

     

Salaries and employee benefits

     15,572,646        12,342,860  

Occupancy and equipment

     2,917,875        2,458,132  

Other

     7,881,005        6,144,282  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

     26,371,526        20,945,274  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     11,741,662        11,286,319  

Provision for income taxes

     3,029,042        5,658,901  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 8,712,620      $ 5,627,418  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per common share:

     

Basic

   $ 1.22      $ 0.89  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 1.19      $ 0.85  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – basic

     7,120,986        6,298,971  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – diluted

     7,317,612        6,642,508  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

139


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

 

     2018     2017  

Net Income

   $ 8,712,620     $ 5,627,418  

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale investment securities:

    

Unrealized holding gains arising during year

     93,138       7,175  

Reclassification adjustment for (gain) arising during year

     (96,568     —    

Tax effect

     1,545       (2,944
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     (1,885     4,231  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   $ 8,710,735     $ 5,631,649  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

140


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

 

    

 

Common Stock

     Retained
Earnings
    Accum-
ulated
Other
Compre-
hensive

Income
(Loss)
    Total
Share-
holders’
Equity
 
     Shares      Amount  

Balance, January 1, 2017

     5,871,752      $ 68,750,160      $ 7,820,983     $ (1,490   $ 76,569,653  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share-based compensation expense

     —          226,048        —         —         226,048  

Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares

     —          —          (1,982     —         (1,982

Net income

     —          —          5,627,418       —         5,627,418  

Stock options exercised

     228,963        2,089,055        —         —         2,089,055  

Stock dividend declared on

            

August 7, 2017

     303,407        5,642,058        (5,642,058     —         —    

Stock grants issued and related compensation expense

     12,173        228,244        —         —         228,244  

Other comprehensive income

     —          —          —         4,231       4,231  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

     6,416,295      $ 76,935,565      $ 7,804,361     $ 2,741     $ 84,742,667  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share-based compensation expense

     —          250,736        —         —         250,736  

Restricted stock expense

     —          312,434        —         —         312,434  

Stock issuance

     1,177,000        23,576,730        —         —         23,576,730  

Net income

     —          —          8,712,620       —         8,712,620  

Stock options exercised

     381,437        3,052,008        —         —         3,052,008  

Stock grants issued and related compensation expense

     19,176        433,460        —         —         433,460  

Other comprehensive income

     —          —          —         (1,885     (1,885
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2018

     7,993,908      $ 104,560,933      $ 16,516,981     $ 856     $ 121,078,770  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

141


Table of Contents

California BanCorp

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

 

     2018     2017  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net Income

   $ 8,712,620     $ 5,627,418  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Provision for loan losses

     1,435,400       2,393,165  

Deferred tax provision

     (549,248     1,615,359  

Depreciation

     770,692       736,869  

Deferred loan origination costs, net

     (153,257     (700,977

Net accretion on discount of purchased loans

     (460,560     (425,724

Amortization of premiums on investment securities, net

     9,362       65,256  

Share-based compensation expense, net

     996,630       454,292  

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance

     (263,514     (434,113

Discounts on retained portion of sold loans, net of accretion

     75,549       48,969  

Gain on sale of investment securities, net

     (96,568     —    

Gain on sale of loans, net

     (417,520     (258,879

Amortization of deposit intangible

     160,981       55,847  

Increase in accrued interest receivable and other assets

     (380,745     (1,039,720

Increase in accrued interest payable and other liabilities

     (9,412     1,128,225  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     9,830,410       9,265,987  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchase of securities

    

Available-for-sale

     (47,011,542     —    

Held-to-maturity

     (6,000,000     —    

Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale investment securities

     18,929,892       —    

Proceeds from principal payments on available-for-sale investment securities

     3,752,422       2,501,878  

Net increase in loans

     (119,945,297     (109,393,040

Proceeds from sale of loans

     6,799,351       4,856,035  

Purchase of low income tax credit investments

     (1,665,656     (1,689,654

Purchases of premises and equipment

     —         (1,047,533

Purchase of bank-owned life insurance policies

     (1,109,621     (11,798

Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     (337,000     (360,500
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (146,587,451     (105,144,612
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Net increase in demand, interest bearing and savings deposits

     113,321,529       103,347,341  

Net increase in time deposits

     558,676       6,979,258  

Repayment of FHLB Advances

     —         (29,000,000

Redemption of senior note

     (11,500,000     —    

Proceeds from issuance of senior notes

     500,000       11,000,000  

Proceeds from exercised stock options

     3,052,008       2,089,055  

Cash paid in lieu of fraction shares

     —         (1,982

Proceeds from common stock private placement

     23,576,730       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     129,508,943       94,413,672  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (7,248,098     (1,464,953

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     85,952,681       87,417,634  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 78,704,583     $ 85,952,681  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Transfer of SBA loans held-for-sale to loan portfolio

   $ 2,266,450     $ 1,618,678  

Cash paid during the year for:

    

Interest

   $ 5,364,128     $ 3,227,082  

Income taxes

     3,050,000       2,140,000  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

142


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

General

California BanCorp (the “Company”) was approved as a state chartered corporation on August 31, 2017. The Company, whose common stock is traded on the OTCQX under the ticker symbol, “CALB” and is headquartered in Oakland, California, was formed to acquire 100% of the voting equity of California Bank of Commerce (the “Bank”) and commenced operation as a small bank holding company on August 31, 2017. This transaction was treated as an internal reorganization as all shareholders of the Bank became shareholders of the Company. The reorganization represented an exchange of shares between entities under common control, and, as a result, assets and liabilities of the Bank were recognized at their carrying amounts in the accounts of the Company. Subsequent to the reorganization, the Bank continued its operations as previously conducted, but as a wholly-owned subsidiary, collectively known as the “Company”. The Company has no operations other than ownership of the Bank.

The Bank was approved as a state-chartered non-member bank on March 23, 2007, and commenced operations on July 17, 2007. The Bank is subject to regulation by the California Department of Business Oversight (the “CDBO”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). The Bank is headquartered in Lafayette, California and provides products and services to customers who are predominately small to middle-market businesses, professionals and not-for-profit organizations located in Contra Costa, Alameda, Santa Clara and surrounding counties. All of the products and services are considered by management to be aggregated in one operating segment.

On December 31, 2015, the Company completed its merger with Pan Pacific Bank (“PPB”) with branch banking offices in Fremont and San Jose, California. The acquisition complements the Company’s expansion strategy and enhances the Company’s market presence in the San Francisco South Bay region.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include accounting policies generally accepted in the United States of America and prevailing practices within the banking industry. The consolidated financial statements include California BanCorp and its wholly owned subsidiary, California Bank of Commerce, collectively referred to as the Company. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The Company has no significant business activities other than its investment in the Bank.

Subsequent Events

Management has reviewed all events through March 31, 2019, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Revenue Recognition

In January 2018, FASB updated guidance on Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). Topic 606 is intended to create greater consistency with respect to how and when revenue from contracts with customers is shown in the income statement. The guidance requires that revenue from contracts with customers be recognized when transfer of control over goods or services is passed to customers in the

 

143


Table of Contents
1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Revenue Recognition (Continued)

 

amount of consideration expected to be received. The majority of the Company’s revenues come from interest income from loan and securities that are outside the scope of Topic 606. The Company has adopted this new accounting standard on January 1, 2018 utilizing the modified retrospective method. See Note 17 Revenue Recognition for more information.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and due from banks, interest bearing deposits in banks with original maturities fewer than 90 days and Federal funds sold. Generally, Federal funds are sold for one day periods. Cash flows from loans, deposits and other borrowings are presented on a net basis.

Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Financial Institutions

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions mature within one year and are carried at cost.

Investment Securities

Investment securities are classified into the following categories:

 

   

Available-for-sale securities, reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported, net of taxes, as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within shareholders’ equity.

 

   

Held-to-maturity securities, which management has the positive intent and ability to hold, reported at amortized cost, adjusted for the accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums.

Management determines the appropriate classification of its investments at the time of purchase. Subsequent transfers between categories are accounted for at fair value.

Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium or discount. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized on the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments, except for mortgage backed securities where prepayments are anticipated.

Gains and losses on the sale of investment securities are computed using the specific identification method. Interest earned on investment securities is reported in interest income, net of applicable adjustments for accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums using the level yield method adjusted for changes in principal prepayment speeds.

An investment security is impaired when its carrying value is greater than its fair value. Investment securities that are impaired are evaluated on at least a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation to determine whether such a decline in their fair value is other than temporary. Management utilizes criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline and the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value, in addition to the reasons underlying the decline, to determine whether the loss in value is other than temporary. The term “other than temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value is not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Once a decline in value is determined to be other than temporary, and management does not intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the security before recovery, only the portion of the impairment loss representing credit exposure is recognized as a charge to earnings, with the balance recognized as a charge

 

144


Table of Contents
1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Investment Securities (Continued)

 

to other comprehensive income. If management intends to sell the security or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovering its forecasted cost, the entire impairment loss is recognized as a charge to earnings.

Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco, the Bank is required to maintain an investment in the capital stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank (the “FHLB”). The investment is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on the ultimate recovery of par value.

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company’s investment in FHLB stock totaled $3,068,200 and $2,731,200 respectively, and is included on the balance sheet in accrued interest receivable and other assets. Cash dividends are reported as non-interest income.

Investment in Other Bank Stocks

Independent Bankers Financial Corporation

The Independent Bankers Financial Corporation (the “IBFC”), the holding company for The Independent Banker’s Bank, provides services exclusively to banks. At both December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company’s investment in IBFC stock totaled $88,242. The investment is carried at cost and is included on the balance sheet in accrued interest receivable and other assets.

Pacific Coast Bankers’ Bancshares

The Pacific Coast Bankers’ Bancshares (“PCBB”), the holding company for The Pacific Coast Banker’s Bank, provides services exclusively to banks. At both December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company’s investment in PCBB stock totaled $380,000. The investment is carried at cost and is included on the balance sheet in accrued interest receivable and other assets. Cash dividends are reported as non-interest income.

Bank Owned Life Insurance

The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain current and former executives. Bank owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.

Loans

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of purchase premiums and discounts deferred loan fees and costs, and an allowance for loan losses. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments.

The accrual of Interest on commercial loans is discontinued at the time it is placed on non-accrual when the loan is 90 days delinquent, unless the loan is well-secured and in process of collection. Commercial loans are charged-off to the extent principal or interest is deemed uncollectible. Consumer and credit card loans continue to accrue interest until they are charged-off no later than 120 days past due unless the loan is in the process of collection.

 

145


Table of Contents
1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Loans (Continued)

 

Past-due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.

All interest accrued but not received for loans placed on non-accrual is reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Under the cost-recovery method, interest income is not recognized until the loan balance is reduced to zero. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Generally, loans are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current and has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt. The policy for placing loans on nonaccrual status, recording payments received on nonaccrual loans, resuming the accrual of interest and determining past due or delinquency status, does not differ by portfolio segment or class of financing receivable.

An impaired loan is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective rate or, as a practical matter, at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of collateral less estimated costs to sell if the loan is collateral dependent. A loan is collateral dependent if the repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the underlying collateral. All loans are evaluated and considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due (including both principal and interest) in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The policy for accounting for impaired loans, recognizing interest on impaired loans and recording payments on impaired loans is generally the same as that described above for nonaccrual loans, and does not differ by portfolio segment or class of financing receivable.

Substantially all loan origination fees, commitment fees, direct loan origination costs and purchase premiums and discounts on loans are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of yield, to be amortized to interest income over the contractual term of the loan. The unamortized balances of deferred fees and costs and purchase premiums and discounts are reported as a component of net loans.

The Company services loans that have been participated with other financial institutions totaling approximately $52,774,220 and $57,600,000, respectively, as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. The participated balances of these loans were sold without recourse and are not included on the Company’s balance sheet.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Most of the Company’s business activity is with customers located within the nine San Francisco Bay Area Counties. Therefore, the Company’s exposure to credit risk is significantly affected by changes in the economy of the San Francisco Bay Area. Within its C&I portfolio, the Company has a concentration of loans within the dental industry and subcontractors in the commercial construction industry.

Acquired Loans

The Company acquired loans as a result of its acquisition of Pan Pacific Bank on December 31, 2015. Acquired loans are recorded at their estimated fair values at acquisition date, factoring in credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan. Accordingly, an allowance for loan losses is not carried over or recorded for acquired loans as of the acquisition date.

The entire fair value discount is accreted to interest income using an effective interest rate method for term loans, and on a straight line basis to interest income for revolving lines, as the timing and amount of cash flows under revolving lines are not predictable. Subsequent to acquisition, if the probable and estimable

 

146


Table of Contents
1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Acquired Loans (Continued)

 

credit losses for non-purchased credit impaired loans exceed the amount of the remaining unaccreted discount, the excess is established as an allowance for loan losses.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable credit losses in the Company’s loan portfolio that have been incurred as of the balance-sheet date. The allowance is established through a provision for loan losses which is charged to expense. Additions to the allowance are expected to maintain the adequacy of the total allowance after credit losses and loan growth. Credit exposures determined to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance. Cash received on previously charged-off amounts is recorded as a recovery to the allowance. The policy for charging off loans and recording recoveries does not differ by portfolio segment or class of financing receivable. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off.

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans for which the terms have been modified resulting in a concession, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) and classified as impaired.

Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

Commercial and commercial real estate loans are individually evaluated for impairment. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral.

Troubled debt restructurings are individually evaluated for impairment and included in the separately identified impairment disclosures. TDRs are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception. If a TDR is considered to be a collateral dependent loan, the loan is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral. For TDRs that subsequently default, the Company determines the amount of the allowance on that loan in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses on loans individually identified as impaired.

The general allowance component includes loans that are not individually identified for impairment evaluation. The general component is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors. The historical loss experience is based on the actual net charged-off rate information from the Federal Reserve Bank, 12th District, for banks under one billion in assets. This actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present. These economic factors include consideration of the following: levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans (including TDRs); levels of and trends in charged-offs and recoveries; migration of loans to the classification of special mention, substandard, or doubtful; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of

 

147


Table of Contents
1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

lending management and other relevant staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentration. The following factors are also considered in determining the level of needed allowance on such loans: the historical loss rates (or severity) of loans specifically classified as special mention, substandard, or doubtful; and the trends in the collateral on the loans included within these classifications.

The Company maintains a separate allowance for each portfolio segment (loan type). These portfolio segments include commercial & industrial, real estate—construction & land, real estate—other, real estate—home equity lines of credit (“HELOC”) and installment & other. The allowance for loan losses attributable to each portfolio segment, which includes both impaired loans and loans that are not impaired, is combined to determine the Company’s overall allowance, which is included on the balance sheet.

Commercial & Industrial—Commercial loans generally possess a lower inherent risk of loss than real estate portfolio segments because these loans are generally underwritten to existing cash flows of operating businesses. Debt coverage is provided by business cash flows and economic trends influenced by unemployment rates and other key economic indicators are closely correlated to the credit quality of these loans.

Real Estate—Construction & Land—Real estate construction loans (including land and development loans) generally possess a higher inherent risk of loss than other real estate portfolio segments. A major risk arises from the necessity to complete projects within specified cost and time lines. Trends in the construction industry significantly impact the credit quality of these loans, as demand drives construction activity. In addition, trends in real estate values significantly impact the credit quality of these loans, as property values determine the economic viability of construction projects.

Real Estate—Other—Real estate mortgage loans generally possess a higher inherent risk of loss than other real estate portfolio segments, except land and construction loans. Adverse economic developments or an overbuilt market impact commercial real estate projects and may result in troubled loans. Trends in vacancy rates of commercial and residential properties impact the credit quality of these loans. High vacancy rates reduce operating revenues and the ability for properties to produce sufficient cash flow to service debt obligations.

Real Estate—HELOC—The degree of risk in residential real estate lending depends primarily on the loan amount in relation to collateral value, the interest rate and the borrower’s ability to repay in an orderly fashion. These loans generally possess a lower inherent risk of loss than other real estate portfolio segments. Economic trends determined by unemployment rates and other key economic indicators are closely correlated to the credit quality of these loans. Weak economic trends indicate that the borrowers’ capacity to repay their obligations may be deteriorating.

Installment & Other—An installment loan portfolio is usually comprised of a number of small loans scheduled to be amortized over a specific period. Most installment loans are made directly for consumer purchases, but business loans granted for the purchase of heavy equipment or industrial vehicles may also be included. Economic trends determined by unemployment rates and other key economic indicators are closely correlated to the credit quality of these loans. Weak economic trends indicate that the borrowers’ capacity to repay their obligations may be deteriorating. SBA loans, guaranteed by U.S. Small Business Administration, are included in the “Other” category. The Company may choose to sell the conditional guarantee SBA loans which receives a premium at the time of the sale. The Company retained unguaranteed portion of the SBA loans. Loans in the “Other” category also include overdrafts on deposit accounts which are inconsequential.

 

148


Table of Contents
1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

Although management believes the allowance to be adequate, ultimate losses may vary from its estimates. At least quarterly, the Board of Directors reviews the adequacy of the allowance, including consideration of the relative risks in the portfolio, current economic conditions and other factors. If the Board of Directors and management determine that changes are warranted based on those reviews, the allowance is adjusted. In addition, the Bank’s primary regulators, the FDIC and CDBO, as an integral part of their examination process, review the adequacy of the allowance. These regulatory agencies may require additions to the allowance based on their judgment about information available at the time of their examinations.

Credit Quality Indicators

The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company assesses loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. This analysis is performed not less than annually. These risk ratings are also subject to examination by independent specialists engaged by the Company and the Company’s regulators. During internal reviews, management monitors and analyzes the financial condition of borrowers and guarantors, trends in the industries in which borrowers operate and the fair values of collateral securing these loans. These credit quality indicators are used to assign a risk rating to each individual loan. The risk ratings can be grouped into five major categories, defined as follows:

Pass—A pass loan is a strong credit with no existing or known potential weaknesses deserving of management’s close attention.

Special Mention—A special mention loan has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or in the Company’s credit position at some future date. Special Mention loans are not adversely classified and do not expose the Company to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.

Substandard—A substandard loan is not adequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the borrower or the value of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans classified as substandard have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. Well defined weaknesses include a project’s lack of marketability, inadequate cash flow or collateral support, failure to complete construction on time or the project’s failure to fulfill economic expectations. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful—Loans classified doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently known facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable.

Loss—Loans classified as loss are considered uncollectible and charged off immediately.

Allowance for Credit Losses on Off-Balance-Sheet Credit Exposures

Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded. The allowance for off-balance-sheet commitments is included in accrued interest payable and other liabilities on the balance sheet, and totaled $150,000 at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

149


Table of Contents
1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Foreclosed Assets

Foreclosed assets are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. If fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Operating costs after acquisition are expensed.

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned (“OREO”) consist of properties acquired through foreclosure. The Company values these properties at fair value less estimated costs to sell at the time it acquires them, which establishes the new cost basis. After it acquires them, the Company carries such properties at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated selling costs. If the Company records any income from the properties after acquiring them, it includes this amount in other non-interest income.    If the Company records any write-downs or there are any operating expense of such properties after acquiring them, it includes this amount in other non-interest expense. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company did not have any OREO.

Transfer of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

Sales and Servicing of Government Guaranteed Loans

Included in the portfolio are loans which, in general, are 75 to 90 percent guaranteed by either the U.S. Department of Agriculture (the “USDA”) or the Small Business Administration (the “SBA”). The guaranteed portion of these loans may be sold to a third party, with the Company retaining the unguaranteed portion. The Company generally receives a premium in excess of the adjusted carrying value of the loan at the time of sale. The Company may be required to refund a portion of the sales premium if the borrower defaults or the loan prepays within ninety days of the settlement date. However, none of the premiums the Company had received were subject to these recourse provisions as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. There were no USDA and SBA loans held for sale at December 31, 2018 and 2017. The guaranteed portion of USDA and SBA loans sold, totaling approximately $16,764,534 and $16,068,000 were being serviced for others at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Servicing rights acquired through 1) a purchase or 2) the origination of loans which are sold with servicing rights retained are recognized as separate assets or liabilities. Servicing assets or liabilities are initially recorded at fair value and are subsequently amortized in proportion to, and over the period of the related net servicing income or expense. Servicing assets are periodically evaluated for impairment. Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flows based on current market interest rates. For purposes of measuring impairment, servicing assets are stratified based on note rate and term. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount by which the servicing assets for a stratum exceed their fair value. Servicing assets totaling approximately $234,361 and $167,000 associated with loans previously sold which were included in accrued interest receivable and other assets at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

In addition, interest-only (IO) strips are recorded at the fair value of the difference between note rates and rates paid to purchasers (the interest spread) and contractual servicing fees, if applicable. IO strips are carried at fair value with gains or losses recorded as a component of shareholders’ equity, similar to available-for-sale investment securities. At December 31, 2018 and 2017 no IO strips were recorded.

 

150


Table of Contents
1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Sales and Servicing of Government Guaranteed Loans (Continued)

 

The Company’s investment in the loan is allocated between the retained portion of the loan, the servicing asset, the IO strip, and the sold portion of the loan based on their relative fair values on the date the loan is sold. The gain on the sold portion of the loan is recognized as income at the time of sale. The carrying value of the retained portion of the loan is discounted based on the estimated yield of a comparable non-guaranteed loan. Significant future prepayments of these loans will result in the recognition of additional amortization of related servicing assets and an adjustment to the carrying value of related IO strips.

Premises and Equipment

Company premises and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is determined using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The useful lives of furniture, fixtures and equipment are estimated to be 3 to 5 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the respective lease term (including renewal periods that are reasonably assured) or their useful lives, which are generally 7 to 14 years.

Certain operating leases contain scheduled and specified rent increases or incentives in the form of tenant improvement allowances or credits. The scheduled rent increases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term as an increase in the amount of rental expense recognized each period. Lease incentives are capitalized at the inception of the lease and amortized on a straight-line basis over the lease term as a reduction of rental expense. Amounts accrued in excess of amounts paid related to the scheduled rent increases and the unamortized deferred credits are included in accrued interest payable and other liabilities on the balance sheet.

When assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in income for the period. The cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to expense as incurred. The Company evaluates premises and equipment for financial impairment as events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable.

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for acquisitions of businesses using the acquisition method of accounting. Under the acquisition method, assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The Company utilizes various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analyses to determine these fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over amounts allocated to the acquired assets, including identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill.

Low Income Housing Tax Credits

The Company accounts for low income housing tax credits and the related qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method. Under the proportional amortization method, the Company amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). As the Company disburses cash to satisfy capital call, other assets are increased. Over time, as the tax credits and other tax benefits of the project are realized by the Company, the investment recorded in other assets is reduced using the proportional amortization method.

 

151


Table of Contents
1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill resulted from the acquisition of PPB on December 31, 2015, and represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of acquired tangible asset and liabilities and identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life is not amortized, but tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events and circumstance exist that indicate a goodwill impairment test should be performed. The Company has selected December 31 as the date to perform the annual impairment test. The Company has one reporting unit to which all the goodwill is assigned. Goodwill is the only intangible asset with an indefinite life on the Company’s balance sheet.

Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated lives to their estimated residual values. Intangible assets with definite useful lives consisted of core deposit intangible assets from the PPB acquisition. The core deposit intangible assets is being amortized on a straight line method over ten years.

Borrowings

The Bank issued subordinated debt during the second quarter of 2016. The subordinated debt was recorded net of related issuance costs of $86,578. The discount is being accreted to interest expense on a straight-line basis using a 5 year life.

The Company issued senior notes during the second quarter of 2017. The issuance costs for the senior notes were insignificant and were expensed in 2017.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the reported amount of assets and liabilities and their tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment. A valuation allowance is recognized if, based on the weight of available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes

The Company considers all tax positions recognized in its consolidated financial statements for the likelihood of realization. When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the consolidated financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of the tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority.

The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the accompanying balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination. Interest expense and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits, if any, are classified as income tax expense in the statement of income.

 

152


Table of Contents
1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Stock Dividends

Stock dividends in excess of 20% require no accounting entry because they are accounted for as stock splits by restating the shares outstanding in all prior periods presented to give effect to the shares issued in the split. Stock dividends for 20% or less are reported by transferring the fair value, as of the ex-dividend date, of the stock issued from retained earnings to common stock. Fractional share amounts are paid in cash with a reduction in retained earnings.

On August 7, 2017, the Company declared a 5% stock dividend that was payable on August 31, 2017 to shareholders of record as of the close of trading on August 18, 2017, with cash paid for any fractional shares. As a result of the stock dividend, the Company’s issued and outstanding common shares increased from 6,112,888 common shares to 6,416,295 common shares. In addition, the Company paid $1,982 for fractional common shares on August 31, 2017. This transaction was recorded as of August 31, 2017 and resulted in an increase in common stock and a corresponding decrease of retained earnings in the amount of $5,642,058.

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per share (EPS), which excludes dilution, is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock, such as stock options, result in the issuance of common stock of the Company. Earnings per share are restated for all stock dividends through the date of issuance of the financial statement. The treasury stock method is applied to determine the dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock in computing diluted earnings per share.    

Share-Based Compensation

The share-based compensation plan is designed to attract and retain employees and directors. The amount, frequency, and terms of share-based awards may vary based on competitive practices, the Company’s operating results and government regulations. New shares are issued upon option exercise or restricted share grants. The Plan does not provide for the settlement of awards in cash.

For options, the Plan requires that the option price may not be less than the fair market value of the stock at the date the option is granted, and that the stock must be paid in full at the time the option is exercised.

Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of common stock that are subject to forfeiture until specific conditions or goals are met. Conditions may be based on continuing employment or achieving specified performance goals. During the period of restriction, participants holding restricted stock may have full voting and dividend rights. The restrictions lapse in accordance with a schedule or with other conditions determined by the Board of Directors.

The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense for the fair value of all stock options and restricted stock that are ultimately expected to vest as the requisite service is rendered and considering the probability of any performance criteria being achieved.

Management estimates the fair value of each option award as of the date of grant using a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing formula. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of similar entities over a preceding period commensurate with the expected term of the option because the Company’s common stock has been publicly traded for a shorter period than the expected term for the options. The “simplified” method described in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110 is used to determine the expected term of option awards. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Expected dividend yield was not considered in the option pricing formula since the Company has not paid common stock dividends and has

 

153


Table of Contents
1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Share-Based Compensation (Continued)

 

no current plans to do so in the future. The fair value of restricted stock awards is based on the value of the underlying shares at the date of the grant. Management makes estimates regarding pre-vesting forfeitures that will impact total compensation expense recognized under the Plan.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income is a more inclusive financial reporting methodology that includes disclosure of other comprehensive income or loss that historically has not been recognized in the calculation of net income. Sources of other comprehensive income or loss include unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investment securities. Total comprehensive income and components of other comprehensive income, or loss, are presented in the statement of comprehensive income.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in a separate note. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect these estimates.

Segment Reporting

The Bank is a commercial bank serving customers located primarily in the San Francisco Bay Area. The Bank has a diversified loan and deposit portfolio primarily located in this geographic region. All of the financial service operations are considered by the management to be in one reportable operating segment. The Company has no operation other than ownership of the Bank.

New Accounting Standards

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASU 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and all subsequent amendments to the ASU (Topic 606), which (i) creates a single framework for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers that fall within its scope and (ii) revises when it is appropriate to recognize a gain (loss) from the transfer of nonfinancial assets. The majority of the Company’s revenues come from loans and securities interest income, that are outside the scope of Topic 606. The Company’s services that fall within the scope of Topic 606 are presented within non-interest income and are recognized as revenue as the Company satisfies its obligation to the customer. Services within the scope of Topic 606 include deposit service charges on deposits. Refer to Note 18 Revenue Recognition for further discussion on the Bank’s accounting policies for revenue sources within the scope of Topic 606. The Company has not identified any significant change in the timing or measurement of revenues related to noninterest income.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments – Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (Topic 825). The guidance intends to improve the recognition and measurement of financial instrument. The update intends to enhance the reporting model for financial instruments to provide users of financial instruments with more decision-useful information and addresses certain aspects of the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial instruments.    This guidance will primarily impact the Company’s disclosure of the fair value of loans, which will be required to be calculated using exit price methodology. The standard was effective for the Company on January 1, 2018 and resulted in the use of an exit price rather than an entrance price to determine the fair value of its loan portfolio as of December 31, 2018. See Note 2 Fair Value Measurements regarding the valuation of the loan portfolio.

 

154


Table of Contents
1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

New Accounting Standards (Continued)

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The guidance requires lessees recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date (1) A lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and (2) A right-of-use asset which is an asset that represents the lessees’ right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Under the new guidance, lessors accounting is largely unchanged. Certain targeted improvements were made to align, where necessary, lessor accounting with the lessee accounting model and Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The new guidance also requires enhanced disclosure about an entity’s leasing arrangements. The Company will adopt Topic 842 in 2019, as required for public business entities. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new accounting standard on the consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326). The guidance is to replace the incurred loss model with an expected loss model, which is referred to as the current expected credit loss (CECL) model. The CECL model is applicable to the measurement of credit losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost, including loan receivables, held-to maturity debt securities, and reinsurance receivables. It also applies to off-balance sheet credit exposures not accounted for as insurance (loan commitments, standby letters of credit, financial guarantees, and other similar instruments) and net investments in leases recognized by a lessor. This guidance is effective for the Company for the fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new accounting standard on the consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Simplifying the Test of Goodwill Impairment Topic (350). The guidance simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The amendment requires an entity to perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognizing an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. This guidance is effective for all entities for fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment test performed on testing date after January 1, 2017. The Company has adopted this new accounting standard and it did not have a material impact to the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-08 Receivables—Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Topic 310-20)—Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities. The guidance will require the premium on callable debt securities to be amortized to the earliest call date. The amortization period for callable debt securities purchased at a discount would not be impacted. This guidance is effective for public entities for fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2018, and including interim period within those fiscal periods. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new accounting standard and does not expect adoption of this standard to have material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) This guidance allows a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The amendments eliminate the stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and will improve the usefulness of information reported to financial statement users. These amendments are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The amendments should be applied either in the period of adoption or retrospectively to each period (or periods) in which the effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act is recognized. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new accounting standard and does not expect adoption of this standard to have material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

155


Table of Contents
2.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Fair Value Hierarchy

The Company groups its assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. Valuations within these levels are based upon:

Level 1—Quoted market prices for identical instruments traded in active exchange markets.

Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3—Model-based techniques that use at least one significant assumption not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect the Company’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use on pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include management judgment and estimation which may be significant.

Management monitors the availability of observable market data to assess the appropriate classification of financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy. Changes in economic conditions or model-based valuation techniques may require the transfer of financial instruments from one fair value level to another. In such instances, the transfer is reported at the beginning of the reporting period.

Management evaluates the significance of transfers between levels based upon the nature of the financial instrument and size of the transfer relative to total assets, total liabilities or total earnings.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments, at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 are as follows:

 

          Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2018 Using:
 
    Carrying Amount     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  

Financial assets

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 78,704,583     $ 78,704,583     $ —       $ —       $ 78,704,583  

Securities available-for-sale

    37,414,882       —         37,414,882       —         37,414,882  

Securities held-to-maturity

    6,000,000         5,995,700         5,995,700  

Loans, net

    836,131,236       —         —         822,418,683       822,418,683  

FHLB stock

    3,068,200       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  

IBFC stock

    88,242       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  

PCBB stock

    380,000       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  

Accrued interest receivable

    3,112,462       —         208,397       2,904,065       3,112,462  

Financial liabilities

         

Deposits

  $ 874,253,617     $ 777,341,552     $ 97,669,618     $ —       $ 875,011,170  

Subordinated debt

    4,960,028       —         —         4,830,309       4,830,309  

Accrued interest payable

    171,956       —         98,519       73,437       171,956  

 

156


Table of Contents
2.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

 

          Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2017 Using:
 
    Carrying Amount     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  

Financial assets

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 85,952,681     $ 85,952,681     $ —       $ —       $ 85,952,681  

Securities available-for-sale

    13,001,878       —         13,001,878       —         13,001,878  

Loans, net

    723,464,904       —         —         733,815,000       733,815,000  

FHLB stock

    2,731,200       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  

IBFC stock

    88,242       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  

PCBB stock

    380,000       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  

Accrued interest receivable

    2,624,201       —         59,959       2,564,242       2,624,201  

Financial liabilities

         

Deposits

  $ 760,373,412     $ 664,240,000     $ 95,956,000     $ —       $ 760,196,000  

Senior notes

    11,000,000       —         —         11,072,000       11,072,000  

Subordinated debt

    4,942,856       —         —         4,986,000       4,986,000  

Accrued interest payable

    115,036       —         53,838       61,198       115,036  

These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument for sale at one time, nor do they attempt to estimate the value of anticipated future business related to the instruments. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of these estimates.

The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair values are described as follows:

Cash and Cash Equivalents—The carrying amounts of cash and short-term instruments approximate fair values and are classified as Level 1.

Investment Securities—Since quoted prices are generally not available for identical securities, fair values are calculated based on market prices of similar securities on similar dates, resulting in Level 2 classification.

FHLB, IBFC, PCBB Stock—It is not practical to determine the fair value of these correspondent bank stocks due to restrictions placed on their transferability.

Loans—Fair values of loans for 2018 are estimated on an exit price basis with contractual cash flow, prepayments, discount spreads, credit loss and liquidity premium assumptions.

Fair values of loans for 2017 are estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates for similar loans for the same maturities. Loans with similar characteristics such as prepayment rates, terms and rate indexed are aggregated for purposes of the calculations.

Impaired loans—Impaired loans are evaluated on a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly. The fair value of impaired loans with specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses that are secured by real property is generally based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. The methods utilized to estimate the fair value of loans do not necessarily represent an exit price.

 

157


Table of Contents
2.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

 

Deposits—The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest and non-interest checking, passbook savings, and certain types of money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amount) resulting in Level 1 classification. The carrying amounts of variable rate and fixed-term money market accounts approximate their fair values at the reporting date resulting in Level 1 classification.

Fair values of fixed rate certificates of deposit are calculation of the estimated remaining cash flows was discounted to the date of the valuation to calculate the fair value (premium)/discount on the portfolio that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates for the San Francisco Bay Area to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits resulting in Level 2 classification.

FHLB Advances—Fair values for FHLB Advances are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses using interest rates offered at each reporting date by correspondent banks for advances with similar maturities resulting in Level 2 classification.

Senior Notes—Fair values for senior notes are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation based on current rates for similar types of debt which may be unobservable, and considering recent trading activity of similar instruments in market which can be inactive and accordingly are classified within in Level 3 classification.

Subordinated Debt—Fair values for subordinated debt are calculated based on its terms and were discounted to the date of the valuation to calculate the fair value on the debt. A market rate based on recent debt offering by peer bank was used to discount cash flow until reprice date and subsequently cash flow were discounted at Prime plus 2% for its security. These assumptions which may be unobservable, and considering recent trading activity of similar instruments in market which can be inactive and accordingly are classified within in Level 3 classification.

Accrued Interest Receivable—The carrying amounts of accrued interest receivable approximate fair value resulting in a Level 2 classification for accrued interest receivable on investment securities and a Level 3 classification for accrued interest receivable on loans since investment securities are generally classified using Level 2 inputs and loans are generally classified using Level 3 inputs.

Accrued Interest Payable—The carrying amounts of accrued interest payable approximate fair value resulting in a Level 2 classification, since accrued interest payable is from deposits that are generally classified using Level 2 inputs.

Off Balance Sheet Instruments—Fair values for off-balance sheet, credit-related financial instruments are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing. The fair value of commitments is not material.

 

158


Table of Contents
2.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

 

Assets Recorded at Fair Value

The following tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis:

Recurring Basis

The Company is required or permitted to record the following assets at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

Description

   Fair Value      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

December 31, 2018

           

Available-for-sale investment securities

           

Debt securities:

           

Mortgage-backed and Government securities—Residential

   $ 25,402,933      $ —        $ 25,402,933      $ —    

Government agency

     9,510,489           9,510,489     

Corporate bonds

     2,501,460        —          2,501,460        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

   $ 37,414,882      $ —        $ 37,414,882      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Description

   Fair Value      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

December 31, 2017

           

Available-for-sale investment securities

           

Debt securities:

           

Mortgage-backed and Government securities—Residential

   $ 10,493,488      $ —        $ 10,493,488      $ —    

Corporate bonds

     2,508,390        —          2,508,390        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

   $ 13,001,878      $ —        $ 13,001,878      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair values for available-for-sale investment securities are based on quoted market prices for exact or similar securities. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, there were no significant transfers in or out of Levels 1 and 2 and there were no changes in the valuation techniques used.

Non-recurring Basis

The Company may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These include assets that are measured at the lower of cost or market value that were recognized at fair value which was below cost at the reporting date. The following tables summarizes impaired loans measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2018. There were no impaired loans measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2017.

 

            Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2018
 
     Carrying Amount      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Impaired Loans

           

Commercial

   $ 422,813      $ —        $ —        $ 422,813  

Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis

   $ 422,813      $ —        $ —        $ 422,813  

 

159


Table of Contents
2.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

Assets Recorded at Fair Value (Continued)

 

The fair value of impaired loans is based upon independent market prices, estimated liquidation values of loan collateral or appraised value of the collateral as determined by third-party independent appraisers, less selling costs, generally. Level 3 fair value measurement includes other real estate owned that has been measured at fair value upon transfer to foreclosed assets and impaired loans collateralized by real property and other business asset collateral where a specific reserve has been established or a charged-off has been recorded. The unobservable inputs and qualitative information about the unobservable inputs are not presented as the inputs were not developed by the Company.

 

3.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The following table summarizes the amortized cost and fair value of securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2018 and 2017 and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses:

 

     December 31, 2018  
Available-for-Sale    Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Mortgage-backed and Government securities—Residential

   $ 25,404,324      $ 104,372      $ (105,763   $ 25,402,933  

Government agency

     9,508,335        4,731        (2,577     9,510,489  

Corporate bonds

     2,501,004        631        (175     2,501,460  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

   $ 37,413,663      $ 109,734      $ (108,515   $ 37,414,882  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
Held-to-maturity    Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Government agency

   $ 6,000,000      $ 6,160      $ (10,460   $ 5,995,700  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total held-to-maturity

   $ 6,000,000      $ 6,160      $ (10,460   $ 5,995,700  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2017  
Available-for-Sale    Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Mortgage-backed and Government securities—Residential

   $ 10,493,904      $ 14,835      $ (15,251   $ 10,493,488  

Corporate bonds

     2,503,326        5,064        —         2,508,390  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

   $ 12,997,230      $ 19,899      $ (15,251   $ 13,001,878  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Available-for-Sale

Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale investment securities totaling $1,219 were recorded, net of $363 in deferred tax assets, as accumulated other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2018. Net unrealized holding losses arising during the year ended December 31, 2018 totaled $3,429.

Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale investment securities totaling $4,648 were recorded, net of $1,907 in deferred tax assets, as accumulated other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2017. Net unrealized holding gains arising during the year ended December 31, 2017 totaled $7,175.

 

160


Table of Contents
3.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)

Available-for-Sale (Continued)

 

The Company purchased available-for-sale investment securities in 2018 totaling $47,011,542. The Company sold available-for-sale securities in 2018 with proceeds and gain totaling $18,929,892 and $96,568, respectively. There were no purchases of or proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale investment securities for the year ended December 31, 2017. There were no available-for-sale investment securities which matured or were called during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Held-to-Maturity

The Company purchased three held-to-maturity investment securities in 2018 totaling $6,000,000. At December 31, 2018, the net unrealized loss on held-to-maturity investment securities was $4,300. There were no held-to-maturity investment securities called or sold as of December 31, 2018. There were no held-to-maturity investment securities purchased, called or sold as of the year ended December 31, 2017.

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities as of December 31, 2018 are shown by contractual maturity. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities if borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Securities not due at a single maturity date are shown separately.

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 

Available-for-sale

     

Within one year

   $ 2,501,004      $ 2,501,460  

One to five years

     —          —    

Five to ten years

     —          —    

Mortgage-backed and government agency Securities not due at a single maturity date

     34,912,662        34,913,422  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 37,413,666      $ 37,414,882  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity

     

Beyond ten years

   $ 6,000,000      $ 5,995,700  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,000,000      $ 5,995,700  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018, investment securities with amortized costs totaling $40,912,662 and estimated fair values totaling $40,913,425 were pledged to secure various public time deposits.

At December 31, 2017, investment securities with amortized costs totaling $7,371,354 and estimated fair values totaling $7,377,387 were pledged to secure borrowing arrangements in place with a correspondent bank. (See Note 10)

 

161


Table of Contents
3.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)

Held-to-Maturity (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, aggregated by major security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position:

 

    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
 

December 31, 2018

           

Mortgage-backed and Government securities—Residential

  $ 437,958     $ 1,076     $ 7,777,565     $ 104,687     $ 8,215,523     $ 105,763  

Government agency

    2,181,544       2,577       —         —         2,181,544       2,577  

Corporate bonds

    500,070       175       —         —         500,070       175  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

  $ 3,119,572     $ 3,828     $ 7,777,565     $ 104,687     $ 10,897,137     $ 108,515  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Government agency

  $ 1,989,540     $ 10,460     $ —       $ —       $ 1,989,540     $ 10,460  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total held-to-maturity

  $ 1,989,540     $ 10,460     $ —       $ —       $ 1,989,540     $ 10,460  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

           

Available-for-sale

           

Mortgage-backed and Government securities—Residential

  $ 4,286,175     $ 15,251     $ —       $ —       $ 4,286,175     $ 15,251  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale

  $ 4,286,175     $ 15,251     $ —       $ —       $ 4,286,175     $ 15,251  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018, the Company’s investment security portfolio consisted of 27 securities, 15 of which were in an unrealized loss position at year end. One security was a government agency by the Small Business Administration. One security was a government agency guarantee by a U.S. government-sponsored entity. One security was a corporate security with an investment grade credit rating.

Twelve of the securities in a loss position were Mortgage-Backed-Securities. Management believes that changes in the market value of its Mortgage-Backed-Securities and corporate securities since purchase are primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and relative illiquidity and not credit quality. Because the Company does not intend to sell and unlikely to be required to sell until a recovery of fair value, which may be at maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2018.

At December 31, 2017, the Company’s investment security portfolio consisted of 15 securities, five of which were in an unrealized loss position at year end. All of the securities in a loss position were Mortgage-Backed-Securities. Management believes that changes in the market value of its Mortgage-Backed-Securities and corporate securities since purchase are primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and relative illiquidity and not credit quality. Because the Company does not intend to sell and unlikely to be required to sell until a recovery of fair value, which may be at maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2017.

At year-end 2018 and 2017, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government Agencies, in an amount greater than 10.0% of shareholder’s equity. At December 31, 2018, total investment securities pledged at another correspondent bank were $40,913,425. No securities were pledged at December 31, 2017.

 

162


Table of Contents
4.

LOANS

Outstanding loans are summarized below:

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2017  

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 336,234,467      $ 329,030,432  

Real Estate—Construction & Land

     42,294,500        41,264,748  

Real Estate—Other

     451,850,943        344,817,073  

Real Estate—HELOC

     2,064,056        3,618,113  

Installment and Other

     12,284,106        11,206,703  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     844,728,072        729,937,069  

Deferred loan origination costs, net

     2,203,164        2,827,835  

Allowance for loan losses

     (10,800,000      (9,300,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 836,131,236      $ 723,464,904  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits totaling $4,037,522 and $4,679,873 were deferred as loan origination costs for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Loans with carrying values totaling approximately $390,183,686 and $396,043,952 were pledged to secure borrowing arrangements at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively (see Note 10).

 

5.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

The following table shows the changes in and allocation of the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 by portfolio segment, as well as the balances of the allowance for loan losses and loans by portfolio segment and impairment methodology:

 

    Commercial
&
Industrial
    Real Estate
Construction
& Land
    Real Estate -
Other
    Real Estate
HELOC
    Installment
& Other
    Total  

Allowance for Loan Losses December 31, 2018

           

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 5,529,735     $ 769,719     $ 2,929,445     $ 42,077     $ 29,024     $ 9,300,000  

Provision for loan losses

    (16,771     723,326       773,853       (26,315     (18,693     1,435,400  

Loans charged-off

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Recoveries of loans previously charged-off

    64,600       —         —         —         —         64,600  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance allocated to portfolio segments

  $ 5,577,564     $ 1,493,045     $ 3,703,298     $ 15,762     $ 10,331     $ 10,800,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 204,995     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 204,995  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 5,372,569     $ 1,493,045     $ 3,703,298     $ 15,762     $ 10,331     $ 10,595,005  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

163


Table of Contents
5.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)

 

    Commercial
&
Industrial
    Real Estate
Construction
& Land
    Real Estate -
Other
    Real Estate
HELOC
    Installment
& Other
    Total  

Loans—December 31, 2018

           

Ending balance

  $ 336,234,467     $ 42,294,500     $ 451,850,943     $ 2,064,056     $ 12,284,106     $ 844,728,072  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 6,400,052     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 6,400,052  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 329,834,415     $ 42,294,500     $ 451,850,943     $ 2,064,056     $ 12,284,106     $ 838,328,020  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Commercial
&
Industrial
    Real Estate
Construction
& Land
     Real Estate -
Other
    Real Estate
HELOC
    Installment
& Other
     Total  

Allowance for Loan Losses December 31, 2017

              

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 4,045,894     $ 590,880      $ 2,826,058     $ 44,487     $ 17,681      $ 7,525,000  

Provision for loan losses

     2,252,006       178,839        (46,613     (2,410     11,343        2,393,165  

Loans charged-off

     (826,137     —          —         —         —          (826,137

Recoveries of loans previously charged-off

     57,972       —          150,000       —         —          207,972  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance allocated to portfolio segments

   $ 5,529,735     $ 769,719      $ 2,929,445     $ 42,077     $ 29,024      $ 9,300,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 46,225     $ —        $ —       $ —       $ —        $ 46,225  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 5,483,510     $ 769,719      $ 2,929,445     $ 42,077     $ 29,024      $ 9,253,775  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    Commercial
&
Industrial
    Real Estate
Construction
& Land
    Real Estate -
Other
    Real Estate
HELOC
    Installment
& Other
    Total  

Loans—December 31, 2017

           

Ending balance

  $ 329,030,432     $ 41,264,748     $ 344,817,073     $ 3,618,113     $ 11,206,703     $ 729,937,069  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 4,809,411     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 4,809,411  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

  $ 324,221,021     $ 41,264,748     $ 344,817,073     $ 3,618,113     $ 11,206,703     $ 725,127,658  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

164


Table of Contents
5.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)

 

The following table shows the loan portfolio allocated by management’s internal risk ratings at December 31, 2018:

 

    Credit Exposure  
    Credit Risk Profile by Internally Assigned Grade  
    Commercial
&
Industrial
    Real Estate
Construction
& Land
    Real Estate -
Other
    Real Estate
HELOC
    Installment
& Other
    Total  

Grade:

           

Pass

  $ 322,086,369     $ 42,294,500     $ 446,666,113     $ 2,064,056     $ 12,284,106     $ 825,395,144  

Special Mention

    8,552,214       —         —         —         —         8,552,214  

Substandard

    5,595,884       —         5,184,830       —         —         10,780,714  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 336,234,467     $ 42,294,500     $ 451,850,943     $ 2,064,056     $ 12,284,106     $ 844,728,072  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table shows the loan portfolio allocated by management’s internal risk ratings at December 31, 2017:

 

     Credit Exposure  
     Credit Risk Profile by Internally Assigned Grade  
     Commercial
&
Industrial
     Real Estate
Construction
& Land
     Real Estate -
Other
     Real Estate
HELOC
     Installment
& Other
     Total  

Grade:

                 

Pass

   $ 318,972,321      $ 41,264,748      $ 341,423,391      $ 3,618,113      $ 11,206,703      $ 716,485,276  

Special Mention

     3,825,998        —          1,841,555        —          —          5,667,553  

Substandard

     6,232,113        —          1,552,127        —          —          7,784,240  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 329,030,432      $ 41,264,748      $ 344,817,073      $ 3,618,113      $ 11,206,703      $ 729,937,069  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables show an aging analysis of the loan portfolio by the time past due at December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

    30-59 Days
Past Due
    60-89 Days
Past Due
    Over 89 Days
Past Due
    Nonaccrual     Total
Past Due
    Current     Total  

Commercial & Industrial

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 4,463,232     $ 4,463,232     $ 331,771,235     $ 336,234,467  

Real Estate—Construction & Land

    —         —         —         —         —         42,294,500       42,294,500  

Real Estate—Other

    —         —         —         —         —         451,850,943       451,850,943  

Real Estate—HELOC

    —         —         —         —         —         2,064,056       2,064,056  

Installment & Other

    —         —         —         —         —         12,284,106       12,284,106  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 4,463,232     $ 4,463,232     $ 840,264,840     $ 844,728,072  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

165


Table of Contents
5.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)

 

    30-59 Days
Past Due
    60-89 Days
Past Due
    Over 89 Days
Past Due
    Nonaccrual     Total
Past Due
    Current     Total  

Commercial & Industrial

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 483,885     $ 483,885     $ 328,546,547     $ 329,030,432  

Real Estate—Construction & Land

    —         —         —         —         —         41,264,748       41,264,748  

Real Estate—Other

    734,735       —         —         —         734,735       344,082,338       344,817,073  

Real Estate—HELOC

    —         —         —         —         —         3,618,113       3,618,113  

Installment & Other

    —         —         —         —         —         11,206,703       11,206,703  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 734,735     $ —       $ —       $ 483,885     $ 1,218,620     $ 728,718,449     $ 729,937,069  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following tables show the recorded investment in non-accrual and loans past due over 89 days still on accrual by class of loans at December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

     Non-accrual      Loans Past Due Over
89 Days Still Accruing
 
     2018      2017          2018              2017      

Commercial

   $ 4,463,232      $ 483,885      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,463,232      $ 483,885      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impaired Loans

The following table shows information related to impaired loans at and for the year ended December 31, 2018:

 

     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

With no related allowance recorded:

              

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 3,058,087      $ 3,119,726      $ —        $ 3,804,794      $ 138,840  

With an allowance recorded:

              

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 3,341,965      $ 3,341,965      $ 204,995      $ 3,511,690      $ 126,050  

Total:

              

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 6,400,052      $ 6,461,691      $ 204,995      $ 7,316,484      $ 264,890  

The following table shows information related to impaired loans at and for the year ended December 31, 2017:

 

     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

With no related allowance recorded:

              

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 483,885      $ 483,885      $ —        $ 496,109      $ 28,445  

With an allowance recorded:

              

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 4,325,526      $ 4,325,526      $ 46,225      $ 4,310,277      $ 239,359  

Total:

              

Commercial & Industrial

   $ 4,809,411      $ 4,809,411      $ 46,225      $ 4,806,386      $ 267,804  

Interest forgone on nonaccrual loans totaled $61,639 and $28,445 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. There was no interest recognized on a cash-basis on impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

166


Table of Contents
5.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)

Impaired Loans (Continued)

 

The recorded investment in impaired loans in the tables above excludes accrued interest receivable and net deferred loan origination costs due to their immateriality.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

At December 31, 2018, the Company had a recorded investment of $930,123 and had allocated specific reserves totaling $29,772 related to loans with terms that had been modified in troubled debt restructurings. At December 31, 2017, the Company had a recorded investment of $1,877,681 and had allocated specific reserves totaling $46,225 related to loans with terms that had been modified in troubled debt restructurings. The Company has no commitments as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 to customers with outstanding loans that are classified as troubled debt restructurings.

During the year ending December 31, 2018 and 2017, the terms of certain loans were modified as troubled debt restructurings. The modification of the terms of such loans included either a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan, an extension of the maturity date at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk, or a combination thereof.

During the year ending December 31, 2018 one modification involved the partial term-out (with principal and interest payments due monthly) and a balloon payment due in 2020. During the year ending December 31, 2017 one modification involved a 5 month extension of the maturity date.    

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the years ending December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

     Number
of
Loans
     Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 

2018

        

Troubled Debt Restructurings:

        

Commercial & industrial

     1      $ 100,000      $ 100,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2017

        

Troubled Debt Restructurings:

        

Commercial & industrial

     1      $ 725,464      $ 725,464  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructuring for 2018 and 2017 increased the allowance for loan losses by $4,336 and $15,725, respectively. In 2018, one TDR had a payment default, but was fully paid off as of December 31, 2018. None of the TDR loans during and for the year ending December 31, 2017 had a payment default within twelve months following the modification.

A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 90 days contractually past due under the modified terms.

Modified loans are terms of a loan to borrowers that were not experiencing either financial difficulties or, they had a delay in a payment that was considered to be insignificant. There were no such loans that were modified during the years ending December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

167


Table of Contents
6.

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2017  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

   $ 3,340,495      $ 3,260,073  

Leasehold improvements

     2,905,430        3,024,318  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     6,245,925        6,284,391  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (4,169,551      (3,398,857
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,076,374      $ 2,885,534  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization included in occupancy and equipment expense totaled $770,692 and $736,869, respectively, for 2018 and 2017.

 

7.

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company’s goodwill totaled $7,350,465 for both years.

The Company analyzes its goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests in certain circumstances such as upon material adverse changes in legal, business, regulatory and economic factors. Impairment exists when the Bank’s carrying value of goodwill exceeds its fair value, which is determined through a qualitative assessment.

At December 31, 2018, the Company had positive equity and the Company elected to perform a qualitative assessment to determine if it was more likely than not that the fair value of the Bank exceeded its carrying value, including goodwill. The qualitative assessment indicated that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the Bank exceeded its carrying value, resulting in no impairment.    

Other Intangible Assets

The core deposit intangible (“CDI”) is evaluated for impairment if events and circumstances indicate a possible impairment. The CDI is amortized on a straight line basis over an estimated life of 10 years.

Impairment testing of the intangible assets is performed at the individual asset level. The Company’s intangibles are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. If such events or changes in circumstances are identified, an impairment adjustment is recognized if the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value. If an impairment exists, the carrying amount of the intangible asset is adjusted to a new cost basis. The new cost basis is then amortized over the remaining useful life of the asset.

 

168


Table of Contents
7.

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

Other Intangible Assets (Continued)

 

At December 31, 2018, the Company identified an intangible asset impairment and recorded an additional $105,134 CDI amortization expense with a new cost basis for the CDI of $285,793. The facts that led to an impairment of CDI were lower than forecast remaining deposit balances from the PPB acquisition on December 31, 2015. CDI amortization expense totaled $160,981 and $55,847 in 2018 and 2017, respectively. The following table provides the estimated future amortization expense of core deposit intangibles:

 

Year Ending

December 31,

      

2019

   $ 40,828  

2020

     40,828  

2021

     40,828  

2022

     40,828  

2023

     40,828  

2024 and after

     81,653  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 285,793  
  

 

 

 

 

8.

INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 consisted of the following:

 

     Federal      State      Total  

2018

        

Current

   $ 2,397,106      $ 1,181,184      $ 3,578,290  

Deferred

     (421,649      (127,599      (549,248
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 1,975,457      $ 1,053,585      $ 3,029,042  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Federal      State      Total  

2017

        

Current

   $ 3,088,495      $ 955,047      $ 4,043,542  

Change in Federal Income Tax Rate

     1,748,207        —          1,748,207  

Deferred

     (182,162      49,314        (132,848
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 4,654,540      $ 1,004,361      $ 5,658,901  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

169


Table of Contents
8.

INCOME TAXES (Continued)

 

The Company’s reported amount of income tax expense differs from federal statutory rates in 2018 and 2017 due principally to California franchise taxes and share-based compensation and the revaluation of deferred taxes from continuing operations due to enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. A reconciliation of the tax provision based on the statutory corporate rate of 21% for 2018 and 34% for 2017 on pretax income is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2018     2017  

Statutory Federal income tax rate

     21.0     34.0

State income taxes, net of Federal tax benefit

     7.1       5.9  

Low income housing credits, net of investment losses

     -0.6       0.4  

Earnings from bank owned life insurance

     -0.5       -1.3  

Share-based compensation

     -3.1       -3.6  

Deferred tax asset revaluation

     —         15.5  

Other, net

     1.9       -0.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     25.8     50.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities) consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2017  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 2,268,000      $ 1,780,619  

State deferred tax asset

     1,693,993        1,545,465  

Accrued expenses

     542,707        499,355  

Organization costs

     86,070        161,226  

Share-based compensation

     177,610        107,840  

Deferred compensation

     178,247        140,122  

Net operating loss carryforward

     1,156,895        1,291,246  

Loan discounts

     163,365        260,082  

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale investment securities

     255        976  

Other

     212,750        163,755  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     6,479,892        5,950,686  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2017  

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Deferred loan origination costs

     (1,174,884      (1,099,076

Core Deposit Intangible

     (60,017      (93,823

Other

     (159,101      (220,131
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (1,394,002      (1,413,030
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 5,085,890      $ 4,537,656  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As a result of the merger with PPB, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards. Pursuant to Sections 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, annual use of net operating loss carryforwards may be limited in the event of a change in ownership. Net operating losses acquired from PPB are subject to Section 382 annual limitations in the amount of approximately $640,000 per year. At December 31, 2018, net operating loss carryforwards for Federal and California income tax purposes totaled $5,509,026, and $5,458,303, respectively, and will begin to expire in 2029.

 

170


Table of Contents
8.

INCOME TAXES (Continued)

 

For the tax year 2018, the Company filed income tax returns in the U.S. Federal and various state jurisdictions. For the tax year 2017, the Company filed income tax returns in the U.S. Federal and various state jurisdictions. There are currently no pending U.S. Federal or state income tax or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities. The Company is no longer subject to tax examinations by U.S. Federal and state taxing authorities for years prior to 2015 for Federal tax returns and 2014 for state tax returns.

The Company is required to determine a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company will continue to evaluate both positive and negative evidence, including forecasts of future income, cumulative losses, applicable tax planning strategies, and assessments of current and future economic and business conditions. The Company believes that a valuation allowance is not needed to reduce the deferred tax assets as it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, there were no unrecognized tax benefits or interest and penalties accrued by the Company.

 

9.

INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS

Interest-bearing deposits consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2017  

Savings

   $ 52,399,523      $ 42,162,809  

Money market

     339,889,794        283,438,202  

Interest-bearing demand accounts

     32,649,941        23,902,959  

Time, more than $250,000

     61,883,000        46,569,407  

Other time

     35,029,064        49,783,982  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 521,851,322      $ 445,857,359  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Aggregate annual maturities of time deposits are as follows:

 

Year Ending

December 31,

      

2019

   $ 21,616,960  

2020

     64,328,845  

2021

     9,526,669  

2022

     1,136,334  

2023

     303,256  
  

 

 

 
   $ 96,912,064  
  

 

 

 

Interest expense recognized on interest-bearing deposits for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2017  

Savings

   $ 231,760      $ 197,325  

Money market

     2,772,371        1,413,497  

Interest-bearing demand accounts

     21,697        17,349  

Time, more than $250,000

     937,000        441,940  

Other time

     498,617        370,794  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,461,445      $ 2,440,905  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

171


Table of Contents
10.

BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS

The Company has a borrowing arrangement with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (FRB) under which advances are secured by portions of the Bank’s loan and investment securities portfolios. The Company’s credit limit varies according to the amount and composition of the assets pledged as collateral. At December 31, 2018, amounts pledged and available borrowing capacity under such limits were approximately $211,428,000 and $131,923,000, respectively. At December 31, 2017, amounts pledged and available borrowing capacity under such limits were approximately $230,632,000 and $163,734,000, respectively. There were no borrowings outstanding under this arrangement as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

The Company has a borrowing arrangement with the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) under which advances are secured by portions of the Bank’s loan portfolio. The Bank’s credit limit varies according to its total assets and the amount and composition of the loan portfolio pledged as collateral. At December 31, 2018, amounts pledged and available borrowing capacity under such limits were approximately $171,305,000 and $156,305,000, respectively. At December 31, 2017, amounts pledged and available borrowing capacity under such limits were approximately $165,412,000 and $101,487,000, respectively. There were no borrowings outstanding under this arrangement as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Under agreements with several correspondent banks, the Company can borrow up to $58,000,000. In a separate agreement, the Company can borrow up to $10,000,000 or the total market value of securities pledged to a correspondent bank under a repurchase agreement. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, there were no investment securities pledged to the correspondent bank under this agreement. There were no borrowings outstanding under these arrangements at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

The Company issued $5,000,000 in subordinated debt on April 15, 2016. The subordinated debt has a fixed interest rate of 5.875% for the first 5 years. After the fifth year, the interest rate changes to a variable rate of Prime plus 2.00%. The subordinated debt was recorded net of related issuance costs of $86,578. On December 31, 2018 and 2017, the balances were $4,960,028 and $4,942,856, net of issuance cost, respectively.

The Company issued $11,000,000 in senior notes on June 30, 2017. The senior notes are secured by the Company’s investment in the Bank. The senior notes consist of a $1,000,000 revolving line of credit with a gross commitment of $5,000,000 and an interest rate of 4.650% for a one year term. The second senior note, in the amount of $10,000,000 with an interest rate of 4.650%, had a term of three years. Principal payments on the senior note of $10,000,000 were due after the first year. The issuance costs for the senior notes were insignificant.

The Company renewed the one-year revolving line of credit with an outstanding balance of $1,500,000 at a rate of 5.40% on June 30, 2018. At December 31, 2017, the balance was $11,000,000. Both senior notes were paid off on August 17, 2018.

In November 2018, the Company modified and renewed the revolving line of credit with a commitment of $15,000,000 for one-year at a rate of Prime plus 0.40%. At December 31, 2018, no borrowings were outstanding under this line of credit.

 

11.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases

The Company currently operates from six offices including three banking branches in Lafayette, Fremont and San Jose, California, and three loan production offices in Oakland, Walnut Creek and San Jose, California.

The Lafayette office lease, dated June, 2007, as amended, had a 90 month initial term from the date of occupancy in November 2007. The Company has executed several renewal amendments with a current

 

172


Table of Contents
11.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

Operating Leases (Continued)

 

leased premises of approximately 7,000 square feet. The current lease term is five years from October 2015 to September 2020 with one 60 month renewal option. This office is leased from an affiliated party. (See Note 16)

The Company leases premises with approximately 15,600 square feet in Oakland, California for a loan production and administrative office. The lease for the Oakland loan production and administrative office is for an initial term of seven years, with a 60 month renewal option. The current term of the lease expires on January 31, 2023. In September 2017, an amendment was executed adding approximately 4,600 square feet with the same expiration date on January 31, 2023.

The Company leases premises with approximately 4,000 square feet in San Jose, California for a loan production office. The lease for the San Jose loan production office is for an initial term of seven years, with a 60 month renewal option. The current term of the lease expires on February 1, 2023.

The Company leases premises with approximately 8,500 square feet in Fremont, California as a branch office. The lease for the Fremont branch office was assumed in the merger with PPB and had an initial term of ten years, with an 84 month renewal option. The current term of the lease expires on June 30, 2022.

The Company leases premises with approximately 3,500 square feet in San Jose, California as a branch office. The lease for the San Jose branch office was assumed in the merger with PPB and had an initial term of 88 months. The current term of the lease expires on September 30, 2021. In December 2018, an amendment was executed adding approximately 3,000 square feet with the same expiration date on January 31, 2027.

The Company leases premises with approximately 3,900 square feet in Walnut Creek, California as a loan production office. The lease for the Walnut Creek office is for an initial term of seven years, with a 60 month renewal option. The current term of the lease expires on November 1, 2022.

Future minimum lease payments are as follows:

 

     Year Ending
December 31,
 

2019

   $ 1,419,040  

2020

     1,565,891  

2021

     1,331,967  

2022

     1,371,926  

2023

     479,577  

Thereafter

     1,115,353  
  

 

 

 
   $ 7,283,754  
  

 

 

 

Rental expense included in occupancy and equipment expense totaled $1,816,623 and $1,450,495 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Deposit Concentrations

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, there were no deposit relationships that exceeded 5% of total deposits.

Contingencies

The Company may be subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the amount of ultimate liability with respect to such actions will not materially affect the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

 

173


Table of Contents
12.

LOAN COMMITMENTS AND OTHER RELATED ACTIVITIES

Correspondent Banking Agreements

The Company maintains funds on deposit with other federally insured financial institutions under correspondent banking agreements. Insured financial institution deposits up to $250,000 are fully insured by the FDIC under the FDIC’s general deposit insurance rules. At December 31, 2018, uninsured deposits at financial institutions were approximately $2,250,000.

Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business in order to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates.

The following financial instruments represent off-balance-sheet credit risk:

 

     2018      2017  
     Fixed
Rate
     Variable
Rate
     Fixed
Rate
     Variable
Rate
 

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 7,800,203      $ 317,669,989      $ 10,944,472      $ 264,094,539  

Standby letters of credit

     1,000,000        6,500,272        1,000,000        4,339,251  

Commitments to make loans are generally made for periods from 12 month to 24 month. The fixed rate loan commitments have interest rates ranging from 3.20% to 6.50%.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for loans included on the balance sheet.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies, but may include accounts receivable, inventory, and deeds of trust on residential real estate and income-producing commercial properties.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a client to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to clients. The fair value of the liability related to these standby letters of credit, which represents the fees received for issuing the guarantees, was not significant at December 31, 2018 and 2017. The Company recognizes these fees as revenue over the term of the commitment or when the commitment is used.

At December 31, 2018, commercial loan commitments represent approximately 80% of total commitments and are generally unsecured or secured by collateral other than real estate and have variable interest rates. Real estate related loan commitments represent approximately 18% of total commitments and are generally secured by real property with a loan-to-value ratio not to exceed 75%. The majority of real estate related loan commitments also have variable interest rates.

 

174


Table of Contents
12.

LOAN COMMITMENTS AND OTHER RELATED ACTIVITIES (Continued)

 

Significant Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Company grants real estate mortgage, real estate construction, commercial and installment loans to customers in the Company’s geographic service area. Commercial & industrial loans and real estate loans represented 42% and 54% of total loans, respectively, at December 31, 2018. Although management believes such concentrations to have no more than the normal risk of collectability, a substantial decline in the economy in general, or a decline in real estate values in the Company’s primary market area in particular, could have an adverse impact on collectability of these loans. Personal and business income represents the primary source of repayment for a majority of these loans.

 

13.

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Share-Based Compensation Plans

The Company declared a 5% stock dividend on August 7, 2017 which increased the number of shares outstanding for stock options and common stock eligible for issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan.

The California BanCorp 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”) permits the granting of stock options and restricted stock to directors, organizers and employees of the Company. Grants of options to the organizers during the start-up phase of the Company and to the Directors are considered non-qualified stock option awards. All other option grants are considered incentive stock option awards. The 2007 Plan does not have any shares available for future grant as of December 31, 2016.

The Company has issued the California BanCorp 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”), which was approved by its shareholders and permits the grant of stock options and restricted stock for up to 404,235 shares of the Company’s common stock, of which 39,123 shares were available for future grant at December 31, 2018. Adjusted for stock dividend, the 2014 Plan was revised to 404,235 shares from 384,986 shares.

The Company has issued the California BanCorp 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2017 Plan”), which was approved by its shareholders and permits the grant of stock options and restricted stock for up to 420,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, of which 367,674 shares were available for future grant at December 31, 2018. Adjusted for the stock dividend, the 2017 Plan was revised to 420,000 shares from 400,000 shares. The amount, frequency, and terms of share-based awards may vary based on competitive practices, the Company’s operating results and government regulations. New shares are issued upon option exercise or restricted share grants. Shares may also be granted under the 2017 Plan that vest immediately without restriction. Both 2017 and 2014 Plans do not provide for the settlement of awards in cash. Both 2017 and 2014 Plans are designed to attract and retain employees and directors.

Stock Option Awards

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the compensation cost recognized for stock option awards was $250,736 and $226,048, respectively.

 

175


Table of Contents
13.

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

Stock Option Awards (Continued)

 

A summary of option activity under the 2007 Plan, 2014 Plan and 2017 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 is presented below:

 

Options

   Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2017

     897,316     $ 9.12        

Granted

     59,457     $ 19.65        

Exercised

     (240,116   $ 7.80        

Forfeited or canceled

     (1,603   $ 13.19        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding December 31, 2017

     715,054     $ 11.16        
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Granted

     92,855     $ 22.20        

Exercised

     (381,437   $ 8.00        

Forfeited or canceled

     (61,031   $ 16.04        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding December 31, 2018

     365,441     $ 14.40        6.49      $ 1,602,273  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2018

     342,345     $ 14.06        6.33      $ 1,578,004  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2018

     193,488     $ 10.49        4.66      $ 1,367,431  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Information related to the stock option plan during each year follows:

 

     2018      2017  

Intrinsic value of options exercised

   $ 5,364,468      $ 2,300,840  

Cash received from option exercises

     3,052,008        2,089,055  

Weighted average fair value of options granted

   $ 8.00      $ 7.64  

As of December 31, 2018, the unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock option awards totaled $797,200. That cost is expected to be amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average period of 2.37 years and will be adjusted for subsequent changes in estimated forfeitures.

The following information relates to stock option grants granted during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

     2018     2017  

Weighted average grant date fair value per share of options granted

   $ 6.32     $ 5.88  

Significant fair value assumptions:

    

Expected term in years

     6 years       6 years  

Expected annual volatility

     22.98     26.53

Expected annual dividend yield

     0     0

Risk-free interest rate

     2.57     1.95

Stock Awards

Eleven stock awards totaling 19,176 shares were granted and issued during the year ended December 31, 2018. These stock awards were fully vested upon grant. The grant date fair value of these awards was $22.60 per share, or $433,460 which was recorded as non-employee compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

176


Table of Contents
13.

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

Stock Awards (Continued)

 

Eleven stock awards totaling 12,173 shares were granted and issued during the year ended December 31, 2017. These stock awards were fully vested upon grant. The grant date fair value of these awards was $18.75 per share, or $228,244 which was recorded as non-employee compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Restricted Stock Units

The following restricted stock unit information is for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

     2018      2017  
     Number of
Shares
     Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value Per
Share
     Number of
Shares
     Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value Per
Share
 

Nonvested, beginning of year

     30,596      $ 20.25        —        $ —    

Granted

     78,346        22.14        30,596        20.25  

Vested

     (6,069      20.09        —          —    

Forfeited

     (5,400      22.04        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonvested, end of year

     97,473      $ 21.68        30,596      $ 20.25  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the compensation cost recognized for restricted stock units was $312,434 and $5,163. As of December 31, 2018, the unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock units totaled $1,800,781. Restricted stock units granted during 2017 that were vested as of December 31, 2018 are payable in shares to the holders. Units granted with these terms are, therefore, fully expensed as of the year-end but not reflected in shares outstanding until the payout date.

 

14.

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Profit Sharing Plan

In 2007, the Company adopted the California Bank of Commerce Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan. All full-time employees 21 years of age or older with 3 months of service are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan. Eligible employees may elect to make tax deferred contributions up to the maximum amount allowed by law. The Company may make additional contributions to the plan at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Bank contributions may vest at a rate of 20% annually for all employees. The Company made a fully vested contribution to the 401(k) Plan for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 in the amount of $427,843 and $438,982, respectively.

Salary Continuation and Retirement Plan

The Board of Directors approved a salary continuation plan for certain executives. Under the Plan, once executives reach age 65, the Company is obligated to provide executives with annual benefits after retirement. The estimated present value of these future benefits is accrued from the effective date of the plan based on a discount rate of 4.25%.

The expense recognized under this plan for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 totaled $206,547 and $128,815, respectively. Accrued compensation payable under the salary continuation plan totaled $848,794 and $667,247 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and is included in accrued interest payable and other liabilities on the balance sheet.

 

177


Table of Contents
15.

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock Private Placements

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company completed an offering of its common stock. Proceeds totaling $23,576,730, from the sale of 1,177,000 shares were recorded, net of $1,434,520 in stock offering costs. The Company used the additional capital to pay off senior notes and allow for additional growth and for general business purposes.

Dividends

Upon declaration by the Board of Directors, all shareholders of record will be entitled to receive dividends. The California Financial Code restricts the total dividend payment of any state banking association in any calendar year to the lesser of (1) the Company’s retained earnings or (2) the Company’s net income for its last three fiscal years, less distributions made to shareholders during the same three-year period.

Stock Dividend

On August 7, 2017, the Company declared a 5% stock dividend that was payable on August 31, 2017 to shareholders of record as of the close of trading on August 18, 2017, with cash paid for any fractional shares. As a result of the stock dividend, the Company issued 303,407 shares of its common stock. These transactions were recorded as of August 31, 2017 and resulted in an increase in common stock and a corresponding decrease of retained earnings in the amount of $5,642,058. In addition, the Company paid $1,982 for fractional common shares on August 31, 2017.

Regulatory Capital

The Company and the Bank is subject to certain regulatory capital requirements administered by the FDIC. Failure to meet these minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Under capital adequacy guidelines, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. These quantitative measures are established by regulation and require that minimum amounts and ratios of total capital, Tier 1 capital and common equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) capital to risk-weighted assets and of Tier 1 capital to average assets be maintained. Capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

As of January 1, 2015, the Bank became subject to new capital requirement and certain provision of new rules will be phased in from 2015 through 2019. Under the Basel III rules, the Bank must hold a capital conservation buffer above the adequately capitalized risk-based ratios. The implementation of the capital conservation buffer began on January 1, 2016 at 0.625% and will be phased in over a four-year period (increasing by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019). Thus, when fully phased-in on January 1, 2019, the Bank will be required to maintain this additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of CET1. At December 31, 2018, the capital conservation buffer requirement was 1.875%.

The Bank is also subject to additional capital guidelines under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, Tier 1 leverage and common equity Tier 1 risk-based ratios as set forth in the table on the following page. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under these guidelines. There are no conditions or events since that notification

 

178


Table of Contents
15.

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Continued)

Regulatory Capital (Continued)

 

that management believes have changed this category. Management believes that the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

The Company’s consolidated capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

     2018     2017  
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

Common Equity Tier 1 Risk Based Capital Ratio

          

California BanCorp

   $ 112,544,000        11.18   $ 76,960,000        8.89

Leverage Ratio

          

California BanCorp

   $ 112,544,000        11.57   $ 76,960,000        8.74

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio

          

California BanCorp

   $ 112,544,000        11.18   $ 76,960,000        8.89

Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio

          

California BanCorp

   $ 128,454,000        12.76   $ 92,870,000        10.73

The Bank’s capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table together with capital adequacy requirements, under the Basel III regulatory requirements as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

     2018     2017  
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

Common Equity Tier 1 Risk Based Capital Ratio

          

California Bank of Commerce

   $ 110,069,000        10.94   $ 87,234,000        10.09

To be “Well-Capitalized” under prompt corrective action regulation

   $ 65,402,000        6.50   $ 56,221,000        6.50

Required for capital adequacy purposes (including capital conservation buffer)

   $ 64,144,000        6.375   $ 49,734,000        5.75

Leverage Ratio

          

California Bank of Commerce

   $ 110,069,000        11.31   $ 87,234,000        9.92

To be “Well-Capitalized” under prompt corrective action regulation

   $ 48,648,000        5.00   $ 43,974,000        5.00

Required for capital adequacy purposes

   $ 38,918,000        4.00   $ 35,179,000        4.00

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio

          

California Bank of Commerce

   $ 110,069,000        10.94   $ 87,234,000        10.09

To be “Well-Capitalized” under prompt corrective action regulation

   $ 80,495,000        8.00   $ 69,195,000        8.00

Required for capital adequacy purposes (including capital conservation buffer)

   $ 79,237,000        7.875   $ 62,708,000        7.25

Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio

          

California Bank of Commerce

   $ 125,979,000        12.52   $ 101,627,000        11.75

To be “Well-Capitalized” under prompt corrective action regulation

   $ 100,619,000        10.00   $ 86,494,000        10.00

Required for capital adequacy purposes (including capital conservation buffer)

   $ 99,361,000        9.875   $ 80,007,000        9.25

The issuance of senior notes qualifies as Tier 1 capital for the Bank under the guidelines established by the Federal Reserve Bank. The subordinated debt qualifies as Tier 2 capital for the Company and the Bank

 

179


Table of Contents
15.

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Continued)

Regulatory Capital (Continued)

 

under the guidelines established by the Federal Reserve Bank. The subordinated debt is included in the total risk-based capital ratio at December 31, 2018 and 2017 and had no effect on the other regulatory capital ratios of the Company and the Bank.

 

16.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company enters into transactions with related parties, including Directors, executive officers and affiliates.

The following is a summary of the aggregate activity involving related party borrowers during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

Balance, January 1, 2017

   $ 7,885,601  

New Loans & Disbursements

     7,658,302  

Amounts repaid

     (7,934,052
  

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

     7,609,851  
  

 

 

 

Amounts repaid

     (1,162,497
  

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2018

   $ 6,447,354  
  

 

 

 

Undisbursed commitments to related parties, December 31, 2018

   $ 15,595,000  
  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company’s deposits from related parties totaled approximately $36,994,857 and $31,910,306, respectively.

The Company also leases its Lafayette office from a company owned by a member of the Board of Directors. Rental payments under this agreement totaled $358,593 and $371,123 for December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

During 2018, the Company purchased marketing and promotional services from a company that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of an LLP whose managing partner/CEO is a member of the Board of Directors. Amounts paid pursuit to this agreement totaled $445,000 in 2018.

 

17.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Topic 606 utilizing the modified retrospective transition method. The core principle of Topic 606 (and all subsequent updates) is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. Topic 606 does not apply to revenue such as loans fees, gains or losses on sales of loans, gains or losses on sales of investment securities, and earnings on bank owned life insurance. The adoption did not have a material impact on the financial condition or results of operations as revenue recognition under the new standards did not change significantly from our current practice of recognizing the in-scope non-interest income.

Non-interest income, such as deposit related fees, are in-scope of Topic 606. Deposit related fees may include service charges, account analysis fees and non-sufficient funds fees.

Service charges on deposit accounts consist of monthly maintenance fees, business account analysis fees, business online banking fees, check order charges, and other deposit account-related fees. Performance obligations for monthly maintenance fees and account analysis fees are satisfied, and the related revenue recognized, when the Company completed performance obligation each month. Performance obligations

 

180


Table of Contents
17.

REVENUE RECOGNITION (Continued)

 

related to transaction-based services (such as check orders) are satisfied, and the related revenue recognized, at a point in time when completed, except for business accounts subject to analysis where the transaction-based fees are part of the monthly account analysis fees.

The following presents service charges and other fees in-scope and out-of-scope of Topic 606, for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2017  

Service charges and other fees (in-scope of Topic 606)

     

Deposit related fees

   $ 1,010,399      $ 706,775  

Service charges and other fees (out-of-scope of Topic 606)

     

Loan related fees

     1,441,006        1,277,138  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Service charges and other fees

   $ 2,451,405      $ 1,983,913  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

18.

OTHER NON-INTEREST EXPENSES

Other expenses for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 consisted of the following:

 

     2018      2017  

Professional fees

   $ 1,761,108      $ 921,417  

Director’s stock-based and other compensation

     978,347        734,079  

Outsourced data processing and electronic banking

     971,055        857,971  

Advertising, promotion and business development

     781,370        612,616  

Computer network and internet support

     568,787        597,820  

Regulatory fees

     525,354        523,677  

Loan processing

     523,726        515,136  

Telecommunications

     293,695        300,761  

Correspondent bank service charges

     272,901        255,433  

Transfer Agent & Shareholder

     204,468        24,656  

Company insurance

     107,758        101,851  

Provision for unfunded loan commitments

     —          30,000  

Other operating expenses

     892,436        668,865  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other non-interest expenses

   $ 7,881,005      $ 6,144,282  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

19.

QUALIFIED AFFORDABLE HOUSING PROJECT INVESTMENTS

The Company invests in low income housing tax credit investments with gross commitments (including amounts funded and unfunded) of $11,568,100 and $8,467,600 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. During 2018, the Company added a new investment with a commitment balance of $3,100,500 and had $1,665,656 in capital calls during the year. During 2017, the Company added a new investment with a commitment balance of $500,000 and had $1,689,654 in capital calls during the year. Total commitments remaining for future capital call were $3,361,897 and $2,196,455, at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The investment balances outstanding were $5,091,835 and $4,241,748 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. These balances are reflected in the accrued interest receivable and other assets line on the balance sheets.

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recognized tax benefits of $108,514 and $161,710, respectively, which were included within income tax expense on the statements of income.

 

181


Table of Contents
19.

QUALIFIED AFFORDABLE HOUSING PROJECT INVESTMENTS (Continued)

 

For tax purposes, the Company recorded tax credit and other benefits of $924,083 and $1,037,294, for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company recorded low income housing credit investment amortization of $815,569 and $875,585 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

20.

PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

     2018      2017  
ASSETS      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,441,274      $ 219,520  

Investment in banking subsidiary

     118,723,253        95,708,626  

Other assets

     14,004        191,474  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 121,178,531      $ 96,119,620  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY      

Senior notes

   $ —        $ 11,000,000  

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

     99,761        376,953  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     99,761        11,376,953  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

     

Shareholders’ equity

     121,078,770        84,742,667  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 121,178,531      $ 96,119,620  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the Years Ended December 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

     2018     2017  

Interest expense

   $ 332,554     $ 262,854  

Non-interest expenses

     843,199       202,401  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) before provision for income taxes and undistributed subsidiary income

     (1,175,753     (465,255

(Benefit) for income taxes

     (347,595     (191,472
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) before equity in undistributed subsidiary income

   $ (828,158   $ (273,783
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed subsidiary income

   $ 9,540,778     $ 5,901,201  

Net Income

   $ 8,712,620     $ 5,627,418  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income

   $ 8,712,620     $ 5,627,418  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

182


Table of Contents
20.

PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

 

     2018     2017  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net Income

   $ 8,712,620     $ 5,627,418  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Equity in undistributed (earnings) of subsidiary income

     (9,540,775     (5,901,201

Change in other assets

     177,470       (191,473

Change in other liabilities

     717,555       835,474  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     66,870       370,218  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Investment in subsidiaries

     (13,473,856     (13,237,771
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (13,473,856     (13,237,771
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from issuance of senior notes

     500,000       11,000,000  

Repayment of senior notes

     (11,500,000     —    

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     3,052,010       2,089,055  

Cash paid in lieu of fraction shares

     —         (1,982

Proceeds from common stock private placement

     23,576,730       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     15,628,740       13,087,073  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

     2,221,754       219,520  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     219,520       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 2,441,274     $ 219,520  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the year for:

    

Interest

   $ 332,554     $ 262,854  

Income taxes

     —         800  

 

21.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

     2018      2017  

Basic

     

Net Income

   $ 8,712,620      $ 5,627,418  

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     7,120,986        6,298,971  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 1.22      $ 0.89  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

     

Net Income

   $ 8,712,620      $ 5,627,418  

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     7,120,986        6,298,971  

Add: dilutive effect of assumed exercises of stock options

     196,626        343,537  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding

     7,317,612        6,642,508  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dilutive earnings per common share

   $ 1.19      $ 0.85  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock options totaling 206,181 shares and 22,325 shares of common stock were not considered in computing dilutive earnings per common share for 2018 and 2017, respectively, because they were anti-dilutive.

 

183


Table of Contents

ITEM 14. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

184


Table of Contents
ITEM 15.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

(a) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The following financial statements are included in this report:

The financial statements and financial statement schedules are filed as part of this registration statement and begin on page 96 and an index thereto is included in Item 13.

(b) EXHIBITS. The following exhibits are included as part of this report:

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  3.1    Articles of Incorporation of California BanCorp
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of California BanCorp
  4.1    Form of Certificate of Common Stock of California BanCorp
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between California BanCorp and its directors and executive officers
10.2    Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between California Bank of Commerce and its directors and executive officers
10.3    Amended and Restated California BanCorp 2017 Equity Incentive Plan*
10.4    California Bank of Commerce 2007 Equity Incentive Plan*
10.5    California Bank of Commerce 2014 Equity Incentive Plan*
10.6    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under the Amended and Restated California BanCorp 2017 Equity Incentive Plan*
10.7    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Amended and Restated California BanCorp 2017 Equity Incentive Plan*
10.8    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under the California Bank of Commerce 2007 Equity Incentive Plan*
10.9    Form of Stock Award Agreement under the California Bank of Commerce 2007 Equity Incentive Plan*
10.10    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under the California Bank of Commerce 2014 Equity Incentive Plan*
10.11    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the California Bank of Commerce 2014 Equity Incentive Plan*
10.12    Employment Agreement, effective May 7, 2018, by and between Steven E. Shelton and California Bank of Commerce*
10.13    Employment Agreement, effective May 20, 2019, by and between Thomas A. Sa and California Bank of Commerce*
10.14    Executive Supplemental Compensation Agreement by and between California Bank of Commerce and Steven E. Shelton*

 

185


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.15    Executive Supplemental Compensation Agreement by and between California Bank of Commerce and Thomas A. Sa*
10.16    Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of August 14, 2018 by and among California Bancorp and the investors party thereto
10.17    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Amended and Restated California Bancorp 2017 Equity Incentive Plan*
10.18    Second Amended and Restated Split-Dollar Agreement effective January 13, 2019 by and between California Bank of Commerce and Steven E. Shelton*
21.1    Subsidiaries of California BanCorp

 

*

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

 

186


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form 10 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    CALIFORNIA BANCORP
March 3, 2020     By:
   

/s/ Steven E. Shelton

   

Steven E. Shelton

   

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

187

Exhibit 3.1

4007339

 

   ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION    FILED
   OF   

Secretary of State

State of California

   CALIFORNIA BANCORP   

MAR 30 2017

ICC

ONE: NAME: The name of the corporation is California BanCorp.

TWO: PURPOSE: The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporations Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business or the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California Corporations Code.

THREE: AUTHORIZED STOCK: (a) The total number of shares this corporation is authorized to issue is 50,000,000 shares, which shall be divided into two classes as follows: (i) 40,000,000 shares of Common Stock (hereinafter “Common Shares”), and (ii) 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock (hereinafter “Preferred Shares”).

(b) The Preferred Shares may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is authorized to fix the number of shares of any series of Preferred Shares and to determine the designation of any such series. The Board of Directors is also authorized to determine or alter the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon any wholly unissued series of Preferred Shares and, within the limits and restrictions stated in any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares constituting any series, to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any such series subsequent to the issue of that series.

FOUR: DIRECTOR LIABILITY: The liability of the directors of the corporation for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under California law.

FIVE: INDEMNIFICATION: This corporation is authorized to indemnify its agents (as defined from time to time in Section 317 of the California Corporations Code) through bylaw provisions, agreements with agents, votes of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess, to the fullest extent permissible under California law and in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by Section 317 of the California Corporations Code. Any amendment, repeal or modification of the provisions of this Article shall not adversely affect any right or protection of an agent of the corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

SIX: ADDRESS OF THE CORPORATION: The initial street and mailing address of the corporation is:

3595 Mt. Diablo Boulevard, Second Floor

Lafayette, California

 


4007339

SEVEN: AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS: The name and address in this State of this corporation’s initial agent for service of process is:

Tommiette Rey

1300 Clay Street

Suite 500

Oakland, CA 94612

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, for the purpose of forming this corporation under the laws of the State of California, the undersigned, constituting the incorporator of this corporation, has executed these Articles of Incorporation.

Dated: March 30, 2017    

 

/s/ Ernest J. Panasci

Ernest J. Panasci

I hereby declare that I am the person who executed the foregoing Articles of Incorporation, which execution is my act and deed.

 

/s/ Ernest J. Panasci

Ernest J. Panasci

 

2

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

CALIFORNIA BANCORP

A California Corporation

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

1.1 Principal Offices. The board of directors shall fix the location of the principal executive office of the corporation at any place within or outside the State of California. If the principal executive office is located outside this state, and the corporation has one or more business offices in this state, the board of directors shall fix and designate a principal business office in the State of California.

1.2 Other Offices. The board of directors may at any time establish subordinate offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

2.1 Place of Meetings. Meetings of shareholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of California designated by the board of directors. In the absence of any such designation, shareholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation. If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to the requirement of consent as described below and those guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, shareholders not physically present in person or by proxy at a meeting of shareholders may, by “electronic transmission by and to the corporation” as defined below, or by electronic video screen communication, participate in a meeting of shareholders, be deemed present in person or by proxy, and vote at a meeting of shareholders whether that meeting is to be held at a designated place or in whole or in part by means of electronic transmission by and to the corporation or by electronic video screen communication.

“Electronic transmission by the corporation” means (i) a facsimile telecommunication or electronic mail when directed to the facsimile number or electronic mail address, respectively, for that recipient on record with the corporation, (ii) posting on an electronic message board or network which the corporation has designated for those communications, together with a separate notice to the recipient of the posting, which transmission shall be validly delivered upon the later of the posting or delivery of the separate notice thereof, or (iii) other means of electronic communication. In all cases of electronic transmissions, the recipient must have provided an unrevoked consent to the use of those means of transmission for such communications, and the means of transmission must create a record that is capable of retention, retrieval, and review and that may thereafter be rendered into clearly legible tangible form. However, an electronic transmission to an individual shareholder is not authorized unless, in addition to satisfying the requirements of this section, the transmission satisfies the requirements applicable to consumer consent to electronic records as set forth in the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 7001(c)(1)).

“Electronic transmission to the corporation” means (i) a facsimile telecommunication or electronic mail when directed to the facsimile number or electronic mail address, respectively, which the corporation has provided from time to time to shareholders for sending communications to the corporation, (ii) posting on an electronic message board or network which the corporation has designated for those communications, and which transmission shall be validly delivered upon the posting, or (iii) other means of electronic communication. In all cases of electronic transmissions to the corporation, the corporation must have placed in effect reasonable measures to verify that the sender is the shareholder (in person or by proxy) purporting to send the transmission, and the means of transmission must create a record that is capable of retention, retrieval, and review, and that may thereafter be rendered into clearly legible tangible form.

A meeting of the shareholders may be conducted, in whole or in part, by electronic transmission by and to the corporation as defined above or by electronic video screen communication if (i) the corporation implements

 

-1-


reasonable measures to provide shareholders (in person or by proxy) a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the shareholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting concurrently with those proceedings; and (ii) if any shareholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of electronic transmission to the corporation or electronic video screen communication and a record of that vote or action is maintained by the corporation. Any request by a corporation to a shareholder for consent to conduct a meeting of shareholders by electronic transmission shall include a notice that absent consent of the shareholder, the meeting shall be held at a physical location in accordance with the first paragraph of this Section 2.1.

2.2 Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the board of directors. The date so designated shall be within fifteen (15) months after the last annual meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected, and any other proper business may be transacted.

2.3 Special Meeting. A special meeting of the shareholders may be called at any time by the board of directors, or by the chairperson of the board, or by the president, or by one or more shareholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting. If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other than the board of directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the chairperson of the board, the president, or the secretary of the corporation. The officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the shareholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of this Article II, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after receipt of the request, the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice.

Nothing contained in this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of shareholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.

2.4 Notice of Shareholders’ Meetings. All notices of meetings of shareholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of this Article II not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, provided that if notice is sent by third-class mail then the notice shall be sent or otherwise given not less than thirty (30) days before the date of the meeting. Shareholders entitled to notice shall be determined in accordance with Section 2.11 of this Article II. The notice shall specify the following:

(a) the place, date and hour of the meeting,

(b) the means of electronic transmission by and to the corporation or electronic video screen communication, if any, by which shareholders may participate in that meeting,

(c) in the case of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted,

(d) in the case of the annual meeting, those matters which the board of directors, at the time of giving the notice, intends to present for action by the shareholders,

(e) if directors are to be elected, the name of any nominee or nominees whom, at the time of the notice, management intends to present for election,

(f) if action is proposed to be taken at any meeting for (i) approval of a contract or transaction in which a director has a direct or indirect financial interest, pursuant to Section 310 of the Corporations Code of California (the “Code”), (ii) an amendment of the articles of incorporation, pursuant to Section 902 of the Corporations Code, (iii) a reorganization of the corporation, pursuant to Section 1201 of the Corporations Code, (iv) a voluntary dissolution of the corporation, pursuant to Section 1900 of the Corporations Code, or (v) a distribution in dissolution other than in accordance with the rights of outstanding preferred shares, pursuant to Section 2007 of the Corporations Code, the general nature of that proposal, and

 

-2-


(g) any other matters expressly required by statute.

2.5 Manner of Giving Notice: Affidavit of Notice. Notice of any meeting of shareholders shall be given either personally or by first-class mail (or, if the corporation has 500 or more shareholders of record, by third-class mail) or telegraphic or other written communication, charges prepaid, addressed to the shareholder at the address of that shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the shareholder to the corporation for the purpose of notice. If no such address appears on the corporation’s books or is given, notice shall be deemed to have been given if sent to that shareholder by first-class mail (or, if the corporation has 500 or more shareholders of record, by third-class mail) or telegraphic or other written communication to the corporation’s principal executive office, or if published at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the county where that office is located. Notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when delivered personally or deposited in the mail or sent by telegram or other means of written communication.

If any notice addressed to a shareholder at the address of that shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation is returned to the corporation by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the notice to the shareholder at that address, all future notices or reports shall be deemed to have been duly given without further mailing if these shall be available to the shareholder on written demand of the shareholder at the principal executive office of the corporation for a period of one year from the date of the giving of the notice. An affidavit of the mailing or other means of giving any notice of any shareholders’ meeting shall be executed by the secretary, assistant secretary, or any transfer agent of the corporation giving the notice, and shall be filed and maintained in the minute book of the corporation.

2.6 Quorum. The presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.

2.7 Adjourned Meeting: Notice. Any shareholders’ meeting, annual or special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of the majority of the shares represented at that meeting, either in person or by proxy, but in the absence of a quorum, no other business may be transacted at that meeting, except as provided in Section 2.6 of this Article II.

When any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place are announced at a meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed, or unless the adjournment is for more than forty-five (45) days from the date set for the original meeting, in which case the board of directors shall set a new record date. Notice of any such adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of this Article II. At any adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

2.8 Voting. The shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of this Article II, subject to the provisions of Sections 702 to 704, inclusive, of the Corporations Code of California (relating to voting shares held by a fiduciary, in the name of a corporation, or in joint ownership). The shareholders’ vote may be by voice or by ballot; provided, however, that any election for directors must be by ballot if demanded by any shareholder before the voting has begun. On any matter other than elections of directors, any shareholder may vote part of the shares in favor of the proposal and refrain from voting the remaining shares or vote them against the proposal, but, if the shareholder fails to specify the number of shares which the shareholder is voting affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the shareholder’s approving vote is with respect to all shares that the shareholder is entitled to vote. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on any matter (other than the election of directors) shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by the Corporations Code or by the articles of incorporation.

At any shareholders’ meeting at which directors are to be elected, no shareholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes (i.e., cast for any one or more candidates a number of votes greater than the number of the shareholder’s

 

-3-


shares) unless the candidates’ names have been placed in nomination prior to commencement of the voting and a shareholder has given notice prior to commencement of the voting of the shareholder’s intention to cumulate votes. If any shareholder has given such a notice, then every shareholder entitled to vote may cumulate votes for candidates in nomination and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which that shareholder’s shares are entitled, or distribute the shareholder’s votes on the same principle among any or all of the candidates, as the shareholder thinks fit. In any election of directors, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected shall be elected.

2.9 Waiver of Notice or Consent by Absent Shareholders. The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, however called and noticed, and wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each person entitled to vote, who was not present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to a holding of the meeting, or an approval of the minutes. The waiver of notice or consent need not specify either the business to be transacted or the purpose of any annual or special meeting of shareholders, except that if action is taken or proposed to be taken for approval of any of those matters specified in Section 601(f) of the Corporations Code, the waiver of notice or consent shall state the general nature of the proposal. All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Attendance by a person at a meeting shall also constitute a waiver of notice of that meeting, except when the person objects, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters not included in the notice of the meeting if that objection is expressly made at the meeting.

2.10 Shareholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting. Any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on that action were present and voted. In the case of election of directors, such a consent shall be effective only if signed by the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of directors; provided, however, that a director may be elected at any time to fill a vacancy on the board of directors that has not been filled by the directors, by the written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of directors. All such consents shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation and shall be maintained in the corporate records. Any shareholder giving a written consent, or the shareholder’s proxy holders, or a transferee of the shares or a personal representative of the shareholder or their respective proxy holders, may revoke the consent by a writing received by the secretary of the corporation before written consents of the number of shares required to authorize the proposed action have been filed with the secretary.

If the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have not been solicited in writing, and if the unanimous written consent of all such shareholders shall not have been received, the secretary shall give prompt notice of the corporate action approved by the shareholders without a meeting. This notice shall be given in the manner specified in Section 2.5 of this Article II. In the case of approval of (i) contracts or transactions in which a director has a direct or indirect financial interest, pursuant to Section 310 of the Corporations Code, (ii) indemnification of agents of the corporation, pursuant to Section 317 of the Corporations Code. (iii) a reorganization of the corporation, pursuant to Section 1201 of the Corporations Code, and (iv) a distribution in dissolution other than in accordance with the rights of outstanding preferred shares, pursuant to Section 2007 of the Corporations Code, the notice shall be given at least ten (10) days before the consummation of any action authorized by that approval.

2.11 Record Date for Shareholder Notice, Voting, and Giving Consents.

(a) For purposes of determining the shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote or entitled to give written consent to corporate action without a meeting, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any such meeting nor more than sixty (60) days before any such action without a meeting, and in this event only shareholders of record on the date so fixed are entitled to notice and to vote or to give consents, as the case may be notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date, except as otherwise provided in the Corporations Code.

 

-4-


(b) If the board of directors does not so fix a record date:

(i) The record date for determining shareholders entitled to receive notice of and vote at a shareholders’ meeting shall be the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived as provided in Section 2.9 of this Article II, the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(ii) The record date for determining shareholders entitled to give consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, if no prior action has been taken by the board, shall be the day on which the first written consent is given.

(iii) The record date for determining shareholders for any other purpose shall be as set forth in Section 8.1 of Article VIII of these bylaws.

(c) A determination of shareholders of record entitled to receive notice of and vote at a shareholders’ meeting shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting unless the board fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting. However, the board shall fix a new record date if the adjournment is to a date more than 45 days after the date set for the original meeting.

(d) Only shareholders of record on the corporation’s books at the close of business on the record date shall be entitled to any of the notice and voting rights listed in subsection (a) of this section, notwithstanding any transfer of shares on the corporation’s books after the record date, except as otherwise required by law.

2.12 Proxies. Every person entitled to vote for directors or on any other matter shall have the right to do so either in person or by one or more agents authorized by a written proxy signed by the person and filed with the secretary of the corporation. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the shareholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission, or otherwise) by the shareholder or the shareholder’s attorney in fact. A validly executed proxy which does not state that it is irrevocable shall continue in full force and effect unless (i) revoked by the person executing it, before the vote pursuant to that proxy, by a writing delivered to the corporation stating that the proxy is revoked, or by a subsequent proxy executed by, or attendance at the meeting and voting in person by, the person executing the proxy; or (ii) written notice of the death or incapacity of the maker of that proxy is received by the corporation before the vote pursuant to that proxy is counted; provided, however, that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date of the proxy, unless otherwise provided in the proxy. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Sections 705(e) and 705(f) of the Corporations Code.

2.13 Inspectors of Election. Before any meeting of shareholders, the board of directors may appoint one person or three persons to serve as inspectors of election at the meeting or its adjournment. If no inspectors of election are so appointed, the chairperson of the meeting may, and on the request of any shareholder or a shareholder’s proxy shall, appoint inspectors of election at the meeting. If inspectors are appointed at a meeting on the request of one or more shareholders or proxies, the holders of a majority of shares or their proxies present at the meeting shall determine whether one or three inspectors are to be appointed. If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any shareholder or a shareholder’s proxy shall appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

The inspector or inspectors shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies; receive votes, ballots or consents; hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote; count and tabulate all votes or consents; determine when the polls shall close; determine the result; and do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.

2.14 Shareholder Nominations and Proposals. At any meeting of shareholders, business will only be conducted if it is brought before the meeting (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors, (2) in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), or (3) by a shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting who complies with the requirements set forth in this Section.

 

-5-


For business (including but not limited to director nominations) to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, the shareholder or shareholders of record intending to propose the business (the “proposing shareholder”) must have given written notice of the proposing shareholder’s nomination or proposal either by personal delivery or by United States mail to the secretary of the corporation no earlier than ninety (90) calendar days and no later than sixty (60) calendar days before the date such annual meeting is to be held. If the current year’s annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 30 (thirty) days of the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting, notice must be received not later than 10 (ten) calendar days following the day on which public announcement of the date of the annual meeting is first made. In no event will an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting of shareholders begin a new time period for giving a proposing shareholder’s notice as provided above.

For business to be properly brought before a special meeting of shareholders, the notice of the meeting sent by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting must set forth the nature of the business to be considered. A shareholder or shareholders who have made a written request for a special meeting pursuant to Section 2.3 may provide the information required for notice of a shareholder proposal under this Section simultaneously with the written request for the meeting submitted to the secretary or within 10 (ten) calendar days after delivery of the written request for the meeting to the secretary.

A proposing shareholder’s notice shall include as to each matter the proposing shareholder proposes to bring before either an annual or special meeting:

(a) The name and address of the proposing shareholder and the classes and number of shares of capital stock of the corporation held by the proposing shareholder;

(b) If the notice regards the nomination of a candidate for election as director: (i) the full name, age and date of birth of each candidate; (ii) the business and residence address and telephone numbers of each candidate; (iii) the education background and business/occupational experience of each candidate including a list of positions held for at least the preceding five (5) years; (iv) the class and number of shares of the corporation beneficially owned by the candidate; and (v) a signed representation by each such candidate that the candidate will timely provide any other information reasonably requested by the corporation for the purpose of preparing its disclosures in regard to the solicitation of proxies for the election of directors. The name of each such candidate for director must be placed in nomination at the annual meeting by a shareholder present in person and the candidate must be present in person at the meeting for the election of directors. Any vote cast for a person who has not been duly nominated pursuant to this Section 2.14(b) will be void (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and included in the corporation’s notice of meeting); and

(c) If the notice regards a proposal other than the nomination of a candidate for election as director: (i) a brief description of the business and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting; (ii) the name an address, as they appear in the corporation’s books, of the shareholder proposing such business; (iii) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are beneficially owned by the shareholder; and (iv) the material interest of the shareholder in such business. Shareholder proposals that do not satisfy the requirements of this Section 2.14(c) may, but need not (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and included in the corporation’s notice of meeting), be considered and discussed but not acted upon at a meeting.

The foregoing provisions of this Section do not relieve any shareholder of any obligation to comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. This Section or a summary of this Section shall be set forth in either the notice or related proxy statement concerning any shareholders’ meeting at which the election of directors is to be considered.

 

-6-


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

3.1 Powers. Subject to the provisions of the Corporations Code and any limitations in the articles of incorporation and these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the shareholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the board of directors.

Without prejudice to these general powers, and subject to the same limitations, the directors shall have the power to:

(a) Change the principal executive office or the principal business office in the State of California from one location to another; cause the corporation to be qualified to do business in any other state, territory, dependency, or country and conduct business within or without the State of California, and designate any place within or without the State of California for the holding of any shareholders’ meeting, or meetings, including annual meetings.

(b) Adopt, make, and use a corporate seal, prescribe the forms of certificates of stock; and alter the form of the seal and certificates.

(c) Authorize the issuance of shares of stock of the corporation on any lawful terms, in consideration of money paid, labor done, services actually rendered, debts or securities canceled or tangible or intangible property actually received.

(d) Borrow money and incur indebtedness on behalf of the corporation, and cause to be executed and delivered for the corporation’s purposes, in the corporate name, promissory notes, bonds, debentures, deeds of trust, mortgages, pledges, hypothecations, and other evidences of debt and securities.

3.2 Number of Directors. The authorized number of directors shall not be less than nine (9) nor more than seventeen (17) until changed by a duly adopted amendment to these bylaws adopted by the vote or written consent of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. The exact number of directors shall be fixed from time to time, within the limits specified in this Section 3.2 by a bylaw or amendment thereto or by a resolution duly adopted by a vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote represented at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present, or by the written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, or by the majority vote of the board of directors.

3.3 Eligibility, Election and Term of Office of Directors. Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of the shareholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until a successor has been elected and qualified.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.4 Vacancies. A vacancy in the board of directors shall be deemed to exist (a) if a director dies, resigns, or is removed by the shareholders or an appropriate court, as provided in sections 303 or 304 of the California Corporations Code; (b) if the board of directors declares vacant the office of a director who has been convicted of a felony or declared of unsound mind by an order of court; (c) if the authorized number of directors is increased; or (d) if at any shareholders’ meeting at which one or more directors are elected, the shareholders fail to elect the full authorized number of directors to be voted for at that meeting.

Any director may resign effective on giving written notice to the chairperson of the board, the president, the secretary, or the board of directors, unless the notice specifies a later effective date. If the resignation is effective at a future time, the board may elect a successor to take office when the resignation becomes effective.

 

-7-


Except for a vacancy caused by the removal of a director, vacancies on the board may be filled by a majority vote of the directors then in office, whether or not they constitute a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. A vacancy on the board caused by the removal of a director may be filled only by a vote of the shareholders, except that a vacancy created when the board declares the office of a director vacant as provided in clause (b) of the first paragraph of this section of the bylaws may be filled by the board of directors.

The shareholders may elect a director at any time to fill a vacancy not filled by the board of directors.

The term of office of a director elected to fill a vacancy shall run until the next annual meeting of the shareholders, and such a director shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified.

3.5 Place of Meetings and Meetings by Telephone. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held at any place within or outside the State of California that has been designated from time to time by resolution of the board. In the absence of such a designation, regular meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation. Special meetings of the board shall be held at any place within or outside the State of California that has been designated in the notice of the meeting or, if not stated in the notice or there is no notice, at the principal executive office of the corporation. Any meeting, regular or special, may be held by conference telephone or similar communication equipment, so long as all directors participating in the meeting can hear one another, and all such directors shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

3.6 Annual Directors’ Meeting. Immediately after each annual shareholders’ meeting, the board of directors shall hold a regular meeting at the same place, or at any other place that has been designated by the board of directors, to consider matters of organization, election of officers, and other business as desired. Notice of this meeting shall not be required unless some place other than the place of the annual shareholders’ meeting has been designated.

3.7 Other Regular Meetings. Other regular meetings of the board of directors shall be held without call at such time as shall from time to time be fixed by the board of directors. Such regular meetings may be held without notice.

3.8 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board or the president or the secretary or any two directors. Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail or telegram, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. In case the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States Mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. In case the notice is delivered personally, or by telephone or telegram, it shall be delivered personally or by telephone or to the telegraph company at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting nor the place if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

3.9 Quorum. A majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except to adjourn as provided in Section 3.11 of this Article III. Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the board of directors, subject to the provisions of Section 310 of the Corporations Code (as to approval of contracts or transactions in which a director has a direct or indirect material financial interest), Section 311 of the Corporations Code (as to appointment of committees), and Section 317(e) of the Corporations Code (as to indemnification of directors). A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

3.10 Waiver of Notice. Notice of a meeting, although otherwise required, need not be given to any director who (a) either before or after the meeting signs a waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting without being given notice, (b) signs an approval of the minutes of the meeting, or (c) attends the meeting without protesting the lack of notice before or at the beginning of the meeting. Waivers of notice or consents need not specify the purpose

 

-8-


of the meeting. All waivers, consents, and approvals of the minutes shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

3.11 Adjournment. A majority of the directors present, whether or not constituting a quorum, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place.

3.12 Notice of Adjournment. Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given, unless the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours, in which case notice of the time and place shall be given before the time of the adjourned meeting, in the manner specified in Section 3.8 of this Article III, to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

3.13 Action Without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board shall individually or collectively consent in writing to that action. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the board of directors. Such written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board.

3.14 Fees and Compensation of Directors. Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services, and such reimbursement of expenses, as may be fixed or determined by resolution of the board of directors. This Section 3.14 shall not be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise, and receiving compensation for those services.

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

4.1 Committees of Directors. The board of directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors, designate one or more committees, each consisting of two or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the board. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committees, who may replace any absent member at any meeting of the committee. Any committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board, shall have all the authority of the board, except with respect to:

(a)    the approval of any action which, under the Corporations Code, also requires shareholders’ approval or approval of the outstanding shares;

(b)    the filling of vacancies on the board of directors or in any committee;

(c)    the fixing of compensation of the directors for serving on the board or on any committee;

(d)    the amendment or repeal of bylaws or the adoption of new bylaws;

(e)    the amendment or repeal of any resolution of the board of directors which by its express terms is not so amendable or reparable;

(f)    a distribution to the shareholders of the corporation, except at a rate or in a periodic amount or within a price range determined by the board of directors; or

(g)    the appointment of any other committees of the board of directors or the members of these committees.

4.2 Meetings and Action of Committees. Meetings and action of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Article III of these bylaws, Sections 3.5 (place of meetings), 3.7 (regular meetings), 3.8 (special meetings and notice), 3.9 (quorum), 3.10 (waiver of notice), 3.11 (adjournment), 3.12 (notice of adjournment), and 3.13 (action without meeting), with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members, except that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the board of directors or by resolution of the committee; special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board of

 

-9-


directors; and notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

5.1 Officers. The officers of the corporation shall be a chairperson of the board, a president, a secretary and a chief financial officer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of this Article V. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 Elections of Officers. The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 or Section 5.5 of this Article V, shall be chosen by the board of directors and each shall serve at the pleasure of the board, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3 Subordinate Officers. The board of directors hereby empowers the president to appoint such other officers and employees as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in the bylaws or as president may from time to time determine.

5.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers. Any officer chosen by the board of directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause or notice, by the board of directors. Subordinate officers appointed by persons other than the board under Section 5.3 of this Article V may be removed at any time, with or without cause or notice, by the officer who appointed such person. Officers may be employed for a specified term under a contract of employment if authorized by the board of directors; such officers may be removed from office at any time under this section, and shall have no claim against the corporation or individual officers or board members because of the removal except any right to monetary compensation to which the officer may be entitled under the contract of employment.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 Vacancies in Offices. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these bylaws for regular appointments to that office.

5.6 Chairperson of the Board. The chairperson of the board shall, if present, preside at meetings of the board of directors and shareholders and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him/her by the board of directors or prescribed by the bylaws. Unless otherwise so resolved or designated by the board of directors, the chairperson shall not be an executive officer.

5.7 President. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. In the absence of the chairperson of the board, or if there be none, the president shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and at all meetings of the board of directors. The president shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation, shall have the power to hire subordinate officers and employees of the corporation and to terminate same, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or the bylaws.

5.8 Vice Presidents. If desired, one or more vice presidents may be chosen by the board of directors in accordance with the provisions for electing officers set forth in Section 5.2 of this Article V. In the absence or disability of the president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the board of directors or, if

 

-10-


not ranked, a vice president designated by the board of directors, shall perform all the duties of the president, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice president shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the board of directors or the bylaws, and the president, or the chairperson of the board.

5.9 Secretary.

(a) Minutes. The secretary shall be present at all shareholders’ meetings and all board meetings and shall take the minutes of the meeting. If the secretary is unable to be present, the secretary or the presiding officer of the meeting shall designate another person to take the minutes of the meeting.

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or such other place as designated by the board of directors, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of shareholders, board of directors, and of committees of the board. The minutes of each meeting shall state the time and place the meeting was held, whether it was regular or special; if special, how it was called or authorized; the names of directors present at board or committee meetings; the number of shares present or represented at shareholders’ meetings; and an accurate account of the proceedings.

(b) Record of Shareholders. The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, a record or duplicate record of shareholders. This record shall show the names of all shareholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of share certificates issued for each shareholder, and the number and date of cancellation of any certificates surrendered for cancellation.

(c) Notice of Meetings. The secretary shall give notice, or cause notice to be given, of all shareholders’ meetings, board meetings, and meetings of committees of the board for which notice is required by statue or by the bylaws. If the secretary or other person authorized by the secretary to give notice fails to act, notice of any meeting may be given by any other officer of the corporation.

(d) Other Duties. The secretary shall keep the seal of the corporation, if any, in safe custody. The secretary shall have such other powers and perform other duties as prescribed by the board of directors or by the bylaws.

5.10 Chief Financial Officer. The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.

The chief financial officer shall deposit all monies and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, shall render to the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or the bylaws.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS

EMPLOYEES, AND OTHER AGENTS

6.1 Indemnification. The corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted by the corporation, have power to indemnify each of its agents against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding arising by reason of the fact any such person is or was an agent of the corporation, and shall have power to advance to each such agent expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding to the maximum extent permitted by that law. For the purposes of this Article, an “agent” of the corporation includes any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or other agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,

 

-11-


partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

ARTICLE VII

RECORDS AND REPORTS

7.1 Maintenance and Inspection of Share Register. The corporation shall keep at its principal executive office, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar, if either be appointed and as determined by resolution of the board of directors, a record of its shareholders, giving the names and addresses of all shareholders and the number and class of shares held by each shareholder.

A shareholder or shareholders of the corporation holding at least five percent (5%) in the aggregate of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation may (i) inspect and copy the records of shareholders’ names and addresses and share holdings during usual business hours on five days prior written demand on the corporation, and (ii) obtain from the transfer agent of the corporation, on written demand and on the tender of such transfer agent’s usual charges for such list, a list of the shareholders’ names and addresses, who are entitled to vote for the election of directors, and their share holdings, as of the most recent record date for which that list has been compiled or as of a date specified by the shareholder after the date of demand. This list shall be made available to any such shareholder by the transfer agent on or before the later of five (5) days after the demand is received or the date specified in the demand as the date as of which the list is to be compiled. The record of shareholders shall also be open to inspection on the written demand of any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate, at any time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to the holder’s interest as a shareholder or as the holder of a voting trust certificate. Any inspection and copying under this Section 7.1 may be made in person or by an agent or attorney, of the shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate making the demand.

7.2 Maintenance and Inspection of Bylaws. The corporation shall keep at its principal executive office, or if its principal executive office is not in the State of California, at its principal business office in this state, the original or a copy of the bylaws as amended to date, which shall be open to inspection by the shareholders at all reasonable times during office hours. If the principal executive office of the corporation is outside the State of California and the corporation has no principal business office in this state, the Secretary shall, upon the written request of any shareholder, furnish to that shareholder a copy of the bylaws as amended to date.

7.3 Maintenance and Inspection of Other Corporate Records. The accounting books and records and minutes of proceedings of the shareholders and the board of directors and any committee or committees of the board of directors shall be kept at such place or places designated by the board of directors, or, in the absence of such designation, at the principal executive office of the corporation. The minutes shall be kept in written form and the accounting books and records shall be kept either in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form. The minutes and accounting books and records shall be open to inspection upon the written demand of any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate, at any reasonable time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to the holder’s interests as a shareholder or as the holder of a voting trust certificate; provided, that any financial statements will not be available for inspection until publicly released to shareholders. The inspection may be made in person or by an agent or attorney, and shall include the right to copy and make extracts. These rights of inspection shall extend to the records of each subsidiary corporation of the corporation.

7.4 Inspection by Directors. Every director shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time to inspect all books, records, and documents of every kind and the physical properties of the corporation and each of its subsidiary corporations. This inspection by a director may be made in person or by an agent or attorney and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts of documents.

7.5 Annual Report to Shareholders. As may be required by the provisions of the Corporations Code, the board of directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to the shareholders at least fifteen (15) days prior to the annual meeting of shareholders but not later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after the close of the fiscal year.

 

-12-


ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL CORPORATE MATTERS

8.1 Record Date for Purposes Other Than Notice and Voting. For purposes of determining the shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful action (other than action by shareholders by written consent without a meeting), the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days before any such action, and in that case only shareholders of record on the date so fixed are entitled to receive the dividend, distribution, or allotment of rights or to exercise the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date so fixed, except as otherwise provided in the Corporations Code.

If the board of directors does not so fix a record date, the record date for determining shareholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the date on which the board adopts the applicable resolution or the sixtieth (60th) day before the date of that action, whichever is later.

8.2 Checks, Drafts, Evidences of Indebtedness. All checks, drafts, or other orders for payment of money, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, shall be signed or endorsed by such person or persons and in such manner as, from time to time, shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors.

8.3 Corporate Contracts and Instruments: How Executed. The board of directors, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and this authority may be general or confined to specific instances; and, unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent, or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

8.4 Certificates for Shares. A certificate or certificates for shares of the capital stock of the corporation shall be issued to each shareholder when any of these shares are fully paid, and the board of directors may authorize the issuance of certificates or shares as partly paid provided that these certificates shall state the amount of the consideration to be paid for them and the amount paid. All certificates shall be signed in the name of the corporation by the chairperson of the board or vice chairperson of the board or the president or vice president and by the chief financial officer or an assistant treasurer or the secretary or any assistant secretary, certifying the number of shares and the class or series of shares owned by the shareholder. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on a certificate shall have ceased to be that officer, transfer agent, or registrar before that certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if that person were an officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares by electronic or other means, not involving the issuance of certificates, provided that any such system conforms to the requirements of Section 416(b) of the Corporations Code.

8.5 Lost Certificates. Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace an old certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and canceled at the same time. The board of directors may, in case any share certificate or certificate for any other security is lost, stolen, or destroyed, authorize the issuance of a replacement certificate on such terms and conditions as the board may require, including provision for indemnification of the corporation secured by a bond or other adequate security sufficient to protect the corporation against any claim that may be made against it, including any expense or liability, on account of the alleged loss, theft, or destruction of the certificate or the issuance of the replacement certificate.

8.6 Shares of Other Corporations: How Voted. Shares of other corporations standing in the name of this corporation shall be voted by one of the following persons, listed in order of preference: (1) president, or person designated by the president; (2) executive vice president, or person designated by the executive vice president; (3) other person designated by the board of directors. The authority to vote shares granted by this section includes the authority to execute a proxy in the name of the corporation for purposes of voting the shares.

 

-13-


8.7 Construction and Definitions. Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the Corporations Code shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

9.1 Amendment By Board of Directors or Shareholders. Except as otherwise required by law or by the articles of incorporation, these bylaws may be amended or repealed, and new bylaws may be adopted, by the vote of a majority of the board of directors or by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

 

-14-

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS# COMMON STOCK NO PAR VALUE COMMON STOCK Shares 000000 ****************** 000000 ***************** 000000 **************** 000000 *************** 000000 ************** Certificate Number ZQ00000000 CALIFORNIA BANCORP INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA ** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David THIS CERTIFIES THAT Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr MR . Alexander.David SAMPLE Sample **** Mr. Alexander David &Sample MRS **** Mr. Alexander . SAMPLE David Sample **** Mr. Alexander & David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander MR David Sample . SAMPLE **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** &Mr . Alexander MRS David Sample . SAMPLE **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Sample **** Mr. Sample is the owner of **000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares*** *000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares**** 000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0 00000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00 ***ZERO HUNDRED THOUSAND 0000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000 000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0000 00**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00000 0**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000 ZERO HUNDRED AND ZERO*** **Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000* *Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000** Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**S SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS CUSIP 13005U 10 1 THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN CITIES DESIGNATED BY THE TRANSFER AGENT, AVAILABLE ONLINE AT www.computershare.com FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK OF California Bancorp (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, as amended, and the By-Laws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. DATED DD-MMM-YYYY COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, By AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE Chief Executive Officer Corporate Secretary CALIFORNIA BANCORP CORPORATE March 30, 2017 SEAL CALIFORNIA CALIFORNIA BANCORP PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004 MR A SAMPLE DESIGNATION (IF ANY) ADD 1 ADD 2 ADD 3 ADD 4 CUSIP/IDENTIFIER XXXXXX XX X Holder ID XXXXXXXXXX Insurance Value 1,000,000.00 Number of Shares 123456 DTC 123456789012345 12345678 Certificate Numbers Num/No Denom. Total. 1234567890/1234567890 111 1234567890/1234567890 222 1234567890/1234567890 333 1234567890/1234567890 444 1234567890/1234567890 555 1234567890/1234567890 666 Total Transaction 7


LOGO

CALIFORNIA BANCORP THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM—as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -.Custodian (Cust) (Minor) TEN ENT—as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (State) JT TEN—as joint tenants with right of survivorship UNIFâ^TRF MIN ACT -.Custodian (until age ) and not as tenants in common (Cust)under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (Minor) (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE) Shares of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated_20 Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. Signature: Signature: Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever.The IRS requires that the named transfer agent (“we”) report the cost basis of certain shares or units acquired after January 1, 2011. If your shares or units are covered by the legislation, and you requested to sell or transfer the shares or units using a specific cost basis calculation method, then we have processed as you requested. If you did not specify a cost basis calculation method, then we have defaulted to the first in, first out (FIFO) method. Please consult your tax advisor if you need additional information about cost basis. If you do not keep in contact with the issuer or do not have any activity in your account for the time period specified by state law, your property may become subject to state unclaimed property laws and transferred to the appropriate state.

Exhibit 10.1

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement, dated as of [•], is made by and between California BanCorp, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of California (the “Company”), and [•] (the “Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

WHEREAS, the Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company and the Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors and officers of companies in today’s environment;

WHEREAS, Section 317 of the California Corporations Code, the Company’s Articles of Incorporation (“Articles of Incorporation”) and the Company’s Bylaws (“Bylaws”) authorize the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to its directors and officers to the extent provided therein, and the Indemnitee serves as a director and/or officer of the Company, in part, in reliance on such provisions;

WHEREAS, the Company has determined that its inability to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons would be detrimental to the interests of the Company, and that the Company therefore should seek to assure such persons that indemnification and insurance coverage will be available in the future; and

WHEREAS, in recognition of the Indemnitee’s need for substantial protection against personal liability in order to enhance the Indemnitee’s continued service to the Company in an effective manner and the Indemnitee’s reliance on the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, and in part to provide the Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws will be available to the Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of the applicable provisions of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws or any change in the composition of the governing bodies of the Company or any acquisition transaction relating to the Company), the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to the Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete) permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of the Indemnitee under the directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the Indemnitee continuing to serve the Company directly or, on its behalf or at its request, as an officer, director, manager, member, partner, fiduciary or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another Person (as defined below) or any employee benefit plan, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

-1-


1.        Certain Definitions. In addition to terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms have the following meanings when used in this Agreement:

 (a)        Agreement: means this Indemnification Agreement, as amended from time to time hereafter.

 (b)        Board of Directors: means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 (c)        Claim: means any threatened, asserted, pending or completed civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other action, suit or proceeding of any kind whatsoever, including any arbitration or other alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or any appeal of any kind thereof, or any inquiry or investigation, whether instituted by the Company, any governmental agency or any other party, that the Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other, including any arbitration or other alternative dispute resolution mechanism.

 (d)        Indemnifiable Expenses: means (i) all expenses and liabilities, including judgments, fines, penalties, interest, amounts paid in settlement with the approval of the Company, and counsel fees and disbursements (including, without limitation, experts’ fees, court costs, retainers, transcript fees, duplicating, printing and binding costs, as well as telecommunications, postage and courier charges) paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to investigate, defend, be a witness in or participate in, any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is, was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve on behalf of or at the request of the Company as a director, officer, manager, member, partner, fiduciary, trustee or in a similar capacity of another Person, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in any such capacity, whether occurring before, on or after the date of this Agreement (any such event, an “Indemnifiable Event”), (ii) any liability pursuant to a loan guaranty (other than a loan guaranty given in a personal capacity) or otherwise, for any indebtedness of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, including, without limitation, any indebtedness which the Company or any subsidiary of the Company has assumed or taken subject to, and (iii) any liabilities which an Indemnitee incurs as a result of acting on behalf of the Company (whether as a fiduciary or otherwise) in connection with the operation, administration or maintenance of an employee benefit plan or any related trust or funding mechanism (whether such liabilities are in the form of excise taxes assessed by the United States Internal Revenue Service, penalties assessed by the United States Department of Labor, restitutions to such a plan or trust or other funding mechanism or to a participant or beneficiary of such plan, trust or other funding mechanism, or otherwise).

 (e)        Indemnitee-Related Entities: means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise Indemnitee has

 

-2-


agreed, on behalf of the Company or at the Company’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described in this Agreement) from whom an Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation (other than as a result of obligations under an insurance policy).

 (f)        Jointly Indemnifiable Claim: means any Claim for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification from both an Indemnitee-Related Entity and the Company pursuant to applicable law, any indemnification agreement or the articles of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Company and an Indemnitee-Related Entity.

 (g)        Loss: means all losses, Claims, damages, fines, or penalties, including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses (including, without limitation, any legal fees, judgments, fines, appeal bonds or related expenses) incurred in connection with defending, investigating or settling any Claim, fine, penalty or similar action.

 (h)        Person: means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

2.        Basic Indemnification Arrangement; Advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses.

 (a)        In the event that the Indemnitee was, is or becomes subject to, a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made subject to, a party to or witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee, or cause such Indemnitee to be indemnified, to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of California in effect on the date hereof and as amended from time to time, and shall hold the Indemnitee harmless from and against all Losses that arise by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event; provided, however, that no change in the laws of the State of California shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to the Indemnitee hereunder based on the laws of the State of California as in effect on the date hereof or as such benefits may improve as a result of amendments after the date hereof. The rights of the Indemnitee provided in this Section 2 shall include, without limitation, the rights set forth in the other sections of this Agreement. Payments of Indemnifiable Expenses shall be made as soon as practicable but in any event no later than twenty (20) calendar days after written demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Indemnifiable Expenses.

 (b)        Upon request by the Indemnitee, the Company shall advance, or cause to be advanced, any and all Indemnifiable Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee (an “Expense Advance”) on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, as soon as practicable but in any event no later than twenty (20) calendar days after written

 

-3-


demand, together with supporting documentation, is presented to the Company. The Company shall, in accordance with such request (but without duplication), either (i) pay, or cause to be paid, such Indemnifiable Expenses on behalf of the Indemnitee, or (ii) reimburse, or cause the reimbursement of, the Indemnitee for such Indemnifiable Expenses. The Indemnitee’s right to an Expense Advance is absolute and shall not be subject to any condition that the Board of Directors shall not have determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under applicable law. However, the obligation of the Company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to this Section 2(b) shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that a final judicial determination is made (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be so indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid (it being understood and agreed that the foregoing agreement by the Indemnitee shall be deemed to satisfy any requirement that the Indemnitee provide the Company with an undertaking to repay any Expense Advance if it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law). The Indemnitee’s undertaking to repay such Expense Advances shall be unsecured and interest-free.

 (c)        Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Claim initiated by the Indemnitee unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized or consented to the initiation of such Claim or (ii) the Claim is one to enforce the Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement (including an action pursued by the Indemnitee to secure a determination that the Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law).

 (d)        The indemnification obligations of the Company under Section 2(a) shall be subject to the condition that the Board of Directors shall not have determined (by majority vote of directors who are not parties to the applicable Claim) that the indemnification of the Indemnitee is not proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under applicable law. If the Board of Directors determines that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified in whole or in part under applicable law, the Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation in any court in the State of California having subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper, seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by the Board of Directors or any aspect thereof, including the legal or factual bases therefor, and the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. If the Indemnitee commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that the Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the Board of Directors that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding, the Indemnitee shall continue to be entitled to receive Expense Advances, and the Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance, until a final judicial determination is made in the Claim (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be so

 

-4-


indemnified under applicable law. Any determination by the Board of Directors otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and the Indemnitee.

 (e)        To the extent that the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Indemnifiable Expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith, notwithstanding an earlier determination by the Board of Directors that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law.

 (f)        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee for any acts or omissions or transactions from which a director, officer, employee or agent may not be relieved of liability under applicable law.

 (g)        Notwithstanding any other provisions contained herein, this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto are subject to the requirements, limitations and prohibitions set forth in state and federal laws, rules, regulations, and orders regarding indemnification and prepayment of expenses, legal or otherwise, and liabilities, including, without limitation, Section 317 of the California Corporations Code, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Part 359 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Rules and Regulations and any successor regulations thereto.

3.        Indemnification for Additional Expenses. The Company shall indemnify, or cause the indemnification of, the Indemnitee against any and all Indemnifiable Expenses and, if requested by the Indemnitee, shall advance such Indemnifiable Expenses to the Indemnitee subject to and in accordance with Section 2, which are incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by the Indemnitee, the Company or any other Person with respect to the Indemnitee’s right to: (i) indemnification or an Expense Advance by the Company under this Agreement or any provision of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and/or Bylaws and/or (ii) recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether the Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, Expense Advance or insurance recovery, as the case may be; provided that the Indemnitee shall be required to reimburse such Indemnifiable Expenses in the event that a final judicial determination is made in the Claim (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that such action brought by the Indemnitee, or the defense by the Indemnitee of an action brought by the Company or any other Person, as applicable, was frivolous or in bad faith.

4.        Partial Indemnity, Etc. If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Indemnifiable Expenses in respect of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which the Indemnitee is entitled.

 

-5-


5.        Burden of Proof. In connection with any determination by the Board of Directors, any court or otherwise as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the Board of Directors or court shall presume that the Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct and is entitled to indemnification, and the burden of proof shall be on the Company or its representative to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, that the Indemnitee is not so entitled.

6.        Reliance as Safe Harbor. The Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification for any action or omission to act undertaken (a) in good faith reliance upon the records of the Company, including its financial statements, or upon information, opinions, reports or statements furnished to the Indemnitee by the officers or employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in the course of their duties, or by committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other Person as to matters the Indemnitee reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence, or (b) on behalf of the Company in furtherance of the interests of the Company in good faith in reliance upon, and in accordance with, the advice of legal counsel or accountants, provided such legal counsel or accountants were selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failures to act, of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Company shall not be imputed to the Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnity hereunder.

7.        No Other Presumptions. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law. In addition, neither the failure of the Board of Directors to have made a determination as to whether the Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the Board of Directors that the Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of legal proceedings by the Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination that the Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law shall be a defense to the Indemnitee’s claim or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief.

8.        Nonexclusivity, Etc. The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights the Indemnitee may have under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, the laws of the State of California, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in the laws of the State of California or the interpretation thereof (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, it is the intent of the parties hereto that the Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. To the extent that there is a conflict or inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, it is the intent of the parties hereto that the Indemnitee shall enjoy the greater benefits regardless of whether contained herein, in the Company’s

 

-6-


Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws. No amendment or alteration of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or any other agreement shall adversely affect the rights provided to Indemnitee under this Agreement.

9.        Liability Insurance. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to purchase and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies with A.M. Best ratings of “A” or better, providing Indemnitee with coverage for any liability asserted against, or incurred by, Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve on behalf of or at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or arising out of Indemnitee’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. Such insurance policies shall have coverage terms and policy limits at least as favorable to Indemnitee as the insurance coverage provided to any other director or officer of the Company. If the Company has such insurance in effect at the time the Company receives from Indemnitee any notice of the commencement of an action, suit or proceeding, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the policy. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policy.

10.        Amendments, Etc. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. In the event the Company or any of its subsidiaries enters into an indemnification agreement with another director, officer, agent, fiduciary or manager of the Company or any of its subsidiaries containing a term or terms more favorable to the indemnitee than the terms contained herein (as determined by the Indemnitee), the Indemnitee shall be afforded the benefit of such more favorable term or terms and such more favorable term or terms shall be deemed incorporated by reference herein as if set forth in full herein. As promptly as practicable following the execution by the Company or the relevant subsidiary of each indemnity agreement with any such other director, officer or manager (i) the Company shall send a copy of the indemnity agreement to the Indemnitee, and (ii) if requested by the Indemnitee, the Company shall prepare, execute and deliver to the Indemnitee an amendment to this Agreement containing such more favorable term or terms.

11.        Subrogation. Subject to Section 12, in the event of payment by the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee with respect to any insurance policy. Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do everything

 

-7-


that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Company shall pay or reimburse all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such subrogation.

12.        Jointly Indemnifiable Claims. Given that certain Jointly Indemnifiable Claims may arise due to the relationship between the Indemnitee-Related Entities and the Company and the service of the Indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Company at the request of the Indemnitee-Related Entities, the Company acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification and advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses in connection with any such Jointly Indemnifiable Claim, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, irrespective of any right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-Related Entities. Under no circumstance shall the Company be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the Indemnitee-Related Entities and no right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Indemnitee or the obligations of the Company hereunder. In the event that any of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall make any payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any Jointly Indemnifiable Claim, the Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Company under the terms of this Agreement, and the Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the Indemnitee-Related Entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. Each of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 12, entitled to enforce this Section 12 against the Company as though each such Indemnitee-Related Entity were a party to this Agreement.

13.        No Duplication of Payments. Subject to Section 12 hereof, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any Claim made against the Indemnitee to the extent the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, any provision of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

14.        Defense of Claims. The Company shall be entitled to participate in the defense of any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event or to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee; provided that if the Indemnitee reasonably believes, after consultation with counsel selected by the Indemnitee, that (i) the use of counsel chosen by the Company to represent the Indemnitee would present such counsel with an actual or potential conflict of interest, (ii) the named parties in any such Claim (including any impleaded parties) include both (A) the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and (B) the Indemnitee, and the Indemnitee concludes that there may be one or more legal defenses available to him that are different from or in addition to those available to the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or (iii) any

 

-8-


such representation by such counsel would be precluded under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, then the Indemnitee shall be entitled to retain separate counsel (but not more than one law firm plus, if applicable, local counsel in respect of any particular Claim) at the Company’s expense. The Company shall not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event effected without the Company’s prior written consent. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, effect any settlement of any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event which the Indemnitee is or could have been a party unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money and includes a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee from all liability on all claims that are the subject matter of such Claim. Neither the Company nor the Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold its or his consent to any proposed settlement; provided that the Indemnitee may withhold consent to any settlement that does not provide a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee. To the fullest extent permitted by California law, the Company’s assumption of the defense of a Claim pursuant to this Section 14 will constitute an irrevocable acknowledgement by the Company that any Indemnifiable Expenses incurred by or for the account of Indemnitee incurred in connection therewith are indemnifiable by the Company under Section 2 of this Agreement.

15.        Binding Effect, Etc. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor(s) (whether directly or indirectly, whether in one or a series of transactions, and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or a significant portion of the business and/or assets of the Company and/or its subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis), by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place; provided that no such assumption shall relieve the Company from its obligations hereunder and any obligations shall thereafter be joint and several. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether the Indemnitee continues to serve as a director or officer of the Company and/or on behalf of or at the request of the Company as a director, officer, manager, member, partner, fiduciary, trustee or in a similar capacity of another Person. Except as provided in this Section 15, neither party shall, without the prior written consent of the other, assign or delegate this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder.

16.        Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation,

 

-9-


all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable and to give effect to the terms of this Agreement.

17.        Specific Performance, Etc. The parties recognize that if any provision of this Agreement is violated by the parties hereto, the Indemnitee may be without an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if the Indemnitee so elects, to institute proceedings, either in law or at equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any combination of the foregoing as the Indemnitee may elect to pursue.

18.        Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written document delivered in person or sent by electronic mail, nationally recognized overnight courier or personal delivery, addressed to such party at the address set forth below or such other address as may hereafter be designated in writing by such party to the other parties:

 (a)         If to the Company, to:

California BanCorp

1300 Clay Street, Suite 500

Oakland, California 94612

Attn: Steven E. Shelton

E-mail: seshelton@bankcbc.com

 with a copy to (which copy alone shall not constitute notice):

Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP

650 Town Center Drive, 4th Floor

Costa Mesa, California 92626-1993

Attn:    Joshua A. Dean

E-mail: jdean@sheppardmullin.com

 (b)         If to the Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.

All such notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be deemed to have been given or made if and when received (including by overnight courier) by the parties at the above addresses or sent by electronic transmission, with confirmation received, to the email address specified above (or at such other address or email address for a party as shall be specified by like notice). Any notice delivered by any party hereto to any other party hereto shall also be delivered to each other party hereto simultaneously with delivery to the first party receiving such notice.

19.        Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall

 

-10-


constitute one and the same agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

20.        Headings. The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction or interpretation thereof.

21.        Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-11-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

CALIFORNIA BANCORP

By:                                                                  

Name: Steven E. Shelton

Title: Chief Executive Officer

                                                                         

[•]

Name:                                                             

Address:

                                                                        

                                                                        

                                                                        

E-mail:                                                          

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit 10.2

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement, dated as of [•], is made by and between California Bank of Commerce, a California banking corporation (the “Bank”), and [•] (the “Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Bank to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

WHEREAS, the Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Bank;

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors and officers of companies in today’s environment;

WHEREAS, Section 317 of the California Corporations Code, the Bank’s Articles of Incorporation (“Articles of Incorporation”) and the Bank’s Bylaws (“Bylaws”) authorize the Bank to indemnify and advance expenses to its directors and officers to the extent provided therein, and the Indemnitee serves as a director and/or officer of the Bank, in part, in reliance on such provisions;

WHEREAS, the Bank has determined that its inability to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons would be detrimental to the interests of the Bank, and that the Bank therefore should seek to assure such persons that indemnification and insurance coverage will be available in the future; and

WHEREAS, in recognition of the Indemnitee’s need for substantial protection against personal liability in order to enhance the Indemnitee’s continued service to the Bank in an effective manner and the Indemnitee’s reliance on the Bank’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, and in part to provide the Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by the Bank’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws will be available to the Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of the applicable provisions of the Bank’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws or any change in the composition of the governing bodies of the Bank or any acquisition transaction relating to the Bank), the Bank wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to the Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete) permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of the Indemnitee under the directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy of the Bank.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the Indemnitee continuing to serve the Bank directly or, on its behalf or at its request, as an officer, director, manager, member, partner, fiduciary or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another Person (as defined below) or any employee benefit plan, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

-1-


1.         Certain Definitions. In addition to terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms have the following meanings when used in this Agreement:

(a)        Agreement: means this Indemnification Agreement, as amended from time to time hereafter.

(b)        Board of Directors: means the Board of Directors of the Bank.

(c)        Claim: means any threatened, asserted, pending or completed civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other action, suit or proceeding of any kind whatsoever, including any arbitration or other alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or any appeal of any kind thereof, or any inquiry or investigation, whether instituted by the Bank, any governmental agency or any other party, that the Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other, including any arbitration or other alternative dispute resolution mechanism.

(d)        Indemnifiable Expenses: means (i) all expenses and liabilities, including judgments, fines, penalties, interest, amounts paid in settlement with the approval of the Bank, and counsel fees and disbursements (including, without limitation, experts’ fees, court costs, retainers, transcript fees, duplicating, printing and binding costs, as well as telecommunications, postage and courier charges) paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to investigate, defend, be a witness in or participate in, any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is, was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Bank, or while serving as a director or officer of the Bank, is or was serving or has agreed to serve on behalf of or at the request of the Bank as a director, officer, manager, member, partner, fiduciary, trustee or in a similar capacity of another Person, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in any such capacity, whether occurring before, on or after the date of this Agreement (any such event, an “Indemnifiable Event”), (ii) any liability pursuant to a loan guaranty (other than a loan guaranty given in a personal capacity) or otherwise, for any indebtedness of the Bank or any subsidiary of the Bank, including, without limitation, any indebtedness which the Bank or any subsidiary of the Bank has assumed or taken subject to, and (iii) any liabilities which an Indemnitee incurs as a result of acting on behalf of the Bank (whether as a fiduciary or otherwise) in connection with the operation, administration or maintenance of an employee benefit plan or any related trust or funding mechanism (whether such liabilities are in the form of excise taxes assessed by the United States Internal Revenue Service, penalties assessed by the United States Department of Labor, restitutions to such a plan or trust or other funding mechanism or to a participant or beneficiary of such plan, trust or other funding mechanism, or otherwise).

(e)        Indemnitee-Related Entities: means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Bank or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise Indemnitee has

 

-2-


agreed, on behalf of the Bank or at the Bank’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described in this Agreement) from whom an Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Bank may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation (other than as a result of obligations under an insurance policy).

(f)        Jointly Indemnifiable Claim: means any Claim for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification from both an Indemnitee-Related Entity and the Bank pursuant to applicable law, any indemnification agreement or the articles of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Bank and an Indemnitee-Related Entity.

(g)        Loss: means all losses, Claims, damages, fines, or penalties, including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses (including, without limitation, any legal fees, judgments, fines, appeal bonds or related expenses) incurred in connection with defending, investigating or settling any Claim, fine, penalty or similar action.

(h)        Person: means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

2.         Basic Indemnification Arrangement; Advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses.

(a)        In the event that the Indemnitee was, is or becomes subject to, a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made subject to, a party to or witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Bank shall indemnify the Indemnitee, or cause such Indemnitee to be indemnified, to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of California in effect on the date hereof and as amended from time to time, and shall hold the Indemnitee harmless from and against all Losses that arise by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event; provided, however, that no change in the laws of the State of California shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to the Indemnitee hereunder based on the laws of the State of California as in effect on the date hereof or as such benefits may improve as a result of amendments after the date hereof. The rights of the Indemnitee provided in this Section 2 shall include, without limitation, the rights set forth in the other sections of this Agreement. Payments of Indemnifiable Expenses shall be made as soon as practicable but in any event no later than twenty (20) calendar days after written demand is presented to the Bank, against any and all Indemnifiable Expenses.

(b)        Upon request by the Indemnitee, the Bank shall advance, or cause to be advanced, any and all Indemnifiable Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee (an “Expense Advance”) on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, as soon as practicable but in any event no later than twenty (20) calendar days after written

 

-3-


demand, together with supporting documentation, is presented to the Bank. The Bank shall, in accordance with such request (but without duplication), either (i) pay, or cause to be paid, such Indemnifiable Expenses on behalf of the Indemnitee, or (ii) reimburse, or cause the reimbursement of, the Indemnitee for such Indemnifiable Expenses. The Indemnitee’s right to an Expense Advance is absolute and shall not be subject to any condition that the Board of Directors shall not have determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under applicable law. However, the obligation of the Bank to make an Expense Advance pursuant to this Section 2(b) shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that a final judicial determination is made (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be so indemnified under applicable law, the Bank shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Bank) for all such amounts theretofore paid (it being understood and agreed that the foregoing agreement by the Indemnitee shall be deemed to satisfy any requirement that the Indemnitee provide the Bank with an undertaking to repay any Expense Advance if it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law). The Indemnitee’s undertaking to repay such Expense Advances shall be unsecured and interest-free.

(c)        Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Claim initiated by the Indemnitee unless (i) the Bank has joined in or the Board of Directors of the Bank has authorized or consented to the initiation of such Claim or (ii) the Claim is one to enforce the Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement (including an action pursued by the Indemnitee to secure a determination that the Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law).

(d)        The indemnification obligations of the Bank under Section 2(a) shall be subject to the condition that the Board of Directors shall not have determined (by majority vote of directors who are not parties to the applicable Claim) that the indemnification of the Indemnitee is not proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under applicable law. If the Board of Directors determines that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified in whole or in part under applicable law, the Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation in any court in the State of California having subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper, seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by the Board of Directors or any aspect thereof, including the legal or factual bases therefor, and the Bank hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. If the Indemnitee commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that the Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the Board of Directors that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding, the Indemnitee shall continue to be entitled to receive Expense Advances, and the Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Bank for any Expense Advance, until a final judicial determination is made in the Claim (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be so

 

-4-


indemnified under applicable law. Any determination by the Board of Directors otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Bank and the Indemnitee.

(e)        To the extent that the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Indemnifiable Expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith, notwithstanding an earlier determination by the Board of Directors that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law.

(f)        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Bank shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee for any acts or omissions or transactions from which a director, officer, employee or agent may not be relieved of liability under applicable law.

(g)        Notwithstanding any other provisions contained herein, this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto are subject to the requirements, limitations and prohibitions set forth in state and federal laws, rules, regulations, and orders regarding indemnification and prepayment of expenses, legal or otherwise, and liabilities, including, without limitation, Section 317 of the California Corporations Code, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Part 359 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Rules and Regulations and any successor regulations thereto.

3.          Indemnification for Additional Expenses. The Bank shall indemnify, or cause the indemnification of, the Indemnitee against any and all Indemnifiable Expenses and, if requested by the Indemnitee, shall advance such Indemnifiable Expenses to the Indemnitee subject to and in accordance with Section 2, which are incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by the Indemnitee, the Bank or any other Person with respect to the Indemnitee’s right to: (i) indemnification or an Expense Advance by the Bank under this Agreement or any provision of the Bank’s Articles of Incorporation and/or Bylaws and/or (ii) recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Bank, regardless of whether the Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, Expense Advance or insurance recovery, as the case may be; provided that the Indemnitee shall be required to reimburse such Indemnifiable Expenses in the event that a final judicial determination is made in the Claim (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that such action brought by the Indemnitee, or the defense by the Indemnitee of an action brought by the Bank or any other Person, as applicable, was frivolous or in bad faith.

4.          Partial Indemnity, Etc. If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Bank for some or a portion of the Indemnifiable Expenses in respect of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount thereof, the Bank shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which the Indemnitee is entitled.

 

-5-


5.        Burden of Proof. In connection with any determination by the Board of Directors, any court or otherwise as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the Board of Directors or court shall presume that the Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct and is entitled to indemnification, and the burden of proof shall be on the Bank or its representative to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, that the Indemnitee is not so entitled.

6.        Reliance as Safe Harbor. The Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification for any action or omission to act undertaken (a) in good faith reliance upon the records of the Bank, including its financial statements, or upon information, opinions, reports or statements furnished to the Indemnitee by the officers or employees of the Bank or any of its subsidiaries in the course of their duties, or by committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other Person as to matters the Indemnitee reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence, or (b) on behalf of the Bank in furtherance of the interests of the Bank in good faith in reliance upon, and in accordance with, the advice of legal counsel or accountants, provided such legal counsel or accountants were selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Bank. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failures to act, of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Bank shall not be imputed to the Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnity hereunder.

7.        No Other Presumptions. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law. In addition, neither the failure of the Board of Directors to have made a determination as to whether the Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the Board of Directors that the Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of legal proceedings by the Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination that the Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law shall be a defense to the Indemnitee’s claim or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief.

8.        Nonexclusivity, Etc. The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights the Indemnitee may have under the Bank’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, the laws of the State of California, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in the laws of the State of California or the interpretation thereof (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the Bank’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, it is the intent of the parties hereto that the Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. To the extent that there is a conflict or inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the Bank’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, it is the intent of the parties hereto that the Indemnitee shall enjoy the greater benefits regardless of whether contained herein, in the Bank’s Articles

 

-6-


of Incorporation or Bylaws. No amendment or alteration of the Bank’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or any other agreement shall adversely affect the rights provided to Indemnitee under this Agreement.

9.        Liability Insurance. The Bank shall use its reasonable best efforts to purchase and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies with A.M. Best ratings of “A” or better, providing Indemnitee with coverage for any liability asserted against, or incurred by, Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Bank, or while serving as a director or officer of the Bank, is or was serving or has agreed to serve on behalf of or at the request of the Bank as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or arising out of Indemnitee’s status as such, whether or not the Bank would have the power to indemnify Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. Such insurance policies shall have coverage terms and policy limits at least as favorable to Indemnitee as the insurance coverage provided to any other director or officer of the Bank. If the Bank has such insurance in effect at the time the Bank receives from Indemnitee any notice of the commencement of an action, suit or proceeding, the Bank shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the policy. The Bank shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policy.

10.        Amendments, Etc. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. In the event the Bank or any of its subsidiaries enters into an indemnification agreement with another director, officer, agent, fiduciary or manager of the Bank or any of its subsidiaries containing a term or terms more favorable to the indemnitee than the terms contained herein (as determined by the Indemnitee), the Indemnitee shall be afforded the benefit of such more favorable term or terms and such more favorable term or terms shall be deemed incorporated by reference herein as if set forth in full herein. As promptly as practicable following the execution by the Bank or the relevant subsidiary of each indemnity agreement with any such other director, officer or manager (i) the Bank shall send a copy of the indemnity agreement to the Indemnitee, and (ii) if requested by the Indemnitee, the Bank shall prepare, execute and deliver to the Indemnitee an amendment to this Agreement containing such more favorable term or terms.

11.        Subrogation. Subject to Section 12, in the event of payment by the Bank under this Agreement, the Bank shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee with respect to any insurance policy. Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do everything that may

 

-7-


be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Bank effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Bank shall pay or reimburse all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such subrogation.

12.        Jointly Indemnifiable Claims. Given that certain Jointly Indemnifiable Claims may arise due to the relationship between the Indemnitee-Related Entities and the Bank and the service of the Indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Bank at the request of the Indemnitee-Related Entities, the Bank acknowledges and agrees that the Bank shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification and advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses in connection with any such Jointly Indemnifiable Claim, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, irrespective of any right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-Related Entities. Under no circumstance shall the Bank be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the Indemnitee-Related Entities and no right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Indemnitee or the obligations of the Bank hereunder. In the event that any of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall make any payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any Jointly Indemnifiable Claim, the Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Bank under the terms of this Agreement, and the Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the Indemnitee-Related Entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. Each of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 12, entitled to enforce this Section 12 against the Bank as though each such Indemnitee-Related Entity were a party to this Agreement.

13.        No Duplication of Payments. Subject to Section 12 hereof, the Bank shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any Claim made against the Indemnitee to the extent the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, any provision of the Bank’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

14.        Defense of Claims. The Bank shall be entitled to participate in the defense of any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event or to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee; provided that if the Indemnitee reasonably believes, after consultation with counsel selected by the Indemnitee, that (i) the use of counsel chosen by the Bank to represent the Indemnitee would present such counsel with an actual or potential conflict of interest, (ii) the named parties in any such Claim (including any impleaded parties) include both (A) the Bank or any subsidiary of the Bank and (B) the Indemnitee, and the Indemnitee concludes that there may be one or more legal defenses available to him that are different from or in addition to those available to the Bank or any subsidiary of the Bank or (iii) any such representation by such counsel would be precluded under the applicable standards of professional conduct

 

-8-


then prevailing, then the Indemnitee shall be entitled to retain separate counsel (but not more than one law firm plus, if applicable, local counsel in respect of any particular Claim) at the Bank’s expense. The Bank shall not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event effected without the Bank’s prior written consent. The Bank shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, effect any settlement of any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event which the Indemnitee is or could have been a party unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money and includes a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee from all liability on all claims that are the subject matter of such Claim. Neither the Bank nor the Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold its or his consent to any proposed settlement; provided that the Indemnitee may withhold consent to any settlement that does not provide a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee. To the fullest extent permitted by California law, the Bank’s assumption of the defense of a Claim pursuant to this Section 14 will constitute an irrevocable acknowledgement by the Bank that any Indemnifiable Expenses incurred by or for the account of Indemnitee incurred in connection therewith are indemnifiable by the Bank under Section 2 of this Agreement.

15.        Binding Effect, Etc. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Bank), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. The Bank shall require and cause any successor(s) (whether directly or indirectly, whether in one or a series of transactions, and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or a significant portion of the business and/or assets of the Bank and/or its subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis), by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place; provided that no such assumption shall relieve the Bank from its obligations hereunder and any obligations shall thereafter be joint and several. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether the Indemnitee continues to serve as a director or officer of the Bank and/or on behalf of or at the request of the Bank as a director, officer, manager, member, partner, fiduciary, trustee or in a similar capacity of another Person. Except as provided in this Section 15, neither party shall, without the prior written consent of the other, assign or delegate this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder.

16.        Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent

 

-9-


manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable and to give effect to the terms of this Agreement.

17.        Specific Performance, Etc. The parties recognize that if any provision of this Agreement is violated by the parties hereto, the Indemnitee may be without an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if the Indemnitee so elects, to institute proceedings, either in law or at equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any combination of the foregoing as the Indemnitee may elect to pursue.

18.        Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written document delivered in person or sent by electronic mail, nationally recognized overnight courier or personal delivery, addressed to such party at the address set forth below or such other address as may hereafter be designated in writing by such party to the other parties:

 (a)         If to the Bank, to:

California Bank of Commerce

1300 Clay Street, Suite 500

Oakland, California 94612

Attn: Steven E. Shelton

E-mail:   seshelton@bankcbc.com

with a copy to (which copy alone shall not constitute notice):

Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP

650 Town Center Drive, 4th Floor

Costa Mesa, California 92626-1993

Attn:  Joshua A. Dean

E-mail: jdean@sheppardmullin.com

 (b)         If to the Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.

All such notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be deemed to have been given or made if and when received (including by overnight courier) by the parties at the above addresses or sent by electronic transmission, with confirmation received, to the email address specified above (or at such other address or email address for a party as shall be specified by like notice). Any notice delivered by any party hereto to any other party hereto shall also be delivered to each other party hereto simultaneously with delivery to the first party receiving such notice.

19.        Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party

 

-10-


against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

20.        Headings. The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction or interpretation thereof.

21.        Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-11-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

CALIFORNIA BANK OF COMMERCE

By:                                                                

Name: Steven E. Shelton

Title: Chief Executive Officer

                                                                        

[•]

Name:                                                             

Address:

                                                                        

                                                                        

                                                                        

E-mail:                                                            

 

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

Table of Contents

Exhibit 10.3

CALIFORNIA BANCORP

2017 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF FEBRUARY 28, 2020


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

 

1.   Preamble      1  
2.   Purpose      1  
3.   Eligibility      1  
4.   Definitions      1  
5.   Shares Available Under this 2017 Plan      5  
6.   Grants of Option Rights Generally      6  
7.   Special Rules for Grants of Incentive Stock Options.      7  
8.   Special Rules for Grants of Nonqualified Stock Options.      7  
9.   Stock Appreciation Rights.      8  
10.   Restricted Stock Awards.      8  
11.   Restricted Stock Unit Awards.      9  
12.   Performance Shares.      10  
13.   Performance Measures.      10  
14.   Other Stock-Based Awards      11  
15.   Transferability      11  
16.   Adjustments      11  
17.   Change in Control      11  
18.   Fractional Shares      13  
19.   Administration of this 2017 Plan.      13  
20.   Clawback.      14  
21.   Amendments, Termination, Etc.      14  


Table of Contents

CALIFORNIA BANCORP

2017 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Amended and Restated as of February 28, 2020

1.    Preamble. The Board of Directors of California Bank of Commerce from time to time has adopted, and the shareholders of California Bank of Commerce have approved various long-term incentive compensation programs that have authorized grants of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance based compensation and restricted stock awards. The Board of Directors of California Bank of Commerce adopted the California Bank of Commerce 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and this was approved by the shareholders of California Bank of Commerce on May 18, 2017. On June 30, 2017, California Bank of Commerce consummated a reorganization (the “Reorganization”) whereby it became the wholly-owned subsidiary of California BanCorp (“BanCorp”) and the shareholders of California Bank of Commerce became shareholders of California BanCorp. As part of the Reorganization, California BanCorp assumed all of the rights and obligations of California Bank of Commerce under the California Bank of Commerce 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and renamed the plan as the California Bancorp 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. In accordance with Section 21(a), on the Restatement Date, the Board of Directors amended and restated the 2017 Plan as set forth herein and such amendment did not require the approval of BanCorp shareholders.

2.    Purpose. The purpose of this 2017 Plan is to promote the interests of BanCorp and its shareholders by providing current and future directors, officers, key employees, consultants and Advisors with an equity or equity-based interest in BanCorp, so that the interests of such directors, officers, employees, consultants and Advisors will be closely associated with the interests of shareholders by reinforcing the relationship between shareholder gains and compensation. Rights granted pursuant to this 2017 Plan, which include stock options (both Incentive Stock Options and Nonqualified Stock Options), stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, and other stock-based awards, may also be used to attract, retain and motivate eligible individuals.

3.    Eligibility. Current and future directors, officers, key employees, consultants and Advisors of BanCorp and its Subsidiaries (for purposes of this 2017 Plan, all references to BanCorp shall include its Subsidiaries) shall be eligible to participate in this 2017 Plan to the extent determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Employees of BanCorp shall be selected by the Committee based upon such factors as the employee’s past and potential contributions to the success, profitability, and growth of BanCorp.

4.    Definitions. If a Participant’s employment agreement or Award Agreement (or other written agreement executed by and between Participant and Bancorp) expressly includes defined terms that expressly are different from and/or conflict with the defined terms contained in this Section 4 or elsewhere in this 2017 Plan then the defined terms contained in the employment agreement or Award Agreement (or other written agreement executed by and between Participant and Bancorp) shall govern and shall supersede the definitions provided in this 2017 Plan.

(a)    “Advisor” shall mean any natural person or entity who/which is engaged to render bona fide consulting or advisory services to BanCorp or the Board of Directors, other than a person who provides such services in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction.

(b)    “Award” shall mean, individually or collectively, a grant under this 2017 Plan of Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Other Stock- Based Awards, or Dividend Equivalents in each case subject to the terms of this 2017 Plan.

 

-1-


Table of Contents

(c)    “Award Agreement” shall mean a written agreement entered into by BanCorp and a Participant setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under this 2017 Plan. The Committee may provide for the use of electronic, internet or other non-paper Award Agreements, and the use of electronic, internet or other non-paper means for the acceptance thereof and actions thereunder by a Participant.

(d)    “Bank” shall mean California Bank of Commerce.

(e)    “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of BanCorp.

(f)    “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events:

(1)    any “person” including a “group” as determined in accordance with the Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of BanCorp representing 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of BanCorp’s then outstanding securities;

(2)    the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar corporate transaction, whether or not BanCorp is the surviving entity in such transaction, other than a merger, consolidation, or reorganization that would result in the persons who are beneficial owners of Bancorp’s voting securities outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, in substantially the same proportions, at least a simple majority of the combined voting power of BanCorp’s voting securities (or the voting securities of the surviving entity in such transaction) outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization or other similar corporate transaction;

(3)    a tender offer or exchange offer is made and consummated for the ownership of securities of BanCorp representing more than 50 percent of the combined voting power of BanCorp’s then outstanding voting securities; or

(4)    BanCorp transfers all or substantially all of its assets to another entity which is not controlled by BanCorp;

provided, however, for purposes of any Award that constitutes payment “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the term Change in Control must also constitute a change in the ownership or effective control of Bancorp, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of Bancorp, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5) if required in order to comply with Code Section 409A. The Committee shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control of and Bancorp has occurred pursuant to the above definition, and the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto.

(g)    “Code” shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. For purposes of this 2017 Plan, references to sections of the Code shall be deemed to include references to any applicable regulations thereunder and any successor or similar provision.

 

-2-


Table of Contents

(h)    “Committee” shall mean the committee appointed by the Board of Directors to administer this 2017 Plan in accordance with Section 19.

(i)    “Common Stock” shall mean the Common Stock, no par value, of BanCorp.

(j)    “Director” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors.

(k)    “Disability” shall mean that the Participant is classified as disabled under a long-term disability policy of BanCorp or, if no such policy applies, the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. The Disability of a Participant shall be determined solely by the Committee on the basis of such medical evidence as the Committee deems warranted under the circumstances.

(l)    “Dividend Equivalents” has the meaning ascribed in Section 5(g).

(m)    “Eligible Employees” shall mean persons treated by BanCorp for payroll and employment tax purposes as common law employees of BanCorp or a Subsidiary and described in Section 3.

(n)    “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor act thereto.

(o)    “Exercise Price” shall mean the price at which a share of Common Stock may be purchased by a Participant pursuant to an Option Right.

(p)    “Fair Market Value” shall mean (i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market or other national securities exchange, the closing sales price for such stock (or in the absence of reported sales on such date, the closing sales price on the immediately preceding date on which sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable; (ii) if the Common Stock is publicly traded but not listed or traded on any of the markets or exchanges described in subsection (i), the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such date as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable; (iii) in the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board based upon an independent appraisal in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code.

(q)    “Grant Price” shall mean the price established at the time of grant of a Stock Appreciation Right pursuant to Section 9, and used to determine whether there is any payment due upon exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right.

(r)    “Incentive Stock Option” shall mean the right granted to an Eligible Employee to purchase Common Stock under this 2017 Plan, the grant, exercise and disposition of which are intended to comply with, and to be governed by, Code Section 422.

(s)    “Insider” shall mean an individual who is, on the relevant date, an officer or Director of BanCorp, or more than ten percent (10%) beneficial owner of any class of BanCorp’s equity securities.

 

-3-


Table of Contents

(t)    “Nonqualified Stock Option” shall mean the right granted to an Eligible Employee, Director or Advisor to purchase Common Stock under this 2017 Plan, the grant, exercise and disposition of which are not intended to be subject to the requirements and limitations of Code Section 422.

(u)    “Optionee” shall mean the Eligible Employee, Director or Advisor to whom an Option Right is granted pursuant to an agreement evidencing an outstanding Incentive Stock Option or Nonqualified Stock Option.

(v)    “Option Right” shall mean the right to purchase a share of Common Stock upon exercise of an outstanding Incentive Stock Option or Nonqualified Stock Option.

(w)    “Other Stock-Based Award” means an Award that is not an Option Right, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, or Performance Share Award that is granted under Section 14 and is payable by delivery of Common Stock and/or which is measured by reference to the value of Common Stock.

(x)    “Participant” shall mean any Eligible Employee, Director or Advisor to whom an Award is granted and remains outstanding.

(y)    “Performance Measures” shall mean measures as described in Section 13 on which the performance goals are based.

(z)    “Performance Period” shall mean the period of time during which the performance goals must be met in order to determine the degree of payout and/or vesting with respect to an Award.

(aa)    “Performance Share” shall mean a Participant’s right to receive a grant of a stated number of shares of Common Stock to a Participant under this 2017 Plan upon the attainment of the specified performance goals, or as otherwise determined by the Committee or in accordance with this 2017 Plan, subject to the continuous employment of the Participant through the applicable Performance Period.

(bb)    “Restatement Date” shall mean February 28, 2020.

(cc)    “Restricted Stock Award” shall mean an award of Common Stock to a Director, Eligible Employee or Advisor that is subject to the restrictions and vesting conditions described in Section 10 and subject to tax under Code Section 83.

(dd)    “Restricted Stock Unit Award” means an Award described in Section 11 to a Director, Eligible Employee or Advisor reflecting a right to receive a Share (or, at the Committee’s discretion, a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share) at some future date and that is subject those restrictions and vesting conditions set forth therein and the Award Agreement.

(ee)    “Stock Appreciation Right” shall mean the right to receive one or more payments described in Section 9.

(ff)    “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation in which (at the time of determination) BanCorp owns or controls, directly or indirectly, 50 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock issued by the corporation.

 

-4-


Table of Contents

(gg)    “2017 Plan” shall mean this California Bancorp 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as may be amended from time to time.

5.    Shares Available Under this 2017 Plan.

(a)    The shares of Common Stock which may be made the subject of Awards granted pursuant to this 2017 Plan may be either (i) shares of original issue, (ii) treasury shares, or (iii) a combination of the foregoing.

(b)    Subject to adjustments in accordance with Sections 5(d) and 16 of this 2017 Plan, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance to Participants under this 2017 Plan shall be four hundred thousand (400,000) shares of Common Stock.

(c)    From the total shares of Common Stock available for Awards as described in subparagraph 5(b), and subject to adjustments in accordance with Sections 5(d) and 16 of this 2017 Plan, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued with respect to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options granted under this 2017 Plan shall not exceed an aggregate of four hundred thousand (400,000) shares of Common Stock.

(d)    Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this 2017 Plan, if any shares of Common Stock covered by an Award under this 2017 Plan are forfeited or an Award is settled in cash or otherwise terminated without delivery of shares of Common Stock, then the shares of Common Stock covered by that Award will again be available for future Awards under this 2017 Plan. However, the full number of Option Rights and Stock Appreciation Rights granted that are to be settled by the issuance of shares of Common Stock shall be counted against the number of shares of Common Stock available for Award under this 2017 Plan, regardless of the number of shares of Common Stock actually issued upon settlement of such Option Rights or Stock Appreciation Rights. Furthermore, any shares of Common Stock withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations on an Award issued under this 2017 Plan, shares of Common Stock tendered to pay the exercise price of an Award under this 2017 Plan, and shares of Common Stock repurchased on the open market with the proceeds of an Option Right exercise will no longer be eligible to be again available for grant under this 2017 Plan.

(e)    Subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 16, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Award or Awards (including any Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Unit Awards, Performance Shares, or Other Stock-Based Awards) granted to any Participant in any one (1) calendar year shall not exceed Fifty Thousand (50,000) Shares. If an Award is to be settled in cash, the number of shares of Common Stock on which the Award is based shall not count toward the individual share limit set forth in this Section 5(e).

(f)    Except in connection with a corporate transaction involving BanCorp (including, without limitation, any stock dividend, distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities or other property), stock split, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, change in control, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of Common Stock or other securities, or similar transaction(s)), BanCorp may not, without obtaining the consent of BanCorp’s shareholders the holder thereof: (i) amend the terms of outstanding Option Rights or Stock Appreciation Rights to reduce the Exercise Price of such outstanding Option Rights or Grant Price of Stock Appreciation Rights; (ii) cancel outstanding Option Rights or Stock Appreciation Rights in exchange for Option Rights or Stock Appreciation Rights with an Exercise Price or Grant Price that is less than the Exercise Price or Grant Price of the original Option Rights or Stock Appreciation Rights; or (iii) cancel outstanding Option Rights or Stock Appreciation Rights with an Exercise Price or Grant Price above the Fair Market Value per share in exchange for cash or other securities.

 

-5-


Table of Contents

(g)    Subject to the provisions of the Plan and to the extent expressly provided in the applicable Award Agreement, the recipient of an Award other than an Option or Stock Appreciation Right may, if so determined by the Committee, be entitled to receive, currently or on a deferred basis, amounts equivalent to cash, stock, or other property in lieu of dividends on Shares (“Dividend Equivalents”) with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Award, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The Committee may provide that the Dividend Equivalents (if any) shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Shares or otherwise reinvested and may provide that the Dividend Equivalents are subject to the same vesting or performance conditions as the underlying Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Dividend Equivalents credited in connection with an Award while the shares of Common Stock are subject to restrictions and risk of forfeiture shall be subject to the same restrictions and risk of forfeiture as the underlying Award with respect to which such Dividend Equivalents have been credited.

6.    Grants of Option Rights Generally. The Committee, or the full Board of Directors, may, from time to time and upon such terms and conditions as it may determine, grant or authorize the granting of Option Rights to Directors, Eligible Employees or Advisors. Each such Award may utilize any or all of the authorizations, and shall be subject to all of the limitations, contained in the following provisions:

(a)    Each Award shall specify whether it is intended as a grant of Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options (and if nothing is specified then the Award shall be a Nonqualified Stock Option).

(b)    Each Award shall specify the number of shares of Common Stock to which it pertains.

(c)    Each Award of Incentive Stock Options shall specify an Exercise Price not less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted.

(d)    Each Award of Nonqualified Stock Options shall specify an Exercise Price not less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date the Nonqualified Stock Option is granted unless the Committee elects to structure such Option Right with limited exercise dates and in compliance with Code Section 409A.

(e)    Successive Awards may be made to the same Optionee whether or not any Option Rights previously granted to such Optionee remain unexercised.

(f)    Upon exercise of an Option Right, the entire Exercise Price shall be payable (i) in cash, (ii) by the transfer to BanCorp by the Optionee of shares of Common Stock with a value (Fair Market Value per share times the number of shares) equal to the total Exercise Price (which shall include a “net exercise” in which deliverable upon exercise of the option are withheld by the Company in satisfaction of all or some of the Exercise Price), (iii) by a combination of such methods of payment described in (i) and (ii) above, or (iv) any other lawful means of payment acceptable to the Committee.

(g)    Each grant of Option Rights shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement executed on behalf of BanCorp by any officer designated by the Committee for this purpose and delivered to and accepted by the Optionee and shall contain such terms and provisions, consistent with this 2017 Plan, as the Committee may approve.

 

-6-


Table of Contents

(h)    Except to the extent provided in Section 17, the Board of Directors and/or the Committee shall not have the power or authority to reduce, whether through amendment or otherwise, the Exercise Price or the Grant Price of any outstanding Option Right or Stock Appreciation Right or to grant any new Award, or make any cash payment, in substitution for or upon the cancellation of Option Rights or Stock Appreciation Rights previously granted.

7.    Special Rules for Grants of Incentive Stock Options.

(a)    As provided in Section 6(c), the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date of the grant of the Incentive Stock Option; provided, however, that, if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to any Eligible Employee who, immediately after such option is granted, is considered to own stock possessing more than ten percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of BanCorp, or any of its subsidiaries, the Exercise Price per share shall be not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date of the grant of the option, and such option may be exercised only within five years of the date of the grant.

(b)    Except as otherwise provided in Section 7(a), the period of each Incentive Stock Option by its terms shall be not more than ten years from the date the Option Right is granted as specified by the Committee.

(c)    The Committee shall establish the time or times within the option period when the Incentive Stock Option may be exercised in whole or in such parts as may be specified from time to time by the Committee, except that Incentive Stock Options shall not be exercisable earlier than one year, nor later than ten years, following the date the option is granted. The date of grant of each Option Right shall be the date of its authorization by the Committee.

(d)    Except as provided in Section 17, or as may be provided by the Committee at the time of grant, (i) in the event of the Optionee’s termination of employment due to any cause, including death or retirement, rights to exercise Incentive Stock Options shall cease, except for those which are exercisable as of the date of termination, (ii) rights that are exercisable as of the date of termination shall remain exercisable for a period of three months following a termination of employment for any cause other than death or Disability, and for a period of one year following a termination due to death or Disability, and (iii) the right to exercise Incentive Stock Options that are not exercisable as of the date of termination shall be forfeited. No Incentive Stock Option shall, in any event, be exercised after the expiration of ten years from the date such option is granted, or such earlier date as may be specified in the Option Right.

(e)    No Incentive Stock Options shall be granted hereunder to any Optionee that would allow the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the option is granted) of the stock subject of all Incentive Stock Options, including the Incentive Stock Option in question, which such Optionee may exercise for the first time during any calendar year, to exceed $100,000.

8.    Special Rules for Grants of Nonqualified Stock Options.

(a)    Except as may be provided by the Committee at the time of grant, (i) in the event of the Optionee’s termination of employment or service as a Director due to death or Disability, rights to exercise Nonqualified Stock Options that are exercisable as of the date of termination shall remain

 

-7-


Table of Contents

exercisable for one year following termination, (ii) in the event of the Optionee’s termination of employment or service as a Director is due to any other reason, the rights to exercise Nonqualified Stock Options that are exercisable as of the date of termination shall remain exercisable for three months following termination, and (iii) the right to exercise Nonqualified Stock Options that are not exercisable as of the date of termination shall be forfeited.

(b)    BanCorp shall not create any record or evidence of Common Stock ownership for an Optionee who exercises a Nonqualified Stock Option, unless payment of the required lawful withholding taxes has been made to BanCorp by check, payroll deduction, shares of Common Stock or other arrangements satisfactory to the Committee.

9.    Stock Appreciation Rights.

(a)    Upon such conditions and limitations it deems advisable, the Committee may authorize the grant of Stock Appreciation Rights with respect to one or more shares of Common Stock. Upon the valid exercise of a vested Stock Appreciation Right, the holder of such Stock Appreciation Right shall receive a lump sum payment for each applicable share of Common Stock equal to the excess (if any) of (i) the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of exercise, over (ii) the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date the Stock Appreciation Right was granted (or such higher value per share as may be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, i.e., the Grant Price).

(b)    Upon such conditions and limitations it deems advisable, the Committee also may authorize (i) the surrender of the right to exercise all or a portion of an Option Right granted under this 2017 Plan that is exercisable at the time of surrender, and (ii) the payment in exchange for the surrender of an amount of up to the excess of the Fair Market Value at the time of surrender of the shares covered by the Option Right, or portion thereof, surrendered over the Exercise Price or Grant Price of such shares.

10.    Restricted Stock Awards.

(a)    Shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award issued under this 2017 Plan shall not be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of, prior to the satisfaction of such performance, service and/or elapsed time conditions (“Vesting Conditions”) as may be determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion. Except as provided in Section 17, or as maybe provided by the Committee at the time of grant, if the recipient’s service with BanCorp or any of its Subsidiaries terminates prior to the satisfaction of all of the Vesting Conditions for any reason other than death or Disability, the recipient shall, on the date service terminates, forfeit and surrender to BanCorp the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Vesting Conditions have not been satisfied as of the date service terminates. If Common Stock is forfeited, all dividends or Dividend Equivalents accrued on those shares prior to the date of forfeiture shall also be forfeited.

(b)    Upon each grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Committee shall establish the Vesting Conditions. The Committee also shall determine the manner in which the grant recipient’s contingent ownership of the awarded Common Stock shall be recorded until the Vesting Conditions have been satisfied. If the Committee elects to issue certificates or use other records of ownership for the awarded shares of Common Stock, each certificate or other record of ownership of Common Stock shall bear a legend or other disclosure to reflect the Vesting Conditions until all of the Vesting Conditions are satisfied. As a condition to issuance of Common Stock, the Committee may require the recipient to enter into an agreement providing for the Vesting Conditions and such other terms and conditions that it

 

-8-


Table of Contents

prescribes, including, but not limited to, a provision that Common Stock issued to the recipient may be held by an escrow agent until the Vesting Conditions are satisfied. The Committee also may require a written representation by the recipient that he or she is acquiring the shares for investment.

(c)    When the Vesting Conditions with respect to shares of Common Stock held in escrow have been satisfied, a certificate or other record of ownership for such shares shall be issued or created, free of any escrow; and such certificate or other record shall not bear a legend or other disclosure relating to the Vesting Conditions.

(d)    Each recipient shall agree, at the time he or she receives a Restricted Stock Award and as a condition thereof, to pay or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding the payment to BanCorp of any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to any Award or with respect to the lapse of any restrictions on shares of restricted Common Stock awarded under this 2017 Plan, or the waiver of any forfeiture hereunder, and also shall agree that BanCorp may, to the extent permitted by law, deduct such taxes from any payments of any kind due or to become due to such recipient from BanCorp, sell by public or private sale, with ten days’ notice or such longer notice as may be required by applicable law, a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock so awarded in order to cover all or part of the amount required to be withheld, or pursue any other remedy at law or in equity. In the event that the recipient of shares of Common Stock under this 2017 Plan shall fail to pay to BanCorp all such federal, state and local taxes, or to make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding the payment of such taxes, the shares to which such taxes relate shall be forfeited and returned to BanCorp.

(e)    The Committee shall have the authority at any time to accelerate the time at which any or all of the Vesting Conditions or other restrictions set forth in this 2017 Plan with respect to any or all shares of restricted Common Stock awarded hereunder shall be satisfied or lapse.

(f)    Unless otherwise provided by the Committee at the time of grant, if a recipient dies, or terminates employment or service as a Director with BanCorp because of Disability before the satisfaction of all of the applicable Vesting Conditions, (i) the Vesting Conditions on any Common Stock owned by the recipient shall be considered satisfied on the date of death or on the date that employment or service as a Director terminates because of Disability, provided such date is not less than four years subsequent to the date of the Award, and (ii) if the date of death or Disability is within four years of the date of the awards, the Committee, in its sole discretion, can waive the Vesting Conditions as to any or all of the stock.

11.    Restricted Stock Unit Awards.

(a)    Subject to the terms and provisions of this 2017 Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Restricted Stock Units to Eligible Employees, Directors and/or Advisors in such amounts and upon such terms as the Committee shall determine.

(b)    Each Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall specify the number of shares to which the Restricted Stock Unit Award pertains and is subject to adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 16. Each Award of Restricted Stock Units may or may not be subject to vesting. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. A Restricted Stock Unit Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting in the event of the Participant’s death, or Disability or other events.

(c)    The holders of Restricted Stock Units shall have no voting rights. Prior to settlement or forfeiture, any Restricted Stock Unit awarded under the 2017 Plan may, at the Committee’s

 

-9-


Table of Contents

discretion, carry with it a right to Dividend Equivalents. A holder of Restricted Stock Units shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of BanCorp. Restricted Stock Units represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of Bancorp, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

(d)    Settlement of vested Restricted Stock Units may be made in the form of (a) cash, (b) shares or (c) any combination of both, as determined by the Committee. The actual number of Restricted Stock Units eligible for settlement may be larger or smaller than the number included in the original Award. Methods of converting Restricted Stock Units into cash may include (without limitation) a method based on the average Fair Market Value of Shares over a series of trading days. Except as otherwise provided in a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement or a timely completed deferral election, vested Restricted Stock Units shall be settled within thirty days after vesting. The distribution may occur or commence when all Vesting Conditions applicable to the Restricted Stock Units have been satisfied or have lapsed, or it may be deferred, in accordance with applicable law, to a later specified date. The amount of a deferred distribution may be increased by an interest factor or by dividend equivalents. Until an Award of Restricted Stock Units is settled, the number of such Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 16.

12.    Performance Shares.

(a)    Subject to the terms and provisions of this 2017 Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Performance Shares to Eligible Employees, Directors and/or Advisors in such amounts and upon such terms as the Committee shall determine.

(b)    Each Performance Share shall have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant. The Committee shall set performance goals in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number of Performance Shares that will be paid out to the Participant.

(c)    Subject to the terms of this 2017 Plan, after the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Shares shall be entitled to receive payout on the value and number of Performance Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance goals have been achieved.

(d)    Payment of earned Performance Shares shall be as determined by the Committee and as evidenced in the Award Agreement. Subject to the terms of this 2017 Plan, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Shares in the form of cash or in shares of Common Stock (or in a combination thereof) equal to the value of the earned Performance Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period. Payment shall be made no later than the fifteenth (15th) day of the third month after the calendar year in which the Performance Period ended. Any shares of Common Stock may be granted subject to any restrictions deemed appropriate by the Committee.

13.    Performance Measures.

(a)    The performance goals upon which the payment or vesting of an Award is related may be based on upon service conditions, upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain performance goals specified in an Award Agreement (“Performance Measures”).

(b)    The Committee has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of any Award based on the achievement of performance goals pursuant to Performance Measures.

 

-10-


Table of Contents

(c)    The Committee shall retain the discretion to adjust Awards upwards or downward, either on a formula or discretionary basis or any combination, as the Committee determines.

(d)    In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit Committee discretion to alter the governing Performance Measures without obtaining shareholder approval of such changes, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such changes without obtaining shareholder approval.

14.    Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee may grant Other Stock-Based Awards, either alone or in tandem with other Awards, in such amounts and subject to such conditions as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion. Each Other Stock-Based Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement and shall be subject to such conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement. An Other Stock-Based Award may consist of the issuance of “bonus shares” which are shares of Common Stock awarded to an Eligible Employee, Director or Adviser without cost and without restriction in recognition of past performance (whether determined by reference to another employee benefit plan of the BanCorp) or as an incentive to become an employee of BanCorp.

15.    Transferability. No Incentive Stock Option shall be transferable by an Optionee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Incentive Stock Options shall be exercisable during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee. Other Awards granted pursuant to this 2017 Plan also shall not be subject to assignment, alienation, lien, transfer, sale or exchange, except to the extent provided otherwise by the Committee.

16.    Adjustments. The Committee shall make or provide for such adjustments in the maximum number of shares of Common Stock specified in Section 5 (and which can be issued under Incentive Stock Option exercises), in the maximum share limit provided by Section 5(e), in the numbers of shares of Common Stock covered by other rights granted hereunder, and in the prices per share applicable under all such rights, as the Committee determines is equitably required to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants that otherwise would result from any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, recapitalization or other change in the capital structure of BanCorp, merger, consolidation, spin-off, reorganization, partial or complete liquidation, issuance of rights or warrants to purchase securities, or any other transaction or event having an effect similar to any of the foregoing.

17.    Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control of BanCorp:

(a)    The Committee shall have the discretion to provide, in any or all Award Agreements, such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate with respect to (i) the vesting of such Award in the event of a Change in Control, or (ii) the assumption of such Award or the exchange therefor of comparable securities under another incentive program in the event of a Change in Control or (iii) the cancellation of Awards either with or without consideration in the event of a Change in Control. In addition, the aforementioned terms and conditions may vary from Award Agreement to Award Agreement as the Committee deems appropriate.

(b)    Whether or not the terms of an outstanding Option Agreement provide for acceleration of vesting in the event of a Change in Control, or to the extent that an Option is vested and not yet exercised, the Committee in its discretion may provide, in connection with the Change in Control transaction, for the purchase or exchange of any or each Option for an amount of cash or other property having a value equal to the difference (or “spread”) between: (x) the value of the cash or other property that the Participant would have received pursuant to the Change in Control transaction in exchange for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option had the Option been exercised immediately prior to the Change in Control, and (y) the Exercise Price of the Option.

 

-11-


Table of Contents

(c)    Whether or not the terms of an outstanding Stock Appreciation Right provide for acceleration of vesting in the event of a Change in Control, or to the extent that an Stock Appreciation Right is vested and not yet exercised, the Committee in its discretion may provide, in connection with the Change in Control transaction, for the purchase or exchange of any or each Stock Appreciation Right for an amount of cash or other property having a value equal to the value of the cash or other property that the Participant would have received pursuant to the Change in Control transaction in exchange for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right had the Stock Appreciation Right been exercised immediately prior to the Change in Control.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary that may be contained elsewhere in this Section 17, the Committee shall have the power and authority, in its sole discretion, to accelerate the vesting of any or all of the Options and Stock Appreciation Rights and/or the lapse of the restrictions on any or all of the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards if the surviving entity in a Change in Control transaction does not agree to assume the Options and Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding under this Plan, or issue Substitute Options or Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units or new equity incentives for the then outstanding Options, Stock Appreciation Rights or Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Additionally, the terms and conditions relating to the vesting of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights and the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards in the event of the consummation of a Change in Control may vary from Award Agreement to Award Agreement, as the Committee, in its discretion, deems appropriate.

(e)    All outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights and Restricted Stock Unit Awards shall terminate and cease to be exercisable upon the consummation of a Change in Control, except to the extent that, with the consent of BanCorp, the Options or Stock Appreciation Rights are assumed by the successor entity (or parent thereof) pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction.

(f)    If BanCorp enters into a definitive agreement that provides for the consummation of a Change in Control, the Committee shall cause written notice of such proposed Change in Control transaction to be given to Participants not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the anticipated effective date of the proposed Change in Control transaction; provided, however, that any delay in giving or any failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of nor shall it entitle any Participant to obtain a delay or postponement in the consummation of the Change in Control transaction.

(g)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary that may be contained elsewhere in this Section 17 or elsewhere in this Plan, if pursuant to any of the above provisions of this Section 17 above, an acceleration of the vesting of any Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or the lapse of restrictions on any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Awards occurs or is deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the consummation of a Change in Control, but the Change in Control transaction is terminated or abandoned, for any reason whatsoever, before consummation thereof, then such acceleration of vesting and lapse of restrictions shall be deemed to have not occurred and the vesting schedule for the Options and Stock Appreciation Rights and the schedule or conditions for lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards, as in effect prior to such acceleration, shall be reinstated to the same extent as if no definitive agreement providing for such Change in Control Transaction had ever been entered into by BanCorp.

 

-12-


Table of Contents

18.    Fractional Shares. The Bank shall not issue any fractional shares of Common Stock pursuant to this 2017 Plan. The Committee may provide for the elimination of fractions or for the settlement of fractions in cash.

19.    Administration of this 2017 Plan.

(a)    This 2017 Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall consist of at least three members of the Board of Directors each of whom shall satisfy the requirements for (i) an “independent director” under rules adopted by the NASDAQ Stock Market and (ii) a “Non-Employee Director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. Members of the Committee and the Chair of the Committee shall be appointed by the Board of Directors and may be replaced at any time by the Board of Directors. At any time deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board of Directors, the full Board of Directors may act as the Committee. The Committee may employ attorneys, consultants, accountants, agents, and other individuals, any of whom may be an Employee, and the Committee, BanCorp, and its officers and Directors shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions, or valuations of any such individuals. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Participants, BanCorp, and all other interested individuals and shall receive maximum deference to the fullest extent provided by applicable law.

(b)    The Committee shall have full and exclusive discretionary power to interpret the terms and the intent of this 2017 Plan and any Award Agreement or other agreement or document ancillary to or in connection with this 2017 Plan, to determine eligibility for Awards and to adopt and interpret such rules, regulations, forms, instruments, and guidelines for administering this 2017 Plan as the Committee may deem necessary or proper. Such authority shall include, but not be limited to, (i) selecting Award recipients, (ii) establishing all Award terms and conditions, including the terms and conditions set forth in Award Agreements and any ancillary document or materials, (iii) granting Awards as an alternative to or as the form of payment for grants or rights earned or due under compensation plans or arrangements of BanCorp, (iv) construing any ambiguous provision of this 2017 Plan or any Award Agreement, subject to Section 21, adopting modifications and amendments to this 2017 Plan or any Award Agreement, including without limitation, any that are necessary to comply with the laws of the countries and other jurisdictions in which BanCorp, its affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries operate, and, (vi) making any other determination and taking any other action that it deems necessary or desirable for the administration or operation of this 2017 Plan and/or any Award Agreement.

(c)    To the extent consistent with applicable Code requirements, the Committee may delegate to one or more of its members or to one or more officers of BanCorp, and/or its Subsidiaries and affiliates or to one or more agents or advisors such administrative duties or powers as it may deem advisable, and the Committee or any individuals to whom it has delegated duties or powers as aforesaid may employ one or more individuals to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee or such individuals may have under this 2017 Plan.

(d)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this 2017 Plan, the Committee may impose such conditions on the exercise of any right granted hereunder (including, without limitation, the right of the Committee to limit the time of exercise to specified periods) as may be required to satisfy the requirements of applicable law, including Section 16 (or any successor rule) of the Exchange Act.

(e)    BanCorp shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to BanCorp, the amounts necessary to satisfy any federal, state, local, domestic or foreign withholding laws or regulations with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of this 2017 Plan.

 

-13-


Table of Contents

(f)    With respect to withholding required upon the exercise of Option Rights or Stock Appreciation Rights, upon the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock, Award or upon the achievement of performance goals related to Performance Shares or any other taxable event arising as a result of an Award granted hereunder, Participants may elect, subject to the approval of the Committee, to satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by having BanCorp withhold shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value on the date the tax is to be determined equal to the minimum statutory total tax that could be imposed on the transaction. All such elections shall be irrevocable, and shall be subject to any restrictions or limitations that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

20.    Clawback.

If BanCorp is required to prepare a financial restatement due to the material non-compliance of BanCorp with any financial reporting requirement, then the Committee may require any Section 16 Officer to repay or forfeit to BanCorp, and each Section 16 Officer agrees to so repay or forfeit, that part of the Incentive Compensation received by that Section 16 Officer during the three-year period preceding the publication of the restated financial statement that the Committee determines was in excess of the amount that such Section 16 Officer would have received had such Incentive Compensation been calculated based on the financial results reported in the restated financial statement. The Committee may take into account any factors it deems reasonable in determining whether to seek recoupment of previously paid Incentive Compensation and how much Incentive Compensation to recoup from each Section 16 Officer (which need not be the same amount or proportion for each Section 16 Officer), including any determination by the Committee that a Section 16 Officer engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or committed grossly negligent acts or omissions which materially contributed to the events that led to the financial restatement. The amount and form of the Incentive Compensation to be recouped shall be determined by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion, and recoupment of Incentive Compensation may be made, in the Committee’s sole and absolute discretion, through the cancellation of vested or unvested Awards, cash repayment or both. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Plan, any Award which is subject to recovery under any applicable laws, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement, will be subject to such deductions and clawback as may be required to be made pursuant to such applicable law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement (or any policy adopted by BanCorp pursuant to any such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement). For purposes of this 2017 Plan, “Section 16 Officer” means any officer of BanCorp whom the Board of Directors has determined is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, whether or not such individual is a Section 16 Officer at the time the determination to recoup compensation is made and “Incentive Compensation” means any annual cash bonus and any Award.

21.    Amendments, Termination, Etc.

(a)    The Board of Directors and/or the Committee may, at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, modify, suspend, or terminate this 2017 Plan and/or any Award Agreement in whole or in part; provided, however, that no material amendment of this Plan shall be made without shareholder approval if shareholder approval is required by applicable law, regulation, or stock exchange rule. This 2017 Plan, however, shall not be the exclusive means by which the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors may authorize the grant of stock options, restricted stock or other equity, equity-based or incentive compensation.

(b)    The Committee may, with the concurrence of the affected Optionee, cancel any agreement evidencing Option Rights granted under this 2017 Plan. Subject in all cases to the requirements of Section 5(f), in the event of such cancellation, the Committee may authorize the granting of new Option Rights (which may or may not cover the same number of shares which had been the subject of the

 

-14-


Table of Contents

prior agreement) in such manner, at such Exercise Price and subject to the same terms and conditions as, under this 2017 Plan, would have been applicable had the canceled Option Rights not been granted. The cancellation and granting of Option Rights pursuant to this Section 21(b) shall be subject to compliance with the applicable limitations described in Section 5(e) and compliance with Code Section 409A.

(c)    In the case of any Option Right not immediately exercisable in full, the Committee in its discretion may accelerate the time at which the Option Right may be exercised, subject to the limitation described in Section 7(c) and any applicable restrictions or limitations imposed by Code Section 409A.

(d)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this 2017 Plan to the contrary, (i) this 2017 Plan may be terminated at any time by resolutions of the Board of Directors, and (ii) no rights shall be granted pursuant to this 2017 Plan after May 17, 2027.

(e)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this 2017 Plan to the contrary (other than Section 21(f)), no termination, amendment, suspension, or modification of this 2017 Plan or an Award Agreement shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted under this 2017 Plan, without the written consent of the Participant holding such Award.

(f)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this 2017 Plan to the contrary, the Board of Directors may amend this 2017 Plan or an Award Agreement, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as deemed necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming this 2017 Plan or an Award Agreement to any present or future law relating to plans of this or similar nature (including, but not limited to, Code Section 409A), and to the administrative regulations and rulings promulgated thereunder. By accepting an Award under this 2017 Plan, a Participant agrees to any amendment made pursuant to this Section 21(f) to any Award granted under this 2017 Plan without further consideration or action.

(g)    The 2017 Plan as well as payments and benefits under the 2017 Plan are intended to be exempt from, or to the extent subject thereto, to comply with Section 409A of the Code, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, the 2017 Plan shall be interpreted in accordance therewith. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, the Participant shall not be considered to have terminated employment or service with BanCorp for purposes of the 2017 Plan and no payment shall be due to the Participant under the 2017 Plan or any Award until the Participant would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” from BanCorp and its affiliates within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Any payments described in the 2017 Plan that are due within the “short term deferral period” as defined in Section 409A of the Code shall not be treated as nonqualified deferred compensation unless applicable law requires otherwise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the 2017 Plan, to the extent that any Awards (or any other amounts payable under any plan, program or arrangement of BanCorp or any of its affiliates) are payable upon a separation from service and such payment would result in the imposition of any individual tax and penalty interest charges imposed under Section 409A of the Code, the settlement and payment of such awards (or other amounts) shall instead be made on the first business day after the date that is six (6) months following such separation from service (or within 30 days after Participant’s death, if earlier). Each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided under this 2017 Plan shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. BanCorp makes no representation that any or all of the payments or benefits described in this 2017 Plan will be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code and makes no undertaking to preclude Section 409A of the Code from applying to any such payment. Each Participant shall be solely responsible for the payment of any taxes, interest and penalties incurred under Section 409A.

 

-15-


Table of Contents

(h)    In addition to Section 20, the Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award. Such events may include, but shall not be limited to, termination of employment for cause, termination of the Participant’s provision of services to BanCorp, any affiliate of BanCorp, and/or Subsidiary, violation of any material policies or procedures of BanCorp, the Bank, any affiliate of BanCorp, and/or Subsidiary, breach of noncompetition, confidentiality, or other restrictive covenants that may apply to the Participant, or other conduct by the Participant that is detrimental to the business or reputation of BanCorp, its affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries.

(i)    In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this 2017 Plan shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby. If, in the opinion of any court of competent jurisdiction such covenants are not reasonable in any respect, such court shall have the right, power and authority to excise or modify such provision or provisions of these covenants as to the court shall appear not reasonable and to enforce the remainder of these covenants as so amended.

(j)    This 2017 Plan, the granting and exercising of Awards thereunder, and any obligations of BanCorp under This 2017 Plan, shall be subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required, and to any rules or regulations of any exchange on which the Shares may be listed. BanCorp, in its discretion, may postpone the granting and exercising of Awards, the issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock under any Award or any other action permitted under this 2017 Plan to permit BanCorp, with reasonable diligence, to complete such stock exchange listing or registration or qualification of such shares of Common Stock or other required action under any federal or state law, rule, or regulation and may require any Participant to make such representations and furnish such information as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock in compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations. BanCorp shall not be obligated by virtue of any provision of this 2017 Plan to recognize the exercise of any Award or to otherwise sell or issue shares of Common Stock in violation of any such laws, rules, or regulations, and any postponement of the exercise or settlement of any Award under this provision shall not extend the term of such Awards. Neither BanCorp nor its Directors or officers shall have any obligation or liability to a Participant with respect to any Award (or shares of Common Stock issuable thereunder) that shall lapse because of such postponement.

(k)    Nothing in this 2017 Plan shall be construed to limit the right of BanCorp to establish other plans or to pay compensation to its employees, in cash or property, in a manner which is not expressly authorized under this 2017 Plan.

(l)    Nothing in this 2017 Plan shall be construed to: (i) limit, impair, or otherwise affect BanCorp’s or a Subsidiary’s or an affiliate’s right or power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets; or, (ii) limit the right or power of BanCorp or a Subsidiary or an affiliate to take any action which such entity deems to be necessary or appropriate.

(m)    The Committee may postpone the exercising of Awards, the issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock under any Award or any action permitted under this 2017 Plan to prevent BanCorp or any Subsidiary from being denied a Federal income tax deduction with respect to any Award other than an Incentive Stock Option, in accordance with Treas. Reg. 1.409A-2(b)(7)(i). In such case, payment of such deferred amounts must be made as soon as reasonably practicable following the first date

 

-16-


Table of Contents

on which BanCorp, Subsidiary and/or affiliate of BanCorp anticipates or reasonably should anticipate that, if the payment were made on such date, BanCorp’s, affiliate’s and/or Subsidiary’s deduction with respect to such payment would no longer be restricted.

(n)    The Committee may require any individual receiving shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award under this 2017 Plan to represent and warrant in writing that the individual is acquiring the shares of Common Stock for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares of Common Stock.

(o)    To the extent that this 2017 Plan provides for issuance of certificates to reflect the transfer of shares of Common Stock, the transfer of such shares of Common Stock may be affected on a noncertificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange.

(p)    Participants shall have no right, title, or interest whatsoever in or to any investments that BanCorp, and/or its Subsidiaries, and/or its affiliates may make to aid it in meeting its obligations under this 2017 Plan. Nothing contained in this 2017 Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between BanCorp and any Participant, beneficiary, legal representative, or any other individual. To the extent that any individual acquires a right to receive payments from BanCorp, its Subsidiaries, and/or its affiliates under this 2017 Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of BanCorp, a Subsidiary, or an affiliate, as the case may be. All payments to be made hereunder shall be paid from the general funds of BanCorp, a Subsidiary, or an affiliate, as the case may be and no special or separate fund shall be established and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment of such amounts except as expressly set forth in this 2017 Plan.

(q)    Except to the extent inconsistent with the terms of any employee benefit plan, policy or program, no amount payable in respect of any Award shall be treated as compensation for purposes of calculating a Participant’s right under any such plan, policy or program.

(r)    To the extent permitted by applicable law, BanCorp may (i) deliver by email or other electronic means (including posting on a web site maintained by BanCorp or by a third party under contract with BanCorp) all documents relating to this 2017 Plan or any Award thereunder (including without limitation, prospectuses required by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission) and all other documents that BanCorp is required to deliver to its security holders (including without limitation, annual reports and proxy statements) and (ii) permit Participants to electronically execute applicable 2017 Plan documents (including, but not limited to, Award Agreements) in a manner prescribed by the Committee.

(s)    Notwithstanding any provision of this 2017 Plan to the contrary, BanCorp, its affiliates and Subsidiaries, the Board and the Committee neither represent nor warrant the tax treatment under any federal, state, local or foreign laws and regulations thereunder (individually and collectively referred to as the “Tax Laws”) of any Award granted or any amounts paid to any Participant under this 2017 Plan including, but not limited to, when and to what extent such Awards or amounts may be subject to tax, penalties and interest under the Tax Laws.

(t)    Subject to requirements of California state law, each individual who is or shall have been a member of the Board, or a committee appointed by the Board, or an officer of BanCorp to whom authority was delegated in accordance with this 2017 Plan, shall be indemnified and held harmless by BanCorp against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under this 2017 Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement

 

-17-


Table of Contents

thereof, with BanCorp’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she shall give BanCorp an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his/her own behalf, unless such loss, cost, liability, or expense is a result of his/her own willful misconduct or except as expressly provided by statute. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such individuals may be entitled under BanCorp’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that BanCorp may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

(u)    This 2017 Plan shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

(v)    The jurisdiction of any proceeding arising out of, or with respect to, this 2017 Plan shall be in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of California, and venue shall be in Alameda County. Each party shall be subject to the personal jurisdiction of the courts of the State of California.

 

-18-

Exhibit 10.4

CALIFORNIA BANK OF COMMERCE

2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Adopted by the Board of Directors on June 21, 2007

Approved by the Shareholders on July 17, 2007

1.        Purpose. The 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan) of California Bank of Commerce, a California corporation (the Company), is intended to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, encourage ownership of Stock by employees and directors of the Company and its Affiliates, to provide additional incentive for them to promote the success of the Company’s business, and to reward Organizers of the Company for placing personal funds at risk by contributing to the pre-opening funds utilized to organize the Company. The Plan is intended to be an incentive stock option plan within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, but not all Awards are required to be Incentive Options.

2.        Definitions. As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

2.1        Accelerate, Accelerated, and Acceleration means:

(a) when used with respect to an Option, that as of the time of reference the Option will become exercisable with respect to some or all of the Stock for which it was not then otherwise exercisable by its terms; and

(b) when used with respect to Restricted Stock, that the Risk of Forfeiture otherwise applicable to such Restricted Stock shall expire with respect to some or all of the Restricted Stock then still otherwise subject to the Risk of Forfeiture.

2.2        Acquisition means a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another person or the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to one or more other persons in a single transaction or series of related transactions.

2.3        Affiliate means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, business trust, or other entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company.

2.4        Award means any grant or sale pursuant to the Plan of Options, Restricted Stock, or Stock Grants.

2.5        Award Agreement means an agreement between the Company and a Participant, setting forth the terms and conditions of an Award.

2.6        Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.7        Change of Control means and shall be deemed to have occurred if:


(a) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company;

(b) a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Company is replaced during any 18-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors prior to the date of appointment or election; or

(c) one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group), assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of the preceding clause (c), there is no acquisition of assets if the assets are transferred to:

(i) a shareholder of the Company in exchange for or with respect to its stock;

(ii) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company;

(iii) a person, or more than one person acting as a group, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company; or

(iv) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a person described in the preceding clause (iii).

2.8        Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statutes thereto, and any regulations issued from time to time thereunder.

2.9        Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board, which in general is responsible for the administration of the Plan, as provided in Section 5. For any period during which no such committee is in existence, “Committee” means the Board, and all authority and responsibility assigned to the Committee under the Plan shall be exercised, if at all, by the Board. In the discretion of the Board, the Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, or solely of two or more Non- Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. In addition, the Board or the Committee, in its discretion, may delegate to a committee of two or more persons, who may but need not be Outside Directors or Non-Employee Directors:

(a) the authority to grant Awards to eligible persons who are either:

(i) not then Covered Employees and are not expected to be Covered Employees at the time of recognition of income resulting from such Award, or


(ii) not persons with respect to whom the Company wishes to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, and/or

  (b) the authority to grant Awards to eligible persons who are not then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

2.10        Continuous Service means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an employee or director of the Company or any Subsidiary. Continuous Service shall not be considered interrupted during any period of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company and any Parent, Subsidiary or successor of the Company. Military or sick leave or other public (such as jury duty) or personal leave approved by an authorized representative of the Company shall not be deemed an interruption or termination of Continuous Service, provided that it does not exceed the longer of 90 days or the period during which the absent Participant’s reemployment rights, if any, are guaranteed by statute or by contract.

2.11        Covered Employee means an employee who is a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

2.12        Effective Date means June 21, 2007, the date the Plan was approved by the Board.

2.13        Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.14        Exercise Price means the price at which an Option may be exercised.

2.15        Grant Date means the date as of which an Award is granted, as determined under Section 7.1(a).

2.16        Incentive Option means an Option which by its terms is to be treated as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

2.17        Market Value means the value of a share of Stock on a particular date determined by such methods or procedures as may be established by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Market Value of a share of Stock as of any date is the closing price as reported on the Nasdaq Capital Market (or on any national securities exchange or other established market on which or through which the Stock is then traded) for that date or, if no closing price is reported for that date, the closing price on the next preceding date for which a closing price was reported.

2.18        Nonstatutory Option means any Option that is not an Incentive Option.

2.19        Option means an Incentive Option or a Nonstatutory Option.

2.20        Optionee means a Participant to whom an Option shall have been granted under the Plan or to whom an Option has been transferred pursuant to Section 6.4.


2.21        Organizer means the incorporators of the Company who contributed funds to the Company to pay the Company’s pre-opening expenses.

2.22        Parent means a parent corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined by Section 424(e) of the Code.

2.23        Participant means any recipient or Permitted Transferee of an outstanding Award or of securities issued pursuant to an Award.

2.24        Performance Criteria means the criteria that the Committee selects for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Participant for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria used to establish Performance Goals are limited to: pre- or after-tax net earnings, sales growth, operating earnings, operating cash flow, return on net assets, return on shareholders’ equity, return on assets, return on capital, Stock price growth, shareholder returns, gross or net profit margin, earnings per share, price per share of Stock, and market share, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group. The Committee will, in the manner and within the time prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code in the case of Qualified Performance-Based Awards, objectively define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period for such Participant.

2.25        Performance Goals means the written goals established by the Committee for a Participant during a Performance Period for such Participant based upon the Performance Criteria. Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a division, business unit, Subsidiary, or an individual.

2.26        Permitted Transferee means any of the persons or entities to which certain awards may be transferred as provided in Section 6.4 of the Plan.

2.27        Person means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a trust or other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

2.28        Qualified Performance-Based Awards means Awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code as set forth in Section 7.5.

2.29        Restricted Stock means Stock granted or sold to a Participant subject to a Risk of Forfeiture.

2.30        Restriction Period means the period of time, established by the Committee in connection with an Award of Restricted Stock, during which the Restricted Stock is subject to a Risk of Forfeiture described in the applicable Award Agreement.

2.31        Risk of Forfeiture means a limitation on the right of the Participant to retain Restricted Stock arising because of the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events or conditions.


2.32        Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2.33        SEC means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

2.34        Stock means common stock, no par value, of the Company, and such other securities as may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Section 8.

2.35        Stock Grant means the grant of Stock not subject to restrictions or other forfeiture conditions.

2.36        Subsidiary means a subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

2.37        Ten Percent Owner means a person who owns, or is deemed within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code to own, stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company). Whether a person is a Ten Percent Owner shall be determined with respect to an Option based on the facts existing immediately prior to the Grant Date of the Option.

2.38        Vesting Commencement Date means, with respect to an Option, the date, determined by the Committee, on which the vesting of the Option shall commence, which may be the Grant Date or a date prior to or after the Grant Date.

3.        Term of the Plan. Unless the Plan shall have been earlier terminated by the Board, Awards may be granted from the time the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company until immediately prior to the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. Awards granted pursuant to the Plan within that period shall not expire solely by reason of the termination of the Plan.

4.        Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to Section 8, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock which may be issued pursuant to or subject to Awards is 825,000. The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock which may be issued pursuant to or subject to Incentive Options granted under the Plan is 825,000. The shares of Stock subject to the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares or reacquired shares, bought on the open market or otherwise. If any Option expires, terminates, or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, or if any other Award is forfeited by the Participant, the shares of Stock to which the Award relates which are not acquired by the Optionee or which are forfeited by the Participant shall again be available for Awards to be granted under the Plan. In addition, exercise or settlement of any Award shall not count against the foregoing limitations except to the extent settled in the form of Stock. If any shares subject to an Award are not delivered to a Participant because such shares are withheld for the payment of taxes or the Award is exercised through a reduction of shares subject to the Award through the “net exercise” feature described herein, the number of shares that are not delivered to the Participant will remain available for issuance under the Plan. If the Exercise Price of any Award is satisfied by tendering shares of Stock held by the Participant, then the number of shares so tendered will be available for issuance under the Plan.

5.        Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee; provided, however, that at any time and on any one or more occasions the Board may itself exercise any of the powers and responsibilities assigned the Committee under the Plan and when so acting shall have


the benefit of all of the provisions of the Plan pertaining to the Committee’s exercise of its authorities hereunder. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have complete authority, in its discretion, to make or to select the manner of making all determinations with respect to each Award to be granted by the Company under the Plan, including the employee, director or Organizer to receive the Award and the form of Award. In making such determinations, the Committee may take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective employees, directors and Organizers, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and Affiliates, and such other factors as the Committee in its discretion shall deem relevant. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall also have complete authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to it, to determine the terms and provisions of the respective Award Agreements (which need not be identical), and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee’s determinations made in good faith on matters referred to in the Plan shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons having or claiming any interest under the Plan or an Award made pursuant hereto.

6.        Authorization of Grants.

6.1        Eligibility. The Committee may grant from time to time and at any time prior to the termination or expiration of the Plan one or more Awards, either alone or in combination with any other Awards, to any employee of the Company or any Affiliates or to any member of the Board or of any board of directors (or similar governing authority) of any Affiliate. Initially, the Committee may also make grants of options to the Company’s Organizers. However, only employees of the Company, and of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, shall be eligible for the grant of an Incentive Option.

6.2        General Terms of Awards. Each grant of an Award shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan (including but not limited to any specific terms and conditions applicable to that type of Award set out in the following Section), and such other terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee may prescribe. No prospective Participant shall have any rights with respect to an Award, unless and until such Participant has (a) (i) executed an Award Agreement with respect to such Award and delivered a fully executed copy of such Award Agreement to the Company, or (ii) otherwise affirmatively assented to the terms and conditions of an Award Agreement with respect to such Award, including by “click through” agreement, pursuant to procedures and guidelines approved by the Committee, and (b) otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of such Award. The number of Options initially granted to directors and Organizers of the Company who do not also serve as employees of the Company may not exceed one option for each share of Stock for which the director or organizer subscribed in the Company’s initial public offering of common Stock.

6.3        Effect of Termination of Employment, Disability or Death.

(a)    Termination of Employment, Etc. Unless the Committee shall provide otherwise (consistent with applicable law and other relevant restrictions) with respect to any Award, if the Participant’s Continuous Service ends for any reason other than by total disability or death, including because of the Participant’s employer ceasing to be an Affiliate, (i) any


outstanding Option of the Participant shall cease to be exercisable in any respect 90 days following that event and, for the period it remains exercisable following that event, shall be exercisable only to the extent exercisable at the date of that event, subject to the condition that no Option shall be exercised after its expiration in accordance with its terms, and (ii) any other outstanding Award of the Participant shall be forfeited or otherwise subject to return to the Company on the terms specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(b) Disability of Participant. Unless the Committee shall provide otherwise (consistent with applicable law and other relevant restrictions) with respect to any Award, if a Participant’s Continuous Service ends due to disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), and such Participant was in Continuous Service from the Grant Date until the date of termination of service, (i) any outstanding Option of the Participant shall cease to be exercisable in any respect twelve months following the date of termination of Continuous Service and, for the period it remains exercisable following that event, shall be exercisable only to the extent exercisable at the date of that event, subject to the condition that no Option shall be exercised after its expiration in accordance with its terms, and (ii) any other outstanding Award of the Participant shall be forfeited or otherwise subject to return to the Company on the terms specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(c) Death of Participant. Unless the Committee shall provide otherwise (consistent with applicable law and other relevant restrictions) with respect to any Award, in the event of the death of a Participant who was in Continuous Service from the Grant Date until the date of death, (i) any outstanding Option of the Participant shall cease to be exercisable in any respect twelve months following that event and, for the period it remains exercisable following the date of death, shall be exercisable by such Participant’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise such Award by bequest, inheritance or otherwise as a result of the Participant’s death, but only to the extent exercisable at the date of death, subject to the condition that no Option shall be exercised after its expiration in accordance with its terms, and (ii) any other outstanding Award of such Participant shall be forfeited or otherwise subject to return to the Company on the terms specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(d) Extension of Termination Date. An Award Agreement may provide that if the exercise of the Award following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Award will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Award set forth in the Award Agreement or (ii) the expiration of a period of three consecutive months after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Award would not be in violation of such registration requirements, but only to the extent exercisable at the date of such termination, subject to the condition that no Option shall be exercised after its expiration in accordance with its terms. Pursuant to the Code, any extension of the exercisability of an Incentive Option pursuant to this Section 6.3(d) will cause the Incentive Option to be treated as a Nonstatutory Option.

6.4        Transferability of Awards. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.4, Awards shall not be transferable, and no Award or interest therein may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of


descent and distribution. All of a Participant’s rights in any Award may be exercised during the life of the Participant only by the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative. However, at any time following the third anniversary of the date on which the Company commences business as a commercial bank the Committee may, at or after the grant of an Award of a Nonstatutory Option or Restricted Stock, provide that such Award may be transferred by the Participant through a gift or domestic relations order in settlement of marital property rights to any of the following donees or transferees and may be reacquired by the Participant from any of such donors or transferees (each a “Permitted Transferee”):

(a) any “family member,” which includes any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships and any individual sharing the Participant’s household (other than a tenant or employee);

(b) a trust in which family members have more than 50% of the beneficial interest;

(c) a foundation in which family members (or the Participant) control the management of assets; and

(d) any other entity in which family members (or the Participant) own more than 50% of the voting interests,

provided, that (x) any such transfer is without payment of any value whatsoever and that no transfer shall be valid unless first approved by the Committee, acting in its sole discretion; (y) the Award Agreement pursuant to which such Awards are granted, and any amendments thereto, must be approved by the Committee and must expressly provide for transferability in a manner consistent with this Section 6.4; and (z) subsequent transfers of transferred Awards shall be prohibited except in accordance with this Section 6.4. Following transfer, any such Awards and any securities issued pursuant thereto shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to transfer, provided that the term of the Plan and the Award Agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the original Participant, and any Awards shall be exercisable by the transferee only to the extent and for the periods specified in the Award Agreement or Section 6.3, as applicable.

6.5        Cancellation of Awards For Improper Acts of Participant. If, at any time during the course of a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Affiliates, a Participant engages in any activity in competition with any business activity of the Company or any Affiliates, or inimical, contrary or harmful to the interests of the Company or any Affiliates, including, but not limited to:

(a) conduct related to the Participant’s employment for which either criminal or civil penalties may be sought,

(b) violation of the policies of the Company or any Affiliates, including, without limitation, personnel and insider trading policies,


(c) being employed by or serving as a consultant, advisor or in any other capacity to an employer that is in competition with or acting against the interests of the Company or any Affiliates,

(d) disclosing or misusing any confidential information or material concerning the Company or any Affiliates, or

(e) participating in a hostile takeover attempt, tender offer or proxy contest involving the Company or any Affiliates,

then all Awards shall terminate and be forfeited effective the date on which the Participant enters into such activity, unless terminated or forfeited sooner by operation of another term of condition of the Plan or an Award Agreement or by operation of law.

7.        Specific Terms of Awards.

7.1        Options.

(a) Date of Grant. The granting of an Option shall take place at the time specified in the Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price. Unless otherwise provided by law, the per share price at which Stock may be acquired under each Incentive Option and each Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be not less than 100% of the Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date, or not less than 110% of the Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date if the Optionee is a Ten Percent Owner.

(c) Exercise Period. No Incentive Option may be exercised on or after the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date, or on or after the fifth anniversary of the Grant Date if the Optionee is a Ten Percent Owner. No Nonstatutory Option may be exercised on or after the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date.

(d) Exercisability. An Option granted to an Organizer may be immediately exercisable. Options granted to officers and directors may become exercisable in such installments, cumulative or non-cumulative, as the Committee may determine; provided, however, that in no case may Options vest at a rate (i) greater than approximately equal percentages each year over three years from the date the Option is granted, or (ii) of less than 20 percent per year over five years from the date the option is granted at the end of each successive anniversary thereafter until all of the Stock subject to the Option has vested, subject to Sections 6.3 and 8.2. In the case of an Option not otherwise immediately exercisable in full, the Committee may Accelerate such Option in whole or in part at any time after three years from the date the Option is granted; provided, that in the case of an Incentive Option, any such Acceleration of the Option would not cause the Option to fail to comply with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code or the Optionee consents to the Acceleration.

(e) Method of Exercise. An Option may be exercised by the Optionee giving written notice, in the manner provided in Section 16, specifying the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is then being exercised. The notice shall be accompanied by


payment in the form of cash or check payable to the order of the Company in an amount equal to the Exercise Price of the Stock to be purchased plus any applicable tax withholding or, if the Committee had so authorized upon the grant of an Incentive Option or on or after grant of a Nonstatutory Option (and subject to such conditions, if any, as the Committee may deem necessary to avoid adverse accounting or tax effects on the Company) by:

(i)        delivery to the Company of Stock having a Market Value equal to the Exercise Price of the shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is then being exercised,

(ii)       a “net exercise” of the Option (as further described below); provided, however, that an option may not be exercised through a “net exercise” procedure during the first three years following the date on which the Company commences business as a commercial bank,

(iii)      delivery to the Company of a cash payment made pursuant to a “cashless” exercise program (as further described below); provided, however, that an option may not be exercised through a “cashless” exercise procedure during the first three years following the date on which the Company commences business as a commercial bank,

(iv)       any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Committee.

Subject to compliance with applicable law and regulation, including but not limited to Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, if the Stock is traded on an established market, payment of any Exercise Price may also be made through and under the terms and conditions of any formal “cashless” exercise program authorized by the Company entailing the sale of the Stock subject to an Option in a brokered transaction (other than to the Company). Receipt by the Company of such notice and payment in any authorized or combination of authorized means shall constitute the exercise of the Option. Within 30 days thereafter but subject to the remaining provisions of the Plan, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Optionee or his agent a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Stock then being purchased. Stock issued and paid for pursuant to this section shall be fully paid and nonassessable.

In the case of a “net exercise” of an Option, the Company will not require a payment of the Exercise Price of the Option from the Participant but will reduce the number of shares of Stock issued upon the exercise by the largest number of whole shares that have a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price. With respect to any remaining balance of the aggregate Exercise Price, the Company will accept a cash payment from the Participant.

The number of shares of Stock underlying an Option will decrease following the exercise of such Option to the extent of (i) shares used to pay the Exercise Price of an Option under the “net exercise” feature, (ii) shares actually delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise and (iii) shares withheld for purposes of tax withholding.


(f) Early Exercise. The Option may include a provision whereby the Participant may elect at any time before his or her Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Any unvested shares of Stock so purchased may be subject to any other restriction the Committee determines to be appropriate.

(g) Limit on Incentive Option Characterization. An Option shall be considered to be an Incentive Option only to the extent that the number of shares of Stock for which the Option first becomes exercisable in a calendar year do not have an aggregate Market Value (as of the date of the grant of the Option) in excess of the “current limit.” The current limit for any Optionee for any calendar year shall be $100,000 minus the aggregate Market Value at the date of grant of the number of shares of Stock available for purchase for the first time in the same year under each other incentive option previously granted to the Optionee under all other plans of the Company and Affiliates. Any Stock which would cause the foregoing limit to be violated shall be deemed to have been granted under a separate Nonstatutory Option, otherwise identical in its terms to those of the Incentive Option. The current limit will be calculated according to the chronological order in which the Options were granted.

(h) Notification of Disposition. Each person exercising any Incentive Option granted under the Plan shall be deemed to have covenanted with the Company to report to the Company any disposition of such shares prior to the expiration of the holding periods specified by Section 422(a)(1) of the Code and, if and to the extent that the realization of income in such a disposition imposes upon the Company federal, state, local or other withholding tax requirements, or any such withholding is required to secure for the Company an otherwise available tax deduction, promptly to remit to the Company an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy those requirements.

7.2        Restricted Stock.

(a) Purchase Price. Shares of Restricted Stock shall be issued under the Plan for such consideration, in cash, other property or services, or any combination thereof, as is determined by the Committee. Organizers who do not also serve as directors or employees of the Company shall not be eligible for grants of Restricted Stock.

(b) Issuance of Certificates. Each Participant receiving a Restricted Stock Award, subject to Section 7.3(c), shall be issued a stock certificate in respect of such Restricted Stock. Such certificate shall be registered in the name of such Participant, and, if applicable, shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award which includes language substantially in the following form:

THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE 2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN OF THE ISSUER AND AN AWARD AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BY THE REGISTERED OWNER AND THE ISSUER. COPIES OF SUCH PLAN AND AGREEMENT ARE ON FILE IN THE OFFICES OF THE ISSUER.


(c) Escrow of Shares. The Committee may require that the stock certificates evidencing Restricted Stock be held in custody by a designated escrow agent (which may but need not be the Company) until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that the Participant deliver a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Stock covered by such Award.

(d) Restrictions and Restriction Period. During the Restriction Period applicable to Restricted Stock, such shares shall be subject to limitations on transferability and a Risk of Forfeiture arising on the basis of such conditions related to the performance of services, Company or Affiliate performance or otherwise as the Committee may determine and provide for in the applicable Award Agreement. A Restriction Period may not expire during the first three years following the date on which the Company commences business as a commercial bank. Any such Risk of Forfeiture may be waived or terminated, or the Restriction Period shortened, at any time by the Committee on such basis as it deems appropriate; provided, however, that no Restriction Period may be shortened during the first three years following the date on which the Company commences business as a commercial bank.

(e) Rights Pending Lapse of Risk of Forfeiture, or Forfeiture of Award. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, at all times prior to lapse of any Risk of Forfeiture applicable to, or forfeiture of, an Award of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company, including the right to vote, and the right to receive any dividends with respect to, the Restricted Stock. The Committee, as determined at the time the Award is made, may permit or require the payment of cash dividends to be deferred and, if the Committee so determines, reinvested in additional shares of Restricted Stock to the extent shares are available under Section 4 and otherwise to be subject to the terms of the Plan.

(f) Lapse of Restrictions. If and when the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Stock, the certificates for such shares shall be delivered to the Participant promptly if not theretofore so delivered.

7.3        Stock Grants. Stock Grants shall be awarded solely in recognition of significant contributions to the success of the Company or Affiliates, in lieu of compensation otherwise already due or in such other limited circumstances as the Committee deems appropriate. Stock Grants shall be made without forfeiture conditions of any kind. Stock Grants may not be made during the first three years following the date on which the Company commences business as a commercial bank.

7.4        Qualified Performance-Based Awards.

(a) Purpose. The purpose of this Section 7.4 is to provide the Committee the ability to qualify Awards as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. If the Committee, in its discretion, decides to grant an Award as a Qualified Performance- Based Award, the provisions of this Section 7.4 will control over any contrary provision contained in the Plan. In the course of granting any Award, the Committee may specifically designate the Award as intended to qualify as a Qualified Performance-Based Award. However, no Award shall be considered to have failed to qualify as a Qualified Performance-Based Award solely because the Award is not expressly designated as a Qualified Performance-Based Award,


if the Award otherwise satisfies the provisions of this Section 7.4 and the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to “performance-based compensation.”

(b) Authority. All grants of Awards intended to qualify as Qualified Performance-Based Awards and determination of terms applicable thereto shall be made by the Committee or, if not all of the members thereof qualify as “Outside Directors” within the meaning of applicable IRS regulations under Section 162 of the Code, a subcommittee of the Committee consisting of such of the members of the Committee as do so qualify. Any action by such a subcommittee shall be considered the action of the Committee for purposes of the Plan.

(c) Applicability. This Section 7.4 will apply only to those Covered Employees, or to those persons who the Committee determines are reasonably likely to become Covered Employees in the period covered by an Award, selected by the Committee to receive Qualified Performance-Based Awards. The Committee may, in its discretion, grant Awards to Covered Employees that do not satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.4.

(d) Discretion of Committee with Respect to Qualified Performance-Based Awards. Options may be granted as Qualified Performance-Based Awards in accordance with Section 7.1, except that the Exercise Price of any Option intended to qualify as a Qualified Performance-Based Award shall in no event be less that the Market Value of the Stock on the date of grant. With regard to other Awards intended to qualify as Qualified Performance-Based Awards, such as Restricted Stock, the Committee will have full discretion to select the length of any applicable Restriction Period, the kind or level of the applicable Performance Goal, and whether the Performance Goal is to apply to the Company, a Subsidiary or any division or business unit or to the individual. Any Performance Goal or Goals applicable to Qualified Performance-Based Awards shall be objective, shall be established not later than 90 days after the beginning of any applicable Performance Period (or at such other date as may be required or permitted for “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code) and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, including the requirement that the outcome of the Performance Goal or Goals be substantially uncertain (as defined in the regulations under Section 162(m) of the Code) at the time established.

(e) Payment of Qualified Performance-Based Awards. A Participant will be eligible to receive payment under a Qualified Performance-Based Award which is subject to achievement of a Performance Goal or Goals only if the applicable Performance Goal or Goals are achieved, as determined by the Committee. In determining the actual size of an individual Qualified Performance-Based Award, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Qualified Performance-Based Award earned, if in its sole and absolute discretion, such reduction or elimination is appropriate.

(f) Maximum Award Payable. The maximum Qualified Performance-Based Award payment to any one Participant under the Plan is five percent of the number of shares of Stock set forth in Section 4, or if the Qualified Performance-Based Award is paid in cash, that number of shares multiplied by the Market Value of the Stock as of the date the Qualified Performance-Based Award is granted.


(g) Limitation on Adjustments for Certain Events. No adjustment of any Qualified Performance-Based Award pursuant to Section 8 shall be made except on such basis, if any, as will not cause such Award to provide other than “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

7.5        Awards to Participants Outside the United States. The Committee may modify the terms of any Award under the Plan, granted to a Participant who is, at the time of grant or during the term of the Award, resident or primarily employed outside of the United States in any manner deemed by the Committee to be necessary or appropriate in order that the Award shall conform to laws, regulations, and customs of the country in which the Participant is then resident or primarily employed, or so that the value and other benefits of the Award to the Participant, as affected by foreign tax laws and other restrictions applicable as a result of the Participant’s residence or employment abroad, shall be comparable to the value of such an Award to a Participant who is resident or primarily employed in the United States. The Committee may establish supplements to, or amendments, restatements, or alternative versions of, the Plan for the purpose of granting and administrating any such modified Award. No such modification, supplement, amendment, restatement or alternative version may increase the share limit of Section 4.

7.6        Award as Deferred Compensation. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, it is not intended that any grant of an Award shall result in the deferral of compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code; provided, however, that to the extent the grant of an Award would result in the deferral of compensation under Section 409A of the Code, such Award shall comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

8.        Adjustment Provisions.

8.1        Adjustment for Corporate Actions. All of the share numbers set forth in Section 4 reflect the capital structure of the Company as of the Effective Date. Subject to Section 8.2, if subsequent to the Effective Date the outstanding number of shares of Stock (or any other securities covered by the Plan by reason of the prior application of this Section) are increased, decreased, or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities, or if additional shares or new or different shares or other securities are distributed with respect to such outstanding Stock, through merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the property of the Company, reorganization, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, or other similar distribution of the Company’s equity securities without the receipt of consideration by the Company, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment will be made in (i) the maximum numbers and kinds of shares provided in Section 4, (ii) the numbers and kinds of shares or other securities subject to the then outstanding Awards, and (iii) the Exercise Price for each share or other unit of any other securities subject to then outstanding Awards (without change in the aggregate purchase price as to which such Awards remain exercisable).

8.2        Treatment in Certain Acquisitions.

(a) Subject to any provisions of then outstanding Awards granting different rights to the holders thereof, and at any time following the third anniversary of the date on which the


Company commences business as a commercial bank, in the event of an Acquisition constituting a Change of Control in which some or all outstanding Awards are not Accelerated, any then outstanding Awards shall nevertheless Accelerate to the extent not assumed or replaced by comparable Awards referencing shares of the capital stock of the successor or acquiring entity or the entity in control of such successor or acquiring entity, and at the effective time of such Acquisition (or after a reasonable period following such Acquisition, as determined by the Committee) terminate. As to any one or more outstanding Awards which are not otherwise Accelerated in full by reason of such Acquisition, the Committee may also, either in advance of such Acquisition or at the effective time thereof and upon such terms as it may deem appropriate, provide for the Acceleration of such outstanding Awards in the event that the employment of the Participants should subsequently terminate following such Acquisition. Each outstanding Award that is assumed in connection with such Acquisition, or is otherwise to continue in effect subsequent to such Acquisition, will be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Acquisition, as to the number and class of securities and other relevant terms in accordance with Section 8.1.

(b) For the purposes of this Section 8.2, an Award shall be considered assumed or replaced by a comparable Award if, following the Acquisition constituting a Change of Control, the replacement award confers the right to receive, for each share of Stock subject or relating to the Award immediately prior to such Acquisition:

(i) the consideration (whether stock, cash or other securities or property) received in such Acquisition by holders of Stock on the effective date of such Acquisition (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Stock); provided, however, that if such consideration received in such Acquisition was not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent or Subsidiary, the Committee may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award for each share of Stock subject to the Award to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent or Subsidiary equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock in such Acquisition; or

(ii) in the case of Awards which are payable otherwise than in Stock or other securities of the Company or other property, the same consideration which the Participant would have been entitled to receive had no such Acquisition occurred.

8.3        Dissolution or Liquidation. Upon dissolution or liquidation of the Company, other than as part of an Acquisition or similar transaction, (a) each outstanding Option shall terminate, but the Optionee shall have the right, immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation, to exercise the Option to the extent exercisable on the date of dissolution or liquidation; (b) each share of Restricted Stock that is subject to a Risk of Forfeiture immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation may, at the election of the Company, be forfeited by the Company prior to such dissolution or liquidation pursuant to the terms of the applicable Award Agreement; and (c) subject to subparts (a) and (b) of this Section 8.3, each other outstanding Award shall be forfeited.


8.4        Adjustment of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events. In the event of any corporate action not specifically covered by the preceding sections that occurs more than three years after the date on which the Company commences business as a commercial bank, including but not limited to an extraordinary cash distribution on Stock, a corporate separation or other reorganization or liquidation, the Committee may make such adjustment of outstanding Awards and their terms, if any, as it, in its sole discretion, may deem equitable and appropriate in the circumstances. The Committee may make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in this Section 8.4) affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or to provide for or preserve the appropriate tax benefits to the Company.

8.5        Related Matters. Any adjustment in Awards made pursuant to this Section 8 shall be determined and made, if at all, by the Committee and shall include any correlative modification of terms, including of Option Exercise Prices, rates of vesting or exercisability, Risks of Forfeiture, and Performance Goals and other financial objectives which the Committee may deem necessary or appropriate so as to ensure the rights of the Participants in their respective Awards are not substantially diminished nor enlarged as a result of the adjustment and corporate action other than as expressly contemplated in this Section 8.

8.6        Fractional Shares Prohibited. No fraction of a share shall be purchasable or deliverable in payment of an Award, but in the event any adjustment hereunder of the number of shares covered by an Award shall cause such number to include a fraction of a share, such number of shares shall be adjusted to the nearest smaller whole number of shares.

9.        Settlement of Awards

9.1        Violation of Law. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or the relevant Award Agreement, if, at any time, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, the issuance of Stock covered by an Award may constitute a violation of applicable law, rule, regulation or any listing standard of any market on which or through which the Company’s securities may be traded, then the Company may delay such issuance and the delivery of a certificate for such shares until compliance with such provisions has been obtained.

9.2        Corporate Restrictions on Rights in Stock. Any securities to be issued pursuant to Awards shall be subject to all restrictions upon the transfer thereof which may be now or hereafter imposed by the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Company and applicable law.

9.3        Investment Representations. The Company shall be under no obligation to issue any securities covered by any Award unless they have been effectively registered under the Securities Act, or the Participant or his or her Permitted Transferee shall have made such written representations to the Company or otherwise (which the Company believes may be reasonably relied upon) as the Company may deem necessary or appropriate for purposes of confirming that


the issuance of such securities will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws and otherwise in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to that the Participant or his or her Permitted Transferee is acquiring the securities for such person’s own account for the purpose of investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such securities. The Company may require a Participant or his or her Permitted Transferee, as a condition of exercising or acquiring securities under any Award or transferring any award as may be permitted by the Plan, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s or his or her Permitted Transferee’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters, and that the Participant or his or her Permitted Transferee is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant or his or her Permitted Transferee is acquiring securities subject to the Award for the Participant’s or his or her Permitted Transferee’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the securities.

9.4        Registration.

(a) SEC Registration. If the Company shall deem it necessary or desirable to register under the Securities Act or other applicable statutes any securities issued or to be issued pursuant to Awards, or to qualify any such securities for exemption from the Securities Act or other applicable statutes, then the Company shall take such action at its own expense. The Company may require from each Participant, or each holder of securities acquired pursuant to the Plan, such information in writing for use in any registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus or offering circular as is reasonably necessary for that purpose and may require reasonable indemnity to the Company and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, agents, advisors and employees from that holder against all losses, claims, damage and liabilities arising from use of the information so furnished and caused by any untrue statement of any material fact therein or caused by the omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made.

(b) Lock-Ups. In addition, the Company may require of any person holding an Award or securities issued pursuant to an Award that such person agree that, without the prior written consent of the Company, such person will not sell, make any short sale of, lend, grant any option for the purchase of, pledge or otherwise encumber, or otherwise dispose of, any securities which were or may be issued pursuant to an Award or any interest therein during the 180-day period commencing on the effective date of the registration statement (or commencing on the closing date of any offering of the Company’s securities registered pursuant to a shelf registration statement, whichever is applicable) relating to an underwritten public offering. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.5, if in connection with any underwritten public offering of securities of the Company the managing underwriter of such offering requests that the Company’s directors and officers enter into a lock-up agreement containing provisions that are more restrictive than the provisions set forth in the preceding sentence, then (a) to the extent requested by the Company, each holder of securities acquired


pursuant to the Plan (regardless of whether such person has complied or complies with the provisions of clause (b) below) shall be bound by, and shall be deemed to have agreed to, the same lock-up terms as those to which the Company’s directors and officers are required to adhere; and (b) at the request of the Company, each such person shall execute and deliver a lock- up agreement in form and substance equivalent to that which is required to be executed by the Company’s directors and officers.

9.5        Placement of Legends; Stop Orders; etc. Each certificate for securities to be issued pursuant to Awards may bear a reference to the investment representation made in accordance with Section 9.4 in addition to any other applicable restriction under the Plan, the terms of the Award and, if applicable, to the fact that no registration statement has been filed with the SEC and no registration or qualification has been filed under any state securities or blue sky laws in respect to such securities. All certificates for Stock or other securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of any stock exchange or market on which or through which the Company’s securities are then traded, and any applicable federal or state securities law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

9.6        Tax Withholding. Whenever shares of Stock are issued or to be issued pursuant to Awards, the Company shall have the right to require the Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local or other withholding tax requirements if, when, and to the extent required by law (whether so required to secure for the Company an otherwise available tax deduction or otherwise) prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such shares. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on satisfaction of all such withholding obligations and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant. However, in such cases Participants may elect, subject to the approval of the Committee, to satisfy an applicable withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold shares of Stock from Stock otherwise due to the Participant in payment of an Award, or to submit shares of Stock previously owned by the Participant, to satisfy their tax obligations.

9.7        Participants may only elect to have shares withheld having a Market Value on the date the tax is to be determined equal to the minimum statutory total tax which could be imposed as a result of the transaction. All elections shall be irrevocable, made in writing, signed by the Participant, and shall be subject to any restrictions or limitations that the Committee deems appropriate.

10.        Reservation of Stock. The Company shall at all times during the term of the Plan and any outstanding Awards granted hereunder reserve or otherwise keep available such number of shares of Stock as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan (if then in effect) and the Awards, and shall pay all fees and expenses necessarily incurred by the Company in connection therewith.

11.        Use of Proceeds. Proceeds from the sale of the Company’s securities pursuant to Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.


12.        Limitation of Rights in Stock; No Special Service Rights. Subject to Section 7.3(e), a Participant shall not be deemed for any purpose to be a shareholder of the Company with respect to any of the Stock subject to an Award, unless and until a certificate shall have been issued therefor and delivered to the Participant or his/her agent. Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award Agreement shall confer upon any Participant any right to the continuation of such Participant’s employment or other association with the Company (or any Affiliate), or interfere in any way with the right of the Company (or any Affiliate), subject to the terms of any separate employment or provision of law or articles of incorporation or bylaws to the contrary, at any time to terminate such employment or other association or to increase or decrease, or otherwise adjust, the other terms and conditions of the Participant’s employment or other association with the Company and Affiliates.

13.        Unfunded Status of the Plan. The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation, and the Plan is not intended to constitute a plan subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant by the Company, nothing contained in this Plan shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of an unsecured general creditor of the Company. In its sole discretion, the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to make payment of Awards, provided, however, that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the unfunded status of the Plan.

14.        Exercise of Forfeiture at Direction of FDIC. Options granted pursuant to the Plan shall be either immediately exercised or (at the discretion of the Optionee) forfeited in the event the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation directs the Company to require immediate exercise or forfeiture as a result of the company’s capital failing to meet minimum regulatory capital requirements.

15.        Nonexclusivity of the Plan. Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the shareholders of the Company shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Company to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including without limitation, the granting of stock options, restricted stock and other forms of compensation (incentive or otherwise) other than under the Plan upon such terms as the Company may determine from time to time.


16.        Termination and Amendment of the Plan.

16.1        The Board may at any time terminate the Plan or make such modifications of the Plan as it shall deem advisable to the extent permitted by applicable law and the rules and regulations of any market on which or through which the Company’s securities may be traded. Unless the Board otherwise expressly provides, no amendment of the Plan shall affect the terms of any Award outstanding on the date of such amendment unless such amendment is necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code. In any case, no termination or amendment of the Plan may, without the consent of any Participant, adversely affect the rights of the Participant under such Award.

16.2        The Committee may amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, provided that the Award as amended is consistent with the terms of the Plan, but no such amendment shall impair the rights of the Participant without such Participant’s consent unless the impairment of such rights is necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

16.3        No amendment will be effective unless approved by the shareholders of the Company to the extent shareholder approval is necessary to satisfy applicable law or the rules and regulations of any market on which or through which the Company’s securities may be traded.

17.        Notices and Other Communications. Any notice, demand, request or other communication hereunder to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or duly sent by first class, registered, certified or overnight mail, postage prepaid, or telecopied with a confirmation copy by first class, registered, certified or overnight mail, addressed or telecopied, as the case may be, (i) if to the Participant, at such Participant’s residence or business address last filed with the Company and (ii) if to the Company, at its principal place of business, addressed to the attention of its Chief Financial Officer, or to such other address or telecopier number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as the addressee may have designated by notice to the addressor. All such notices, requests, demands and other communications shall be deemed to have been received: (i) in the case of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery; (ii) in the case of mailing, when received by the addressee; (iii) in the case of facsimile transmission, when confirmed by facsimile machine report; and (iv) in the case of electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the receiving party has consented to receive notice, provided, that such consent is deemed revoked if the sender is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices and such inability becomes known to the secretary or assistant secretary of the Company or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for giving notice.

18.        Governing Law. The Plan and all Award Agreements and actions taken thereunder shall be governed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.


19.        Miscellaneous.

(a) Limitation on Securities Issuable. At no time shall the total number of securities issuable upon exercise of all outstanding Options and the total number of shares provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan or agreement of the Company exceed the applicable percentage as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of §260.140.45 of the California Code of Regulations, based on the securities of the Company which are outstanding at the time the calculation is made.

(b) Information to Participants. Participants will receive financial statements of the Company at least annually as required by Rule §260.140.45 of the California Code of Regulations.

(c) Final and Binding. The terms of the Plan and of any Award, and all actions and interpretations of the Committee made pursuant to the Plan, shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons having or claiming any interest under the Plan or an Award, including but not limited to Participants and their spouses and domestic partners, and the respective Permitted Transferees, executors, administrators, heirs, personal representatives and successors of the foregoing.

Exhibit 10.5

CALIFORNIA BANK OF COMMERCE

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Adopted by the Board of Directors on April 28, 2014

Approved by the Shareholders on July 17, 2014

1.           Purpose. The 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) of California Bank of Commerce, a California corporation (the “Company”), is intended to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, encourage ownership of Stock by employees and directors of the Company and its wholly owned Subsidiaries, and to provide additional incentive for them to promote the success of the Company’s business,. The Plan is intended to be an incentive stock option plan within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, but not all Awards are required to be Incentive Options.

2.           Definitions. As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

2.1       Accelerate, Accelerated, and Acceleration means:

(a) when used with respect to an Option, that as of the time of reference the Option will become exercisable with respect to some or all of the Stock for which it was not then otherwise exercisable by its terms; and    

(b) when used with respect to Restricted Stock, that the Risk of Forfeiture otherwise applicable to such Restricted Stock shall expire with respect to some or all of the Restricted Stock then still otherwise subject to the Risk of Forfeiture.

2.2       Acquisition means a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another person or the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to one or more other persons in a single transaction or series of related transactions.

2.3       Affiliate means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, business trust, or other entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company.

2.4       Award means any grant or sale pursuant to the Plan of Options, Restricted Stock, or Stock Grants.

2.5       Award Agreement means an agreement between the Company and a Participant, setting forth the terms and conditions of an Award.

2.6       Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.7       Change of Control means and shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(a) any one person, or more than one person acting in concert as a group, acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group,

 

Page 1


constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company;

(b) a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Company is replaced during any 18-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors prior to the date of appointment or election; or

(c) one person, or more than one person acting in concert as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group), assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of the preceding clause (c), there is no acquisition of assets if the assets are transferred to:

(i) a shareholder of the Company in exchange for or with respect to its stock;

(ii) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company;

(iii) a person, or more than one person acting in concert as a group, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company; or

(iv) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a person described in the preceding clause (iii).

2.8       Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statutes thereto, and any regulations issued from time to time thereunder.

2.9       Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board, which in general is responsible for the administration of the Plan, as provided in Section 5. For any period during which no such committee is in existence, “Committee” means the Board, and all authority and responsibility assigned to the Committee under the Plan shall be exercised, if at all, by the Board. In the discretion of the Board, the Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. In addition, the Board or the Committee, in its discretion, may delegate to a committee of two or more directors, who may but need not be Outside Directors or Non-Employee Directors:    

(a) the authority to grant Awards to eligible persons who are either:

(i) not then Covered Employees and are not expected to be Covered Employees at the time of recognition of income resulting from such Award, or

 

Page 2


(ii) not persons with respect to whom the Company wishes to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, and/or

(b) the authority to grant Awards to eligible persons who are not then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

2.10       Continuous Service means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an employee or director of the Company or any Subsidiary. Continuous Service shall not be considered interrupted during any period of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company and any Parent, Subsidiary or successor of the Company. Military or sick leave or other public (such as jury duty) or personal leave approved by an authorized representative of the Company shall not be deemed an interruption or termination of Continuous Service, provided that it does not exceed the longer of 90 days or the period during which the absent Participant’s reemployment rights, if any, are guaranteed by statute or by contract.

2.11       Covered Employee means an employee who is a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

2.12       Effective Date means July 17, 2014, the date the Plan was approved by the Board.

2.13       Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.14       Exercise Price means the price at which an Option may be exercised.

2.15       Grant Date means the date as of which an Option is granted, as determined under Section 7.1(a).

2.16       Incentive Option means an Option which by its terms is to be treated as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

2.17       Market Value means the value of a share of Stock on a particular date determined by such methods or procedures as may be established by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Market Value of a share of Stock as of any date is the closing price as reported on the OTCQB or the Nasdaq Capital Market (or on any national securities exchange or other established market on which or through which the Stock is then traded) for that date or, if no closing price is reported for that date, the closing price on the next preceding date for which a closing price was reported.

2.18       Nonstatutory Option means any Option that is not an Incentive Option.

2.19       Option means an Incentive Option or a Nonstatutory Option.

2.20       Optionee means a Participant to whom an Option shall have been granted under the Plan or to whom an Option has been transferred pursuant to Section 6.4.

 

Page 3


2.21       Parent means a parent corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined by Section 424(e) of the Code.

2.22       Participant means any recipient or Permitted Transferee of an outstanding Award.

2.23       Performance Criteria means the criteria that the Committee selects for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Participant for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria used to establish Performance Goals are limited to: pre- or after-tax net earnings, sales growth, operating earnings, operating cash flow, return on net assets, return on shareholders’ equity, return on assets, return on capital, Stock price growth, shareholder returns, gross or net profit margin, earnings per share, price per share of Stock, and market share, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group. The Committee will, in the manner and within the time prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code in the case of Qualified Performance-Based Awards, objectively define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period for such Participant.

2.24       Performance Goals means the written goals established by the Committee for a Participant during a Performance Period for such Participant based upon the Performance Criteria. Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a division, business unit, Subsidiary, or an individual.

2.25       Performance Period means the time period during which the Performance Goals must be met as determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code.

2.26       Permitted Transferee means any of the persons or entities to which certain Awards may be transferred as provided in Section 6.4 of the Plan.

2.27       Person means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a trust or other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

2.28       Qualified Performance-Based Awards means Awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code as set forth in Section 7.4.

2.29       Restricted Stock means Stock granted or sold to a Participant subject to a Risk of Forfeiture.

2.30       Restriction Period means the period of time, established by the Committee in connection with an Award of Restricted Stock, during which the Restricted Stock is subject to a Risk of Forfeiture described in the applicable Award Agreement.

2.31       Risk of Forfeiture means a limitation on the right of the Participant to retain Restricted Stock arising because of the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events or conditions.

 

Page 4


2.32       Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2.33       SEC means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

2.34       Stock means common stock, no par value, of the Company, and such other securities as may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Section 8.

2.35       Stock Grant means the grant of Stock not subject to restrictions or other forfeiture conditions.

2.36       Subsidiary means a subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

2.37       Ten Percent Owner means a person who owns, or is deemed within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code to own, stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company). Whether a person is a Ten Percent Owner shall be determined with respect to an Option based on the facts existing immediately prior to the Grant Date of the Option.

2.38       Vesting Commencement Date means, with respect to an Option, the date, determined by the Committee, on which the vesting of the Option shall commence, which may be the Grant Date or a date prior to or after the Grant Date.

3.           Term of the Plan. Unless the Plan shall have been earlier terminated by the Board, Awards may be granted from the time the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company until immediately prior to the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. Awards granted pursuant to the Plan within that period shall not expire solely by reason of the termination of the Plan.

4.           Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to Section 8, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock which may be issued pursuant to or subject to Awards is 384, 986. The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock which may be issued pursuant to or subject to Incentive Options granted under the Plan is 384,986. The shares of Stock subject to the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares or reacquired shares, bought on the open market or otherwise. If any Option expires, terminates, or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, or if any other Award is forfeited by the Participant, the shares of Stock to which the Award relates which are not acquired by the Optionee or which are forfeited by the Participant shall again be available for Awards to be granted under the Plan. In addition, exercise or settlement of any Award shall not count against the foregoing limitations except to the extent settled in the form of Stock. If any shares subject to an Award are not delivered to a Participant because such shares are withheld for the payment of taxes or the Award is exercised through a reduction of shares subject to the Award through the “net exercise” feature described herein, the number of shares that are not delivered to the Participant will remain available for issuance under the Plan. If the Exercise Price of any Award is satisfied by tendering shares of Stock held by the Participant, then the number of shares so tendered will be available for issuance under the Plan.

5.           Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee; provided, however, that at any time and on any one or more occasions the Board may itself exercise any of the

 

Page 5


powers and responsibilities assigned the Committee under the Plan and when so acting shall have the benefit of all of the provisions of the Plan pertaining to the Committee’s exercise of its authorities hereunder. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have complete authority, in its discretion, to make or to select the manner of making all determinations with respect to each Award to be granted by the Company under the Plan, including the employee, or director to receive the Award and the form of Award. In making such determinations, the Committee may take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective employees, and directors, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and the Company’s wholly owned Subsidiaries, and such other factors as the Committee in its discretion shall deem relevant. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall also have complete authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to it, to determine the terms and provisions of the respective Award Agreements (which need not be identical), and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee’s determinations made in good faith on matters referred to in the Plan shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons having or claiming any interest under the Plan or an Award made pursuant hereto.

6.           Authorization of Grants.

6.1       Eligibility. The Committee may grant from time to time and at any time prior to the termination or expiration of the Plan one or more Awards, either alone or in combination with any other Awards, to any employee of the Company or any wholly owned Subsidiary or to any member of the Board or of any board of directors (or similar governing authority) of any wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company. Only employees of the Company, and of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, shall be eligible for the grant of an Incentive Option.

6.2       General Terms of Awards. Each grant of an Award shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan (including but not limited to any specific terms and conditions applicable to that type of Award set out in the following Section), and such other terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee may prescribe. No prospective Participant shall have any rights with respect to an Award, unless and until such Participant has (a) (i) executed an Award Agreement with respect to such Award and delivered a fully executed copy of such Award Agreement to the Company, or (ii) otherwise affirmatively assented to the terms and conditions of an Award Agreement with respect to such Award, including by “click through” agreement, pursuant to procedures and guidelines approved by the Committee, and (b) otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of such Award.

6.3       Effect of Termination of Employment, Disability or Death.

(a) Termination of Employment, Etc. Unless the Committee shall provide otherwise (consistent with applicable law and other relevant restrictions) with respect to any Award, if the Participant’s Continuous Service ends for any reason other than by total disability or death, including because of the Participant’s employer ceasing to be an Subsidiary, (i) any outstanding Option of the Participant shall cease to be exercisable in any respect 90 days following that event and, for the period it remains exercisable following that event, shall be exercisable only to the extent exercisable at the date of that event, subject to the condition that no

 

Page 6


Option shall be exercised after its expiration in accordance with its terms, and (ii) any other outstanding Award of the Participant shall be forfeited or otherwise subject to return to the Company on the terms specified in the applicable Award Agreement.    

(b)         Disability of Participant. Unless the Committee shall provide otherwise (consistent with applicable law and other relevant restrictions) with respect to any Award, if a Participant’s Continuous Service ends due to disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), and such Participant was in Continuous Service from the Grant Date until the date of termination of service, (i) any outstanding Option of the Participant shall cease to be exercisable in any respect twelve months following the date of termination of Continuous Service and, for the period it remains exercisable following that event, shall be exercisable only to the extent exercisable at the date of that event, subject to the condition that no Option shall be exercised after its expiration in accordance with its terms, and (ii) any other outstanding Award of the Participant shall be forfeited or otherwise subject to return to the Company on the terms specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(c)         Death of Participant. Unless the Committee shall provide otherwise (consistent with applicable law and other relevant restrictions) with respect to any Award, in the event of the death of a Participant who was in Continuous Service from the Grant Date until the date of death, (i) any outstanding Option of the Participant shall cease to be exercisable in any respect twelve months following that event and, for the period it remains exercisable following the date of death, shall be exercisable by such Participant’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise such Award by bequest, inheritance or otherwise as a result of the Participant’s death, but only to the extent exercisable at the date of death, subject to the condition that no Option shall be exercised after its expiration in accordance with its terms, and (ii) any other outstanding Award of such Participant shall be forfeited or otherwise subject to return to the Company on the terms specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(d)         Extension of Termination Date. An Award Agreement may provide that if the exercise of the Award following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Award will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Award set forth in the Award Agreement or (ii) the expiration of a period of three consecutive months after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Award would not be in violation of such registration requirements, but only to the extent exercisable at the date of such termination, subject to the condition that no Option shall be exercised after its expiration in accordance with its terms. Pursuant to the Code, any extension of the exercisability of an Incentive Option pursuant to this Section 6.3(d) will cause the Incentive Option to be treated as a Nonstatutory Option.

6.4       Transferability of Awards. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.4, Awards shall not be transferable, and no Award or interest therein may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All of a Participant’s rights in any Award may be exercised during the life of the Participant only by the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative. The Committee may, at or after the grant of an Award of a Nonstatutory Option or Restricted Stock,

 

Page 7


provide that such Award may be transferred by the Participant through a gift or domestic relations order in settlement of marital property rights to any of the following donees or transferees and may be reacquired by the Participant from any of such donors or transferees (each a “Permitted Transferee”):

(a)         any “family member,” which includes any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships and any individual sharing the Participant’s household (other than a tenant or employee);

(b)         a trust in which family members have more than 50% of the beneficial interest;

(c)         a foundation in which family members (or the Participant) control the management of assets; and

(d)         any other entity in which family members (or the Participant) own more than 50% of the voting interests,

provided, that (x) any such transfer is without payment of any value whatsoever and that no transfer shall be valid unless first approved by the Committee, acting in its sole discretion; (y) the Award Agreement pursuant to which such Awards are granted, and any amendments thereto, must be approved by the Committee and must expressly provide for transferability in a manner consistent with this Section 6.4; and (z) subsequent transfers of transferred Awards shall be prohibited except in accordance with this Section 6.4. Following transfer, any such Awards and any securities issued pursuant thereto shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to transfer (including but not limited to Risks of Forfeiture), provided that the term of the Plan and the Award Agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the original Participant, and any Awards shall be exercisable by the transferee only to the extent and for the periods specified in the Award Agreement or Section 6.3, as applicable.

6.5       Cancellation of Awards For Improper Acts of Participant. If, at any time during the course of a Participant’s employment with the Company or any wholly owned Subsidiary, a Participant engages in any activity in competition with any business activity of the Company or any Subsidiary, or inimical, contrary or harmful to the interests of the Company or any Subsidiary, including, but not limited to:    

(a)         conduct related to the Participant’s employment for which either criminal or civil penalties may be sought,    

(b) violation of the policies of the Company or any wholly owned Subsidiary, including, without limitation, personnel and insider trading policies,    

(c) being employed by or serving as a consultant, advisor or in any other capacity to an employer that is in competition with or acting against the interests of the Company or any Subsidiary,

 

 

Page 8


(d) disclosing or misusing any confidential information or material concerning the Company or any Subsidiary, or    

(e) participating in a hostile takeover attempt, tender offer or proxy contest involving the Company or any Subsidiary,    

(f) actions or inactions that result in the Company becoming subject to adverse regulatory action by the Company’s federal and/or state regulators,

then all Awards shall terminate and be forfeited effective the date on which the Participant enters into such activity, unless terminated or forfeited sooner by operation of another term of condition of the Plan or an Award Agreement or by operation of law.

7.           Specific Terms of Awards.

7.1       Options.

(a)       Grant Date. The Grant Date shall be the date on which an Option is granted by the Committee acting pursuant to Section 6.1.

(b)       Exercise Price. Unless otherwise provided by law, the per share price at which Stock may be acquired under each Incentive Option and each Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be not less than 100% of the Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date, or in the case of an Incentive Option, not less than 110% of the Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date if the Optionee is a Ten Percent Owner.

(c)       Exercise Period. No Incentive Option may be exercised on or after the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date, or on or after the fifth anniversary of the Grant Date if the Optionee is a Ten Percent Owner. No Nonstatutory Option may be exercised on or after the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date.

(d)       Exercisability. Options granted to Optionees may become exercisable in such installments, cumulative or non-cumulative, as the Committee may determine. In the case of an Option not otherwise immediately exercisable in full, the Committee may Accelerate such Option in whole or in part at any time after the Option is granted (as long as it does not violate the provisions of Section 409A of the Code); provided, that in the case of an Incentive Option, any such Acceleration of the Option would not cause the Option to fail to comply with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code or the Optionee consents to the Acceleration.

(e)       Method of Exercise. An Option may be exercised by the Optionee giving written notice, in the manner provided in Section 16, specifying the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is then being exercised. The notice shall be accompanied by payment in the form of cash or check payable to the order of the Company in an amount equal to the Exercise Price of the Stock to be purchased plus any applicable tax withholding or, if the Committee had so authorized upon the grant of an Incentive Option or on or after grant of a Nonstatutory Option (and subject to such conditions, if any, as the Committee may deem necessary to avoid adverse accounting or tax effects on the Company) by:

 

Page 9


(i)       delivery to the Company of Stock having a Market Value equal to the Exercise Price of the shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is then being exercised,

(ii)         a “net exercise” of the Option (as further described below),

(iii)       delivery to the Company of a cash payment made pursuant to a “cashless” exercise program (as further described below),

(iv)       any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Committee.

Subject to compliance with applicable law and regulation, including but not limited to Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, if the Stock is traded on an established market, payment of any Exercise Price may also be made through and under the terms and conditions of any formal “cashless” exercise program authorized by the Company entailing the sale of the Stock subject to an Option in a brokered transaction (other than to the Company). Receipt by the Company of such notice and payment in any authorized or combination of authorized means shall constitute the exercise of the Option. Within 30 days thereafter but subject to the remaining provisions of the Plan, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Optionee or his agent a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Stock then being purchased. Stock issued and paid for pursuant to this section shall be fully paid and nonassessable.

In the case of a “net exercise” of an Option, the Company will not require a payment of the Exercise Price of the Option from the Participant but will reduce the number of shares of Stock issued upon the exercise by the largest number of whole shares that have a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price. With respect to any remaining balance of the aggregate Exercise Price, the Company will accept a cash payment from the Participant.

The number of shares of Stock underlying an Option will decrease following the exercise of such Option to the extent of (i) shares used to pay the Exercise Price of an Option under the “net exercise” feature, (ii) shares actually delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise and (iii) shares withheld for purposes of tax withholding.

(f)       Limit on Incentive Option Characterization. An Option shall be considered to be an Incentive Option only to the extent that the number of shares of Stock for which the Option first becomes exercisable in a calendar year do not have an aggregate Market Value (as of the date of the grant of the Option) in excess of the “current limit.” The current limit for any Optionee for any calendar year shall be $100,000 minus the aggregate Market Value at the date of grant of the number of shares of Stock available for purchase for the first time in the same year under each other incentive option previously granted to the Optionee under all other plans of the Company and Subsidiaries. Any Stock which would cause the foregoing limit to be violated shall be deemed to have been granted under a separate Nonstatutory Option,

 

Page 10


otherwise identical in its terms to those of the Incentive Option. The current limit will be calculated according to the chronological order in which the Options were granted.

(g)       Notification of Disposition. Each person exercising any Incentive Option granted under the Plan shall be deemed to have covenanted with the Company to report to the Company any disposition of such shares prior to the expiration of the holding periods specified by Section 422(a)(1) of the Code and, if and to the extent that the realization of income in such a disposition imposes upon the Company federal, state, local or other withholding tax requirements, or any such withholding is required to secure for the Company an otherwise available tax deduction, promptly to remit to the Company an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy those requirements.

7.2       Restricted Stock.

(a)       Purchase Price. Shares of Restricted Stock shall be issued under the Plan for such consideration, in cash, other property or services, or any combination thereof, as is determined by the Committee.

(b)       Issuance of Certificates. Each Participant receiving a Restricted Stock Award, subject to Section 7.2(c), shall be issued a stock certificate in respect of such Restricted Stock. Such certificate shall be registered in the name of such Participant, and, if applicable, shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award which includes language substantially in the following form:

THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE 2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN OF THE ISSUER AND AN AWARD AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BY THE REGISTERED OWNER AND THE ISSUER. COPIES OF SUCH PLAN AND AGREEMENT ARE ON FILE IN THE OFFICES OF THE ISSUER.

(c)       Escrow of Shares. The Committee may require that the stock certificates evidencing Restricted Stock be held in custody by a designated escrow agent or by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that the Participant deliver a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Stock covered by such Award.

(d)       Restrictions and Restriction Period. During the Restriction Period applicable to Restricted Stock, such shares shall be subject to limitations on transferability and a Risk of Forfeiture arising on the basis of such conditions related to the performance of services, for the Company or a wholly owned Subsidiary, or otherwise as the Committee may determine and provide for in the applicable Award Agreement. Any such Risk of Forfeiture may be waived or terminated, or the Restriction Period shortened, at any time by the Committee on such basis as it deems appropriate.

(e)       Rights Pending Lapse of Risk of Forfeiture, or Forfeiture of Award. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, at all times prior to lapse of any Risk of Forfeiture applicable to, or forfeiture of, an Award of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company, including the right to

 

Page 11


vote, and the right to receive any dividends with respect to, the Restricted Stock. The Committee, as determined at the time the Award is made, may permit or require the payment of cash dividends to be deferred and, if the Committee so determines, reinvested in additional shares of Restricted Stock to the extent shares are available under Section 4 and otherwise to be subject to the terms of the Plan.

(f)       Lapse of Restrictions. If and when the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Stock, the certificates for such shares shall be delivered to the Participant promptly if not theretofore so delivered.

7.3       Stock Grants. Stock Grants shall be awarded solely in recognition of significant contributions to the success of the Company or its wholly owned Subsidiaries, in such other limited circumstances as the Committee deems appropriate. Stock Grants may be made without forfeiture conditions of any kind. The Company shall not issue any Stock under the Plan before they are fully paid. The Company shall not issue any Stock under the Plan solely in consideration of:

(a) Services rendered in the organization of the Company; or

(b) Any note (whether or not negotiable and whether or not secured) made by the Participant who purchases such Stock.

7.4       Qualified Performance-Based Awards.

(a)        Purpose. The purpose of this Section 7.4 is to provide the Committee the ability to qualify Awards as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. If the Committee, in its discretion, decides to grant an Award as a Qualified Performance-Based Award, the provisions of this Section 7.4 will control over any contrary provision contained in the Plan. In the course of granting any Award, the Committee may specifically designate the Award as intended to qualify as a Qualified Performance-Based Award. However, no Award shall be considered to have failed to qualify as a Qualified Performance-Based Award solely because the Award is not expressly designated as a Qualified Performance-Based Award, if the Award otherwise satisfies the provisions of this Section 7.4 and the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to “performance-based compensation.”

(b)       Authority. All grants of Awards intended to qualify as Qualified Performance-Based Awards and determination of terms applicable thereto shall be made by the Committee or, if not all of the members thereof qualify as “Outside Directors” within the meaning of applicable IRS regulations under Section 162 of the Code, a subcommittee of the Committee consisting of such of the members of the Committee as do so qualify. Any action by such a subcommittee shall be considered the action of the Committee for purposes of the Plan.

(c)       Applicability. This Section 7.4 will apply only to those Covered Employees, or to those persons who the Committee determines are reasonably likely to become Covered Employees in the period covered by an Award, selected by the Committee to receive Qualified Performance-Based Awards. The Committee may, in its discretion, grant Awards to Covered Employees that do not satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.4.

 

Page 12


(d)       Discretion of Committee with Respect to Qualified Performance-Based Awards. Options may be granted as Qualified Performance-Based Awards in accordance with Section 7.1, except that the Exercise Price of any Option intended to qualify as a Qualified Performance-Based Award shall in no event be less that the Market Value of the Stock on the date of grant. With regard to other Awards intended to qualify as Qualified Performance-Based Awards, such as Restricted Stock, the Committee will have full discretion to select the length of any applicable Restriction Period, the kind or level of the applicable Performance Goal, and whether the Performance Goal is to apply to the Company, a Subsidiary or any division or business unit or to the individual. Any Performance Goal or Goals applicable to Qualified Performance-Based Awards shall be objective, shall be established not later than 90 days after the beginning of any applicable Performance Period (or at such other date as may be required or permitted for “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code) and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, including the requirement that the outcome of the Performance Goal or Goals be substantially uncertain (as defined in the regulations under Section 162(m) of the Code) at the time established.

(e)       Payment of Qualified Performance-Based Awards. A Participant will be eligible to receive payment under a Qualified Performance-Based Award which is subject to achievement of a Performance Goal or Goals only if the applicable Performance Goal or Goals are achieved, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. In determining the actual size of an individual Qualified Performance-Based Award, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Qualified Performance-Based Award earned, if in its sole and absolute discretion, such reduction or elimination is appropriate.

(f)       Maximum Award Payable. The maximum Qualified Performance-Based Award payment to any one Participant under the Plan is five percent of the number of shares of Stock set forth in Section 4. Any shares of Stock forfeited by a Participant or which lapse with respect to a Participant shall be applied to offset such maximum.

(g)       Limitation on Adjustments for Certain Events. No adjustment of any Qualified Performance-Based Award pursuant to Section 8 shall be made except on such basis, if any, as will not cause such Award to provide other than “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

7.5       Awards to Participants Outside the United States. The Committee may modify the terms of any Award under the Plan, granted to a Participant who is, at the time of grant or during the term of the Award, resident or primarily employed outside of the United States in any manner deemed by the Committee to be necessary or appropriate in order that the Award shall conform to laws, regulations, and customs of the country in which the Participant is then resident or primarily employed, or so that the value and other benefits of the Award to the Participant, as affected by foreign tax laws and other restrictions applicable as a result of the Participant’s residence or employment abroad, shall be comparable to the value of such an Award to a Participant who is resident or primarily employed in the United States. The Committee may establish supplements to, or amendments, restatements, or alternative versions of, the Plan for the purpose of granting and administrating any such modified Award. No such modification, supplement, amendment, restatement or alternative version may increase the share limit of Section 4.

 

Page 13


7.6       Award as Deferred Compensation. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, it is not intended that any grant of an Award shall result in the deferral of compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code; provided, however, that to the extent the grant of an Award would result in the deferral of compensation under Section 409A of the Code, such Award shall comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

8.           Adjustment Provisions.

8.1       Adjustment for Corporate Actions. All of the share numbers set forth in Section 4 reflect the capital structure of the Company as of the Effective Date. Subject to Section 8.2, if subsequent to the Effective Date the outstanding number of shares of Stock (or any other securities covered by the Plan by reason of the prior application of this Section) are increased, decreased, or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities, or if additional shares or new or different shares or other securities are distributed with respect to such outstanding Stock, through merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the property of the Company, reorganization, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, or other similar distribution of the Company’s equity securities without the receipt of consideration by the Company, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment will be made in (i) the maximum numbers and kinds of shares provided in Section 4, (ii) the numbers and kinds of shares or other securities subject to the then outstanding Awards, and (iii) the Exercise Price for each share or other unit of any other securities subject to then outstanding Awards (without change in the aggregate purchase price as to which such Awards remain exercisable).

8.2       Treatment in Certain Acquisitions.

(a) Subject to any provisions of then outstanding Awards granting different rights to the holders thereof, in the event of an Acquisition constituting a Change of Control in which some or all outstanding Awards are not Accelerated, any then outstanding Awards shall nevertheless Accelerate to the extent not assumed or replaced by comparable Awards referencing shares of the capital stock of the successor or acquiring entity or the entity in control of such successor or acquiring entity, and at the effective time of such Acquisition (or after a reasonable period following such Acquisition, as determined by the Committee) terminate. As to any one or more outstanding Awards which are not otherwise Accelerated in full by reason of such Acquisition, the Committee may also, either in advance of such Acquisition or at the effective time thereof and upon such terms as it may deem appropriate, provide for the Acceleration of such outstanding Awards in the event that the employment of the Participants should subsequently terminate following such Acquisition. Each outstanding Award that is assumed in connection with such Acquisition, or is otherwise to continue in effect subsequent to such Acquisition, will be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Acquisition, as to the number and class of securities and other relevant terms in accordance with Section 8.1.

(b) For the purposes of this Section 8.2, an Award shall be considered assumed or replaced by a comparable Award if, following the Acquisition constituting a Change of Control, the replacement award confers the right to receive, for each share of Stock subject or relating to the Award immediately prior to such Acquisition:

 

Page 14


(i) the consideration (whether stock, cash or other securities or property) received in such Acquisition by holders of Stock on the effective date of such Acquisition (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Stock); provided, however, that if such consideration received in such Acquisition was not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent or Subsidiary, the Committee may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award for each share of Stock subject to the Award to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent or Subsidiary equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock in such Acquisition; or    

(ii) in the case of Awards which are payable otherwise than in Stock or other securities of the Company or other property, the same consideration which the Participant would have been entitled to receive had no such Acquisition occurred.

8.3       Dissolution or Liquidation. Upon dissolution or liquidation of the Company, other than as part of an Acquisition or similar transaction, (a) each outstanding Option shall terminate, but the Optionee shall have the right, immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation, to exercise the Option to the extent exercisable on the date of dissolution or liquidation; (b) each share of Restricted Stock that is subject to a Risk of Forfeiture immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation may, at the election of the Company, be forfeited by the Company prior to such dissolution or liquidation pursuant to the terms of the applicable Award Agreement; and (c) subject to subparts (a) and (b) of this Section 8.3, each other outstanding Award shall be forfeited.

8.4       Adjustment of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events. The Committee shall make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in this Article 8 and any corporate action not specifically covered by this Article 8, including but not limited to an extraordinary cash distribution on Stock, a corporate separation or other reorganization or liquidation) affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan; provided that, unless the Committee determines otherwise at the time such adjustment is considered, no such adjustment shall be authorized to the extent that such authority would be inconsistent with the Plan’s or any Award’s meeting the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code or would cause an Incentive Stock Option to cease to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

8.5       Related Matters. Any adjustment in Awards made pursuant to this Section 8 shall be determined and made, if at all, by the Committee and shall include any correlative modification of terms, including of Option Exercise Prices, rates of vesting or exercisability, Risks of Forfeiture, and Performance Goals and other financial objectives which the Committee may deem necessary or appropriate so as to ensure the rights of the Participants in their respective Awards are not substantially diminished nor enlarged as a result of the adjustment and corporate action other than as expressly contemplated in this Section 8.

 

Page 15


8.6       Fractional Shares Prohibited. No fraction of a share shall be purchasable or deliverable in payment of an Award, but in the event any adjustment hereunder of the number of shares covered by an Award shall cause such number to include a fraction of a share, such number of shares shall be adjusted to the nearest smaller whole number of shares.

9.           Settlement of Awards

9.1       Violation of Law. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or the relevant Award Agreement, if, at any time, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, the issuance of Stock covered by an Award may constitute a violation of applicable law, rule, regulation or any listing standard of any market on which or through which the Company’s securities may be traded, then the Company may delay such issuance and the delivery of a certificate for such shares until compliance with such provisions has been obtained.

9.2       Corporate Restrictions on Rights in Stock. Any securities to be issued pursuant to Awards shall be subject to all restrictions upon the transfer thereof which may be now or hereafter imposed by the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Company and applicable law.

9.3       Investment Representations. The Company shall be under no obligation to issue any securities covered by any Award unless they have been effectively registered under the Securities Act, or the Participant or his or her Permitted Transferee shall have made such written representations to the Company or otherwise (which the Company believes may be reasonably relied upon) as the Company may deem necessary or appropriate for purposes of confirming that the issuance of such securities will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws and otherwise in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to that the Participant or his or her Permitted Transferee is acquiring the securities for such person’s own account for the purpose of investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such securities. The Company may require a Participant or his or her Permitted Transferee, as a condition of exercising or acquiring securities under any Award or transferring any award as may be permitted by the Plan, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s or his or her Permitted Transferee’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters, and that the Participant or his or her Permitted Transferee is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant or his or her Permitted Transferee is acquiring securities subject to the Award for the Participant’s or his or her Permitted Transferee’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the securities.

9.4       Registration.

(a) SEC Registration. If the Company shall deem it necessary or desirable to register under the Securities Act or other applicable statutes any securities issued or to be issued pursuant to Awards, or to qualify any such securities for exemption from the Securities Act or

 

Page 16


other applicable statutes, then the Company shall take such action at its own expense. The Company may require from each Participant, or each holder of securities acquired pursuant to the Plan, such information in writing for use in any registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus or offering circular as is reasonably necessary for that purpose and may require reasonable indemnity to the Company and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, agents, advisors and employees from that holder against all losses, claims, damage and liabilities arising from use of the information so furnished and caused by any untrue statement of any material fact therein or caused by the omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made.

(b) Lock-Ups. In addition, the Company may require of any person holding an Award or securities issued pursuant to an Award that such person agree that, without the prior written consent of the Company, such person will not sell, make any short sale of, lend, grant any option for the purchase of, pledge or otherwise encumber, or otherwise dispose of, any securities which were or may be issued pursuant to an Award or any interest therein during the 180-day period commencing on the effective date of the registration statement (or commencing on the closing date of any offering of the Company’s securities registered pursuant to a shelf registration statement, whichever is applicable) relating to an underwritten public offering. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.4, if in connection with any underwritten public offering of securities of the Company the managing underwriter of such offering requests that the Company’s directors and officers enter into a lock-up agreement containing provisions that are more restrictive than the provisions set forth in the preceding sentence, then (a) to the extent requested by the Company, each holder of securities acquired pursuant to the Plan (regardless of whether such person has complied or complies with the provisions of clause (b) below) shall be bound by, and shall be deemed to have agreed to, the same lock-up terms as those to which the Company’s directors and officers are required to adhere; and (b) at the request of the Company, each such person shall execute and deliver a lock-up agreement in form and substance equivalent to that which is required to be executed by the Company’s directors and officers.

9.5       Placement of Legends; Stop Orders; etc. Each certificate for securities to be issued pursuant to Awards may bear a reference to the investment representation made in accordance with Section 9.4 in addition to any other applicable restriction under the Plan, the terms of the Award and, if applicable, to the fact that no registration statement has been filed with the SEC and no registration or qualification has been filed under any state securities or blue sky laws in respect to such securities. All certificates for Stock or other securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of any stock exchange or market on which or through which the Company’s securities are then traded, and any applicable federal or state securities law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

9.6       Tax Withholding. Whenever shares of Stock are issued or to be issued pursuant to Awards, the Company shall have the right to require the Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local or other withholding tax requirements if, when, and to the extent required by law (whether so required to secure for the Company an otherwise

 

Page 17


available tax deduction or otherwise) prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such shares. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on satisfaction of all such withholding obligations and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant. However, in such cases Participants may elect, subject to the approval of the Committee, to satisfy an applicable withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold shares of Stock from Stock otherwise due to the Participant in payment of an Award, or to submit shares of Stock previously owned by the Participant, to satisfy their tax obligations. Participants may only elect to have shares withheld having a Market Value on the date the tax is to be determined equal to the minimum statutory total tax which could be imposed as a result of the transaction. All elections shall be irrevocable, made in writing, signed by the Participant, and shall be subject to any restrictions or limitations that the Committee deems appropriate.

10.           Reservation of Stock. The Company shall at all times during the term of the Plan and any outstanding Awards granted hereunder reserve or otherwise keep available such number of shares of Stock as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan (if then in effect) and the Awards, and shall pay all fees and expenses necessarily incurred by the Company in connection therewith.

11.           Use of Proceeds. Proceeds from the sale of the Company’s securities pursuant to Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

12.           Limitation of Rights in Stock; No Special Service Rights. Subject to Section 7.2(e), a Participant shall not be deemed for any purpose to be a shareholder of the Company with respect to any of the Stock subject to an Award, unless and until a certificate shall have been issued therefor and delivered to the Participant or his/her agent. Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award Agreement shall confer upon any Participant any right to the continuation of such Participant’s employment or other association with the Company (or any Subsidiary), or interfere in any way with the right of the Company (or any Subsidiary), subject to the terms of any separate employment or provision of law or articles of incorporation or bylaws to the contrary, at any time to terminate such employment or other association or to increase or decrease, or otherwise adjust, the other terms and conditions of the Participant’s employment or other association with the Company and Subsidiaries.

13.           Unfunded Status of the Plan. The Plan is not intended to constitute a plan subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant by the Company, the Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation, and nothing contained in this Plan shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of an unsecured general creditor of the Company. In its sole discretion, the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to make payment of Awards, provided, however, that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the unfunded status of the Plan.

14.           Exercise of Forfeiture at Direction of FDIC. Options granted pursuant to the Plan shall be either immediately exercised or (at the discretion of the Optionee) forfeited in the event the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory agency with

 

Page 18


oversight of the Company directs the Company to require immediate exercise or forfeiture as a result of the company’s capital failing to meet minimum regulatory capital requirements.

15.           Nonexclusivity of the Plan. Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the shareholders of the Company shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Company to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including without limitation, the granting of stock options, restricted stock and other forms of compensation (incentive or otherwise) other than under the Plan upon such terms as the Company may determine from time to time.

16.           Termination and Amendment of the Plan.

16.1       The Board may at any time terminate the Plan or make such modifications of the Plan as it shall deem advisable to the extent permitted by applicable law and the rules and regulations of any market on which or through which the Company’s securities may be traded. Unless the Board otherwise expressly provides, no amendment of the Plan shall affect the terms of any Award outstanding on the date of such amendment unless such amendment is necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code. In any case, no termination or amendment of the Plan may, without the consent of any Participant, adversely affect the rights of the Participant under such Award.

16.2       The Committee may amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted (as long as such amendment complies with the terms of Section 409A of the Code), prospectively or retroactively, provided that the Award as amended is consistent with the terms of the Plan, but no such amendment shall impair the rights of the Participant without such Participant’s consent unless the impairment of such rights is necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

16.3       No amendment will be effective unless approved by the shareholders of the Company to the extent shareholder approval is necessary to satisfy applicable law or the rules and regulations of any market on which or through which the Company’s securities may be traded.

17.           Notices and Other Communications. Any notice, demand, request or other communication hereunder to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or duly sent by first class, registered, certified or overnight mail, postage prepaid, or telecopied with a confirmation copy by first class, registered, certified or overnight mail, addressed or telecopied, as the case may be, (i) if to the Participant, at such Participant’s residence or business address last filed with the Company and (ii) if to the Company, at its principal place of business, addressed to the attention of its Chief Financial Officer, or to such other address or telecopier number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as the addressee may have designated by notice to the addressor. All such notices, requests, demands and other communications shall be deemed to have been received: (i) in the case of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery; (ii) in the case of mailing, when received by the addressee; (iii) in the case of facsimile transmission, when confirmed by facsimile machine report; and (iv) in the case of electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the receiving party has consented to receive notice, provided, that such consent is deemed revoked if the sender is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices and

 

Page 19


such inability becomes known to the secretary or assistant secretary of the Company or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for giving notice.

18.           Governing Law. The Plan and all Award Agreements and actions taken thereunder shall be governed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

19.           Miscellaneous. The terms of the Plan and of any Award, and all actions and interpretations of the Committee made pursuant to the Plan, shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons having or claiming any interest under the Plan or an Award, including but not limited to Participants and their spouses and domestic partners, and the respective Permitted Transferees, executors, administrators, heirs, personal representatives and successors of the foregoing.

20.           Duration. The Plan shall commence on the Effective Date and shall remain in effect, subject to the right of the Board to amend or terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to Section 15 hereof, until all Shares subject to the Plan shall have been issued, delivered, purchased or acquired according to the Plan’s provisions. No Awards shall be issued pursuant to the Plan after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Effective Date.

21.           Plan Subject to Stockholder Approval. Although the Plan is effective on the Effective Date, the Plan’s continued existence is subject to the Plan being approved by the Company’s stockholders within 12 months of the Effective Date. Any Awards granted under the Plan after the Effective Date but before the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders will become null and void if the Company’s stockholders do not approve this Plan within such 12-month period.

22.           Section 409A.    Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan or any Award to the contrary, this Plan and all Awards shall be interpreted and administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and regulations and other guidance issued thereunder. For purposes of determining whether any payment made pursuant to this Plan or an Award results in a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b), the Company shall maximize the exemptions described in such section, as applicable. Any reference to a “termination of employment” or similar term or phrase shall be interpreted as a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A and the regulations issued thereunder. If any deferred compensation payment is payable due to a “specified employee” under Section 409A on account of a separation from service for any reason other than death, then such payment shall be delayed for a period of six months and paid immediately following the expiration of such six month period. A Participant or beneficiary, as applicable, shall be solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on the Participant or beneficiary in connection with any payments to such Participant or beneficiary pursuant to this Plan, including but not limited to any taxes, interest and penalties under Section 409A, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold a Participant or beneficiary harmless from any and all of such taxes and penalties.

 

Page 20

Exhibit 10.6

CALIFORNIA BANCORP

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

California BanCorp, a California corporation, (the “Company” or “BanCorp”), hereby awards you an Option Right (the “Option” or “Award”). The terms and conditions of the Award are set forth in this cover sheet and the attached Stock Option Agreement (together, this “Agreement”) and in the California BanCorp 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as it may be amended from time to time (the “Plan”). “Shares” means shares of Bancorp Common Stock. “Service” means rendering service to the Company or its Subsidiaries as an advisor, Director or employee. Capitalized terms in this Agreement that are not defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

Date of Award:   
Name of Participant:                                                                     
Number of Shares subject to Option:                        
Per Share Exercise Price:    $                
Type of Option:    [Nonqualified] [Incentive] Stock Option
Expiration Date:                                    
Vesting Calculation Date:   

Vesting Schedule: [Subject to your continuous Service, the Shares subject to this Option shall vest and become exercisable in three (3) equal installments on each of the first three (3) anniversaries of the Vesting Calculation Date.] [Subject to your continuous Service, the Shares subject to this Option shall vest and become exercisable in a single installment on the first anniversary of the Vesting Calculation Date.]

By signing this cover sheet, you agree to all terms and conditions described in this Agreement and in the Plan. You further represent that you (i) fully understand and accept all provisions of the Plan and this Agreement; and (ii) agree to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all of the Committee’s decisions regarding, and all interpretations of, the Plan and this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be deemed one instrument.

 

CALIFORNIA BANCORP     AGREED AND ACCEPTED:
By:         Signature:    
Title:         Name:    

 

-1-


CALIFORNIA BANCORP

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1.    The Plan and Other Agreements. The text of the Plan is incorporated in this Agreement by this reference. You and the Company agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement. This Agreement, the attached Exhibits and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this Option. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations are superseded.

2.    Grant of Option. The Company has granted to you an Option covering the number of Shares specified in the cover sheet, subject to the following terms and conditions. The Award is subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan. This Award is not intended to constitute a nonqualified deferred compensation plan within the meaning of section 409A of the Code and will be interpreted accordingly.

3.    Vesting. This Award will vest according to the Vesting Schedule on the attached cover sheet, unless and until your Service terminates.

4.    Exercisability.

(a) This Option shall be exercisable with respect to the underlying Shares that have become vested pursuant to the vesting schedule on the cover sheet to this Agreement during its term by delivering a notice of exercise (in the form attached as Exhibit A or other form designated by the Company) (the “Exercise Notice”) together with payment of the aggregate exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising this Option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of this Option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of the Option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the Shares are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition of Shares acquired upon such exercise.

(c) The Exercise Price shall be payable (i) in cash, (ii) in Shares with a value (Fair Market Value per share times the number of shares) equal to the total Exercise Price (which shall include a “net exercise” in which deliverable upon exercise of the option are withheld by the Company in satisfaction of all or some of the Exercise Price); (iii) by a combination of such methods of payment described in (i) and (ii) above or (iv) any other lawful means of payment permitted by the Committee.

5.    Forfeiture of Unvested Option Shares. Upon the termination of your Service for any reason, the unvested portion of this Option shall be forfeited without consideration and shall no longer be eligible to be exercised.

6.    Option Expiration. In no event is any portion of this Option (vested or unvested) exercisable after the earlier of the Expiration Date or the date on which this Option is cancelled (and not substituted or assumed) pursuant to a Change in Control or merger or acquisition or reorganization or similar transaction involving the Company. Additionally, if your Service terminates for any reason, then the then-vested portion of this Option will expire and no longer be exercisable on the close of business at Company headquarters on the date that is three (3) months after cessation of your Service, provided that if your Service terminates due to your death or Disability, then the then-vested portion of this Option will expire and no longer be exercisable on the close of business at Company headquarters on the date that is twelve (12) months after cessation of your Service.

 

-2-


7.    Incentive Stock Option. The provisions of this Section apply if this Option is an Incentive Stock Option under Code Section 422. If you cease to be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary but continue to provide Service, this Option will be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option on the day after the date that is three (3) months after you cease to be an employee of the Company (and any Subsidiary or any Parent): (i) even if you continue to provide Service after your employment has terminated or (ii) if your termination of employment was for any reason other than due to your death or Disability. In addition, to the extent that all or part of this Option exceeds the $100,000 limitation rule of section 422(d) of the Code, this Option or the lesser excess part will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option You agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Option that occurs within two (2) years after the Date of Award or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of the Option (and such notice will provide all details regarding the disposition of Shares).

8.    Transfer of Award. You cannot gift, transfer, assign, alienate, pledge, hypothecate, attach, sell, or encumber this Award. If you attempt to do any of these things, this Award will immediately become invalid. You may, however, dispose of this Award in your will or it may be transferred by the laws of descent and distribution. Regardless of any marital property settlement agreement, the Company is not obligated to recognize your spouse’s interest in your Award in any other way.

9.    Leaves of Absence. For purposes of this Award, your Service does not terminate when you go on a bona fide leave of absence that was approved by the Company in writing, if the terms of the leave provide for Service crediting, or when Service crediting is required by applicable law. Your Service terminates in any event when the approved leave ends unless you immediately return to active work. The Company determines which leaves count for this purpose (along with determining the effect of a leave of absence on vesting and expiration of the Award), and when your Service terminates for all purposes under the Plan. . For income tax purposes, if the period of leave exceeds three (3) months and your right to reemployment is not provided either by statute or by contract, then this Option will be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option if the exercise of this Option occurs after the expiration of six (6) months from the commencement of such leave of absence.

10.    Voting and Other Rights. Participant shall have no rights of a shareholder with respect to the Option including, without limitation, no right to vote the Option (or underlying Shares).

11.    Restrictions on Issuance. The Company will not issue any Shares if the issuance of such Shares at that time would violate any law or regulation.

12.    Taxes and Withholding. You will be solely responsible for payment of any and all applicable taxes, including without limitation any penalties or interest based upon such tax obligations, associated with this Award. The exercise of this Option and the delivery to you of any Shares will not be permitted unless and until you have satisfied any withholding or other taxes that may be due. Any such tax withholding obligations may be settled in the Company’s discretion by the Company withholding and retaining a portion of the Shares from the Shares that would otherwise be deliverable to you under the exercise of the Option as provided in the next two sentences. Such withheld Shares will be applied to pay the withholding obligation by using the aggregate fair market value of the withheld Shares as of the date of vesting. You will be delivered the net amount of vested Shares after the Share withholding has been effected and you will not receive the withheld Shares. The Company will not deliver any fractional number of Shares.

 

-3-


13.    Clawback Policy. You expressly acknowledge and agree to be bound by any Company policy on recoupment of equity or other compensation, including the clawback provisions contained in Section 20 of the Plan.

14.    No Employment or Retention Rights. Your Award or this Agreement does not give you the right to be retained by the Company (and any Subsidiaries) as an employee or in any other capacity. The Company (and any Subsidiaries) reserves the right to terminate your Service at any time and for any reason.

15.     Extraordinary Compensation. The Stock Option and the Shares subject to the Stock Option are not intended to constitute or replace any pension rights or compensation and are not to be considered compensation of a continuing or recurring nature, or part of your normal or expected compensation, and in no way represent any portion of your salary, compensation or other remuneration for any purpose, including but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

16.    Adjustments. In the event of a stock split, a stock dividend or a similar change in the Company stock, the number of outstanding Shares covered by this Award may be adjusted (and rounded down to the nearest whole number) pursuant to the Plan. Your Option shall be subject to the terms of the agreement of merger, liquidation or reorganization in the event the Company is subject to such corporate activity

17.    Legends. All certificates or book entries representing the Common Stock issued under this Award may, where applicable, have endorsed thereon the following notations or legends and any other notation or legend the Company determines appropriate:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OPTIONS TO PURCHASE SUCH SHARES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR HIS OR HER PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY AND WILL BE FURNISHED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE.”

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

18.    Applicable Law. This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of California without reference to the conflicts of law provisions thereof.

19.    Binding Effect; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and you and any respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any person other than the Company and you and any respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns. The parties agree that this Agreement shall survive the settlement or termination of the Award.

 

-4-


20.    Notice. Any notice to be given or delivered to the Company relating to this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Company at its principal corporate offices. All notices shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the Company. Any notice to be given or delivered to you relating to this Agreement may be delivered by email (including prospectuses required by the SEC) as well as all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including annual reports and proxy statements). The Company may also deliver these documents by posting them on a web site maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company.

21.    No Rights to Future Awards. Your rights, if any, in respect of or in connection with any future Awards are derived solely from the discretionary decision of the Company to permit you to participate in the Plan and to benefit from a discretionary future Award. By accepting this Option, you expressly acknowledge that there is no obligation on the part of the Company to continue the Plan and/or grant any additional Awards to you or benefits in lieu of any other Awards even if Awards have been granted repeatedly in the past. All decisions with respect to future Awards, if any, will be at the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee.

22.    Voluntary Participant. You acknowledge that you are voluntarily participating in the Plan.

23.    Future Value. The future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty. If the underlying Shares do not increase their value after the Date of the Award, the Option could have little or no value.

24.    No Advice Regarding Award. The Company has not provided any tax, legal or financial advice, nor has the Company made any recommendations regarding your participation in the Plan, or your acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding your participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

25.    No Right to Damages. You will have no right to bring a claim or to receive damages if any portion of the Award is cancelled or expires. The loss of existing or potential profit in the Award will not constitute an element of damages in the event of the termination of your Service for any reason, even if the termination is in violation of an obligation of the Company or a Subsidiary to you.

26.    Data Privacy. You hereby explicitly and unambiguously consent to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of your personal data as described in this document by the Company for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan. You understand that the Company holds certain personal information about you, including, but not limited to, name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security or insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all Awards or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, cancelled, purchased, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in your favor for the purpose of implementing, managing and administering the Plan (“Data”). You understand that the Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in your country or elsewhere and that the recipient country may have different data privacy laws and protections than your country. You authorize the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data, as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom you may elect to deposit any Shares acquired under the Plan.

 

-5-


27.    Other Information. You agree to receive shareholder information, including copies of any annual report, proxy statement and periodic report, from the Company’s website, if the Company wishes to provide such information through its website. You acknowledge that copies of the Plan, Plan prospectus, Plan information and shareholder information are also available upon written or telephonic request to the Plan’s administrator

28.    Further Assistance. You agree to provide assistance reasonably requested by the Company in connection with actions taken by you while providing services to the Company, including but not limited to assistance in connection with any lawsuits or other claims against the Company arising from events during the period in which you rendered service to the Company.

29.    General Terms. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail. The rights of the Company under this Agreement and the Plan shall be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. Your rights and obligations under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company. Should any provision or portion of this Agreement be held to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions and portions of this Agreement shall be unaffected by such holding. YOU ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE ISSUANCE OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE EARNED ONLY BY YOU RENDERING SERVICE OR AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED HEREIN, AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, APPOINTED OR OBTAINING SHARES HEREUNDER.

 

-6-


EXHIBIT A

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

California Bancorp

Attention: Stock Administration

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Option. I was granted [an incentive][a nonqualified] stock option (the Option) to purchase shares of the common stock (the Shares) of California BanCorp (the Company) pursuant to the Company’s 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan”) and a Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement) as follows:

 

Date of Award:

                           

Number of Option Shares:

                           

Exercise Price per Share:

   $                        

2. Exercise of Option. I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares, all of which are vested Shares in accordance with the Option Agreement:

 

Total Shares Purchased:

                           

Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Exercise Price per Share)

   $                        

3. Payments. I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

 

Cash:    $                                             
Check:    $                                             
Tender of Company Stock:     
Contact Plan
Administrator
 
 
Net Exercise:     
Contact Plan
Administrator
 
 

4. Tax Withholding. I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with the Option. I enclose payment in full of my withholding taxes, if any, as follows:

(Contact Plan Administrator for amount of tax due.)

 

Cash:    $                                             
Check:    $                                             

 

A-1


Tender of Company Stock:    Contact Plan
Administrator
Net Exercise:    Contact Plan
Administrator

5. Binding Effect. I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Option Agreement and the Plan, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

Very truly yours,
 

 

(Signature)

 

A-2

Exhibit 10.7

CALIFORNIA BANCORP

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

California BanCorp, a California corporation, (the “Company” or “BanCorp”), hereby awards you a Restricted Stock Award (the “Restricted Stock”). The terms and conditions of the Award are set forth in this cover sheet and the attached Restricted Stock Award Agreement (together, this “Agreement”) and in the California BanCorp 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as it may be amended from time to time (the “Plan”). “Shares” means shares of Bancorp Common Stock. “Service” means rendering service to BanCorp or its Subsidiaries as an advisor, Director or employee. Capitalized terms in this Agreement that are not defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

Date of Award:     

Name of Participant:     

Number of Shares of Restricted Stock Awarded:     

Amount Paid by Participant for the Shares of Restricted Stock Awarded:            $

Aggregate Fair Market Value of Restricted Stock on Date of Award:            $

Vesting Calculation Date:                                         , [YEAR]

Vesting Schedule: [Subject to your continuous Service, the Shares of Restricted Stock shall vest in three (3) equal installments on each of the first three (3) anniversaries of the Vesting Calculation Date.] [Subject to your continuous Service, the Shares of Restricted Stock shall vest in a single installment on the first anniversary of the Vesting Calculation Date.]

By signing this cover sheet, you agree to all terms and conditions described in this Agreement and in the Plan. You specifically acknowledge that you have carefully read the section entitled “Code Section 83(b) Election” and you further acknowledge that you are solely responsible for filing any Code Section 83(b) election, and that such election must be filed within thirty (30) days after the Date of Award in order to be effective. You further represent that you (i) fully understand and accept all provisions of the Plan and this Agreement; and (ii) agree to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all of the Committee’s decisions regarding, and all interpretations of, the Plan and this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be deemed one instrument.

 

CALIFORNIA BANCORP     AGREED AND ACCEPTED:
By:         Signature:    
Title:         Name:    

 

-1-


CALIFORNIA BANCORP

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

 

1.

The Plan and Other Agreements. The text of the Plan is incorporated in this Agreement by this reference. You and the Company agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

This Agreement, the attached Exhibits and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this Award of Restricted Stock. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations are superseded.

 

2.

Award of Restricted Stock. The Company awards you the number of Shares of Restricted Stock shown on the cover sheet of this Agreement. The Award is subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan. This Award is not intended to constitute a nonqualified deferred compensation plan within the meaning of section 409A of the Code and will be interpreted accordingly.

 

3.

Vesting. This Award will vest according to the Vesting Schedule on the attached cover sheet, unless and until your Service terminates.

 

4.

Escrow. The Company shall issue the Shares of Restricted Stock either (i) in certificate form or (ii) in book entry form, registered in the name of Participant, with legends, or notations, as applicable, referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Award. Any certificate(s) for the Restricted Stock shall be deposited in escrow with the Secretary of the Company (or his/her designee) to be held in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph. Each deposited certificate shall be accompanied by a duly executed Assignment Separate from Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. The deposited certificates shall remain in escrow until such time as the certificates are to be released or otherwise surrendered for cancellation as discussed below.

All dividends whether in cash or in stock, if any, on the Restricted Stock shall also be held in escrow and subject to the same vesting terms and conditions as the Restricted Stock and such dividends shall only be paid to Participant upon vesting of the underlying Shares of Restricted Stock.

The Restricted Stock held in escrow hereunder shall be subject to the following terms and conditions relating to their release from escrow or their surrender to the Company, provided, however, that the minimum number of Shares released to you in any individual release of Share certificates must be at least twenty-five (25) Shares (unless the release represents your final release of Shares from escrow):

When your interest in the Restricted Stock vests, the Company shall, as applicable, either remove the notations on any such Shares of Restricted Stock issued in book entry form or deliver to Participant a stock certificate representing a number of Shares of Common Stock, equal to the number of Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which have become vested.

 

-2-


5.

Transfer of Award. You cannot gift, transfer, assign, alienate, pledge, hypothecate, attach, sell, or encumber this Award. If you attempt to do any of these things, this Award will immediately become invalid. You may, however, dispose of this Award in your will or it may be transferred by the laws of descent and distribution. Regardless of any marital property settlement agreement, the Company is not obligated to recognize your spouse’s interest in your Award in any other way.

 

6.

Code Section 83(b) Election. You represent and warrant that you understand the Federal, state and local income tax consequences of the granting of this Restricted Stock. Under Section 83 of the Code, the Fair Market Value of the Restricted Stock on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock lapse will be reportable as ordinary income at that time. For this purpose, “forfeiture restrictions” include surrender to the Company of unvested Restricted Stock as described above. You may voluntarily elect to be taxed at the time the Restricted Stock is acquired to the extent that the Fair Market Value of the Restricted Stock exceeds the amount of consideration paid by you (if any) for such Restricted Stock at that time rather than when such Restricted Stock ceases to be subject to such forfeiture restrictions, by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days after the Date of Award. A form for making this election is attached as Exhibit B hereto. Failure to make this filing within the thirty (30) day period will result in the recognition of ordinary income by you as the forfeiture restrictions lapse. YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT IT IS YOUR SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, AND NOT THE COMPANY’S, TO FILE A TIMELY ELECTION UNDER CODE SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF YOU REQUEST THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON YOUR BEHALF. MOREOVER, YOU ARE RELYING SOLELY ON YOUR OWN ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION AS TO WHETHER OR NOT TO FILE A CODE SECTION 83(b) ELECTION.

 

7.

Leaves of Absence. For purposes of this Award, your Service does not terminate when you go on a bona fide leave of absence that was approved by the Company in writing, if the terms of the leave provide for Service crediting, or when Service crediting is required by applicable law. Your Service terminates in any event when the approved leave ends unless you immediately return to active work.

The Company determines which leaves count for this purpose (along with determining the effect of a leave of absence on vesting of the Award), and when your Service terminates for all purposes under the Plan.

 

8.

Voting and Other Rights. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, you shall have all the rights and privileges of a shareholder of the Company while the Restricted Stock is held in escrow, including the right to vote and to receive dividends (if any).

 

9.

Restrictions on Issuance. The Company will not issue any Restricted Stock or Shares if the issuance of such Restricted Stock or Shares at that time would violate any law or regulation.

 

-3-


10.

Taxes and Withholding. You will be solely responsible for payment of any and all applicable taxes, including without limitation any penalties or interest based upon such tax obligations, associated with this Award.

The delivery to you of any Shares will not be permitted unless and until you have satisfied any withholding or other taxes that may be due. Any such tax withholding obligations may be settled in the Company’s discretion by the Company withholding and retaining a portion of the Shares from the Shares that would otherwise be deliverable to you under the vesting Restricted Stock as provided in the next two sentences. Such withheld Shares will be applied to pay the withholding obligation by using the aggregate fair market value of the withheld Shares as of the date of vesting. You will be delivered the net amount of vested Shares after the Share withholding has been effected and you will not receive the withheld Shares. The Company will not deliver any fractional number of Shares.

 

11.

Clawback Policy. You expressly acknowledge and agree to be bound by any Company policy on recoupment of equity or other compensation, including the clawback provisions contained in Section 20 of the Plan.

 

12.

No Employment or Retention Rights. Your Award or this Agreement does not give you the right to be retained by the Company (and any Subsidiaries) as an employee or in any other capacity. The Company (and any Subsidiaries) reserves the right to terminate your Service at any time and for any reason.

 

13.

Extraordinary Compensation. This Award and the Shares subject to the Award are not intended to constitute or replace any pension rights or compensation and are not to be considered compensation of a continuing or recurring nature, or part of your normal or expected compensation, and in no way represent any portion of your salary, compensation or other remuneration for any purpose, including but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

 

14.

Adjustments. In the event of a stock split, a stock dividend or a similar change in the Company stock, the number of outstanding Shares of Restricted Stock covered by this Award may be adjusted (and rounded down to the nearest whole number) pursuant to the Plan. Your Restricted Stock shall be subject to the terms of the agreement of merger, liquidation or reorganization in the event the Company is subject to such corporate activity.

 

15.

Legends. All certificates or book entries representing the Common Stock issued under this Award may, where applicable, have endorsed thereon the following notations or legends and any other notation or legend the Company determines appropriate:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OPTIONS TO PURCHASE SUCH SHARES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR HIS OR HER PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY AND WILL BE FURNISHED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE.”

 

-4-


“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

16.

Applicable Law. This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of California without reference to the conflicts of law provisions thereof.

 

17.

Binding Effect; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and you and any respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any person other than the Company and you and any respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns. The parties agree that this Agreement shall survive the settlement or termination of the Award.

 

18.

Notice. Any notice to be given or delivered to the Company relating to this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Company at its principal corporate offices. All notices shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the Company. Any notice to be given or delivered to you relating to this Agreement may be delivered by email (including prospectuses required by the SEC) as well as all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including annual reports and proxy statements). The Company may also deliver these documents by posting them on a web site maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company.

 

19.

Voluntary Participant. You acknowledge that you are voluntarily participating in the Plan.

 

20.

No Rights to Future Awards Your rights, if any, in respect of or in connection with any future Awards are derived solely from the discretionary decision of the Company to permit you to participate in the Plan and to benefit from a discretionary future Award. By accepting this Award, you expressly acknowledge that there is no obligation on the part of the Company to continue the Plan and/or grant any additional Awards to you or benefits in lieu of any other Awards even if Awards have been granted repeatedly in the past. All decisions with respect to future Awards, if any, will be at the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee.

 

-5-


21.

Future Value. The future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty. If the underlying Shares do not maintain or increase their value after the Date of Award, the Award could have little or no value.

 

22.

No Advice Regarding Award. The Company has not provided any tax, legal or financial advice, nor has the Company made any recommendations regarding your participation in the Plan, or your acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding your participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

 

23.

No Right to Damages. You will have no right to bring a claim or to receive damages if any portion of the Award is cancelled or expires. The loss of existing or potential profit in the Award will not constitute an element of damages in the event of the termination of your Service for any reason, even if the termination is in violation of an obligation of the Company or a Subsidiary to you.

 

24.

Data Privacy. You hereby explicitly and unambiguously consent to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of your personal data as described in this document by the Company for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan. You understand that the Company holds certain personal information about you, including, but not limited to, name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security or insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all Awards or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, cancelled, purchased, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in your favor for the purpose of implementing, managing and administering the Plan (“Data”). You understand that the Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in your country or elsewhere and that the recipient country may have different data privacy laws and protections than your country. You authorize the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data, as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom you may elect to deposit any Shares acquired under the Plan.

 

25.

Other Information. You agree to receive shareholder information, including copies of any annual report, proxy statement and periodic report, from the Company’s website, if the Company wishes to provide such information through its website. You acknowledge that copies of the Plan, Plan prospectus, Plan information and shareholder information are also available upon written or telephonic request to the Plan’s administrator.

 

26.

Further Assistance. You agree to provide assistance reasonably requested by the Company in connection with actions taken by you while providing services to the Company, including but not limited to assistance in connection with any lawsuits or other claims against the Company arising from events during the period in which you rendered service to the Company.

 

-6-


27.

General. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail. The rights of the Company under this Agreement and the Plan shall be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. Your rights and obligations under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company. Should any provision or portion of this Agreement be held to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions and portions of this Agreement shall be unaffected by such holding. YOU ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE ISSUANCE OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE EARNED ONLY BY YOU RENDERING SERVICE OR AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED HEREIN, AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, APPOINTED OR OBTAINING SHARES HEREUNDER.

 

 

 

-7-


EXHIBIT A

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Restricted Stock Award Agreement dated as of [                            ], the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto [                ] shares of the Common Stock of California Bancorp, a California corporation, standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of said corporation represented by certificate No.                                 , herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                  attorney-in-fact to transfer the said stock on the books of the said corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: [Month] [Day], 20    

 

 

 

 

-1-


EXHIBIT B

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF

THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to § 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in gross income as compensation for services the excess (if any) of the fair market value of the shares described below over the amount paid for those shares.

 

1.

The name, taxpayer identification number, address of the undersigned, and the taxable year for which this election is being made are:

TAXPAYER’S NAME:                                                                                                                                        

TAXPAYER’S SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:                                                                                               

ADDRESS:                                                                                                                                                            

TAXABLE YEAR: Calendar Year 202    

 

2.

The property which is the subject of this election is                      shares of common stock of California Bancorp.

 

3.

The property was transferred to the undersigned on [DATE].

 

4.

The property is subject to the following restrictions: [Describe applicable restrictions here.]

 

5.

The fair market value of the property at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a nonlapse restriction as defined in § 1.83-3(h) of the Income Tax Regulations) is: $                 per share x                  shares = $                    .

 

6.

For the property transferred, the undersigned paid $                 per share x                  shares = $                    .

 

7.

The amount to include in gross income is $                            . [The result of the amount reported in Item 5 minus the amount reported in Item 6.]

The undersigned taxpayer will file this election with the Internal Revenue Service office with which taxpayer files his or her annual income tax return not later than 30 days after the date of transfer of the property. A copy of the election also will be furnished to the person for whom the services were performed. The undersigned is the person performing the services in connection with which the property was transferred.

 

Dated:            
       

Taxpayer

 

-1-

Exhibit 10.8

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

California Bank of Commerce a California banking corporation, and the undersigned person (“Optionee”) have entered into this Stock Option Agreement effective as of the Grant Date set forth below. The Company has granted to Optionee the option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of shares (the “Shares”) of common stock, no par value, of the Company (“Stock”) set forth below at the per Share purchase price (the “Exercise Price”) set forth below, pursuant to the terms of this Award Agreement. The Option was granted under the Company’s Stock Option Plan as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or interpreted from time to time (the “Plan”), which is incorporated herein by reference and to which this Option is subject in all respects.

 

     

Optionee Name:            

        
     

Grant Date:            

        
     

Vesting Commencement Date:            

        
     

Number of Shares:            

        
     

Exercise Price:            

        

 

1.

Terms of Plan.

All capitalized terms used in this Award Agreement and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Plan. Optionee confirms and acknowledges that Optionee has received and reviewed a copy of the Plan, dated June 21, 2007. The Plan is administered by the Committee which has complete authority to make all determinations with respect to each Award, to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to determine the terms and provisions of Award Agreements, and to make all other determinations under the Plan.

 

2.

Nature of the Option.

The Option has been granted as an incentive to Optionee’s Continuous Service, and is in all respects subject to such Continuous Service and all other terms and conditions of this Award Agreement. The Option is intended to be an Incentive Option.

 

3.

Vesting, Exercise and Term of Option.

The Option shall vest and become exercisable during its term in accordance with the following provisions:

(a)            Vesting and Right of Exercise.

(i)          The Options shall start vesting with [            ] options vesting as of Date, and the remaining Options ( [            ] options) will vest daily in equal amounts until [            ].

(ii)         In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service, the Option shall be exercisable in the following manner:


(I) Termination of Employment or Directorship: the Option ceases to be exercisable 30 days following termination of employment or directorship, during which time it shall be exercisable only to the extent exercisable at the date of termination, except that the Option shall not be exercised after its expiration date;

(II) Disability: if Optionee was in Continuous Service from the Grant Date until the date of termination of service due to disability the Option ceases to be exercisable twelve months following the date of termination of Continuous Service from disability, during which time it shall be exercisable only to the extent exercisable at the date of termination due to disability, except that the Option shall not be exercised after its expiration date; and

(III) Death: if the Optionee was in Continuous Service from the Grant Date until the date of death, the Option ceases to be exercisable twelve months following the date of death, during which time it shall be exercisable by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest, inheritance or otherwise as a result of the Optionee’s death only to the extent exercisable at the date of death, except that the Option shall not be exercised after its expiration date.

 

  (b)

Method of Exercise.

In order to exercise any vested portion of the Option, Optionee shall notify the Company in writing by executing and delivering the Notice of Exercise of Stock Option in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”). The certificate or certificates representing Shares as to which the Option has been exercised shall be registered in the name of Optionee or otherwise as the Optionee may request and the Company shall permit.

 

  (c)

Restrictions on Exercise; Term of Option.

(i)          Optionee may exercise the Option only with respect to Shares that have vested in accordance with Section 3(a) of this Award Agreement.

(ii)         Optionee may not exercise the Option if the issuance of the Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such Shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities law or other law or regulation.

(iii)         The method and manner of payment of the Exercise Price will be subject to the prohibition on loans to directors and executive officers in Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the rules under Part 221 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board, and to any other applicable laws, rules or regulations.

(iv)         As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require certain representations and warranties as the Company may request pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Plan. Prior to or subsequent to exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Optionee to enter into certain lock-up arrangements as provided in Section 9.4 of the Plan.


(v)         Optionee may only exercise the Option upon, and the obligations of the Company under this Award Agreement to issue Shares to Optionee upon any exercise of the Option is conditioned on, satisfaction of all federal, state, local or other withholding tax obligations associated with such exercise (whether so required to secure for the Company a tax deduction or otherwise) (“Withholding Obligations”). The Company reserves the right to require Optionee to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy all Withholding Obligations prior to the issuance of any Shares upon any exercise of the Option. In addition, Optionee authorizes the Company to deduct any such Withholding Obligations from any payments of any kind due to Optionee (whether in connection with the Option or otherwise). The Optionee may elect to satisfy Withholding Obligations, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold shares of Stock otherwise due to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option, or by submitting shares of Stock previously owned by the Optionee.

(vi)         No fraction of a Share shall be purchasable or deliverable upon exercise of the Option, but in the event any such Shares shall include a fraction of a Share (whether due to net exercise, payment of the Exercise Price by having Shares withheld or by submitting previously owned shares, by adjustment of the Option as provided in the Plan, or otherwise), such number of Shares shall be rounded down to the nearest smaller whole number of Shares.

(vii)         The Option may not be exercised more than 10 years after the Grant Date, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the terms of this Award Agreement.

 

4.

Transferability of Option.

(a)          The Option may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or pursuant to the laws which would apply if the Optionee dies without leaving a will.

(b)          The terms of this Award Agreement shall bind the Optionee and his or her spouse or domestic partner and the respective Permitted Transferees, executors, administrators, heirs, personal representatives and successors of the foregoing.

 

5.

Method of Payment.

(a)          Upon exercise, Optionee shall pay the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares purchased and the Withholding Obligations by any of the following methods, or a combination thereof, at the election of Optionee:

(i)          cash;

(ii)         certified or bank cashier’s check;

(iii)         if shares of Stock are traded on an established stock market or exchange on the date of exercise, by surrender of whole shares of Stock having a Market Value equal to the portion of the Exercise Price to be paid by such surrender, provided that if such shares of Stock to be surrendered were acquired upon exercise of an Incentive Option, Optionee must have


first satisfied the holding period requirements under Section 422(a)(1) of the Code;

(iv)        by a “net exercise” of the Option, in which the Company will not require a payment of the Exercise Price but will reduce the number of shares of Stock issued upon the exercise by the largest number of whole shares that have a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised. With respect to any remaining balance of the aggregate Exercise Price, the Company will accept a cash payment from the Optionee. The number of shares of Stock underlying the Option will decrease following exercise to the extent of (i) Shares used to pay the Exercise Price of an Option under the “net exercise” feature, (ii) Shares actually delivered to the Optionee as a result of such exercise and (iii) shares withheld to pay the Withholding Obligations; or

(v)        if shares of Stock are traded on an established stock market or exchange on the date of exercise, pursuant to and under the terms and conditions of any formal cashless exercise program authorized by the Company entailing the sale of the Stock subject to an Option in a brokered transaction (other than to the Company).

(b)            Payment in Stock. If Optionee shall pay all or a portion of the aggregate Exercise Price and Withholding Obligations due upon an exercise of the Option by surrendering shares of Stock pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii), then Optionee:

(i)         shall accompany the Exercise Notice with a duly endorsed blank stock power (with an appropriate signature guarantee if requested by the Company) with respect to the number of shares of Stock to be surrendered and shall deliver the certificate(s) representing such surrendered shares to the Company at its principal offices within two business days after the date of the Exercise Notice;

(ii)        authorizes the Company to transfer so many whole number of Shares represented by such certificate(s) that have a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price for the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised. With respect to any remaining balance of the aggregate Exercise Price, the Company will accept a cash payment from the Optionee; and

(iii)        may not surrender any fractional share as payment of any portion of the Exercise Price.

 

6.

Adjustments to Option.

Pursuant to Section 8.1 of the Plan, in certain cases the number of Shares covered by the Option and the Exercise Price will be proportionately adjusted if the outstanding number of shares of Stock are increased, decreased, or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities, or if additional shares or new or different shares or other securities are distributed with respect to the outstanding Stock, through merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the property of the Company, reorganization, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock


split, or other similar distribution of the Company’s equity securities without the receipt of consideration by the Company.

 

7.

Not an Employment Contract.

Nothing in the Plan or this Award Agreement shall confer upon Optionee any right to continuation of the Optionee’s employment or other association with the Company or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company, which are hereby expressly reserved, to modify the terms of Optionee’s employment or to terminate Optionee’s employment at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause.

 

8.

Tax Consequences Generally.

Optionee acknowledges that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of exercise of the Option. Optionee acknowledges that the Company advises Optionee to consult with the Optionee’s tax advisers in connection with the tax implications relating to the Option including but not limited to the acquisition, disposition or transfer of the Option or of any securities or property in connection therewith, and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice in connection therewith. Any adverse consequences incurred by an Optionee in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, from the use of shares of Stock to pay any part of the Exercise Price or any tax in connection with the exercise of the Option, and any adverse tax consequences arising from a disqualifying disposition within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, shall be the sole responsibility of Optionee.

 

9.

Cancellation of Option for Improper Acts of Optionee.

If, at any time during the course of the Optionee’s employment with the Company or any Affiliates, the Optionee engages in any activity in competition with any business activity of the Company or of any Affiliates, or inimical, contrary or harmful to the interests of the Company or any Affiliates, then the Option and all other Awards under the Plan made to the Optionee shall terminate and be forfeited.

 

10.

Consent of Spouse/Domestic Partner.

Optionee agrees that Optionee’s spouse’s or domestic partner’s interest in the Option is subject to this Award Agreement and such spouse or domestic partner is irrevocably bound by the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement. Optionee agrees that all community property interests of Optionee and Optionee’s spouse or domestic partner in the Option, if any, shall similarly be bound by this Award Agreement. Optionee agrees that this Award Agreement is binding upon Optionee’s and Optionee’s spouse’s or domestic partner’s executors, administrators, heirs and assigns. Optionee represents and warrants to the Company that Optionee has the authority to bind Optionee’s spouse/domestic partner with respect to the Option. Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such documents as may be necessary to carry out the intent of this Section 10 and the consent of Optionee’s spouse/domestic partner.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Optionee and the Company have entered into this Award Agreement as of the Grant Date.

 

Optionee       California Bank of Commerce

 

     By:     

 

Name

     Name:     

 

     Title     

 


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION

I                                                                           (please print legibly) hereby elect to exercise the stock options(s) identified below (the “Option(s)”) granted to me by California Bank of Commerce (the “Company”) under it’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) with respect to the number of shares of Stock of the Company set forth below (the “Shares”). I acknowledge and agree that my exercise of the Option(s) is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Stock Option Award Agreement(s) governing the Option(s). Optionee confirms and acknowledges that Optionee has received and reviewed copies of the Plan and the Prospectus, dated May 11, 2007, with respect to the Plan.

 

  1.

                     Shares at $                      per share (Grant date of Option):                     

 

  2.

                     Shares at $                      per share (Grant date of Option):                     

 

  3.

                     Shares at $                      per share (Grant date of Option):                     

 

  4.

                     Shares at $                      per share (Grant date of Option):                     

 

OPTION EXERCISE

 

I choose to pay the Exercise Price of the above option(s) as follows [please complete the numbered item(s) which apply to your exercise]:

 

1.    Cash: $                            

 

2.    Check: $                             (please make checks payable to California Bank of Commerce)

 

3.    Surrender of                              Shares

 

4.    Net exercise as described in Section 5(a)(iv) of the Option   ☐   [if applicable check box]

 

I choose to pay the tax withholding relating to the exercise of the above option(s) as follows:

 

5.    Cash: $                            

 

6.    Check: $                             (please make checks payable to California Bank of Commerce)

 

7.    Surrender of                          Shares currently owned by Optionee

 

8.    Withholding of                      Shares from Shares otherwise deliverable on exercise.

 

Exhibit 10.9

STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

Pursuant to the

CALIFORNIA BANK OF COMMERCE

2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Name of Participant:

Date of Grant:

Number of Shares:

Value of each Share on Date of Grant:

This STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of Date, is made between California Bank of Commerce, a California corporation (the “Bank”) and the above-named individual (the “Participant”) to record the granting of Stock on Date (the “Date of Grant”) to the Participant pursuant to the California Bank of Commerce 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Committee”).

The Committee and the Participant hereby agree as follows:

1.    Grant of Shares. The Committee hereby grants to the Participant, as of the Date of Grant, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, and subject to execution of this Agreement by the Participant 000 shares of the Bank’s Common Stock, no par value (the “Common Stock”). The grant of shares of Common Stock to the Participant, evidenced by this Agreement, is an award of Stock (as defined in the Plan) and such shares of Stock are referred to herein as the “Shares.”

2.    Legend. Each share certificate representing the Shares shall bear a legend indicating that such Shares are subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan.

3.    Withholding Taxes. If the Participant is an employee of the Bank, the Participant shall remit to the Bank in cash the amount needed to satisfy any federal, state or local withholding taxes that may arise or be applicable as the result of the Award or vesting of the Shares. The Participant may, with the Committee’s consent, elect to satisfy, totally or in part, such Participant’s obligations pursuant to this section by electing to have Shares withheld, or to deliver previously owned Shares that have been held for at least six (6) months.

4.    General Restrictions on Issuance of Stock Certificates. The Bank shall not be required to deliver any certificate representing the Shares until it has been furnished with such


 

- 2 -

opinions, representations or other documents as it may deem necessary or desirable, in its discretion, to ensure compliance with any law or rules of any governmental authority having jurisdiction under the Plan or over the Bank, the Participant, or the Shares or any interests granted thereunder.

5.    Rights as Shareholder. The Participant, as record holder of the Shares, shall possess all the rights of a holder of the Bank’s Common Stock, including dividend and other distribution rights. Any distributions with respect to the Shares in the form of capital stock shall be treated as subject to the provisions of the Plan.

6.    No Employment or Director Rights. Neither the Plan nor this award shall confer upon the Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment by or service as a director of the Bank nor shall they interfere in any way with the right of the Bank to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time, with or without cause.

7.    Coordination with Plan. Terms used herein that are defined in the Plan shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan. If there is any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the Plan’s terms shall supersede and replace the conflicting terms herein.

8.    Notices. All notices to the Bank and the Committee shall be in writing and sent to the Bank’s Secretary at the Bank’s offices, California Bank of Commerce, 3595 Mt. Diablo Boulevard, 2nd Floor, Lafayette, CA 94549, or to such other person and/or addresses the Bank or Committee may provide by notice to Participant. Notices to the Participant shall be addressed to the Participant at the Participant’s address as it appears on the Bank’s records.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Committee and the Participant have caused this Stock Award Agreement to be executed on the date set forth opposite their respective signatures, it being further understood that the Date of Grant may differ from the date of signature.

 

Dated:                                                    Dated:                                                 
FOR THE COMMITTEE:    PARTICIPANT:
By:                                                    By:                                                 
Name:      Name:   
Title:      Title:   

Exhibit 10.10

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

California Bank of Commerce (the “Company”), a California banking corporation, and the undersigned person (“Optionee”) have entered into this Stock Option Agreement effective as of the Grant Date set forth below. The Company has granted to Optionee the option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of shares (the “Shares”) of common stock, no par value, of the Company (“Stock”) set forth below at the per Share purchase price (the “Exercise Price”) set forth below, pursuant to the terms of this Award Agreement. The Option was granted under the Company’s 2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or interpreted from time to time (the “Plan”), which is incorporated herein by reference and to which this Option is subject in all respects.

 

 

  Optionee Name:  
  Grant Date:  
  Vesting Term:  
  Initial Vested Shares:  
  Vesting Commencement Date:  

Number of Shares:

 

Exercise Price:

 

1.        Terms of Plan. All capitalized terms used in this Award Agreement and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Plan. Optionee confirms and acknowledges that Optionee has received and reviewed a copy of the Plan, approved by the Board of Directors of the Company on April 28, 2014.    The Plan is administered by the Committee which has complete authority to make all determinations with respect to each Award, to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to determine the terms and provisions of Award Agreements, and to make all other determinations under the Plan.

2.        Nature of the Option. The Option has been granted as an incentive to Optionee’s Continuous Service, and is in all respects subject to such Continuous Service and all other terms and conditions of this Award Agreement. The Option is intended to be an Incentive Option.

3.        Vesting, Exercise and Term of Option. The Option shall vest and become exercisable during its term in accordance with the following provisions:

(a)        Vesting and Right of Exercise.


(i)     The Option shall vest over the Vesting Term (as defined above), with none to vest until the Vesting Commencement Date (as defined above), at which time the Initial Vested Shares (as defined above), shall become vested, and with the remainder (Number of Shares less Initial Vested Shares) to vest daily in equal amounts over the remainder of the Vesting Term.

(ii)    In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service, the Option shall be exercisable in the following manner:

(I)   Termination of Employment or Directorship: the Option ceases to be exercisable 90 days following termination of employment or directorship, during which time it shall be exercisable only to the extent exercisable at the date of termination, except that the Option shall not be exercised after its expiration date;

(II)  Disability: if Optionee was in Continuous Service from the Grant Date until the date of termination of service due to disability the Option ceases to be exercisable twelve months following the date of termination of Continuous Service from disability, during which time it shall be exercisable only to the extent exercisable at the date of termination due to disability, except that the Option shall not be exercised after its expiration date; and

(III) Death: if the Optionee was in Continuous Service from the Grant Date until the date of death, the Option ceases to be exercisable twelve months following the date of death, during which time it shall be exercisable by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest, inheritance or otherwise as a result of the Optionee’s death only to the extent exercisable at the date of death, except that the Option shall not be exercised after its expiration date.

(b)        Method of Exercise. In order to exercise any vested portion of the Option, Optionee shall notify the Company in writing by executing and delivering the Notice of Exercise of Stock Option in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”). The certificate or certificates representing Shares as to which the Option has been exercised shall be registered in the name of Optionee or otherwise as the Optionee may request and the Company shall permit.

(c)        Restrictions on Exercise; Term of Option.

(i)        Optionee may exercise the Option only with respect to Shares that have vested in accordance with Section 3(a) of this Award Agreement.

(ii)       Optionee may not exercise the Option if the issuance of the Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such Shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities law or other law or regulation.

 

2


(iii)      The method and manner of payment of the Exercise Price will be subject to the prohibition on loans to directors and executive officers in Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the rules under Part 221 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board, and to any other applicable laws, rules or regulations.

(iv)        As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require certain representations and warranties as the Company may request pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Plan. Prior to or subsequent to exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Optionee to enter into certain lock-up arrangements as provided in Section 9.4 of the Plan.

(v)          Optionee may only exercise the Option upon, and the obligations of the Company under this Award Agreement to issue Shares to Optionee upon any exercise of the Option is conditioned on, satisfaction of all federal, state, local or other withholding tax obligations associated with such exercise (whether so required to secure for the Company a tax deduction or otherwise) (“Withholding Obligations”). The Company reserves the right to require Optionee to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy all Withholding Obligations prior to the issuance of any Shares upon any exercise of the Option. In addition, Optionee authorizes the Company to deduct any such Withholding Obligations from any payments of any kind due to Optionee (whether in connection with the Option or otherwise). The Optionee may elect to satisfy Withholding Obligations, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold shares of Stock otherwise due to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option, or by submitting shares of Stock previously owned by the Optionee.

(vi)        No fraction of a Share shall be purchasable or deliverable upon exercise of the Option, but in the event any such Shares shall include a fraction of a Share (whether due to net exercise, payment of the Exercise Price by having Shares withheld or by submitting previously owned shares, by adjustment of the Option as provided in the Plan, or otherwise), such number of Shares shall be rounded down to the nearest smaller whole number of Shares.

(vii)      The Option may not be exercised more than 10 years after the Grant Date, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the terms of this Award Agreement.

4.         Transferability of Option.

(a)        The Option may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or pursuant to the laws which would apply if the Optionee dies without leaving a will.

(b)        The terms of this Award Agreement shall bind the Optionee and his or her spouse or domestic partner and the respective Permitted Transferees, executors, administrators, heirs, personal representatives and successors of the foregoing.

 

3


5.         Method of Payment.

(a)        Upon exercise, Optionee shall pay the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares purchased and the Withholding Obligations by any of the following methods, or a combination thereof, at the election of Optionee:

(i)        cash;

(ii)       certified or bank cashier’s check;

(iii)      if shares of Stock are traded on an established stock market or exchange on the date of exercise, by surrender of whole shares of Stock having a Market Value equal to the portion of the Exercise Price to be paid by such surrender, provided that if such shares of Stock to be surrendered were acquired upon exercise of an Incentive Option, Optionee must have first satisfied the holding period requirements under Section 422(a)(1) of the Code;

(iv)        by a “net exercise” of the Option, in which the Company will not require a payment of the Exercise Price but will reduce the number of shares of Stock issued upon the exercise by the largest number of whole shares that have a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised. With respect to any remaining balance of the aggregate Exercise Price, the Company will accept a cash payment from the Optionee. The number of shares of Stock underlying the Option will decrease following exercise to the extent of (i) Shares used to pay the Exercise Price of an Option under the “net exercise” feature, (ii) Shares actually delivered to the Optionee as a result of such exercise and (iii) shares withheld to pay the Withholding Obligations; or

(v)        if shares of Stock are traded on an established stock market or exchange on the date of exercise, pursuant to and under the terms and conditions of any formal cashless exercise program authorized by the Company entailing the sale of the Stock subject to an Option in a brokered transaction (other than to the Company).

(b)        Payment in Stock. If Optionee shall pay all or a portion of the aggregate Exercise Price and Withholding Obligations due upon an exercise of the Option by surrendering shares of Stock pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii), then Optionee:

(i)        shall accompany the Exercise Notice with a duly endorsed blank stock power (with an appropriate signature guarantee if requested by the Company) with respect to the number of shares of Stock to be surrendered and shall deliver the certificate(s) representing such surrendered shares to the Company at its principal offices within two business days after the date of the Exercise Notice;

(ii)        authorizes the Company to transfer so many whole number of Shares represented by such certificate(s) that have a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price for the Shares as to which the Option is being

 

4


exercised. With respect to any remaining balance of the aggregate Exercise Price, the Company will accept a cash payment from the Optionee; and

(iii)      may not surrender any fractional share as payment of any portion of the Exercise Price.

6.         Adjustments to Option. Pursuant to Section 8.1 of the Plan, in certain cases the number of Shares covered by the Option and the Exercise Price will be proportionately adjusted if the outstanding number of shares of Stock are increased, decreased, or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities, or if additional shares or new or different shares or other securities are distributed with respect to the outstanding Stock, through merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the property of the Company, reorganization, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, or other similar distribution of the Company’s equity securities without the receipt of consideration by the Company.

7.         Not an Employment Contract. Nothing in the Plan or this Award Agreement shall confer upon Optionee any right to continuation of the Optionee’s employment or other association with the Company or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company, which are hereby expressly reserved, to modify the terms of Optionee’s employment or to terminate Optionee’s employment at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause.

8.         Tax Consequences Generally. Optionee acknowledges that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of exercise of the Option. Optionee acknowledges that the Company advises Optionee to consult with the Optionee’s tax advisers in connection with the tax implications relating to the Option including but not limited to the acquisition, disposition or transfer of the Option or of any securities or property in connection therewith, and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice in connection therewith. Any adverse consequences incurred by an Optionee in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, from the use of shares of Stock to pay any part of the Exercise Price or any tax in connection with the exercise of the Option, and any adverse tax consequences arising from a disqualifying disposition within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, shall be the sole responsibility of Optionee.

9.         Cancellation of Option For Improper Acts of Optionee. If, at any time during the course of the Optionee’s employment with the Company or any Affiliates, the Optionee engages in any activity in competition with any business activity of the Company or of any Affiliates, or inimical, contrary or harmful to the interests of the Company or any Affiliates as provided in Section 6.5 of the Plan, then the Option and all other Awards under the Plan made to the Optionee shall terminate and be forfeited.

10.        Consent of Spouse/Domestic Partner. Optionee agrees that Optionee’s spouse’s or domestic partner’s interest in the Option is subject to this Award Agreement and such spouse or domestic partner is irrevocably bound by the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement. Optionee agrees that all community property interests of Optionee and Optionee’s spouse or domestic partner in the Option, if any, shall similarly be bound by this Award Agreement.

 

5


Optionee agrees that this Award Agreement is binding upon Optionee’s and Optionee’s spouse’s or domestic partner’s executors, administrators, heirs and assigns. Optionee represents and warrants to the Company that Optionee has the authority to bind Optionee’s spouse/domestic partner with respect to the Option. Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such documents as may be necessary to carry out the intent of this Section 10 and the consent of Optionee’s spouse/domestic partner.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Optionee and the Company have entered into this Award Agreement as of the Grant Date.

 

Employee Name    California Bank of Commerce
                                                                                      By:                                                                                    
SIGNATURE   

                                                                                  

  

Name:

Title: President & CEO

 

  PRINT NAME   

 

6


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION

I                                                                           (please print legibly) hereby elect to exercise the stock options(s) identified below (the “Option(s)”) granted to me by California Bank of Commerce (the “Company”) under its 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) with respect to the number of shares of Stock of the Company set forth below (the “Shares”). I acknowledge and agree that my exercise of the Option(s) is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Stock Option Award Agreement(s) governing the Option(s). Optionee confirms and acknowledges that Optionee has received and reviewed copies of the Plan, approved by the Board of Directors of the Company on April 28, 2014.

1.                          Shares at $                      per share (Grant date of Option):                     

2.                          Shares at $                      per share (Grant date of Option):                     

3.                          Shares at $                      per share (Grant date of Option):                     

4.                          Shares at $                      per share (Grant date of Option):                     

 

OPTION EXERCISE

 

I choose to pay the Exercise Price of the above option(s) as follows [please complete the numbered item(s) which apply to your exercise]:

 

1.    Cash: $                                

 

2.    Check: $                                 (please make checks payable to California Bank of Commerce)

 

3.    Surrender of                                  Shares

 

4.    Net exercise as described in Section 5(a)(iv) of the Option   ☐   [if applicable check box]

 

 

I choose to pay the tax withholding relating to the exercise of the above option(s) as follows:

 

5.    Cash: $                                

 

6.    Check: $                                 (please make checks payable to California Bank of Commerce)

 

7.    Surrender of                                  Shares currently owned by Optionee

 

8.    Withholding of                                  Shares from Shares otherwise deliverable on exercise.

 

Exhibit 10.11

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

California Bank of Commerce (the “Company”), a California corporation, and the undersigned person (“Grantee”) have entered into this Restricted Stock Award Agreement (“Award Agreement”) effective as of the Grant Date set forth below. The Company has granted to Grantee the Restricted Stock (the “Restricted Stock”) representing the number of shares (the “Shares”) of common stock, no par value, of the Company (“Stock”) set forth below which Restricted Stock will vest in accordance with the following schedule, pursuant to the terms of this Award Agreement. The Restricted Stock is granted under the Company’s 2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or interpreted from time to time (the “Plan”), which is incorporated herein by reference and to which this Restricted Stock is subject in all respects. The Company has determined that it is in its best interests and that of its shareholders to grant the award of Restricted Stock provided for herein.

 

    Grantee Name:

 

    Grant Date (“Grant Date”):

 

    Vesting Term:

 

    Number of Shares:

1.        Terms of Plan. All capitalized terms used in this Award Agreement and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Plan. Grantee confirms and acknowledges that Grantee has received and reviewed a copy of the Plan, approved by the Board of Directors of California Bank of Commerce on April 28, 2014, and the terms of which Plan were assumed by the Company.    The Plan is administered by the Committee which has complete authority to make all determinations with respect to each Award, to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to determine the terms and provisions of Award Agreements, and to make all other determinations under the Plan.

2.        Nature of the Restricted Stock. The Restricted Stock has been granted as an incentive to Grantee’s Continuous Service, and is in all respects subject to such Continuous Service and all other terms and conditions of this Award Agreement.    The Restricted Stock will be issued to the Grantee upon its vesting, and not before.

3.        Vesting and Term of Restricted Stock. The Restricted Stock shall vest during its term in accordance with the following provisions:

 

  (a)        Vesting.

(i)        The Restricted Stock shall vest twenty percent (20%) one year from the Grant Date, and the remaining eighty percent (80%) shall vest1/48th on a monthly basis as of the end of each month, commencing the thirteenth month after the Grant Date.


(ii)     In the event of Grantee’s death, disability or other termination of Grantee’s Continuous Service prior to the vesting of all of the Restricted Stock, the remaining unvested Shares shall be forfeited by the Grantee.

 

  (b)

Term of Restricted Stock.

(i)        As a condition to the vesting of the Restricted Stock, the Company may require certain representations and warranties as the Company may request pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Plan. Prior to or subsequent to the vesting of the Restricted Stock, the Company may require the Grantee to enter into certain lock-up arrangements as provided in Section 9.4 of the Plan.

(ii)        The obligations of the Company under this Award Agreement to issue Shares to the Grantee upon the vesting of the Restricted Stock is conditioned on, the satisfaction of all federal, state, local or other withholding tax obligations associated with such vesting (whether so required to secure for the Company a tax deduction or otherwise) (“Withholding Obligations”). The Company reserves the right to require Grantee to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy all Withholding Obligations prior to the issuance of any Shares upon any vesting of the Restricted Stock. In addition, the Grantee authorizes the Company to deduct any such Withholding Obligations from any payments of any kind due to Grantee (whether in connection with the Restricted Stock or otherwise). The Grantee may elect to satisfy Withholding Obligations, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold Shares otherwise due to the Grantee upon vesting of the Restricted Stock, or by submitting Shares previously owned by the Grantee.

(iii)        No fraction of a Share shall be purchasable or deliverable upon vesting of the Restricted Stock, but in the event any such Shares shall include a fraction of a Share (whether due to withholding of Shares due to the Grantee, by submitting previously owned Shares, by adjustment of the Restricted Stock as provided in the Plan, or otherwise), such number of Shares shall be rounded down to the nearest smaller whole number of Shares.

(iv)        The Restricted Stock may not vest more than 10 years after the Grant Date.

4.        Binding Nature. The terms of this Award Agreement shall bind the Grantee and his or her spouse or domestic partner and the respective executors, administrators, heirs, personal representatives and successors of the foregoing.

5.        Intentionally Left Blank.

6.        Adjustments to Restricted Stock. Pursuant to Section 8.1 of the Plan, in certain cases the number of Shares covered by the Restricted Stock will be proportionately adjusted if the outstanding number of shares of Stock are increased, decreased, or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities, or if additional shares or new or different shares or other securities are distributed with respect to the outstanding Stock, through merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the property of the Company, reorganization, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, or

 

2


other similar distribution of the Company’s equity securities without the receipt of consideration by the Company.

7.        Not an Employment Contract. Nothing in the Plan or this Award Agreement shall confer upon Grantee any right to continuation of the Grantee’s employment or other association with the Company or any Affiliate, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Affiliates, which are hereby expressly reserved, to modify the terms of Grantee’s employment or to terminate Grantee’s employment at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause.

8.        Tax Consequences Generally. Grantee acknowledges that Grantee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the vesting of the Restricted Stock. Grantee acknowledges that the Company advises Grantee to consult with the Grantee’s tax advisers in connection with the tax implications relating to the Restricted Stock including but not limited to the acquisition, disposition or transfer of the Restricted Stock or of any securities or property in connection therewith, and that Grantee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice in connection therewith. Any adverse consequences incurred by a Grantee in connection with the Restricted Stock, including, without limitation, from the use of shares of Stock to pay any part of the any tax in connection with the vesting of the Restricted Stock, and any other adverse tax consequences, shall be the sole responsibility of Grantee.

9.        Cancellation of Restricted Stock For Improper Acts of Grantee. If, at any time during the course of the Grantee’s employment with the Company or any Affiliates, the Grantee engages in any activity in competition with any business activity of the Company or of any Affiliates, or inimical, contrary or harmful to the interests of the Company or any Affiliates as provided in Section 6.5 of the Plan, then the Restricted Stock and all other Awards under the Plan made to the Grantee shall terminate and be forfeited.

10.        Consent of Spouse/Domestic Partner. Grantee agrees that Grantee’s spouse’s or domestic partner’s interest in the Restricted Stock is subject to this Award Agreement and such spouse or domestic partner is irrevocably bound by the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement. Grantee agrees that all community property interests of Grantee and Grantee’s spouse or domestic partner in the Restricted Stock, if any, shall similarly be bound by this Award Agreement. Grantee agrees that this Award Agreement is binding upon Grantee’s and Grantee’s spouse’s or domestic partner’s executors, administrators, heirs and assigns. Grantee represents and warrants to the Company that Grantee has the authority to bind Grantee’s spouse/domestic partner with respect to the Restricted Stock. Grantee agrees to execute and deliver such documents as may be necessary to carry out the intent of this Section 10 and the consent of Grantee’s spouse/domestic partner.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Grantee and the Company have entered into this Award Agreement as of the Grant Date.

 

    

California Bank of Commerce

 

 

SIGNATURE

    

By:                                                                                

Name:

Title: President & CEO

 

3

Exhibit 10.12

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This employment agreement (the “Agreement”) entered into as of the 7th day of May, 2018 (the “Effective Date”), by and between CALIFORNIA BANK of COMMERCE, a California Banking corporation (the “Bank”), and Steven E. Shelton (“Employee”).

In consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and for the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.          Position and Duties. Employee will be employed as the Bank’s President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”). In that role, he shall have the duties and responsibilities set forth in this Agreement and in the By-Laws of the Bank, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors of the Bank (“Board”).

Employee will devote substantially all his professional time, attention, and energy to the business of the Bank. Employee agrees to perform his duties conscientiously, efficiently and to the best of his ability. Except with the prior consent of the Bank’s Board of Directors, Employee will not, during the term of this Agreement, engage directly or indirectly, in any other business activity that is or may be competitive with or might place him in a competing position to that of the Bank or any company affiliated with the Bank.

In addition to such other duties as may be assigned him, Employee shall be responsible for the overall day-to-day operation and administration of the Bank and shall assume responsibility for and oversee the development and implementation of the strategic plan, budget, forecast/outlook, policies and procedures for the Bank. As the Bank’s President and Chief Executive Officer, Employee will:

(a)      Serve on the Board or Directors of the Bank and be a member of all committees of the Bank and the Board except the Audit Committee of the Board; and

(b)      Operate the Bank safely and soundly, at the direction of the Board and in conformity with applicable policies and regulations, submit to the Board for its approval appropriate budgets and plans, and operate the Bank in substantial accordance with its strategic objectives; and

(c)      Oversee the accounting and finance functions of the Bank as they relate to all of the constituencies with an interest in the Bank, including but not limited to bank regulators, tax authorities, the public, the Bank’s shareholders and employees; and

(d)      Exercise prudence with respect to the Bank’s expenditures; and

(e)      Promote the pursuit of the broad objectives of the Bank to build franchise value and, in partnership with key members of management, be responsible for product development, strategic planning and budgeting: and

(f)      In partnership with senior management, be responsible for recruiting and developing staff in a manner consistent with the Bank’s immediate needs and strategic goals; and

 

1


(g)      Oversee the loan, deposit, investment, marketing, compliance, operations, and information technology functions of the Bank, together with related policies and procedures.

2.          Term. The term of this Agreement shall be seven years from the Effective Date (“Term”), or earlier terminated by either party as set forth herein. Upon the termination of his employment, neither Employee nor the Bank will have any further obligation to the other under this Agreement, except for those provisions intended by the parties to survive termination of Employee’s employment as set forth in Paragraphs 12-35.

3.          Base Salary. For the term of this Agreement while he is an employee, the Bank will pay Employee a base salary at a rate of $375,000 per year (“Base Salary”), subject to an annual compensation review by the Compensation Committee of the Bank’s board of directors during the term of this Agreement. Base Salary will be paid in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll procedures, but in any case, no less frequently than monthly. Base Salary may be increased but will not be decreased during the term of this Agreement, except in connection with a temporary reduction for cost savings that equally affects all executives of the Bank.

4.          Stock Awards. As of the Effective Date, the Bank will grant stock-based awards to Employee with a fair market value at grant equal to $500,000. The awards will be split between restricted stock with a fair market value at grant of $250,000 and incentive stock options with a fair market value at grant of $250,000 (collectively, the “Stock Awards”), with the number of restricted shares and incentive stock options to be determined at the time of grant, based on the closing price of the Bank’s stock on the Effective Date. Both Stock Awards will vest ratably over seven years from the date of grant, and will be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable award agreements and plan documents. From time to time, at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, additional stock-based awards may be granted to Employee.

5.          Bonuses. Employee shall be eligible for an annual bonus pursuant to the executive incentive plan developed each year by the Board. In order to earn an annual bonus, Employee must meet the goals set forth in the executive incentive plan and must be employed through December 31 of the applicable bonus year. Employees bonus for 2018 will take into account the dual roles he held in 2018.

6.          Automobile Allowance. During the term of this Agreement, the Bank will pay Employee a $900 monthly auto allowance and will reimburse him for his gasoline expenses, as submitted on the Bank’s standard Expense Reimbursement form. Employee will be personally responsible for all of his other automobile expenses.

7.          Executive Retirement Plan. The parties agree to work together in good faith to institute a supplemental executive retirement plan providing for post-termination payments to Employee, in an amount to be determined by the Board consistent with applicable law.    Such deferred compensation benefits shall be in addition to any retirement benefits under any tax qualified benefit plan of the Bank. During the six-month period immediately following execution of this Agreement, the parties agree to work together in good faith to assess the feasibility of a split-dollar life insurance policy that includes a post-employment benefit for

 

2


Employee, with the final decision regarding whether to provide such a benefit subject to the discretion of the Bank.

8.      Health Benefits. The Bank will provide health benefits to Employee and his family with options and coverage consistent with those of the Bank’s group medical plans as in effect from time to time for the Bank’s other executives and will pay all related insurance premiums unless waived in writing by Employee.

9.      Group Term Life Insurance. The Bank will provide group term life insurance to Employee to the same extent the Bank provides group term life insurance to its other full time employees; and Employee will designate the beneficiaries thereof. Upon Employee’s termination of employment for any reason his group term life insurance will cease and be of no further effect.

10.      Disability Insurance. The Bank will provide long term disability insurance to Employee to the same extent the Bank provides such disability insurance to its senior executives generally.

11.      Vacation. During the term of this Agreement, Employee will be eligible for unlimited vacation commencing as of the Effective Date.

12.      Withholding of Taxes. Bank may withhold from any amounts payable to Employee under this Agreement all federal, state, city or other taxes and withholdings as shall be required pursuant to any applicable law, rule or regulation.

13.      Disability and Death. If, during the term of this Agreement, Employee is unable to performing the essential functions of his job, with or without reasonable accommodation, then, to the extent permitted by applicable law, Employee’s employment shall terminate (“Termination by Reason of Disability”) on a date that is at the end of the period of paid administrative leave, as defined in this paragraph 13. If Employee is unable to perform the essential functions of his job with reasonable accommodation, the Bank shall place Employee on paid administrative leave, with continuation of full Base Salary and all employee benefits, for a period that ends upon the completion of the waiting period under the Bank’s long term disability insurance (‘‘LTD Plan”) if Employee qualifies for LTD Plan benefits or, if earlier, three months from the date that he is placed on paid administrative leave. The end of the period of paid administrative leave is called the “Determination Date”. As of the Determination Date or upon Employee’s death, the Bank will pay to Employee or his estate the Accrued Obligations as defined in paragraph 15.

14.      Termination of Agreement; Employee Resignation. Each party has the right to terminate Employee’s employment with the Bank at any time prior to the end of the term specified in paragraph 2, with or without Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, termination shall mean separation from service as defined by Treasury Regulation§ l.409A-l(h). If Employee decides to terminate his employment under this Agreement, Employee will provide the Bank with two weeks advance written notice; provided however that after receiving such notice the Bank, at any time prior to the end of the notice period, may terminate Employee’s employment immediately and pay Employee for the period that the notice otherwise would have run, in addition to all other amounts and benefits then due under this Agreement. Except in the case of

 

3


termination for Good Reason, any voluntary termination or resignation by Employee pursuant to this paragraph shall be deemed for purposes of Employee’s compensation to be treated as if it were a Termination for Cause and Employee shall only be entitled to the Accrued Obligations.

15.      Termination for Cause. Termination for Cause is defined as (i) willfully breaching Bank policies or Banking regulations, (ii) habitually neglecting the duties required to be performed under this Agreement, (iii) committing an intentional act that has a material detrimental effect on the reputation or business of the Bank, including without limitation an act of sexual harassment in violation of Company policy, (iv) conviction of a felony or committing any such act of dishonesty, fraud, intentional misrepresentation or moral turpitude as would prevent effective performance of his duties under this Agreement, (v) repeatedly or willfully disregarding or failing to comply with a lawful directive of the Board of Directors or (vi) the Bank receiving a written finding, order or directive from any state or federal banking regulator with jurisdiction over the Bank ordering the removal of Employee as an executive officer of the Bank (‘‘Cause”). If the Bank decides to terminate Employee’s employment for Cause, the Bank will provide Employee with a written statement stating the grounds for termination. Upon termination of Employee’s employment for Cause, Employee will not be entitled to any further amounts or benefits from the Bank except for accrued Base Salary, any annual bonus earned for the prior year but not yet paid, incurred and not reimbursed business expenses, and any and all other benefits earned through Employee’s last day of employment (“Accrued Obligations”), except as otherwise required by law.

16.      Termination without Cause or Termination for Good Reason. Employee’s employment under this Agreement may also be terminated prior to the end of the Term by the Bank without Cause or by the Employee for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean that one or more of the following has occurred without the Employee’s written consent:

 

  (i)

a material negative change in the nature or scope of the Employee’s responsibilities, duties or authority as set forth in paragraph 1;

 

  (ii)

a material reduction in the Employee’s Base Salary in violation of this Agreement;

 

  (iii)

Employee ‘s required re-location to a worksite location which is more than 25 miles from Employee’s then current principal worksite without Employee’s consent, or;

 

  (iv)

the Bank’s material breach of this Agreement.

provided that, in any such case, the Employee provides written notice to the Bank that the event giving rise to such claim of Good Reason has occurred within 60 days after the first occurrence of such event, and such Good Reason remains uncured by the Bank 30 days after the Employee has provided such written notice; provided further that any resignation of

 

4


the Employee’s employment for “Good Reason” occurs no later than 60 days following the expiration of such cure period.

If during the Term the Bank terminates Employee’s employment without Cause or the Employee terminates for Good Reason, the Bank shall pay Employee the Accrued Obligations, and in addition, as full and final severance, the Bank will provide to Employee: (A) within fifteen business days of effective date of Employee’s release of claims, a lump sum payment in an amount equal to the sum of his then-current annual Base Salary plus the average of the three (3) most recent annual bonuses previously paid to Employee (collectively, the “Standard Severance”); and (B) commencing within fifteen business days of effective date of Employee’s release of claims, an amount each month that is equal to the monthly cost of COBRA premium for equivalent health insurance coverage, as in effect at the date of termination, for a period equal to the lesser of (x) 18 months, (y) the number of months between the date of Employee’s termination and the date on which Employee becomes eligible to begin receiving benefits pursuant to Medicare, or (z) if Employee accepts new employment, the number of months between the date of Employee’s termination and the date on which Employee becomes eligible to begin receiving benefits under the new employer’s health care plan (“COBRA Severance Benefits”).

17.        Release Agreement; Director Resignation.

(a)      In the event of Termination without Cause by the Bank or a Termination for Good Reason by the Employee, the Employee shall be eligible for the termination benefits and payments provided for in paragraphs 16 and 18 of this Agreement only if he first enters into a form of release agreement in the form of Exhibit C to this Agreement releasing the Bank from any and all claims, known and unknown, related to Employee’s employment with the Bank and he allows such release to become effective (except for the Accrued Obligations) within 60 days of termination of the Employee’s employment. Further provided that, if such termination benefits and payments are made by the Bank, and if the 60 day period spans two calendar years, regardless of when such release is executed by the Employee, such severance payment must be made in the subsequent taxable year. This condition precedent requiring execution and non-revocation of a release agreement does not apply to payment of the Accrued Obligations.

(b)      If Employee’s employment terminates at any time and for any reason, such termination of employment shall be deemed to be an automatic and immediate resignation by Employee from all committees or other positions held with the Bank, effective as of the last date of his employment.

18.      Change of Control. If during the Term the Bank undergoes a Change of Control, and within 1 year following such Change of Control Employee terminates his employment for Good Reason or Employee’s services are terminated without Cause, then the Bank shall pay Employee the Accrued Obligations and, in addition, as full and final change of control severance, the Bank will provide to Employee: (i) within 60 days of the date of termination, a lump sum payment in an amount equal to the two times the sum of (A) his then-current annual Base Salary and (B) the average of the three (3) most recent annual bonuses previously paid to Employee (collectively, the “Change of Control Severance”); (ii) the acceleration of the vesting of all outstanding and unvested Stock Awards previously granted to Employee (“Stock

 

5


Acceleration”); and (iii) the COBRA Severance Benefits. If at any time that is less than six (6) months prior to a Change of Control the Bank terminates Employee without Cause or Employee terminates his employment for Good Reason, then such termination shall be treated as though it were a termination without Cause occurring within one year following a Change of Control and the Bank shall provide to Employee if and when the Change of Control takes effect (i) the Stock Acceleration and (ii) the Change of Control Severance minus any Standard Severance previously paid under paragraph 16. Any payments made to Employee under this paragraph 18 will be made within fifteen business days of the effective date of Employee’s release of claims. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change of Control” occurs when an event within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § L409A-3(i)(5) with respect to the Bank and its Board occurs.

19.      Indemnification by the Bank. To the maximum extent permitted by and consistent with Section 317 of the California Corporations Code (“Section 317”) and the Articles of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Bank, the Bank shall defend and indemnify Employee for expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually incurred by Employee in connection with any proceeding to which Employee is a party by reason of the fact that Employee is or was an agent of the Bank (as defined in Section 317). The Bank shall advance on behalf of Employee all costs, including attorneys’ fees, as necessary with respect to any such proceeding. In the event any applicable law shall require the issuance of an undertaking by Employee, such shall be acceptable without bond, collateral, or any other security being given by Employee in connection therewith. This provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. The Bank hereby covenants and agrees that it will not alter its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws such as to make them any less favorable for Employee regarding such indemnification.

20.      Purchase or Return of Bank Property. Upon termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall return all items of Bank property in his possession or under his control, provided that Employee may upon written notice to the Bank, elect to purchase any or all of his mobile phone, iPad and notebook computer at their then respective depreciated value, subject to Bank removing any Bank property or data or that of its customers.

21.      Reimbursement of Business Expenses. During the term of this Agreement, Employee will be reimbursed by the Bank for his ordinary, reasonable and necessary business expenses incurred by Employee in the performance of his duties and in furthering the Bank’s interests, including the costs of a cell phone using Bank designated equipment and service provider. Employee will be diligent in observing the expense policies of the Bank. He will at all times be prudent and use good judgment in balancing the Bank’s objectives of minimizing expenses while at the same time aggressively seeking new business opportunities and a position in the community. He will prepare and promptly submit expense reports with substantially adequate records and other documentary evidence as required by the Bank’s policies or by federal and state statutes and regulations with respect to the substantiation of such expenditures as deductible business expenses of the Bank. The Bank shall reimburse Employee for all such expenses within 30 days of Employee’s written notice to Bank of such expenses.

22.      Confidential and Proprietary Information and Trade Secrets. All records of the accounts of customers, and any other records and books relating in any manner whatsoever to the customers of the Bank, and all other files, books and records and other materials owned by the

 

6


Bank or used by it in connection with the conduct of its business, whether prepared by Employee or otherwise coming into Employee’s possession, shall be the exclusive property of the Bank regardless of who actually prepared the original material, book or record. All such books and records and other materials shall be immediately returned to the Bank by Employee upon the end of his employment for any reason. Employee agrees that all information, including but not limited to that which is directly or indirectly related to the Bank’s financial status, profitability, deposit base, portfolio size and quality as well as its customers and prospective customers, is confidential and proprietary to the Bank and that he will maintain such information as confidential. Employee agrees that as a condition of employment he will execute such form of confidentiality agreement as the Bank may adopt from time to time for senior officers of the Bank.

During the term of employment Employee shall have access to and become acquainted with trade secrets of the Bank, including the names of customers and clients, their financial condition and financial needs, financial information regarding the Bank and other information relating to the Bank’s products, services and methods of doing business. Employee agrees not to disclose any of the Bank’s trade secrets, directly or indirectly, or use them in any way, either during the term of employment (except as required in the course of employment with the Bank) or at any time thereafter.

23.      Unsecured General Creditor. Neither Employee nor any other person or entity shall have any legal right or equitable rights, interests or claims in or to any property or assets of the Bank under the provisions of this Agreement. No assets of the Bank shall be held under any trust for the benefit of Employee or any other person or entity or held in any way as security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Bank under this Agreement. All of the Bank’s assets shall be and remain the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Bank. The Bank’s obligations under this Agreement are unfunded and unsecured promises, and to the extent such promises involve the payment of money, they are promises to pay money in the future. Employee and any person or entity claiming through him shall be unsecured general creditors with respect to any rights or benefits hereunder.

24.      Excise Tax Provision. Notwithstanding anything elsewhere in this Agreement to the contrary, if any of the payments or benefits provided for in this Agreement, together with any other payments or benefits (the “Payment”) which Employee has the right to receive from the Bank (or its affiliated companies), would constitute an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), such Payment shall be reduced to the least extent necessary so that no portion of the Payment shall be subject to the Excise Tax, but only if, by reason of such reduction, the net after-tax benefit received by the Employee as a result of such reduction will exceed the net after-tax benefit that would have been received by the Employee if no such reduction were made. The Payment shall be reduced, if applicable, by the Bank in the following order of priority: (A) reduction of any cash severance payments otherwise payable to the Employee that are exempt from Section 409A of the Code; (B) reduction of any other cash payments or benefits otherwise payable to the Employee that are exempt from Section 409A of the Code, but excluding any payments attributable to any acceleration of vesting or payments with respect to any equity award that are exempt from Section 409A of the Code; (C) reduction of any payments attributable to any acceleration of vesting or payments with respect to

 

7


any equity award that are exempt from Section 409A of the Code, in each case beginning with payments that would otherwise be made last in time; and (D) reduction of any other payments or benefits otherwise payable to the Employee on a pro-rata basis or such other manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, but excluding any payments attributable to any acceleration of vesting and payments with respect to any equity award that are exempt from Section 409A of the Code. If, however, such Payment is not reduced as described above, then such Payment shall be paid in full to the Employee and the Employee shall be responsible for payment of any Excise Taxes relating to the Payment,

25.      Adjustment of Severance Payment Amounts to Accommodate Internal Revenue Code Section 409A Limitation. It is the intention of the Bank and Employee that all payments made in connection with a termination of employment under this Agreement either be exempt from, or otherwise comply with, Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Agreement, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement is determined by the Bank with the advice of its independent accounting firm or other tax advisors to be subject to and not in compliance with Section 409A of the Code, including, without limitation, the definition of “change in control” or “disability,” the timing of commencement and completion of severance and/or other benefit payments to Employee hereunder, or the amount of any such payments, such provisions shall be interpreted in the manner required to comply with Section 409A. The Bank and Employee acknowledge and agree that such interpretation could, among other matters, (i) limit the circumstances or events that constitute a “change in control” or “disability,” (ii) delay for a period of six (6) months or more, or otherwise modify the commencement of severance and/or other benefit payments, and/or (iii) modify the completion date of severance and/or other benefit payments. The parties agree, however, that if the date of payment called for by this Agreement is altered pursuant to the requirements of Section 409A, then the timing of such payment shall be adjusted to the earliest practicable date, but the amount of such payment will not be adjusted, thus insuring the payment in full of all payments promised hereunder. In addition, each payment hereunder is intended to constitute a separate payment from each other payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation § l.409A-2(b)(2).

Notwithstanding the above, the Bank and Employee further acknowledge and agree that if, in the judgment of the Bank and its independent accounting firm or other tax advisors, amendment of this Agreement is necessary to comply with Section 409A, the Bank and Employee will negotiate reasonably and in good faith to amend the terms of this Agreement to the extent necessary so that it complies with Section 409A of the Code.

26.      Regulatory Restrictions. The parties understand and agree that if at the time any payment would otherwise be made or benefit provided under paragraphs 16, 18 or 19 depending on the facts and circumstances existing at such time, the satisfaction of such obligations by the Bank may be deemed by a regulatory authority to be illegal, an unsafe and unsound practice, or for some other reason not properly due or payable by the Bank. Among other restrictions, the regulations at 12 C.F.R., Part 30, Appendix A promulgated pursuant to Section 39(a) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and at 12 C.F.R. Part 359, or similar regulations or regulatory action following similar principles may apply at such time. The parties understand, acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bank shall not be obligated to make any payment or provide any benefit under paragraphs 16, 18 or 19 where an appropriate regulatory authority disapproves or does not acquiesce as required, if required, and

 

8


the authority’s disapproval or non-acquiescence is documented in a writing from the authority a copy of which is actually provided by the authority or the Bank to Employee.

27.      No Conflicting Agreements. Employee represents that his performance of all of the terms of this Agreement and any service to be rendered as an employee of the Bank does not and will not breach any fiduciary or other duty or any covenant, agreement or understanding, including without limitation any agreement relating to any proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by Employee in confidence, trust or otherwise prior to Employee’s employment by the Bank to which Employee is a party or by the terms of which Employee may be bound. Employee covenants and agrees that he will not disclose to the Bank, or induce the Bank to use, any proprietary information, knowledge or data, belonging to any previous employer or others and that Employee will disclose to the Bank the term and subject of any prior confidentiality agreement or agreements Employee has entered into. Employee further covenants and agrees not to enter into any agreement or understanding, either written or oral, in conflict with the provisions of this Agreement.

28.      Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Bank and any of its successors and assigns. In view of the personal nature of the services to be performed under this Agreement by Employee, he will not have the right to assign or transfer any of his rights, obligations or benefits under this Agreement, except as may be required by the surviving entity in a Change of Control.

29.      Governing Law. This Agreement will at all times and in all respects be governed by the laws of the State of California applicable to transactions wholly performed in California between California residents, except to the extent governed by the laws of’ the United States of America in which case federal laws shall govern.

30.      Arbitration. All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to the employment relationship or its termination shall be resolved by binding arbitration before a representative member, selected by the mutual agreement of parties, of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), in accordance with the rules and procedures of JAMS then in effect. In the event JAMS is unable or unwilling to conduct such arbitration, or has discontinued its business, the Bank and Employee agree that a representative member, selected by the mutual agreement of the parties, of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), shall conduct such binding arbitration in accordance with the rules and procedures of the AAA then in effect.

Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to this Agreement and with JAMS (or AAA, if necessary). In no event shall the demand for arbitration be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. Any award rendered by JAMS or AAA shall be final and binding upon the parties, and as applicable, their representative heirs, beneficiaries, legal representatives, agents, successors and assigns, and may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The obligation of the parties to arbitrate pursuant to this paragraph 30 shall be specifically enforceable in accordance with, and shall be conducted consistently with, the provisions of Title 9 of Part 3 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. Either party may seek preliminary

 

9


injunctive or equitable relief from a court in furtherance of the arbitration. Any arbitration hereunder shall be conducted in Alameda County, California, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties.

31.      Advice to Seek Counsel. Employee acknowledges that he has been advised by the Bank that this Agreement imposes legal obligations upon him and to consult with legal counsel with regard to this Agreement. Employee acknowledges that he has been afforded the opportunity to obtain legal counseling with regard to this Agreement.

32.      Notices. Any notice required to be given hereunder will be sufficient if in writing and sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, first-class-postage-paid, and sent, in the case of Employee, to Employee’s address as shown on the Bank’s records and, in the case of the Bank, to its principal office, addressed to the Chairman of the Board. Notices will be deemed given when actually received, or three days after mailing, whichever is earlier. E-mail will also be sufficient and may be relied upon by the sender if and only if the latter has received e-mail or written confirmation from the party to whom such e-mail was sent.

33.      Entire Agreement; Modification; Severability. This Agreement and any attachments hereto contain the entire agreement and understanding by and between the Bank and Employee with respect to the subject matter herein, and no representation, promise, agreement or understanding, written or oral, not herein contained will be of any force or effect. No modification hereof will be valid or binding unless in writing and signed by the party intended to be bound. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless in writing and signed by the party against whom such waiver is sought to be enforced. No valid waiver of any provision of this Agreement at any time will be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or will be deemed a valid waiver of any of such provision at any other time. If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or an arbitration body to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Agreement will, nonetheless, continue in full force without being impaired or invalidated in any way.

34.      Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation. During the term of Employment, Employee will not directly or indirectly engage in or prepare to engage in any banking or financial products business, loan origination or deposit taking business or any other business competitive with the Bank. During the term of Employment and for a period of eighteen (18) months thereafter, Employee shall not directly or indirectly induce or solicit, or attempt to induce or solicit, any employee, contractor or consultant of the Bank to terminate his/her employment or relationship with the Bank or otherwise interfere with the employment or service relationship between the Bank and its employees, contractors or consultants.

35.      Regulatory Approval. In the event that any regulatory authority with jurisdiction over the Bank will disapprove any provision of this Agreement, then the parties hereto will use their best efforts, acting in good faith, to amend the Agreement in a manner that will be acceptable to the parties and to the regulatory authorities.

36.      Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which together shall constitute a single agreement and each of which shall be an original for all purposes.

 

10


In witness whereof, the Bank and Employee have duly executed both counterparts of this Agreement and it is effective as of the Effective Date.

 

CALIFORNIA BANK OF COMMERCE
By:      /s/ Stephen A. Cortese                    
Name: Stephen A. Cortese                        
Title: Chairman of the Board                    
EMPLOYEE
/s/ Steven E. Shelton                                  
Steven E. Shelton

 

11


EXHIBIT C

RELEASE AGREEMENT

California Bank of Commerce (‘‘Bank”) and Steven E. Shelton (“Employee”) hereby enter into this Release Agreement (the “Agreement”). The parties agree as follows:

1.      Consideration for Release. In consideration for the releases and covenants contained in this Agreement, Bank shall pay to Employee the sums described in paragraphs 16 or 18, as applicable, of the Employment Agreement entered into as of May 7, 2018 between Bank and Employee (the “Employment Agreement”). Employee acknowledges that the payment of such sums provides good, sufficient and valuable consideration for Employee’s covenants, waivers, and releases contained in this Agreement. Employee understands that Bank’s willingness to pay such sums is contingent upon Employee’s fulfillment of his obligations contained herein. If Employee revokes this Agreement as described in Section 5 below, Bank shall be released from its obligations under this Agreement and paragraph 16 or 18, as applicable, of the Employment Agreement.

2.      General Mutual Release. In exchange for the consideration described in this Agreement the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, each party hereto, on behalf of himself or itself and his or its heirs, successors and assigns, hereby fully releases and forever discharges the other party hereto, including each of their officers, directors, agents, employees, attorneys, parents, affiliates and/or subsidiaries, from any and all claims, actions and liabilities of any kind or character whatsoever, arising at law or in equity, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that such party has ever had, now has or may now have against the other party, including, without limitation, all claims directly or indirectly related to or arising out of Employee’s employment by Bank, the performance of his duties during that employment, and/or the termination of or his resignation from that employment. This waiver and release specifically includes, but is not limited to, all claims, if any, whether arising in tort or in contract, related to Employee’s employment, including any and all claims for wrongful discharge or wrongful termination; claims for alleged violation of public policy or breach of implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; claims for breach of fiduciary duty; claims for negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress; claims arising in connection with Employee’s compensation, benefits, warrants and/or stock options; claims for breach of express or implied contract or for further monetary compensation by way of additional salary or bonus allegedly due Employee by reason of his employment with Bank; and all other claims, based on common law or federal or state statute, including claims for discrimination based on age arising under state statute or the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Older Workers’ Benefits Protection Act, or any similar federal or state law prohibiting age discrimination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the claims released in this Section do not include any intentional acts by Employee that are outside the course and scope of Employee’s employment with Bank. This Agreement will not affect Employee’s entitlement to benefits described in the Employment Agreement (including Employee’s right to continued healthcare under the Employment Agreement and/or COBRA), or any non-waivable benefits under California’s unemployment or worker’s compensation laws, nor shall this Agreement constitute a release of any claims for breach of the Employment Agreement by Bank.


3.        Waiver of Unknown Claims or Rights. Employee acknowledges that he is waiving unknown claims pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1542, and he expressly waives such rights as quoted below:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE; WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETI’LEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

Employee hereby expressly waives any rights he may have under any other statute or common law principles of similar effect.

4.        Knowing and Voluntary Agreement. Employee acknowledges he is freely and voluntarily entering into this Agreement based on his own judgment and not as a result of any representations or promises made by Bank, other than those contained in this Agreement. Employee also acknowledges that he has been given a full opportunity to review this Agreement with an attorney, and has signed it only after full reflection and analysis of its provisions.

5.        Review Period, Acceptance, ADEA Waiver, Waiting and Revocation Period. Employee acknowledges and understands that the release of claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA’’), 29 U.S.C. Sections 621-634, is subject to special waiver protections under 29 U.S.C. Section 626(f). In accordance with the ADEA and the Older Workers benefits Protection Act (“OWBPA”), Employee specifically agrees that he is knowingly and voluntarily releasing and waiving any rights or claims of age discrimination under the ADEA. In particular he acknowledges that he understands that:

(i)        he is not waiving any claims for age discrimination under the ADEA that may arise after the date he signs this Agreement and he is not waiving vested benefits if any;

(ii)        he is waiving rights or claims for age discrimination under the ADEA in exchange for payments described above, which are in addition to anything of value to which he is already entitled; and

(iii)        he is advised to consult with and has had an opportunity to consult with an attorney before signing this Agreement.

Employee understands and agrees that he has up to 21 days to review this Agreement. This Agreement is revocable by Employee for seven days following his signing of this Agreement (“Revocation Period”). This Agreement automatically becomes enforceable and effective on the eighth (8th) day after the Agreement is signed by Employee, provided there has been no timely revocation.

6.          Non-Execution or Revocation of Agreement. In the event that Employee does not execute this Agreement or revokes it within the time provided, he shall not be entitled to receive the payment described in Section 1 of this Agreement.


7.      Warranties. Employee warrants and represents that there are no liens or claims of lien or assignments in law or equity or otherwise on or against any potential claims or causes of action released herein, and, further, that Employee is fully entitled and duly authorized to give this complete and final general release and discharge. Employee warrants that he has not filed any lawsuits or administrative claims against Bank, and he is not aware of any claims, filed by him against Bank in any forum, that are pending.

The parties have read and understand the terms of this Agreement, have had an opportunity to consult with an attorney, and hereby voluntarily and knowingly agree to its terms.

 

                                                                                        Date:                                                                     
Steven E. Shelton     
CALIFORNIA BANK OF COMMERCE     
By:                                                                               Date:                                                                     
Its: Chairman of the Board     

Exhibit 10.13

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This employment agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into effective as of the 20th day of May, 2019 (the “Effective Date”), by and between CALIFORNIA BANK OF COMMERCE, a California banking corporation (the “Bank”), and Thomas A. Sa (“Employee”).

In consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.    Position and Duties. Employee will be employed as the Bank’s Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer. In those roles, he shall have the duties and responsibilities set forth in this Agreement and in the By-Laws of the Bank, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) and the Bank’s Chief Executive Officer.

As the Bank’s Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Employee shall perform the duties of each such office as is customary in the commercial banking industry and such additional duties not inconsistent therewith, as may from time to time be reasonably requested of him by the Board or the Bank’s Chief Executive Officer.

Employee will devote substantially all his professional time, attention, and energy to the business of the Bank. Employee agrees to perform his duties conscientiously, efficiently and to the best of his ability. Except with the prior consent of the Bank’s Board of Directors, Employee will not, during the term of this Agreement, engage directly or indirectly, in any other business activity that is or may be competitive with or might place him in a competing position to that of the Bank or any company affiliated with the Bank. Notwithstanding the foregoing. Employee may (i) serve in any capacity with any civic, educational or charitable organization, or any trade association, without seeking or obtaining approval by the Board, provided such activities and service do not materially interfere or conflict with the performance of his duties hereunder and (ii) with the approval of the Board serve on the boards of directors of other corporations that are not involved in commercial banking or similar business activities; provided, however, Employee shall not directly or indirectly acquire, hold, or retain any beneficial interest in any business competing with or similar in nature to the business of the Bank except passive shareholder investments in other financial institutions and their respective affiliates which do not exceed three percent (3%) of the outstanding voting securities in the aggregate in any single financial institution and its affiliates on a consolidated basis.

2.    Term. The term of this Agreement shall be three years from the Effective Date, unless earlier terminated by either party as set forth herein. Upon the occurrence of the third anniversary of the Effective Date, and on each anniversary date thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall be automatically extended for an additional one (1) year term, unless either party gives the other written notice of non-renewal not less than three (3) months before the expiration of such extension period, and in any event unless earlier terminated by either party as set forth herein. The term of this Agreement as in effect from time to time in accordance with the foregoing is referred to herein as the “Term.” Upon the termination of his employment, neither Employee nor the Bank will have any further obligation to the other under this

 

1


Agreement, except for those provisions intended by the parties to survive termination of Employee’s employment as set forth in Paragraphs 12-36.

3.    Base Salary. During the Term, the Bank will pay Employee a base salary at a rate of $290,000 per year (“Base Salary”), subject to an annual compensation review by the Compensation Committee of the Bank’s board of directors. Base Salary will be paid in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll procedures, but in any case, no less frequently than monthly. Base Salary may be increased but not decreased during the Term, except in connection with a temporary reduction for cost savings that proportionately affects all executives of the Bank.

4.    Stock Awards.

(a)          Employee shall be eligible to participate in the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan of the Bank’s holding company, California BanCorp (“Bancorp”) and any other equity incentive plan generally made available to the Bank’s executives, subject to approval of the board of directors of Bancorp.

(b)          Bancorp will grant Employee an incentive stock option (to the extent permitted by applicable law) representing the right to purchase 25,000 shares of Bancorp common stock and 10,089 shares of restricted stock under Bancorp’s 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. Both of the equity awards will vest ratably over five years from the date of grant, and will be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable award agreements (that Employee must timely execute as a condition of grant) and plan documents. In addition, with respect to the 2019 fiscal year, Employee shall be eligible for performance equity awards with at a target level of a stock option covering 7,000 shares and 1,500 restricted shares under Bancorp’s 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, each with vesting schedules of five years, subject to the approval and determinations of Bancorp’s board of directors.

(c)          From time to time, at the sole discretion of the board of directors of Bancorp, additional stock-based awards may be granted to Employee.

5.    Bonuses. Employee shall be eligible for an annual bonus pursuant to the executive incentive plan developed each year by the Board. In order to earn an annual bonus, Employee must meet the goals set forth in the executive incentive plan and must be employed through December 31 of the applicable bonus year. Employees annual incentive bonus target for the 2019 fiscal year shall be forty-five percent (45%) of his Base Salary and shall be determined and paid as if Employee were employed during the entire 2019 fiscal year (that is, the bonus shall not be prorated for partial service during 2019).

6.    Automobile Allowance. During the Term, the Bank will pay Employee a $900 monthly auto allowance in accordance with Bank’s normal payroll procedures in lieu of any mileage reimbursements. Employee will be personally responsible for all automobile expenses.

7.    Executive Retirement Plan/BOLI; 401(k).

(a)          The parties agree to work together in good faith to institute a supplemental executive retirement plan (the “SERP”) providing for an aggregate defined contribution amount

 

2


of up to $835,000, which will be paid out over time to Employee after his termination of employment. Such deferred compensation benefits shall be in addition to any retirement benefits under any tax qualified benefit plan of the Bank. During the nine-month period following the Effective Date, the parties agree to work together in good faith to obtain and implement a bank owned split-dollar life insurance policy (“BOLI”) and related joint beneficiary agreement that will provide a shared death benefit if Employee’s employment with the Bank is terminated due to his death. For avoidance of doubt, Employee may ultimately receive benefits under the SERP or the BOLI but will not receive benefits under both.

(b)    During the Term, Employee shall be entitled to participate in the Bank’s 401k profit sharing savings plan.

8.    Health Benefits. The Bank will provide health benefits to Employee and his family with options and coverage consistent with those of the Bank’s group medical plans as in effect from time to time for the Bank’s other executives and will pay all related insurance premiums unless waived in writing by Employee. The Bank each month will reimburse Employee for the costs of a personal gym membership in an amount of up to $300 each month.

9.    Group Term Life Insurance. The Bank will provide group term life insurance to Employee to the same extent the Bank provides group term life insurance to its other full time employees; and Employee will designate the beneficiaries thereof. Upon Employee’s termination of employment for any reason his group term life insurance will cease and be of no further effect.

10.    Disability Insurance. The Bank will provide long term disability insurance to Employee to the same extent the Bank provides such disability insurance to its senior executives generally.

11.    Vacation. During the Term, Employee will be eligible for unlimited vacation commencing as of the Effective Date.

12.    Withholding of Taxes. Bank may withhold from any amounts payable to Employee under this Agreement all federal, state, city or other taxes and withholdings as shall be required pursuant to any applicable law, rule or regulation.

13.    Disability and Death. If, during the Term, Employee is unable to performing the essential functions of his job, with or without reasonable accommodation, then, to the extent permitted by applicable law, Employee’s employment shall terminate (“Termination by Reason of Disability”) on a date that is at the end of the period of paid administrative leave, as defined in this paragraph 13. If Employee is unable to perform the essential functions of his job with reasonable accommodation, the Bank shall place Employee on paid administrative leave, with continuation of full Base Salary and all employee benefits, for a period that ends upon the completion of the waiting period under the Bank’s long term disability insurance (“LTD Plan”) if Employee qualifies for LTD Plan benefits or, if earlier, three months from the date that he is placed on paid administrative leave. The end of the period of paid administrative leave is called the “Determination Date”. As of the Determination Date or upon Employee’s death, the Bank will pay to Employee or his estate the Accrued Obligations as defined in paragraph 15.

 

3


14.    Termination of Agreement; Employee Resignation. Each party has the right to terminate Employee’s employment with the Bank at any time prior to the end of the term specified in paragraph 2, with or without Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, termination shall mean separation from service as defined by Treasury Regulation§ l.409A-l(h). If Employee decides to terminate his employment under this Agreement, Employee will provide the Bank with two weeks advance written notice; provided however that after receiving such notice the Bank, at any time prior to the end of the notice period, may terminate Employee’s employment immediately and pay Employee for the period that the notice otherwise would have run, in addition to all other amounts and benefits then due under this Agreement. Except in the case of termination for Good Reason, any voluntary termination or resignation by Employee pursuant to this paragraph shall be deemed for purposes of Employee’s compensation to be treated as if it were a Termination for Cause and Employee shall only be entitled to the Accrued Obligations.

15.    Termination for Cause. Termination for Cause is defined as (i) willfully breaching Bank policies or banking regulations, (ii) habitually neglecting the duties required to be performed under this Agreement, (iii) committing an intentional act that has a material detrimental effect on the reputation or business of the Bank, including without limitation an act of sexual harassment in violation of Company policy, (iv) conviction of a felony or committing any such act of dishonesty, fraud, intentional misrepresentation or moral turpitude as would prevent effective performance of his duties under this Agreement, (v) repeatedly or willfully disregarding or failing to comply with a lawful directive of the board of directors of the Bank or Bancorp or (vi) the Bank receiving a written finding, order or directive from any state or federal banking regulator with jurisdiction over the Bank ordering the removal of Employee as an executive officer of the Bank (“Cause”). If the Bank decides to terminate Employee’s employment for Cause, the Bank will provide Employee with a written statement stating the grounds for termination. Upon termination of Employee’s employment for Cause, Employee will not be entitled to any further amounts or benefits from the Bank except for accrued Base Salary, any annual bonus earned for the prior year but not yet paid, validly incurred and not reimbursed business expenses, and any and all other benefits earned through Employee’s last day of employment (“Accrued Obligations), except as otherwise required by law.

16.    Termination without Cause or Termination for Good Reason. Employee’s employment under this Agreement may also be terminated prior to the end of the Term by the Bank without Cause or by the Employee for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean that one or more of the following has occurred without the Employee’s written consent:

(i) a material negative change in the nature or scope of the Employee’s position, responsibilities, duties or authority as set forth in paragraph 1;

(ii) a material reduction in the Employee’s Base Salary in violation of this Agreement;

(iii) Employee’s required relocation to a worksite location which is more than 25 miles from Employee’s then current principal worksite without Employee’s consent; or

 

4


(iv) the Bank’s material breach of this Agreement.

provided that, in any such case, the Employee provides written notice to the Bank that the event giving rise to such claim of Good Reason has occurred within 60 days after the first occurrence of such event, and such Good Reason remains uncured by the Bank 30 days after the Employee has provided such written notice; provided further that any resignation of the Employee’s employment for “Good Reason” occurs no later than 60 days following the expiration of such cure period.

If during the Term the Bank terminates Employee’s employment without Cause or the Employee terminates for Good Reason, the Bank shall pay Employee the Accrued Obligations, and in addition, as full and final severance, the Bank will provide to Employee: (A) within fifteen business days of effective date of Employee’s release of claims, a lump sum payment in an amount equal to the sum of his then-current annual Base Salary plus the average of the three (3) most recent annual bonuses previously paid to Employee (collectively, the “Standard Severance”); and (B) commencing within fifteen business days of the effective date of Employee’s release of claims, an amount each month that is equal to the monthly cost of COBRA premium for equivalent health insurance coverage, as in effect at the date of termination, for a period equal to the lesser of (x) 12 months from the date of Employee’s termination, (y) the number of months between the date of Employee’s termination and the date on which Employee becomes eligible to begin receiving benefits pursuant to Medicare, or (z) if Employee accepts new employment, the number of months between the date of Employee’s termination and the date on which Employee becomes eligible to begin receiving benefits under the new employer’s health care plan (“COBRA Severance Benefits”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Bank determines, in its sole discretion, that its payment of the foregoing premiums on Employee’s behalf would result in a violation of the nondiscrimination rules of Code Section 105(h)(2) or any statute or regulation of similar effect (including but not limited to the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then the Bank shall instead provide Employee each month (for the duration that is the lesser of clauses (x), (y), or (z)) with a taxable payment equal to the amount of the Company-portion of the premiums which Employee may, but is not required to, use towards the cost of coverage.

17.        Release Agreement; Resignation.

(a)    In the event of Termination without Cause by the Bank or a Termination for Good Reason by the Employee, Employee shall be eligible for the termination benefits and payments provided for in paragraphs 16 and 18 of this Agreement only if he first enters into a form of release agreement in the form of Exhibit A to this Agreement releasing the Bank from any and all claims, known and unknown, related to Employee’s employment with the Bank and he allows such release to become effective (by its own terms) within 60 days of termination of the Employee’s employment. Further provided that, if such termination benefits and payments are made by the Bank, and if the 60 day period (plus the fifteen business day period in which to make payment after the release agreement has become effective) spans two calendar years, regardless of when such release is executed by the Employee, such Standard Severance or Change of Control Severance payment must be made in the later calendar year. This condition

 

5


precedent requiring execution and non-revocation of a release agreement does not apply to payment of the Accrued Obligations.

(b)    If Employee’s employment terminates at any time and for any reason, such termination of employment shall be deemed to be an automatic and immediate resignation by Employee from all committees or other positions held with the Bank, effective as of the last date of his employment.

18.        Change of Control.

(a)    If during the Term the Bank undergoes a Change of Control, and within one year following such Change of Control Employee terminates his employment for Good Reason or Employee’s services are terminated by the Bank or its acquirer without Cause, then the Bank shall pay Employee the Accrued Obligations and, in addition, as full and final change of control severance, the Bank will provide to Employee: (i) a lump sum payment in an amount equal to the two times the sum of (A) his then-current annual Base Salary and (B) the average of the three (3) most recent annual bonuses previously paid to Employee (collectively, the “Change of Control Severance”); (ii) the acceleration of the vesting of all outstanding and unvested equity awards previously granted to Employee, to the extent permitted under the applicable equity plan, if any (“Stock Acceleration”); and (iii) the COBRA Severance Benefits. Payment under this paragraph 18(a) shall be provided under the same conditions and timing specified in paragraph 17.

(b)    If at any time that is less than six (6) months prior to a Change of Control the Bank terminates Employee’s employment without Cause or Employee terminates his employment for Good Reason, then such termination shall be treated as though it were a termination without Cause occurring within one year following a Change of Control and the Bank shall provide to Employee if and when the Change of Control is consummated (i) the Stock Acceleration and (ii) the Change of Control Severance minus any Standard Severance previously paid under paragraph 16. Any payments made to Employee under this paragraph 18(b) will be made at the later of (x) the Change of Control or (y) within fifteen business days after the effective date of Employee’s release of claims. Payment under this paragraph 18(b) shall be subject to the conditions and timing specified in paragraph 17. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change of Control” occurs when the Bank experiences a Code Section 409A “change in control event.”

19.    Indemnification. The parties acknowledge that on or prior to the Effective Date, each of the Bank and Bancorp has entered into an Indemnification Agreement with Employee. Such Indemnification Agreements remain in full force and effect and shall not be modified or otherwise affected by this Agreement, its modification or its termination.

20.    Purchase or Return of Bank Property. Upon termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall return all items of Bank property in his possession or under his control, provided that Employee may upon written notice to the Bank, elect to purchase any or all of his mobile phone, iPad and notebook computer at their then respective depreciated value, subject to Bank removing any Bank property or data or that of its customers.

 

6


21.    Reimbursement of Business Expenses. During the Term, Employee will be reimbursed by the Bank for his ordinary, reasonable and necessary business expenses incurred by Employee in the performance of his duties and in furthering the Bank’s interests, including the costs of a cell phone using Bank designated equipment and service provider and, with the approval of the Bank’s Chief Executive Officer, continuing education programs. Employee will be diligent in observing the expense policies of the Bank. He will at all times be prudent and use good judgment in balancing the Bank’s objectives of minimizing expenses while at the same time aggressively seeking new business opportunities and a position in the community. He will prepare and promptly submit expense reports with substantially adequate records and other documentary evidence as required by the Bank’s policies or by federal and state statutes and regulations with respect to the substantiation of such expenditures as deductible business expenses of the Bank. The Bank shall reimburse Employee for all such expenses within 30 days of Employee’s written notice to Bank of such expenses.

22.    Confidential and Proprietary Information and Trade Secrets. All records of the accounts of customers, and any other records and books relating in any manner whatsoever to the customers of the Bank, and all other files, books and records and other materials owned by the Bank or used by it in connection with the conduct of its business, whether prepared by Employee or otherwise coming into Employee’s possession, shall be the exclusive property of the Bank regardless of who actually prepared the original material, book or record. All such books and records and other materials shall be immediately returned to the Bank by Employee upon the end of his employment for any reason. Employee agrees that all information, including but not limited to that which is directly or indirectly related to the Bank’s financial status, profitability, deposit base, portfolio size and quality as well as its customers and prospective customers, is confidential and proprietary to the Bank and that he will maintain such information as confidential. Employee agrees that as a condition of employment he will execute such form of confidentiality agreement as the Bank may adopt from time to time for senior officers of the Bank.

During the term of employment Employee shall have access to and become acquainted with trade secrets of the Bank, including the names of customers and clients, their financial condition and financial needs, financial information regarding the Bank and other information relating to the Bank’s products, services and methods of doing business. Employee agrees not to disclose any of the Bank’s trade secrets, directly or indirectly, or use them in any way, either during the term of employment (except as required in the course of employment with the Bank) or at any time thereafter.

23.    Unsecured General Creditor. Neither Employee nor any other person or entity shall have any legal right or equitable rights, interests or claims in or to any property or assets of the Bank under the provisions of this Agreement. No assets of the Bank shall be held under any trust for the benefit of Employee or any other person or entity or held in any way as security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Bank under this Agreement. All of the Bank’s assets shall be and remain the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Bank. The Bank’s obligations under this Agreement are unfunded and unsecured promises, and to the extent such promises involve the payment of money, they are promises to pay money in the future. Employee and any person or entity claiming through him shall be unsecured general creditors with respect to any rights or benefits hereunder.

 

7


24.    Excise Tax Provision. Notwithstanding anything elsewhere in this Agreement to the contrary, if any of the payments or benefits provided for in this Agreement, together with any other payments or benefits (the “Payment”) which Employee has the right to receive from the Bank (or its affiliated companies) or any acquirer of the Bank, would constitute an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), such Payment shall be reduced to the least extent necessary so that no portion of the Payment shall be subject to the Excise Tax, but only if, by reason of such reduction, the net after-tax benefit received by the Employee as a result of such reduction will exceed the net after-tax benefit that would have been received by the Employee if no such reduction were made. The Payment shall be reduced, if applicable, by the Bank in the following order of priority: (A) reduction of any cash severance payments otherwise payable to the Employee that are exempt from Section 409A of the Code; (B) reduction of any other cash payments or benefits otherwise payable to the Employee that are exempt from Section 409A of the Code, but excluding any payments attributable to any acceleration of vesting or payments with respect to any equity award that are exempt from Section 409A of the Code; (C) reduction of any payments attributable to any acceleration of vesting or payments with respect to any equity award that are exempt from Section 409A of the Code, in each case beginning with payments that would otherwise be made last in time; and (D) reduction of any other payments or benefits otherwise payable to the Employee on a pro-rata basis or such other manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, but excluding any payments attributable to any acceleration of vesting and payments with respect to any equity award that are exempt from Section 409A of the Code. If, however, such Payment is not reduced as described above, then such Payment shall be paid in full to the Employee and the Employee shall be responsible for payment of any Excise Taxes relating to the Payment.

25.    Adjustment of Severance Payment Amounts to Accommodate Internal Revenue Code Section 409A Limitation. It is the intention of the Bank and Employee that all payments made in connection with a termination of employment under this Agreement either be exempt from, or otherwise comply with, Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Agreement, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement is determined by the Bank with the advice of its independent accounting firm or other tax advisors to be subject to and not in compliance with Section 409A of the Code, including, without limitation, the definition of “change in control” or “disability,” the timing of commencement and completion of severance and/or other benefit payments to Employee hereunder, or the amount of any such payments, such provisions shall be interpreted in the manner required to comply with Section 409A. The Bank and Employee acknowledge and agree that such interpretation could, among other matters, (i) limit the circumstances or events that constitute a “change in control” or “disability,” (ii) delay for a period of six (6) months or more, or otherwise modify the commencement of severance and/or other benefit payments, and/or (iii) modify the completion date of severance and/or other benefit payments. The parties agree, however, that if the date of payment called for by this Agreement is altered pursuant to the requirements of Section 409A, then the timing of such payment shall be adjusted to the earliest practicable date, but the amount of such payment will not be adjusted, thus insuring the payment in full of all payments promised hereunder. In addition, each payment hereunder is intended to constitute a separate payment from each other payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation § l.409A-2(b)(2).

 

8


Notwithstanding the above, the Bank and Employee further acknowledge and agree that if, in the judgment of the Bank and its independent accounting firm or other tax advisors, amendment of this Agreement is necessary to comply with Section 409A, the Bank and Employee will negotiate reasonably and in good faith to amend the terms of this Agreement to the extent necessary so that it complies with Section 409A of the Code.

26.    Regulatory Restrictions. The parties understand and agree that if at the time any payment would otherwise be made or benefit provided under paragraphs 16 or 18 depending on the facts and circumstances existing at such time, the satisfaction of such obligations by the Bank may be deemed by a regulatory authority to be illegal, an unsafe and unsound practice, or for some other reason not properly due or payable by the Bank. Among other restrictions, the regulations at 12 C.F.R., Part 30, Appendix A promulgated pursuant to Section 39(a) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and at 12 C.F.R. Part 359, or similar regulations or regulatory action following similar principles may apply at such time. The parties understand, acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bank shall not be obligated to make any payment or provide any benefit under paragraphs 16 or 18 where an appropriate regulatory authority disapproves or does not acquiesce as required, if required, and the authority’s disapproval or non-acquiescence is documented in a writing from the authority a copy of which is actually provided by the authority or the Bank to Employee.

27.    No Conflicting Agreements. Employee represents that his performance of all of the terms of this Agreement and any service to be rendered as an employee of the Bank does not and will not breach any fiduciary or other duty or any covenant, agreement or understanding, including without limitation any agreement relating to any proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by Employee in confidence, trust or otherwise prior to Employee’s employment by the Bank to which Employee is a party or by the terms of which Employee may be bound. Employee covenants and agrees that he will not disclose to the Bank, or induce the Bank to use, any proprietary information, knowledge or data, belonging to any previous employer or others and that Employee will disclose to the Bank the terms of any prior confidentiality agreement or agreements Employee has entered into. Employee further covenants and agrees not to enter into any agreement or understanding, either written or oral, in conflict with the provisions of this Agreement.

28.    Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Bank and any of its successors and assigns. In view of the personal nature of the services to be performed under this Agreement by Employee, he will not have the right to assign or transfer any of his rights, obligations or benefits under this Agreement, except as may be required by the surviving entity in a Change of Control.

29.    Governing Law. This Agreement will at all times and in all respects be governed by the laws of the State of California applicable to transactions wholly performed in California between California residents, except to the extent governed by the laws of’ the United States of America in which case federal laws shall govern.

30.    Arbitration. All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to the employment relationship or its termination shall be resolved by binding arbitration before a representative member, selected by the mutual agreement of parties, of the Judicial

 

9


Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), in accordance with the rules and procedures of JAMS then in effect. In the event JAMS is unable or unwilling to conduct such arbitration, or has discontinued its business, the Bank and Employee agree that a representative member, selected by the mutual agreement of the parties, of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), shall conduct such binding arbitration in accordance with the rules and procedures of the AAA then in effect.

Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to this Agreement and with JAMS (or AAA, if necessary). In no event shall the demand for arbitration be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. Any award rendered by JAMS or AAA shall be final and binding upon the parties, and as applicable, their representative heirs, beneficiaries, legal representatives, agents, successors and assigns, and may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The obligation of the parties to arbitrate pursuant to this paragraph 30 shall be specifically enforceable in accordance with, and shall be conducted consistently with, the provisions of Title 9 of Part 3 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. Either party may seek preliminary injunctive or equitable relief from a court in furtherance of the arbitration. Any arbitration hereunder shall be conducted in Alameda County, California, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties.

31.    Advice to Seek Counsel. Employee acknowledges that he has been advised by the Bank that this Agreement imposes legal obligations upon him and to consult with legal counsel with regard to this Agreement. Employee acknowledges that he has been afforded the opportunity to obtain legal counseling with regard to this Agreement.

32.    Notices. Any notice required to be given hereunder will be sufficient if in writing and sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, first-class-postage-paid, and sent, in the case of Employee, to Employee’s address as shown on the Bank’s records and, in the case of the Bank, to its principal office, addressed to the Chairman of the Board. Notices will be deemed given when actually received, or three days after mailing, whichever is earlier. E-mail will also be sufficient and may be relied upon by the sender if and only if the latter has received e-mail or written confirmation from the party to whom such e-mail was sent.

33.    Entire Agreement; Modification; Severability. This Agreement and any attachments hereto contain the entire agreement and understanding by and between the Bank and Employee with respect to the subject matter herein, and no representation, promise, agreement or understanding, written or oral, not herein contained will be of any force or effect. No modification hereof will be valid or binding unless in writing and signed by the party intended to be bound. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless in writing and signed by the party against whom such waiver is sought to be enforced. No valid waiver of any provision of this Agreement at any time will be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or will be deemed a valid waiver of any of such provision at any other time. If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or an arbitration body to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Agreement will, nonetheless, continue in full force without being impaired or invalidated in any way.

 

10


34.    Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation. During the Term, Employee will not directly or indirectly engage in or prepare to engage in any banking or financial products business, loan origination or deposit taking business or any other business competitive with the Bank. During the Term and for a period of eighteen (18) months thereafter, Employee shall not directly or indirectly induce or solicit, or attempt to induce or solicit, any employee, contractor or consultant of the Bank to terminate his/her employment or relationship with the Bank or otherwise interfere with the employment or service relationship between the Bank and its employees, contractors or consultants.

35.    Regulatory Approval. In the event that any regulatory authority with jurisdiction over the Bank disapproves of any provision of this Agreement, the parties hereto will use their commercially reasonable best efforts, acting in good faith, to amend the Agreement in a manner that will be acceptable to the parties and to the regulatory authorities.

36.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which together shall constitute a single agreement and each of which shall be an original for all purposes.

[signature page follows]

 

11


In witness whereof, the Bank and Employee have duly executed both counterparts of this Agreement and it is effective as of the Effective Date.

CALIFORNIA BANK OF COMMERCE

By: /s/ Steven E. Shelton                                

Name: Steven E. Shelton                                

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

EMPLOYEE

/s/ Thomas A. Sa                                             

 

12


EXHIBIT A

RELEASE AGREEMENT

California Bank of Commerce (‘‘Bank”) and Thomas A. Sa (“Employee”) hereby enter into this Release Agreement (the “Agreement”). The parties agree as follows:

1.    Consideration for Release. In consideration for the releases and covenants contained in this Agreement, Bank shall pay to Employee the sums described in paragraphs 16 or 18, as applicable, of the Employment Agreement dated as of May 20, 2019 between Bank and Employee (the “Employment Agreement”). Employee acknowledges that the payment of such sums provides good, sufficient and valuable consideration for Employee’s covenants, waivers, and releases contained in this Agreement. Employee understands that Bank’s willingness to pay such sums is contingent upon Employee’s fulfillment of his obligations contained herein. If Employee revokes this Agreement as described in Section 5 below, Bank shall be released from its obligations under this Agreement and paragraph 16 or 18, as applicable, of the Employment Agreement.

2.    General Mutual Release. In exchange for the consideration described in this Agreement the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, each party hereto, on behalf of himself or itself and his or its heirs, successors and assigns, hereby fully releases and forever discharges the other party hereto, including each of their officers, directors, agents, employees, attorneys, parents, affiliates and/or subsidiaries, from any and all claims, actions and liabilities of any kind or character whatsoever, arising at law or in equity, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that such party has ever had, now has or may now have against the other party, including, without limitation, all claims directly or indirectly related to or arising out of Employee’s employment by Bank, the performance of his duties during that employment, and/or the termination of or his resignation from that employment. This waiver and release specifically includes, but is not limited to, all claims, if any, whether arising in tort or in contract, related to Employee’s employment, including any and all claims for wrongful discharge or wrongful termination; claims for alleged violation of public policy or breach of implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; claims for breach of fiduciary duty; claims for negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress; claims arising in connection with Employee’s compensation, benefits, warrants and/or stock options; claims for breach of express or implied contract or for further monetary compensation by way of additional salary or bonus allegedly due Employee by reason of his employment with Bank; and all other claims, based on common law or federal or state statute, including claims for discrimination based on age arising under state statute or the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Older Workers’ Benefits Protection Act, or any similar federal or state law prohibiting age discrimination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the claims released in this Section do not include any intentional acts by Employee that are outside the course and scope of Employee’s employment with Bank. This Agreement will not affect Employee’s entitlement to benefits described in the Employment Agreement (including Employee’s right to continued healthcare under the Employment Agreement and/or COBRA), or any non-waivable benefits under California’s unemployment or worker’s compensation laws, nor shall this Agreement constitute a release of any claims for breach of the Employment Agreement by Bank.


3.    Waiver of Unknown Claims or Rights. Employee acknowledges that he is waiving unknown claims pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1542, and he expressly waives such rights as quoted below:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS THAT THE CREDITOR OR RELEASING PARTY DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE AND THAT, IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER, WOULD HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR OR RELEASED PARTY.

Employee hereby expressly waives any rights he may have under any other statute or common law principles of similar effect.

4.    Knowing and Voluntary Agreement. Employee acknowledges he is freely and voluntarily entering into this Agreement based on his own judgment and not as a result of any representations or promises made by Bank, other than those contained in this Agreement. Employee also acknowledges that he has been given a full opportunity to review this Agreement with an attorney, and has signed it only after full reflection and analysis of its provisions.

5.    Review Period, Acceptance, ADEA Waiver, Waiting and Revocation Period. Employee acknowledges and understands that the release of claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA’’), 29 U.S.C. Sections 621-634, is subject to special waiver protections under 29 U.S.C. Section 626(f). In accordance with the ADEA and the Older Workers benefits Protection Act (“OWBPA”), Employee specifically agrees that he is knowingly and voluntarily releasing and waiving any rights or claims of age discrimination under the ADEA. In particular he acknowledges that he understands that:

(i)    he is not waiving any claims for age discrimination under the ADEA that may arise after the date he signs this Agreement and he is not waiving vested benefits if any;

(ii)    he is waiving rights or claims for age discrimination under the ADEA in exchange for payments described above, which are in addition to anything of value to which he is already entitled; and

(iii)    he is advised to consult with and has had an opportunity to consult with an attorney before signing this Agreement.

Employee understands and agrees that he has up to 21 days to review this Agreement. This Agreement is revocable by Employee for seven days following his signing of this Agreement (“Revocation Period”). This Agreement automatically becomes enforceable and effective on the eighth (8th) day after the Agreement is signed by Employee, provided there has been no timely revocation.


6.    Non-Execution or Revocation of Agreement. In the event that Employee does not execute this Agreement or revokes it within the time provided, he shall not be entitled to receive the payment described in Section 1 of this Agreement.

7.    Warranties. Employee warrants and represents that there are no liens or claims of lien or assignments in law or equity or otherwise on or against any potential claims or causes of action released herein, and, further, that Employee is fully entitled and duly authorized to give this complete and final general release and discharge. Employee warrants that he has not filed any lawsuits or administrative claims against Bank, and he is not aware of any claims, filed by him against Bank in any forum, that are pending.

The parties have read and understand the terms of this Agreement, have had an opportunity to consult with an attorney, and hereby voluntarily and knowingly agree to its terms.

 

                                                                         Date:                                                             
Thomas A. Sa     
CALIFORNIA BANK OF COMMERCE     
By:                                                                   Date:                                                             
Its: Chairman of the Board     

Exhibit 10.14

EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

(By and Between California Bank of Commerce and Steven E. Shelton)

This Executive Supplemental Compensation Agreement (hereinafter “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of May 7, 2018 by and between California Bank of Commerce (hereinafter the “Bank” or the “Employer”), a state-chartered commercial bank with its principal offices located in the city of Lafayette, California and Steven E. Shelton, an Executive of the Bank (the “Executive”).

WHEREAS, it is deemed to be in the best interests of the Employer to provide the Executive with certain fringe benefits, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, in order to reasonably induce the Executive to remain in the Bank’s employ during the Executive’s lifetime or until the age of retirement; and

WHEREAS, Executive and the Employer wish to specify in writing the terms and conditions upon which these certain fringe benefits will be provided to the Executive; and

WHEREAS, it is the intent of the parties hereto that this Agreement be considered an unfunded arrangement maintained primarily to provide supplemental retirement benefits for the Executive, who is a member of management and a highly compensated employee within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”); and

WHEREAS it is the intent of the parties hereto that this Agreement be compliant with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”),

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the past employment performance and the services to be performed by Executive in the future, as well as the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, Executive and the Employer agree as follows:

1.0        Definitions. For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. In addition, in the event of any ambiguity, then any terms herein shall be interpreted so as to be compliant with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.

1.1      Accrued Liability Balance. For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Accrued Liability Balance” means the liability accrued by the Bank to fund the future benefit payments associated with this Agreement. The Bank shall accrue the liability associated with this benefit using Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, regulatory accounting guidance of the Bank’s primary federal regulator, and other applicable accounting guidance. The discount rate employed shall be periodically adjusted by the Bank and will be within reasonable standards according to GAAP. Any one of a variety of amortization methods may be used to determine the Accrued Liability Balance; however, once chosen, the method must be consistently applied.

1.2      Actuarial Equivalent. The term “Actuarial Equivalent” (“Actuarially Equivalent”) means equivalence in value between two or more forms and/or times of payment

 

1


based on a determination by an actuary chosen by the Committee, utilizing the discount rate and mortality table assumptions chosen by the Committee to account for this Agreement as of the date of Executive’s Separation From Service or Disability. In addition, when determining Actuarially Equivalent benefit amounts for the purposes of determining single life vs. joint and survivor annuity payments, such determination shall be made in a manner which is compliant with IRC 409A.

1.3      Administrator. The Bank shall be the “Administrator” of this Agreement.

1.4      Applicable Percentage. The term “Applicable Percentage” means the percentage of the Executive Benefit to which Executive may be entitled based on the date on which he Separates From Service with the Bank. While the following chart reflects the Applicable Percentage as of the specified date for the given year, it is the intent of the parties that a Separation From Service at any time during the calendar year shall result in a pro-rata (daily) increase in the Applicable Percentage. Subject to the forgoing and any contractually mandated acceleration, the Applicable Percentage shall be determined as follows:

 

Date of Separation from Service   Applicable Percentage
May 7, 2018   0%
May 7, 2019   10%
May 7, 2020   20%
May 7, 2021   30%
May 7, 2022   40%
May 7, 2023   50%
May 7, 2024   60%
May 7, 2025   70%
May 7, 2026   80%
May 7, 2027   90%
May 7, 2028 and Thereafter   100%

Notwithstanding the forgoing, the specific benefit to which Executive shall be entitled shall be determined by the facts and circumstances surrounding his Separation from Service.

1.5      Base Salary. “Base Salary” shall mean the regular cash compensation actually paid to Executive for services rendered or labor performed by Executive during a given calendar year, excluding, without limitation, bonuses, commissions, overtime, incentive payments, equity compensation and non-monetary awards. Base Salary shall include amounts Executive could have received in cash in lieu of (i) contributions made on Executive’s behalf to a qualified plan maintained by the Bank or to any cafeteria plan under Section 125 of the Code maintained by

 

2


Employer and (ii) deferrals of compensation made at the Executive’s election pursuant to a plan or arrangement of the Employer.

1.6      Board of Directors. The term “Board of Directors” or “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of California Bank of Commerce.

1.7      Change in Control. For the purpose of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall include any of the following (and for the purposes of this provision, the term “corporation” shall mean the “Bank” as defined above):

 

  A.

Change in the Ownership of a Corporation. A change in the ownership of a corporation occurs on the date that any one person or persons acting as a group (as defined in IRC 409A), acquires ownership of stock of the corporation that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such corporation. The acquisition of additional stock by the same person or group is not considered to cause a change in the ownership of the corporation.

 

  B.

Change in the Effective Control of a Corporation. A change in the effective control of the corporation shall be deemed to occur on either of the following dates:

 

      

(i) The date any one person, or persons acting as a group acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group) ownership of stock of the corporation possessing thirty percent (30%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of such corporation; or

 

      

(ii) The date a majority of members of the corporation’s board of directors is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the corporation’s board of directors before the date of the appointment or election.

 

  C.

Change in the Ownership of a Substantial Portion of a Corporation’s Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation’s assets shall be deemed to occur on the date that any one person or group acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the corporation that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than forty percent (40%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the corporation immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions. No Change in Control shall result if the assets are transferred to certain entities controlled directly or indirectly by

 

3


 

the shareholders of the transferring corporation.

In addition, to constitute a change in control event with respect to the Executive, the change in control event must relate to (i) the corporation for which the Executive is performing services at the time of the Change in Control; (ii) the corporation that is liable for the payment of the amounts described herein (or all corporations liable for the payment if more than one corporation is liable) but only if either the deferred compensation is attributable to the performance of service by the Executive for such corporation(s) or there is a bona fide business purpose for such corporation(s) to be liable for such payment and, in either case, no significant purpose of making such corporation(s) liable for such payment is the avoidance of Federal income tax; or (iii) a corporation that is a majority shareholder of a corporation identified in (i) or (ii) above, or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in (i) or (ii) above.

1.8      The Code. The “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.9      Committee. The term “Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of California Bank of Commerce.

1.10    Designated Beneficiary(ies). The term “Designated Beneficiary(ies)” or “Beneficiary(ies)” shall mean any individual(s) or entities designated to receive any Executive Benefit due or outstanding to Executive upon his death. The Beneficiary(ies) shall be designated in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 5.0 (and the subsequent subparagraphs).

1.11    Disability/Disabled. For the purposes of this Agreement, Executive will be considered Disabled if it is determined, in a manner consistent with IRC 409A, that:

 

  A.

The Executive is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; or

 

  B.

The Executive is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer.

In the event a disability policy has been purchased by Employer for Executive, then the individual or entity responsible for determining such disability thereunder shall determine Executive’s Disability under this Agreement (using the forgoing Disability definition). In the

 

4


event no such disability policy exists, then the Administrator shall make a good faith determination of Disability in a manner consistent with IRC 409A.

1.12    Effective Date. The term “Effective Date” shall mean the date first written above.

1.13    Employer. The term the “Employer” shall mean California Bank of Commerce, any subsidiaries or affiliates thereof, or any successors thereto.

1.14    ERISA. The term “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

1.15    Executive Benefit. For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “Executive Benefit” shall refer to the benefit to which Executive may be entitled to receive pursuant to this Agreement. Amounts actually received by the Executive, however, shall be determined pursuant to Sections 1 through 4 (including sub-paragraphs, as applicable), forfeited, reduced or adjusted to the extent: (a) required under the other provisions of this Agreement; (b) required by reason of the lawful order of any regulatory agency or body having jurisdiction over Employer; or (c) required in order for Employer to comply with any and all applicable state and federal laws, including, but not limited to, income, employment and disability income tax laws (e.g., FICA, FUTA, SDI).

1.16    Involuntary Termination/Involuntary Separation From Service. In accordance with IRC 409A, the terms “Involuntary Termination” or “Involuntary Separation From Service” shall mean a Separation From Service due to the independent exercise of the unilateral authority of the Bank to terminate Executive’s services, other than due to Executive’s implicit or explicit request, where Executive was willing and able to continue performing services (and not as the result of death, Disability or a Termination For Cause).

1.17    IRC 409A. The term “IRC 409A” shall refer to Section 409A of the Code and the final regulations issued by the IRS and the Treasury Department under Section 409A of the Code.

1.18    Normal Retirement / Normal Retirement Date. The term “Normal Retirement” shall mean the Executive’s Separation From Service on or after May 7, 2028 and for reasons other than a Termination for Cause or because of death or Disability. The “Normal Retirement Date” shall be May 7, 2028.

1.19    Participant. For the purpose of this Agreement, the terms “Executive” and “Participant” shall be interchangeable.

1.20    Separation From Service/ Termination of Employment. The terms “Separation From Service” (Separates From Service) and “Termination of Employment” shall be used interchangeably for the purposes of this Agreement and shall be defined in accordance with the provisions of IRC 409A. IRC 409A provides that whether a termination of employment has

 

5


occurred is determined based on whether the facts and circumstances indicate that the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that no further services will be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the Executive will perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) will permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services performed (as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period (or the full period of services to the Employer if the Executive has been providing services to the Employer less than 36 months). There shall be no Separation From Service while the Executive is on military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence, as long as such leave does not exceed six (6) months, or if longer, so long as the Executive retains a right to re-employment with the Employer under an applicable statute or by contract.

1.21    Specified Employee. The term “Specified Employee” means an employee who, as of the date of Separation From Service, is a key employee of an employer of which any stock is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise. An employee is a key employee if the employee meets the requirements of section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) of the Code (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and disregarding section 416(i)(5) of the Code) at any time during the twelve (12) month period ending on a specified employee identification date. If Executive is a key employee as of a specified employee identification date, then Executive shall be treated as a key employee for the entire twelve (12) month period beginning on the specified employee effective date.

1.22    Target Benefit Amount. For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Target Benefit Amount” shall be an amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the average of Executive’s three (3) highest calendar years of Base Salary (as of the date of Separation From Service, death or Disability). For illustrative purposes only, attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein as “Exhibit A” is an illustration of Executive’s projected salary and potential benefit under this Agreement. This illustration is in no way a guarantee of benefits, salary or benefit amounts, but rather is intended to provide a framework for understanding potential benefits provided hereunder. Furthermore, the illustration in Exhibit A is based on certain assumptions which may or may not be accurate at the time a benefit is due or vests.

1.23    Termination For Cause. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Termination for Cause” shall be defined as Executive’s Termination of Employment with the Bank for one or more of the following reasons:

 

  A.

Willfully breaching Bank policies or banking regulations;

 

  B.

Habitually neglecting the duties required to be performed under Executive’s Employment Agreement;

 

  C.

Committing an intentional act that has a material detrimental effect on the reputation or business of the Bank;

 

6


  D.

Conviction of a felony or committing any act of dishonesty, fraud, intentional misrepresentation or moral turpitude as would prevent effective performance of Executive’s duties under Executive’s Employment Agreement;

 

  E.

Repeatedly or intentionally disregarding or failing to comply with a directive of the Board of Directors; or

 

  F.

The Bank receiving a written finding, order or directive from any state or federal banking regulator with jurisdiction over the Bank ordering the removal of Executive as an executive officer of the Bank.

1.24    Termination For Good Reason. A Termination of Employment shall be deemed to be “For Good Reason” if Executive Separates From Service on or after the occurrence of any of the below events, and such events occur without the Executive’s consent:

 

  A.

A material diminution in Executive’s base compensation;

 

  B.

A material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities;

 

  C.

A material diminution in the authority, duties, or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom the Executive is required to report, including a requirement that Executive report to a corporate officer or employee instead of reporting directly to the Board;

 

  D.

A material diminution in the budget over which Executive retains authority;

 

  E.

A material change in the geographic location at which Executive must perform services;

 

  F.

Any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Employer of Executive’s Employment Agreement.

In the event of any of the forgoing circumstances, Executive shall provide notice to the Employer of the existence of the conditions described above within a period not to exceed ninety (90) days of the initial existence of said condition, upon the notice of which the Employer must be provided a period of at least thirty (30) days during which it may remedy the condition. If the condition is not remedied within those thirty (30) days and Executive Voluntarily Terminates within the two (2) year period following the initial occurrence of one or more of these conditions, then such Separation From Service shall be deemed to have been a “Termination For Good Reason”.

1.25    Voluntary Termination. The term “Voluntary Termination” or “Voluntarily Terminates” shall mean a Separation From Service elected by the Executive and not as a result of

 

7


death or Disability.

2.0      Scope, Purpose and Effect.

2.1      Not a Contract of Employment. Although this Agreement is intended to provide Executive with an additional incentive to remain in the employ of the Employer, this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between Executive and the Employer, nor shall any provision of this Agreement restrict or expand the right of the Employer to terminate Executive’s employment. This Agreement shall have no impact or effect upon any separate written Employment Agreement which Executive may have with the Employer, it being the parties’ intention and agreement that unless this Agreement is specifically referenced in said Employment Agreement (or any modification thereto), this Agreement (and the Employer’s obligations hereunder) shall stand separate and apart and shall have no effect on or be affected by, the terms and provisions of the Employment Agreement.

2.2        Fringe Benefit. The benefit provided by this Agreement is granted by the Bank as a fringe benefit to the Executive and is not a part of any salary reduction plan or any arrangement deferring a bonus or a salary increase. The Executive has no option to take any current payments or bonus in lieu of the benefits provided by this Agreement.

2.3      Prohibited Payments. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any payment made under this Agreement is a “golden parachute payment” as defined in Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. section 1828(k) and Part 359 of the Rules and Regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (collectively, the “FDIC Rules”) or is otherwise prohibited, restricted or subject to the prior approval of a bank regulator, no payment shall be made hereunder without complying with said FDIC Rules.

3.0      Payment Restrictions and Limitations.

3.1      Delay in Payments for Specified Employee in the Event of a Separation From Service and Compliance With IRC 409A. If Executive is a Specified Employee as of the date of his Separation From Service, then any payment conditioned upon a Separation From Service may not be made before the date that is six (6) months after the date of Separation From Service (or, if earlier than the end of the six (6) month period, the date of Executive’s death).

In the event payments to which Executive would otherwise be entitled during the first (1st) six (6) months following a Separation From Service are subject to this six (6) month delay in payment, then such payments shall be accumulated and paid on the first (1st) day of the seventh (7th) month following the date of Separation From Service. Payments will then continue thereafter as called for pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding any provision existing in this Agreement or any amendment thereto, it is the intent of the Bank and Executive that any payment or benefit provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be made and paid in a manner, at a time and in a form which complies with the

 

8


applicable requirements of IRC 409A, in order to avoid any unfavorable tax consequences resulting from any such failure to comply.

3.2      Modifying Form of Benefit Payment/Single Life Annuity versus Joint Life. Subject to the requirement that the methodology for calculation of “Actuarial Equivalence” be consistent with IRC 409A, when the Executive Benefit herein provides for payment as a single life annuity, then, in the alternative, Executive may elect an alternative annuity payout method as approved by the Bank and as illustrated in “Exhibit B”, the Distribution Election Form. “Exhibit C”, attached hereto, provides hypothetical examples of how the benefit payments might differ between a single life annuity, a joint life annuity or a life annuity with a period certain element. The benefit payment commencement date and schedule shall otherwise remain unchanged. Any election to use an alternate annuity payment method must be made prior to the earlier of the payment start date or Executive’s death and, other than as addressed herein below, the Executive shall not have the ability to modify the form of annuity elected once payments have begun. In the event, however, that a joint and survivor annuity option is elected and Executive’s spouse pre-deceases Executive, then for all payments made to Executive after his spouse’s death, the amounts payable under this Agreement shall increase and be equal to the payment amounts Executive would have received under a single life annuity option. Executive shall not be able then to designate a new spouse and reinstate joint life annuity payments.

3.3      Change in Time or Form of Distributions. Executive and the Bank may amend this Agreement to change the timing or form of distributions, however any such amendment must comply with Code Section 409A, including the following:

 

  A.

A modification may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Code Section 409A;

 

  B.

A modification must be made at least twelve (12) months prior to the first scheduled distribution;

 

  C.

A modification must delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made;

 

  D.

A modification may not take effect until twelve (12) months has elapsed.

3.4      Withholding of Payroll Taxes. Employer shall withhold from payments made hereunder any taxes required to be withheld from Executive’s wage under federal, state or local law.

4.0      Payment of Executive Benefits. Executive Benefit payments due hereunder shall be determined and payable under this Agreement pursuant to only one (1) provision hereinbelow. The date and circumstances of Executive’s Separation From Service shall determine which paragraph shall be used to calculate the Executive Benefit payment due.

 

9


4.1      Executive Benefit Payments in the Event of: (i) Normal Retirement; (ii) an Involuntary Termination Without Cause which occurs within six (6) months before or eighteen (18) months following a Change in Control; (iii) a Termination for Good Reason which occurs within six (6) months before or eighteen (18) months following a Change in Control; or (iv and v) if on or after May 7, 2025, Executive is Involuntarily Terminated or Executive Terminates For Good Reason. If (i) Executive Separates From Service on a date which satisfies the requirements of Normal Retirement (and other than for Cause or due to Disability) or (ii and iii) Executive Separates From Service within a period beginning six (6) months prior to a Change in Control and ending eighteen (18) months following a Change in Control and such Separation From Service is an Involuntary Termination without Cause or a Termination For Good Reason; or (iv and v) if on or after May 7, 2025, Executive is Involuntarily Terminated or Terminates For Good Reason, then the Executive Benefit to which Executive is entitled shall be determined as follows:

 

  A.

Benefit Amount. Executive shall be entitled to receive an annual amount equal to the Target Benefit Amount. In addition to the forgoing, the annual Executive Benefit amount shall be increased at the rate of two percent (2%) each year, beginning on the first (1st) anniversary of the first (1st) Executive Benefit payment and annually thereafter for so long as Executive is entitled to receive an Executive Benefit.

 

  B.

Benefit Payment. Subject to the requirements of Paragraph 3.1, this annual Executive Benefit shall be paid in twelve (12) substantially equal monthly installments, with payments commencing on the first (1st) day of the first (1st) month following the later of Executive’s Separation From Service or June 1, 2028 and continuing until Executive’s death. In the alternative, Executive may elect to have this Executive Benefit paid out as a joint and survivor annuity as stated in Paragraph 3.2.

4.2      Executive Benefit in the Event of a Voluntary Termination Prior to Achieving an Applicable Percentage of Fifty Percent or Termination For Cause. In the event (i) Executive Voluntarily Separates From Service prior to achieving an Applicable Percentage of Fifty Percent (50%) or (ii) Executive is Terminated For Cause at any time after the effective date of this Agreement, then he shall forfeit any and all rights and benefits he may have under the terms of this Agreement and shall have no right to be paid any of the amounts which would otherwise be due or paid to Executive by the Bank pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

4.3      Executive Benefit Payment in the Event of Separation From Service for Any Other Reason. In the event Executive Separates From Service for any reason not covered by Paragraphs 4.1, 4.2, 4.4 (Disability) or 4.5 (Death), then the Executive Benefit to which Executive is entitled shall be determined as follows:

 

10


  A.

Benefit Amount. Executive shall be entitled to receive an annual amount equal to the Applicable Percentage (as of the date of Separation From Service) of the Target Benefit Amount. In addition to the forgoing, the annual Executive Benefit amount shall be increased at the rate of two percent (2%) each year, beginning on the first (1st) anniversary of the first (1st) Executive Benefit payment and annually thereafter for so long as the Executive is entitled to receive an Executive Benefit.

 

  B.

Benefit Payment. Subject to the requirements of Paragraph 3.1, this annual Executive Benefit shall be paid in twelve (12) substantially equal monthly installments, with payments commencing on June 1, 2028 and continuing until Executive’s death. In the alternative, Executive may elect to have this Executive Benefit paid out as a joint and survivor annuity as stated in Paragraph 3.2.

4.4      Disability. In the event that Executive becomes Disabled prior to Separating From Service, then upon such Disability, Executive shall be entitled to receive one (1) of the following amounts, depending on circumstances:

 

  A.

In the event Executive becomes Disabled prior to Separating From Service and prior to the Normal Retirement Date, then Executive shall be entitled to be paid a lump sum amount equal to the Accrued Liability Balance. This amount shall be paid in one (1) lump sum on the first (1st) day of the first (1st) month following Disability. In addition to the forgoing, if the Bank has purchased a pre-approved Individual Total Disability Policy through Lloyd’s of London (“Lloyd’s Policy”), and Executive qualifies to receive a benefit thereunder, then he shall receive any amounts due and payable as provided in such Lloyd’s Policy. If Executive fails to survive the required “elimination period” under such Lloyd’s Policy, then any additional amounts shall be payable only pursuant to a Split-Dollar Agreement, should one exist.

 

  B.

In the event Executive becomes Disabled prior to Separating From Service and after the Normal Retirement Date, then he shall be entitled to be paid a lump sum amount equal to the Accrued Liability Balance. Again, this lump sum shall be paid on the first (1st) day of the first (1st) month following Disability.

 

  C.

Disability and Death. Notwithstanding the forgoing, it is intended that this Agreement and any Split-Dollar Agreement by and between the parties shall work in concert with each other such that full duplicate benefits shall not be payable pursuant to both agreements. Therefore, despite the forgoing Paragraphs 4.4A and B, if Executive becomes Disabled but dies before Separating From Service, Paragraph 4.5A shall control and any amount due and payable shall be paid pursuant to the Split Dollar

 

11


 

Agreement only. Additionally, should Executive have received a payment hereunder as a result of Disability, then it shall be assumed that they do not intend to continue their employment and shall be presumed to have Separated From Service. Again, Paragraph 4.4A shall control in the event a Lloyd’s Policy has been purchased and Executive becomes Disabled before the Normal Retirement Date but does not survive the “elimination period”.

4.5      Death and Separation From Service.

 

  A.

Death Before Separating From Service. In the event Executive dies prior to Separating From Service, then there shall be no Executive Benefits due or owing under this Agreement. Any such amounts due upon Executive’s death while employed would be pursuant to a split dollar life insurance agreement, should one exist.

 

  B.

Death After Separating From Service. In the event Executive has Separated From Service and become entitled to an Executive Benefit pursuant to one of the provisions of this Agreement, then if Executive elected a joint and survivor annuity option pursuant to Paragraph 3.2 and completed the Election Form attached hereto Exhibit B in a timely manner, payments shall be made to Executive’s surviving spouse (or registered domestic partner) as specified therein. If benefit payments have not yet begun as of the date of Executive’s death, then payments to Executive’s surviving spouse (or registered domestic partner) shall commence on the date on which Executive would have received his first payment had he survived. (Because “Disability” is a separate and distinct trigger, Paragraph 4.4 shall control benefits paid in the event of death after Disability).

5.0      Beneficiary Designation

5.1      Beneficiary Designation. Executive shall have the right, at any time, to designate any person or persons as his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (both primary as well as secondary) to whom benefits under this Agreement shall be paid in the event of his death prior to complete distribution to the Executive of the benefits due pursuant to Paragraph 4.4 (Disability) of this Agreement. Each Beneficiary designation shall be in a written form approved by the Bank and will be effective only when filed with the Bank during the Executive’s lifetime. Attached hereto as “Exhibit D” is a Beneficiary Designation Form approved by the Bank. The Bank reserves the right to modify such Beneficiary Designation Form as it deems necessary in the future.

5.2      Amendments to Beneficiary Designation. Any Beneficiary Designation Form may be changed by Executive without the consent of any Designated Beneficiary by the filing of a new Beneficiary Designation Form with the Bank. The filing of a new Beneficiary Designation Form will cancel all Beneficiary designations previously filed. If an Executive’s compensation is

 

12


community property, any Beneficiary designation shall be valid or effective only as permitted under applicable law.

5.3      No Beneficiary Designation. In the absence of an effective beneficiary designation, or if all Designated Beneficiaries predecease Executive or die prior to complete distribution of the Executive Benefit, then Executive’s designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be Executive’s lawful spouse or registered domestic partner, or if none exists, Executive’s estate.

5.4      Doubt as to Beneficiary. If there is a doubt as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments pursuant to this Agreement, then the Bank shall have the right to withhold such payments until this matter is resolved to the satisfaction of the Bank. In the event of any such doubt or dispute, the Bank reserves all rights to file an interpleader action or to require a court decree or order directing the payment of benefits or to require indemnification from any claimant or to require claimants to otherwise finally resolve such claims prior to the Bank paying any benefits under this Plan.

5.5      Effect of Payment to the Beneficiary. Payment to the Designated Beneficiary shall fully and completely discharge the Bank from all further obligations under this Agreement.

6.0      Administration.

6.1      Committee and Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by an Administrative Committee appointed by the Board of Directors. Any member of the Committee may be removed from the Committee at any time by the Board. Any member may resign from the Committee by delivering his written resignation to the Board. Upon the existence of any vacancy, the Board may appoint a successor. The Committee shall have the authority to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. A majority vote of the Committee members constituting a quorum shall control any decision.

6.2      Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Committee may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Employer.

6.3      Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Committee in respect of any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of this Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Agreement.

6.4      Indemnity of Committee. The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee against any and all claims, loss, damage, expense, or liability arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

13


7.0      Claims Procedure.

7.1      Dispute Over Benefits. In the event a dispute arises over the benefits under this plan and benefits are not paid to the Executive [or to the Executive’s Beneficiary(ies)], if applicable) and such claimants feel they are entitled to receive such benefits, then a written claim must be made to the Administrator named above in accordance with the following procedures:

 

  A.

Written Claim. The Claimant may file a written request for such benefit to the Administrator.

 

  B.

Claim Decision. Upon receipt of such claim, the Administrator shall respond to such Claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Administrator can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days for reasonable cause by notifying the Claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.

If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Administrator shall notify the Claimant in writing of such denial. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

  (i)

The specific reasons for the denial;

  (ii)

The specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;

  (iii)

A description of any additional information or material necessary for Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

  (iv)

Appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if Claimant wishes to submit the claim for review and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and

  (v)

A statement of Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

  D.

Request for Review. Within sixty (60) days after receiving notice from the Administrator that a claim has been denied (in part or in its entirety), then Claimant (or their duly authorized representative) may file with the Administrator, a written request for a full and fair review of the denial of the claim. In the case of disability benefits where a medical judgment was

 

14


 

part of the basis of the adverse benefit determination, the review shall include a consultation with an independent health care professional.

 

   

Claimant (or his duly authorized representative) shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Administrator shall also provide Claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to Claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

  E.

Decision on Review. The Administrator shall respond in writing to such Claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to Claimant prior to the termination of the initial sixty (60) day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of sixty (60) days from the end of the initial period. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

   

In considering the review, the Administrator shall take into account all materials and information Claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

   

The Administrator shall notify Claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by Claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

  (i)

The specific reasons for the denial;

  (ii)

Reference the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;

  (iii)

A statement that Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to Claimant’s claim for benefits; and

  (iv)

A statement of Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

  F.

Special Timing and Rules for Disability Claims. In the event a claim above is a claim for disability benefits, then the applicable time periods for notifying Claimant regarding benefit determinations shall be reduced as required by 29 CFR 2560.503-1 (within a reasonable period of time, but not to exceed forty-five (45) days, subject to no more than two (2) thirty (30) day extensions if necessary due to matters beyond control of the plan

 

15


 

and subject to proper notice being given). In the event any extension is required, then notice of such extension shall specify the standards on which the entitlement to a benefit is based, all unresolved issues that prevent a decision on a claim, the additional information needed to resolve those issues, and claimant shall be afforded at least forty-five (45) days in which to provide the specified information. Additionally, all disability claims shall be handled in a manner which is compliant with the Department of Labor Rules, including but not limited to the following:

 

  (i)

Claims and appeals will be adjudicated in a manner designed to ensure independence and impartiality of the persons involved in making the benefit determination;

  (ii)

All benefit denial notices shall contain a complete discussion of why the claim was denied and the standards applied in reaching the decision, including the basis for disagreeing with the views of health care professionals, vocational professionals, or the Social Security Administration;

  (iii)

Claimant shall have the right to access to the entire claim file and other relevant documents, and shall be guaranteed the right to present evidence and testimony in support of their claim during the review process;

  (iv)

Claimant shall be given notice and a fair opportunity to respond before denials at the appeals stage are based on new or additional evidence or rationales;

  (v)

Claimant is not prohibited from seeking court review of a claim denial based on a failure to exhaust administrative remedies under the plan if the plan failed to comply with the claims procedure requirements (unless the violation was the result of a minor error);

  (vi)

Certain rescissions of coverage are to be treated as adverse benefit determinations triggering the plan’s appeals procedures; and

  (vii)

All required notices and disclosures issued hereunder shall be written in a culturally and linguistically appropriate manner.

7.2     Arbitration of Disputes. Other than any claim which must be brought in accordance with the requirements established by ERISA, all unresolved claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach or interpretation thereof, other than those matters which are to be determined by the Employer in its sole and absolute discretion shall be resolved by binding arbitration before an arbitrator selected by the mutual agreement of the parties (unless prohibited by ERISA). Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to this Agreement and in no event shall the demand for arbitration be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. The arbitration shall be subject to such rules of procedure used or established by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services. Any award rendered by the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the successors and assigns, and may be entered in any

 

16


court having jurisdiction thereof. The obligation of the parties to arbitrate pursuant to this clause shall be specifically enforceable in accordance with, and shall be conducted consistently with the provisions of the California Rules of Civil Procedure. Any arbitration hereunder shall be conducted in Lafayette, California, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties.

7.3     Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any arbitration or litigation concerning any controversy, claim or dispute between the parties hereto, arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach hereof, or the interpretation hereof, (a) each party shall pay his own attorneys’ arbitration and legal fees incurred pursuant to this Agreement; and (b) if Executive prevails, he shall be entitled to recover from the other party reasonable expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in the enforcement or collection of any judgment or award rendered. The term “prevails” applies if the arbitrator(s) or court finds that Executive is entitled to contested money payments from the Employer, but does not necessarily imply a judgment rendered in favor of the Executive. Furthermore, the Employer recognizes that the Executive may not pursue a legitimate claim for benefits or benefit amounts if he is found not to be the prevailing party at arbitration or litigation. Thus, to ensure that the Executive is not deterred from pursuing a legitimate claim, the Employer hereby agrees to waive any and all rights it may have to recover attorneys’ fees from the Executive pursuant to this Agreement in the future, whether by statute or contract, and regardless of whether Employer is found to be the “prevailing party”.

7.4     Attorneys’ Fees in the event of a Change in Control. The Employer is aware that, after a Change in Control, management of the Employer could cause or attempt to cause the Employer to refuse to comply with its obligations under this Agreement, or could institute or cause or attempt to cause the Employer to institute litigation seeking to have this Agreement declared unenforceable, or could take or attempt to take other action to deny the Executive the benefits intended under this Agreement. In these circumstances, the purpose of this Agreement would be frustrated. The Employer desires that the Executive not be required to incur the expenses associated with the enforcement of rights under this Agreement, whether by litigation or other legal action, because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be granted to the Executive hereunder. The Employer desires that the Executive not be forced to negotiate settlement of rights under this Agreement under threat of incurring expenses. Accordingly, if after a Change in Control occurs, it appears to the Executive that (i) the Employer has failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement, or (ii) the Employer or any other person has taken any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or instituted any litigation or other legal action designed to deny, diminish or to recover from the Executive the benefits intended to be provided to the Executive hereunder, the Employer irrevocably authorizes the Executive from time to time to retain counsel of the Executive’s choice, at the Employer’s expense as provided in this subparagraph, to represent the Executive in the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Employer or any director, officer, stockholder or other person affiliated with the Employer, in any jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any existing or previous attorney-client relationship between the Employer and any counsel chosen by the Executive under this subparagraph, the Employer irrevocably consents to the Executive entering into an attorney-client relationship with that counsel, and the Executive and the Employer agree that a confidential relationship shall exist between the Executive and that counsel. The fees and expenses of counsel selected from time to

 

17


time by the Executive as provided in this section shall be paid or reimbursed to the Executive by the Employer on a regular periodic basis upon presentation by the Executive of a statement or statements prepared by such counsel in accordance with such counsel’s customary practices up to a maximum aggregate amount of one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000), whether suit be brought or not, and whether or not incurred in trial, bankruptcy or appellate proceedings. The Employer’s obligation to pay Executive’s legal fees provided by this subparagraph operate separately from and in addition to any legal fees reimbursement obligation the Employer may have with the Executive under any separate employment, severance or other agreement between the Executive and the Employer. Despite any contrary provision within this Agreement, however, the Employer shall not be required to pay or reimburse the Executive’s legal expenses if doing so would violate section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1828(k)] and rule 359.3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 CFR 359.3]. Furthermore, the Employer again acknowledges that the Executive may not pursue a legitimate claim for benefits or benefit amounts if he is found not to be the prevailing party at arbitration or litigation. Thus, to ensure that the Executive is not deterred from pursuing a legitimate claim, the Employer hereby agrees to waive any and all rights it may have to recover attorneys’ fees from the Executive pursuant to this Agreement in the future, whether by statute or contract, and regardless of whether the Employer is found to be the “prevailing party”.

8.0     Miscellaneous.

8.1     Unfunded Plan. This Agreement is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select group of “management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of Sections 201, 301, and 401 of ERISA, and therefore to be exempt from the provisions of Parts 2, 3, and 4 of Title I of ERISA. Accordingly, this Agreement shall terminate and no further benefits shall be paid hereunder in the event it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or by an opinion of counsel that this Agreement constitutes an employee pension benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA which is not so exempt.

8.2     Status as an Unsecured General Creditor and Rabbi Trust. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary: (i) the Executive shall have no legal or equitable rights, interests or claims in or to any specific property or assets of the Bank as a result of this Agreement; (ii) none of the Bank’s assets shall be held in or under any trust for the benefit of the Executive or held in any way as security for the fulfillment of the obligations of the Bank under this Agreement; (iii) all of the Bank’s assets shall be and remain the general unpledged and unrestricted assets of the Bank; (iv) the Bank’s obligation under this Agreement shall be that of an unfunded and unsecured promise by the Bank to pay money in the future; and (v) the Executive shall be an unsecured general creditor with respect to any benefits which may be payable under the terms of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding subparagraphs (i) through (v) above, the Bank and the Executive acknowledge and agree that, in the event of a Change in Control, upon Executive’s request, or in the Bank’s discretion if the Executive does not so request and the Bank nonetheless deems it appropriate, the Bank shall establish, not later than the effective date of the Change in Control, a

 

18


Rabbi Trust or multiple Rabbi Trusts (the “Trust” or “Trusts”) upon such terms and conditions as the Bank, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate and in compliance with applicable provisions of the Code, in order to permit the Bank to make contributions and/or transfer assets to the Trust or Trusts to discharge its obligations pursuant to this Agreement. The principal of the Trust or Trusts and any earnings thereon shall be held separate and apart from other funds of the Bank to be used exclusively for discharge of the Bank’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement and shall continue to be subject to the claims of the Bank’s general creditors until paid to the Executive in such manner and at such times as specified in this Agreement.

8.3     Non-assignability. Neither Executive nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be unassignable and nontransferable. No part of the amount payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by Executive or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of Executive’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.

8.4     Not a Contract of Employment. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between Employer and the Executive, and the Executive (or his beneficiary, if applicable) shall have no rights against Employer except as may otherwise be specifically provided herein. Moreover, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to give the Executive the right to be retained in the service of the Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discipline or discharge him at any time.

8.5     Protective Provisions. Executive will cooperate with the Employer by furnishing any and all information requested by the Employer, in order to facilitate the payment of benefit hereunder, and by taking such physical examinations as the Employer may deem necessary and taking such other action as may be requested by the Employer.

8.6     Terms. Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were used in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and wherever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.

8.7     Captions. The captions of the sections, and paragraphs of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

8.8     Governing Law. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed, interpreted, and governed in all respects in accordance with applicable federal law and, to the extent not preempted by such federal law, in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

19


8.9     Binding Effect/Merger or Reorganization. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Executive and the Bank. Accordingly, the Bank shall not merge or consolidate into or with another corporation, or reorganize or sell substantially all of its assets to another corporation, firm or person, unless and until such succeeding or continuing corporation, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Bank under this Agreement. The term successors as used herein shall include any corporate or other business entity which shall, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Bank, and successors of any such corporation or other business entity.

8.10     Nonwaiver. The failure of either party to enforce at any time or for any period of time any one or more of the terms or conditions of this Agreement shall not be a waiver of such term(s) or condition(s) or of that party’s right thereafter to enforce each and every term and condition of this Agreement.

8.11     Validity. If any terms, provision, covenant, or condition of this Agreement is determined by an arbitrator or a court, as the case may be, to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, such determination shall not render any other term, provision, covenant or condition invalid, void or unenforceable, and this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such partial invalidity.

8.12     Entire Agreement. This Agreement supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and contains all of the covenants and agreements between the parties with respect thereto. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that no other representations, inducements, promises, or agreements, oral or otherwise, have been made by any party, or anyone acting on behalf of any party, which are not set forth herein, and that no other agreement, statement, or promise not contained in this Agreement shall be valid or binding on either party.

8.13     Modifications. Any modification of this Agreement shall be effective only if it is in writing and signed by each party or such party’s authorized representative, and only to the extent that it is compliant with all applicable codes and statutes, including but not limited to IRC 409A.

8.14     Notice. Any notice required or permitted of either the Executive or the Bank under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been duly given, if by personal delivery, upon the date received by the party or its authorized representative; if by facsimile, upon transmission to a telephone number previously provided by the party to whom the facsimile is transmitted as reflected in the records of the party transmitting the facsimile and upon reasonable confirmation of such transmission; if by electronic delivery or email upon transmission to the email address previously provided by the party to whom the email is transmitted as reflected in the records of the party transmitting the email and upon reasonable confirmation of such transmission; and if by mail, on the third day after mailing via U.S. first class mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, and addressed to the party at the address given below for the receipt of notices, or such changed address as may be requested in writing by a party.

 

20


  If to the Bank:

If to the Executive:

8.15     Code Section 280G Issues.

 

  A.

Treatment of Excess Parachute Payments. In the event that any benefits payable to Executive pursuant to this Agreement (“Payments”) (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this Paragraph 8.15 would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, or any comparable successor provisions (the “Excise Tax”), then Executive’s Payments hereunder shall be either (a) provided to Executive in full, or (b) provided to Executive as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to the Excise Tax, whichever of the foregoing amounts, when taking into account applicable federal, state, local and foreign income and employment taxes, the Excise Tax, and any other applicable taxes, results in the receipt by Executive, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under the Excise Tax. In the event of a reduction of benefits hereunder, the Accountants (as defined below) shall determine which benefits shall be reduced so as to achieve the principle set forth in the preceding sentence.

 

  B.

Determination of Amounts. All computations and determinations called for by this Paragraph 8.15 shall be promptly determined and reported in writing to the Bank and Executive by independent public accountants or other independent advisors selected by the Bank and reasonably acceptable to Executive (the “Accountants”), and all such computations and determinations shall be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Bank. For the purposes of such determinations, the Accountants may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Bank and Executive shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make their required determinations. The Bank shall bear all fees and expenses charged by the Accountants in connection with such services.

 

  C.

Potential Further Reduction of Benefits. If, notwithstanding any reduction described in Paragraph 8.15A, the IRS determines that Executive is liable for the Excise Tax as a result of the receipt of any payments made

 

21


 

pursuant to this Plan, then Executive shall be obligated to pay back to the Bank, within thirty (30) days after a final IRS determination or in the event that Executive challenges the final IRS determination, a final judicial determination, a portion of the Payments equal to the “Repayment Amount.” The Repayment Amount shall be the smallest such amount, if any, as shall be required to be paid to the Bank so that Executive’s net after-tax proceeds with respect to the Payments (after taking into account the payment of the Excise Tax and all other applicable taxes imposed on such benefits) shall be maximized. The Repayment Amount shall be zero if a Repayment Amount of more than zero would not result in Executive’s net after-tax proceeds with respect to the Payments being maximized. If the Excise Tax is not eliminated pursuant to this Paragraph 8.15C, Executive shall pay the Excise Tax.

 

  D.

Potential Increase in Benefits. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Paragraph 8.15, if (i) there is a reduction in the payments to Executive as described in this Paragraph 8.15, (ii) the IRS later determines that Executive is liable for the Excise Tax, the payment of which would result in the maximization of Executive’s net after-tax proceeds (calculated as if Executive’s benefits had not previously been reduced), and (iii) Executive pays the Excise Tax, then the Bank shall pay to Executive those payments which were reduced pursuant to this Paragraph 8.15 as soon as administratively possible after Executive pays the Excise Tax so that Executive’s net after-tax proceeds with respect to the payment of the Payments are maximized.

8.16     Opportunity To Consult With Independent Advisors. Executive acknowledges that he has been afforded the opportunity to consult with independent advisors of his choosing including, without limitation, accountants or tax advisors and counsel regarding both the benefits granted to him under the terms of this Agreement and the (i) terms and conditions which may affect Executive’s right to these benefits and (ii) personal tax effects of such benefits including, without limitation, the effects of any federal or state taxes, Section 280G of the Code, IRC 409A, and any other taxes, costs, expenses or liabilities whatsoever related to such benefits, which in any of the foregoing instances Executive acknowledges and agrees shall be the sole responsibility of Executive notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Agreement. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the Bank shall have no liability whatsoever related to any such personal tax effects or other personal costs, expenses, or liabilities applicable to Executive and further specifically waives any right for himself, and his heirs, Beneficiaries, legal representatives, agents, successor and assign to claim or assert liability on the part of the Bank related to the matters described above in this paragraph. Executive further acknowledges that he has read, understands and consents to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and that he enters into this Agreement with a full understanding of its terms and conditions.

9.0     Amendment and Plan Termination.

 

22


9.1     Entire Agreement. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that no other representations, inducements, promises, or agreements, oral or otherwise, have been made by any party, or anyone acting on behalf of any party, which are not set forth herein, and that no other agreement, statement, or promise not contained in this Agreement shall be valid or binding on either party with respect to the terms of this Agreement.

9.2     Amendments. This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Bank and Executive. However, the Bank may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Bank from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative or tax law, including without limitation Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. Additionally, the Bank may unilaterally amend this Agreement in order to effectuate a Plan termination as provided below in Paragraph 9.3.

9.3     Plan Terminations. The Bank may terminate this Plan as provided by, and in accordance with, those restrictions imposed by Code Section 409A. In the event this Plan is terminated at any time before May 7, 2028, however, then Executive shall be deemed to have fully vested in the benefit provided under Paragraph 4.1 immediately prior to any such action taken to irrevocably terminate this plan.

 

CALIFORNIA BANK OF COMMERCE

By:

 

/s/ Randy Greenfield

 

            

 

Date:

 

1-29-19

 

        Authorized Executive/ Title

     

/s/ Steven E. Shelton        12/28/18

     

STEVEN E. SHELTON

Executive-   Signature and Date

     

            Print Name

 

23


“Exhibit A”

To The

EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

(By and Between California Bank of Commerce and Steven E. Shelton)

(as of 12/28, 2018)

Sample Illustration of Projected Salary and Potential Executive Benefit Amounts

 

         
Age     May 1st                 Projected Salary     25% of Target
Benefit
    Pre-Tax Retirement
Benefit (2)
 
            57.90       2018       $    375,000       $  93,750      
  58.90       2019       $    390,000       $  95,625      
  59.90       2020       $    405,600       $  97,550      
  60.90       2021       $    421,824       $101,452      
  61.90       2022       $    438,697       $105,510      
  62.90       2023       $    456,245       $109,730      
  63.90       2024       $    474,495       $114,120      
  64.90       2025       $    493,474       $118,684      
  65.90       2026       $    513,213       $123,432      
  66.90       2027       $    533,742       $128,369      
  67.90       2028       $    555,092       $133,504       $      77,877  
  68.90       2029           $    135,061  
  69.90       2030           $    137,762  
  70.90       2031           $    140,517  
  71.90       2032           $    143,327  
  72.90       2033           $    146,194  
  73.90       2034           $    149,118  
  74.90       2035           $    152,100  
  75.90       2036           $    155,142  
  76.90       2037           $    158,245  
  77.90       2038           $    161,410  
  78.90       2039           $    164,638  
  79.90       2040           $    167,931  
  80.90       2041           $    171,289  
  81.90       2042           $    174,715  
  82.90       2043           $    178,210  
  83.90       2044           $    181,774  
  84.90       2045           $    185,409  
  85.90       2046           $    189,117  
  86.90       2047                       $      31,779  

Note*: This illustration uses 25% of Salary as the Target Benefit Amount, however, this amount reflects projections for twenty-five percent (25%) of the average of Executive’s three (3) highest calendar years of Base Salary. This is in no way a guarantee of benefits or amounts.

 

1

Exhibit 10.15

EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

(By and Between California Bank of Commerce and Thomas A. Sa)

This Executive Supplemental Compensation Agreement (hereinafter “Agreement”) is executed and entered into as of January 31, 2020, by and between California Bank of Commerce (hereinafter the “Bank” or the “Employer”), a state-chartered commercial bank with its principal offices located in the city of Lafayette, California, and Thomas A. Sa, an executive officer of the Bank (“Executive”) and was effective as of the Effective Date.

WHEREAS, it is deemed to be in the best interests of the Employer to provide Executive with certain fringe benefits, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, in order to reasonably induce Executive to remain in the Bank’s employ;

WHEREAS, Executive and the Employer wish to specify in writing the terms and conditions upon which these certain fringe benefits will be provided to Executive;

WHEREAS, it is the intent of the parties hereto that this Agreement be considered an unfunded arrangement maintained primarily to provide supplemental retirement benefits for Executive, who is a member of management and a highly compensated employee within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”);

WHEREAS, this Agreement satisfies the Employer’s obligations to provide Executive with a supplemental executive retirement plan under Paragraph 7 of that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2019, by and between the parties (the “Employment Agreement”); and

WHEREAS it is the intent of the parties hereto that this Agreement be compliant with the requirements of IRC 409A.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the past employment performance and the services to be performed by Executive in the future, as well as the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, Executive and the Employer agree as follows:

1.0        Definitions. For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. In addition, in the event of any ambiguity, then any terms herein shall be interpreted so as to be compliant with IRC 409A.

1.1        Accrued Liability Balance. The “Accrued Liability Balance” (“ALB”) shall mean the liability accrued by the Bank in order to fully fund the future benefit payments associated with this Agreement. In general, the ALB shall reflect “Minimum Monthly Contributions” (addressed in Paragraphs 1.3 and 4.1) and “Annual Incentive Contributions” (addressed in Paragraphs 1.3 and 4.2). The Accrued Liability Balance shall reflect all Minimum Monthly Contributions within fifteen (15) days of the month’s end, or, in the case of an Annual Incentive Contribution, by no later than sixty (60) days following the close of a given Service Period year.

 

-1-


1.2        Accrued Liability Balance Interest Rate. Until such time as Executive Separates From Service, becomes Disabled or forfeits a benefit by operation of this Agreement, the ALB shall be credited with interest compounding monthly at the Accrued Liability Interest Rate (“ALB Interest Rate”) which shall be determined as follows: ALB Interest Rate shall be the greater of four point two five percent (4.25%) or the discount rate used by the Bank to account for other nonqualified retirement plans.

1.3        Accrued Liability Balance Contributions. The term “Accrued Liability Balance Contributions” (“ALB Contributions”) shall refer to both those mandatory “Minimum Monthly Contributions” specified in Paragraph 4.1, as well as those “Annual Incentive Contributions” specified in Paragraph 4.2. Other than as provided in Paragraph 1.22, Accrued Liability Balance Contributions shall cease upon Separation From Service or the triggering of any payment event under Section 5.

1.4        Administrator. The Bank shall be the “Administrator” of this Agreement.

1.5        Bank Performance Plan. The “Bank Performance Plan” (“BPP”) defines the performance criteria to be used to measure the annual financial performance of the Bank and the Annual Incentive Contribution amount to be made under this Agreement (as approved by the Committee). A copy of the 2019 BPP goals is attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein as “Exhibit A”, and the Annual Incentive Contribution amount shall be pro-rated for 2019 to address partial year participation in the Plan. For years after 2019, the BPP goals will either remain as specified for the prior Service Period or will be modified by the Committee following consultation with Executive. Any changes to the BPP goals will be provided to the Executive in a timely manner.

1.6        Change in Control. A Change in Control shall include any of the following (and for the purposes of this provision, the term “corporation” shall mean the “Bank” as defined above):

 

  A.

Change in the Ownership of a Corporation. A change in the ownership of a corporation occurs on the date that any one person or persons acting as a group (as defined in IRC 409A), acquires ownership of stock of the corporation that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such corporation. The acquisition of additional stock by the same person or group is not considered to cause a change in the ownership of the corporation.

 

  B.

Change in the Effective Control of a Corporation. A change in the effective control of the corporation shall be deemed to occur on either of the following dates:

(i) The date any one person, or persons acting as a group acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group) ownership of stock

 

-2-


of the corporation possessing thirty percent (30%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of such corporation; or

(ii) The date a majority of members of the corporation’s board of directors is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the corporation’s board of directors before the date of the appointment or election.

 

  C.

Change in the Ownership of a Substantial Portion of a Corporation’s Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation’s assets shall be deemed to occur on the date that any one person or group acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the corporation that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than forty percent (40%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the corporation immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions. No Change in Control shall result if the assets are transferred to certain entities controlled directly or indirectly by the shareholders of the transferring corporation.

In addition, to constitute a change in control event with respect to the Executive, the change in control event must relate to (i) the corporation for which the Executive is performing services at the time of the Change in Control; (ii) the corporation that is liable for the payment of the amounts described herein (or all corporations liable for the payment if more than one corporation is liable) but only if either the deferred compensation is attributable to the performance of service by the Executive for such corporation(s) or there is a bona fide business purpose for such corporation(s) to be liable for such payment and, in either case, no significant purpose of making such corporation(s) liable for such payment is the avoidance of Federal income tax; or (iii) a corporation that is a majority shareholder of a corporation identified in (i) or (ii) above, or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in (i) or (ii) above.

1.7        Code. The “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.8        Committee. The term “Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the board of directors of California BanCorp, a California corporation and the sole shareholder of the Bank.

1.9        Designated Beneficiary(ies). The terms “Designated Beneficiary(ies)” or “Beneficiary(ies)” shall mean any individual(s) or entities designated to receive any amount due or outstanding to Executive or payable upon his death under this Agreement. The Beneficiary(ies) shall be designated in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.0.

 

-3-


1.10      Disability/Disabled. Executive will be considered “Disabled” or have a “Disability” if it is determined by the Administrator, in a manner consistent with IRC 409A, that:

 

  A.

Executive is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; or

 

  B.

Executive is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer.

1.11        Effective Date. The term “Effective Date” shall mean June 1, 2019.

1.12        Employer. The term “Employer” shall mean California Bank of Commerce, any subsidiaries or affiliates thereof, or any successors thereto.

1.13        ERISA. The term “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

1.14        Executive Benefit. The term “Executive Benefit” shall refer to the benefit to which Executive may be entitled to receive pursuant to this Agreement. Amounts actually received by Executive, however, shall be determined pursuant to Sections 3 through 5 (including sub-paragraphs, as applicable), forfeited, reduced or adjusted to the extent: (a) required under the other provisions of this Agreement; (b) required by reason of the lawful order of any regulatory agency or body having jurisdiction over the Employer; or (c) required in order for the Employer to comply with any and all applicable state and federal laws, including, but not limited to, income, employment and disability income tax laws (e.g., FICA, FUTA, SDI).

1.15        Involuntary Termination/Involuntary Separation From Service. In accordance with IRC 409A, the terms “Involuntary Termination” or “Involuntary Separation From Service” shall mean a Separation From Service due to the independent exercise of the unilateral authority of the Bank to terminate Executive’s services, other than due to Executive’s implicit or explicit request, where Executive was willing and able to continue performing services. Involuntary Termination also includes a termination by the Employer due to Executive’s Disability but does not include termination due to death, or a Termination For Cause.

1.16        IRC 409A. The term “IRC 409A” shall refer to Section 409A of the Code and the final regulations issued by the IRS and the Treasury Department under Section 409A of the Code.

 

-4-


1.17        Joint Beneficiary Agreement. The term “Joint Beneficiary Agreement” shall refer to any agreement between the parties pursuant to which a life insurance policy on the life of Executive is owned by the Bank, and pursuant to which the Bank and Executive’s designated beneficiaries will share in policy proceeds upon Executive’s death. The date of effectiveness of the Joint Beneficiary Agreement is the “JBA Date”.

1.18        Maximum Total Contribution. The term “Maximum Total Contribution” shall mean the dollar amount equal to $835,135.

1.19        Participant. The terms “Executive” and “Participant” shall be interchangeable.

1.20        Service Period. The term “Service Period” shall refer to the consecutive period of time between January 1 and December 31 of a given calendar year, during which time Executive must remain employed (shall not Separate From Service) in order to receive an Annual Incentive Contribution for such Service Period. If, however, Executive Separates From Service after October 1 of a given calendar year, then Executive shall be deemed to have completed the entire Service Period, thereby entitling him to the Annual Incentive Contribution he would have received had Separation From Service occurred on December 31 of such given year. The first Service Period covered by this Agreement shall be June 1, 2019 through December 31, 2019. Thereafter, and as stated above, a Service Period shall refer to a calendar year.

1.21        Separation From Service/Termination of Employment. The terms “Separation From Service” (“Separates From Service”) and “Termination of Employment” shall be used interchangeably for the purposes of this Agreement and shall be defined in accordance with the provisions of IRC 409A. Whether a termination of employment has occurred shall be determined based on whether the facts and circumstances indicate that the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that no further services will be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services Executive will perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) will permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services performed over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period (or the full period of services to the Employer if Executive has been providing services to the Employer for less than 36 months). There shall be no Separation From Service while Executive is on military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence, as long as such leave does not exceed six (6) months, or if longer, so long as Executive retains a right to re-employment with the Employer under an applicable statute or by contract.

1.22        Specified Employee. The term “Specified Employee” means an employee who, as of the date of his Separation From Service, is a key employee of an employer of which any stock is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise. An employee is a key employee if the employee meets the requirements of section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) of the Code (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and disregarding section 416(i)(5) of the Code) at any time during the twelve (12) month period ending on a specified employee identification date. If Executive is a key employee of Employer as of a specified employee identification date, then Executive shall be treated as a key employee of Employer for the entire twelve (12) month period beginning on the specified employee effective date.

 

-5-


1.23        Termination For Cause. Separate and distinct from an Involuntary Termination, a “Termination for Cause” shall be defined as Executive’s Termination of Employment by the Bank for “Cause” as such term is defined in the Employment Agreement.

1.24        Termination For Good Reason. A Termination of Employment shall be deemed to be “For Good Reason” if Executive Separates From Service due to Good Reason as defined in the Employment Agreement. In the event of any of the forgoing circumstances, Executive shall provide notice to the Employer of the existence of the conditions described above within a period not to exceed ninety (90) days of the initial existence of said condition, upon the notice of which the Employer must be provided a period of at least thirty (30) days during which it may remedy the condition. If the condition is not remedied within those thirty (30) days and Executive Voluntarily Terminates within two (2) years following the initial existence of the forgoing events, then such Separation From Service shall be deemed to have been a “Termination For Good Reason”.

1.25        Voluntary Termination. The term “Voluntary Termination” or “Voluntarily Terminates” shall mean a Separation From Service elected by the Executive and not as a result of (i) death or (ii) Disability or (iii) Good Reason.

2.0          Scope, Purpose and Effect.

2.1        Not a Contract of Employment. Although this Agreement is intended to provide Executive with an additional incentive to remain in the employ of the Employer, this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between Executive and the Employer, nor shall any provision of this Agreement restrict or expand the right of the Employer to terminate Executive’s employment. This Agreement shall have no impact or effect the Employment Agreement, it being the parties’ intention and agreement that unless this Agreement is specifically referenced in said Employment Agreement (or any modification thereto), this Agreement (and the Employer’s obligations hereunder) shall stand separate and apart and shall have no effect on or be affected by, the terms and provisions of the Employment Agreement.

2.2        Fringe Benefit. The benefit provided by this Agreement is granted by the Bank as a fringe benefit to the Executive and is not a part of any salary reduction plan or any arrangement deferring a bonus or a salary increase. The Executive has no option to take any current payments or bonus in lieu of the benefits provided by this Agreement.

2.3        Prohibited Payments. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any payment made under this Agreement is a “golden parachute payment” as defined in Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. section 1828(k) and Part 359 of the Rules and Regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (collectively, the “FDIC Rules”) or is otherwise prohibited, restricted or subject to the prior approval of a bank regulator, no payment shall be made hereunder without complying with said FDIC Rules.

 

-6-


3.0          Payment Restrictions and Limitations.

3.1        Delay in Payments for Specified Employee in the Event of a Separation From Service and Compliance With IRC 409A. If Executive is a Specified Employee as of the date of his Separation From Service, then any nonqualified deferred compensation payment to be paid on account of his Separation From Service may not be made before the date that is six (6) months after the date of Separation From Service (or, if earlier than the end of the six (6) month period, the date of Executive’s death).

In the event payments to which Executive would otherwise be entitled during the first (1st) six (6) months following a Separation From Service are subject to this six (6) month delay in payment, then such payments shall be accumulated and paid on the first (1st) day of the seventh (7th) month following the date of Separation From Service. Payments will then continue thereafter as called for pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

3.2        Change in Time or Form of Distributions. Executive and the Bank may amend this Agreement to change the timing or form of distributions, however any such amendment must comply with IRC Section 409A, including the following:

 

  A.

A modification may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in IRC 409A;

 

  B.

A modification must be made at least twelve (12) months prior to the first scheduled distribution;

 

  C.

A modification must delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made;

 

  D.

A modification may not take effect until twelve (12) months has elapsed.

3.3        Withholding of Payroll Taxes. Employer shall withhold from payments made hereunder any taxes required to be withheld from Executive’s wage under federal, state or local law.

3.4        Payments Pursuant to Only One Provision Below. Executive Benefit payments due hereunder shall be determined and payable under this Agreement pursuant to only one (1) provision herein. The date and circumstances of Executive’s Separation From Service or Disability shall determine which paragraph shall be used to calculate the Executive Benefit payment due and shall be based on the first of the following to occur.

4.0          Contributions to the ALB.

4.1        Minimum Monthly Contributions to the ALB. The parties agree to the following Minimum Monthly Contributions shown in the chart below in order to achieve the intended ALB by no later than December 31, 2023. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Minimum Monthly Contributions to the ALB shall be required only until such time as the ALB reaches the Maximum Total Contribution. There shall be no additional Minimum

 

-7-


Monthly Contributions to the ALB required after the point in time at which the ALB has reached the Maximum Total Contribution. Subject to the foregoing limitations, Minimum Monthly Contributions to the ALB shall be as follows:

 

Time Period    Minimum Monthly Contribution

Each calendar month between and

including June 2019 through December 2019

(with the ALB crediting occurring on

January 31, 2020)

   $23,861                                

Each calendar month between and

including January 2020 through December 2023

(with the ALB crediting occurring on last day of

each month)

   $13,919      

The earlier of January 1, 2024 or the ALB

reaching the Maximum Total Contribution

   There shall be no more Minimum Monthly Contributions

4.2        Additional Annual Incentive Contributions to ALB.

 

  A.

Annual Incentive Contribution Amounts. In addition to the Minimum Monthly Contributions required above, commencing with Service Period year 2020 and continuing until such time as the ALB reaches the Maximum Total Contribution, the Bank shall also make an additional Annual Incentive Contribution to the ALB solely based on the satisfaction of such BPP goals for each Service Period year through and including the Service Period year expiring on December 31, 2023. The Annual Incentive Contribution shall be calculated as a percentage of the total Minimum Monthly Contribution required annually above under Paragraph 4.1 [$167,028 ($13,919 X 12)]. Based on the satisfaction of the performance goals, the Annual Incentive Contribution amount ranges between zero percent (0%) and one hundred percent (100%) of the annualized Minimum Monthly Contribution as shown in the table below. In no event shall the Annual Incentive Contribution cause the aggregate Employer contributions to the ALB to exceed the Maximum Total Contribution.

 

-8-


% of BPP Achieved in a given Service

Period

   Annual Incentive Contribution to ALB
(expressed as a  % of the total Minimum
Monthly Contribution required
annually) ($167,028)
0-100%    0%
115%    30%
125%    50%
135%    75%
140%    100%

It is intended that the foregoing chart provides benchmark contribution amounts based on the percentage of BPP goals achieved, and percentage of BPP achieved between the above percentages in left columns will use linear interpolation to determine the Annual Incentive Contribution amounts to the ALB in the right column (up to 140%).

 

  5.0

Payment of Executive Benefits.

5.1        Separation From Service On or Before December 31, 2023.

 

  A.

Accelerated Contribution. If, on or before December 31, 2023, (i) Executive’s employment is Involuntarily Terminated, (ii) Executive Terminates For Good Reason, (iii) Executive dies before both the JBA Date and his Separation From Service (a “Qualifying Death”), or (iv) there is a Change in Control, then the ALB shall then be credited with an additional amount as needed so that its aggregate balance equals the Maximum Total Contribution.

 

  B.

Payment for Any Separation From Service On or Before December 31, 2023. If Executive either Separates From Service (other than due to a Termination For Cause) or experiences a Qualifying Death in each case on or before December 31, 2023, then Executive shall receive the Executive Benefit specified below in this Paragraph 5.1B based on the value of the ALB on the Separation From Service. For avoidance of doubt, this Paragraph 5.1B Executive Benefit shall not be provided if Executive Separates From Service due to his death which was not a Qualifying Death or due to a Termination For Cause. The ALB as of the Separation From Service date shall be used to determine the value of a ten (10) year annuity (using a discount rate that is equal to the interest then used by the Bank to credit the ALB) with payments commencing the first day of the first month following the Separation From Service. This annual amount shall then be used to calculate the amount of twelve (12) substantially equal monthly payments. This monthly amount shall then be paid to Executive commencing on the first day of the first month following Separation From Service and shall continue to be paid on the first day of each month for ten (10) years (120 months) thereafter.

 

-9-


  C.

Termination For Cause On or Before December 31, 2023. If Executive is Terminated For Cause on or before December 31, 2023, then he shall forfeit any and all rights to any Executive Benefit under this Agreement.

5.2        Separation From Service or Disability On or After January 1, 2024.

 

  A.

Separation From Service On or After January 1, 2024. If Executive Separates From Service for any reason other than due to his death which was not a Qualifying Death on or after January 1, 2024, then Executive shall receive his Executive Benefits under this Agreement in the same time and manner as under Paragraph 5.1B.

5.3        Death and Separation From Service.

 

  A.

Death Before Separating From Service. If Executive’s Separation From Service occurs due to his death (other than under Paragraph 5.3C), then notwithstanding anything to the contrary there shall be no Executive Benefits payable to Executive under this Agreement.

 

  B.

Death After Separating From Service. In the event Executive dies after he has Separated From Service and he was entitled to an Executive Benefit pursuant to the provisions of Paragraphs 5.1B or 5.2A, then any then unpaid Executive Benefit payments shall be made to Executive’s designated Beneficiary(ies) in the same amount and on the same schedule as Executive would have received had he survived.

 

  C.

Qualifying Death. If Executive experiences a Qualifying Death, then his beneficiaries shall receive the benefits of both (x) Paragraph 5.1A (if such death occurred before January 1, 2024) and (y) Paragraph 5.1B or 5.2A, as applicable..

6.0        Beneficiary Designation.

6.1      Beneficiary Designation. Executive shall have the right, at any time, to designate any person or persons as his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (both primary as well as secondary) to whom benefits under this Agreement shall be paid in the event of his death prior to complete distribution to the Executive of the benefits due to him under this Agreement. Each Beneficiary designation shall be in a written form approved by the Bank and will be effective only when filed with the Bank during the Executive’s lifetime. Attached hereto as “Exhibit B” is a Beneficiary Designation Form approved by the Bank. The Bank reserves the right to modify such Beneficiary Designation Form as it deems necessary in the future.

6.2      Amendments to Beneficiary Designation. Any Beneficiary Designation Form may be changed by Executive without the consent of any Designated Beneficiary by the filing of a new Beneficiary Designation Form with the Bank. The filing of a new Beneficiary Designation Form will cancel all Beneficiary designations previously filed. If an Executive’s

 

-10-


compensation is community property, any Beneficiary designation shall be valid or effective only as permitted under applicable law.

6.3        No Beneficiary Designation. In the absence of an effective beneficiary designation, or if all Designated Beneficiaries predecease Executive or die prior to complete distribution of the Executive Benefit, then Executive’s designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be Executive’s lawful spouse or registered domestic partner, or if none exists, Executive’s estate.

6.4        Doubt as to Beneficiary. If there is a doubt as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments pursuant to this Agreement, then the Bank shall have the right to withhold such payments until this matter is resolved to the satisfaction of the Bank. In the event of any such doubt or dispute, the Bank reserves all rights to file an interpleader action or to require a court decree or order directing the payment of benefits or to require indemnification from any claimant or to require claimants to otherwise finally resolve such claims prior to the Bank paying any benefits under this Agreement.

6.5        Effect of Payment to the Beneficiary. Payment to the Designated Beneficiary shall fully and completely discharge the Bank from all further obligations under this Agreement.

7.0        Administration.

7.1        Committee and Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by the Committee (also referred to herein as the “Administrator”). The Committee shall have the authority to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. A majority vote of the Committee members constituting a quorum shall control any decision.

7.2    Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Committee may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Employer.

7.3    Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Committee in respect of any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of this Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Agreement and shall receive maximum deference under applicable law.

7.4    Indemnity of Committee. The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee against any and all claims, loss, damage, expense, or liability arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct.

8.0        Claims Procedure.

 

-11-


8.1        Dispute Over Benefits. In the event a dispute arises over the benefits under this Agreement and benefits are not paid to the Executive or to the Executive’s Beneficiary(ies), if applicable) and such claimants feel they are entitled to receive such benefits, then a written claim must be made to the Administrator named above in accordance with the following procedures:

 

  A.

Written Claim. The Claimant may file a written request for such benefit to the Administrator.

 

  B.

Claim Decision. Upon receipt of such claim, the Administrator shall respond to such Claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Administrator can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days for reasonable cause by notifying the Claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.

If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Administrator shall notify the Claimant in writing of such denial. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

  (i)

The specific reasons for the denial;

 

  (ii)

The specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;

 

  (iii)

A description of any additional information or material necessary for Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

 

  (iv)

Appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if Claimant wishes to submit the claim for review and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and

 

  (v)

A statement of Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

  C.

Request for Review. Within sixty (60) days after receiving notice from the Administrator that a claim has been denied (in part or in its entirety), then Claimant (or their duly authorized representative) may file with the Administrator, a written request for a full and fair review of the denial of the claim. In the case of disability benefits where a medical judgment was part of the basis of the adverse benefit determination, the review shall include a consultation with an independent health care professional.

 

-12-


 

Claimant (or his duly authorized representative) shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Administrator shall also provide Claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to Claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

  D.

Decision on Review. The Administrator shall respond in writing to such Claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to Claimant prior to the termination of the initial sixty (60) day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of sixty (60) days from the end of the initial period. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.

In considering the review, the Administrator shall take into account all materials and information Claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

The Administrator shall notify Claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by Claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

  (i)

The specific reasons for the denial;

 

  (ii)

Reference the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;

 

  (iii)

A statement that Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to Claimant’s claim for benefits; and

 

  (iv)

A statement of Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

  E.

Special Timing and Rules for Disability Claims. In the event a claim above is a claim for disability benefits, then the applicable time periods for notifying Claimant regarding benefit determinations shall be reduced as required by 29 CFR 2560.503-1 (within a reasonable period of time, but not to exceed forty-five (45) days, subject to no more than two (2) thirty (30) day extensions if necessary due to matters beyond control of

 

-13-


the Agreement and subject to proper notice being given). In the event any extension is required, then notice of such extension shall specify the standards on which the entitlement to a benefit is based, all unresolved issues that prevent a decision on a claim, the additional information needed to resolve those issues, and claimant shall be afforded at least forty-five (45) days in which to provide the specified information.

Additionally, all disability claims shall be handled in a manner which is compliant with the Department of Labor Rules, including but not limited to the following:

 

  (i)

Claims and appeals will be adjudicated in a manner designed to ensure independence and impartiality of the persons involved in making the benefit determination;

 

  (ii)

All benefit denial notices shall contain a complete discussion of why the claim was denied and the standards applied in reaching the decision, including the basis for disagreeing with the views of health care professionals, vocational professionals, or the Social Security Administration;

 

  (iii)

Claimant shall have the right to access to the entire claim file and other relevant documents, and shall be guaranteed the right to present evidence and testimony in support of their claim during the review process;

 

  (iv)

Claimant shall be given notice and a fair opportunity to respond before denials at the appeals stage are based on new or additional evidence or rationales;

 

  (v)

Claimant is not prohibited from seeking court review of a claim denial based on a failure to exhaust administrative remedies under the Agreement if the Agreement failed to comply with the claims procedure requirements (unless the violation was the result of a minor error);

 

  (vi)

Certain rescissions of coverage are to be treated as adverse benefit determinations triggering the Agreement’s appeals procedures; and

 

  (vii)

All required notices and disclosures issued hereunder shall be written in a culturally and linguistically appropriate manner.

8.2        Arbitration of Disputes. Other than any claim which must be brought in accordance with the requirements established by ERISA, all unresolved claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach or interpretation thereof, other than those matters which are to be determined by the Employer in its sole and absolute discretion shall be resolved by binding arbitration before an arbitrator

 

-14-


selected by the mutual agreement of the parties (unless prohibited by ERISA). Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to this Agreement and in no event shall the demand for arbitration be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. The arbitration shall be subject to such rules of procedure used or established by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services. Any award rendered by the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the successors and assigns and may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The obligation of the parties to arbitrate pursuant to this clause shall be specifically enforceable in accordance with, and shall be conducted consistently with, the provisions of the California Rules of Civil Procedure. Any arbitration hereunder shall be conducted in Lafayette, California, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties.

8.3        Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any arbitration or litigation concerning any controversy, claim or dispute between the parties hereto, arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach hereof, or the interpretation hereof, (a) each party shall pay his own attorneys’ arbitration and legal fees incurred pursuant to this Agreement; and (b) if either party prevails, he/it shall be entitled to recover from the other party reasonable expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in the enforcement or collection of any judgment or award rendered.

9.0          Miscellaneous.

9.1        Unfunded Plan. This Agreement is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select group of “management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of Sections 201, 301, and 401 of ERISA, and therefore to be exempt from the provisions of Parts 2, 3, and 4 of Title I of ERISA. Accordingly, this Agreement shall terminate and no further benefits shall be paid hereunder in the event it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or by an opinion of counsel that this Agreement constitutes an employee pension benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA which is not so exempt.

9.2    Status as an Unsecured General Creditor and Rabbi Trust. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary: (i) the Executive shall have no legal or equitable rights, interests or claims in or to any specific property or assets of the Bank as a result of this Agreement; (ii) none of the Bank’s assets shall be held in or under any trust for the benefit of the Executive or held in any way as security for the fulfillment of the obligations of the Bank under this Agreement; (iii) all of the Bank’s assets shall be and remain the general unpledged and unrestricted assets of the Bank; (iv) the Bank’s obligation under this Agreement shall be that of an unfunded and unsecured promise by the Bank to pay money in the future; and (v) the Executive shall be an unsecured general creditor with respect to any benefits which may be payable under the terms of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding subparagraphs (i) through (v) above, the Bank and the Executive acknowledge and agree that, in the event of a Change in Control, upon Executive’s request, or in the Bank’s discretion if the Executive does not so request and the Bank nonetheless deems it appropriate, the Bank shall establish, not later than the effective date of the Change in Control, a Rabbi Trust or multiple Rabbi Trusts (the “Trust” or “Trusts”) upon such terms and

 

-15-


conditions as the Bank, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate and in compliance with applicable provisions of the Code, in order to permit the Bank to make contributions and/or transfer assets to the Trust or Trusts to discharge its obligations pursuant to this Agreement. The principal of the Trust or Trusts and any earnings thereon shall be held separate and apart from other funds of the Bank to be used exclusively for discharge of the Bank’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement and shall continue to be subject to the claims of the Bank’s general creditors until paid to the Executive in such manner and at such times as specified in this Agreement.

9.3         Non-assignability. Neither Executive nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be unassignable and nontransferable. No part of the amount payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by Executive or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of Executive’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.

9.4        Not a Contract of Employment. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between Employer and the Executive, and the Executive (or his beneficiary, if applicable) shall have no rights against Employer except as may otherwise be specifically provided herein. Moreover, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to give the Executive the right to be retained in the service of the Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discipline or discharge him at any time.

9.5        Protective Provisions. Executive will cooperate with the Employer by furnishing any and all information requested by the Employer, in order to facilitate the payment of benefit hereunder, and by taking such physical examinations as the Employer may deem necessary and taking such other action as may be requested by the Employer.

9.6        Terms. Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were used in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and wherever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.

9.7        Captions. The captions of the sections, and paragraphs of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

9.8        Governing Law. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed, interpreted, and governed in all respects in accordance with applicable federal law and, to the extent not preempted by such federal law, in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

-16-


9.9      Binding Effect/Merger or Reorganization. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Executive and the Bank.. The term successors as used herein shall include any corporate or other business entity which shall, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Bank, and successors of any such corporation or other business entity.

9.10      Nonwaiver. The failure of either party to enforce at any time or for any period of time any one or more of the terms or conditions of this Agreement shall not be a waiver of such term(s) or condition(s) or of that party’s right thereafter to enforce each and every term and condition of this Agreement.

9.11      Validity. If any terms, provision, covenant, or condition of this Agreement is determined by an arbitrator or a court, as the case may be, to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, such determination shall not render any other term, provision, covenant or condition invalid, void or unenforceable, and this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such partial invalidity.

9.12      Entire Agreement. This Agreement supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and contains all of the covenants and agreements between the parties with respect thereto. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that no other representations, inducements, promises, or agreements, oral or otherwise, have been made by any party, or anyone acting on behalf of any party, which are not set forth herein, and that no other agreement, statement, or promise not contained in this Agreement shall be valid or binding on either party.

9.13      Modifications. Any modification of this Agreement shall be effective only if it is in writing and signed by each party or such party’s authorized representative, and only to the extent that it is compliant with all applicable codes and statutes, including but not limited to IRC 409A.

9.14      Notice. Any notice required or permitted of either the Executive or the Bank under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been duly given, if by personal delivery, upon the date received by the party or its authorized representative; if by facsimile, upon transmission to a telephone number previously provided by the party to whom the facsimile is transmitted as reflected in the records of the party transmitting the facsimile and upon reasonable confirmation of such transmission; if by electronic delivery or email upon transmission to the email address previously provided by the party to whom the email is transmitted as reflected in the records of the party transmitting the email and upon reasonable confirmation of such transmission; and if by mail, on the third day after mailing via U.S. first class mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, and addressed to the party at the address given below for the receipt of notices, or such changed address as may be requested in writing by a party.

If to the Bank:

 

-17-


California Bank of Commerce

1300 Clay Street, Fifth Floor

Oakland, California 94612

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

If to the Executive:

To Executive’s address as shown on the Bank’s records.

9.15      Code Section 280G and IRC 409A. Paragraph 24 of the Employment Agreement shall govern and control in the event this Agreement or any benefits provided hereunder may be parachute payments under Code Section 280G. Paragraph 25 of the Employment Agreement shall apply to this Agreement and shall control and govern with respect to any matters involving IRC 409A.

9.16      Opportunity To Consult With Independent Advisors. Executive acknowledges that he has been afforded the opportunity to consult with independent advisors of his choosing including, without limitation, accountants or tax advisors and counsel regarding both the benefits granted to him under the terms of this Agreement and the (i) terms and conditions which may affect Executive’s right to these benefits and (ii) personal tax effects of such benefits including, without limitation, the effects of any federal or state taxes, Section 280G of the Code, IRC 409A, and any other taxes, costs, expenses or liabilities whatsoever related to such benefits, which in any of the foregoing instances Executive acknowledges and agrees shall be the sole responsibility of Executive notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Agreement. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the Bank shall have no liability whatsoever related to any such personal tax effects or other personal costs, expenses, or liabilities applicable to Executive and further specifically waives any right for himself, and his heirs, Beneficiaries, legal representatives, agents, successor and assign to claim or assert liability on the part of the Bank related to the matters described above in this paragraph. Executive further acknowledges that he has read, understands and consents to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and that he enters into this Agreement with a full understanding of its terms and conditions.

10.0          Amendment and Agreement Termination.

10.1    Entire Agreement. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that no other representations, inducements, promises, or agreements, oral or otherwise, have been made by any party, or anyone acting on behalf of any party, which are not set forth herein, and that no other agreement, statement, or promise not contained in this Agreement shall be valid or binding on either party with respect to the terms of this Agreement.

10.2      Amendments. This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Bank and Executive. However, the Bank may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Bank from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative or tax law, including without limitation IRC 409A and any and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. Additionally, the Bank may

 

-18-


unilaterally amend this Agreement in order to effectuate a plan termination as provided below in Paragraph 10.3.

10.3          Plan Terminations. The Bank may terminate this Agreement as provided by, and in accordance with, those plan termination restrictions imposed by IRC 409A. In the event this Agreement is terminated at any time before May 1, 2024 under the prior sentence, then Executive shall receive the accelerated contributions under Paragraph 5.1A immediately prior to any such action taken to irrevocably terminate this Agreement in accordance with IRC 409A.

 

CALIFORNIA BANK OF COMMERCE

By:

 

/s/ Steven E. Shelton

Name:

 

Steven E. Shelton

Title:

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

/s/ Thomas A. Sa

Thomas A. Sa

 

-19-


EXHIBIT A

BANK PERFORMANCE PLAN

To be determined annually.

 

-20-

Exhibit 10.16

EXECUTION VERSION

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (thisAgreement), dated as of August 14, 2018, is made by and among, California BanCorp, a California corporation (theCompany), and the Purchasers listed on Exhibit A hereto, together with their permitted transferees (each, a Purchaser and collectively, thePurchasers).

RECITALS:

A. The Company and the Purchasers are executing and delivering this Agreement in reliance upon the exemption from securities registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, and Rule 506 of Regulation D (“Regulation D”) as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

B. The Purchasers desire to purchase and the Company desires to sell, upon the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement, an aggregate of 1,177,000 shares of Common Stock.

C. The capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings given them in Article 7.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Purchasers (severally and not jointly) hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES

1.1            Purchase and Sale of Securities. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, the Company will issue and sell to each Purchaser, and each Purchaser will, severally and not jointly, purchase from the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”) set forth opposite such Purchaser’s name on Exhibit A hereto. The purchase price for each Share shall be $21.25 (the “Purchase Price”).

1.2            Payment. At the Closing, each Purchaser will pay the aggregate Purchase Price set forth opposite its name on Exhibit A hereto by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with wire instructions provided by the Company to the Purchasers not later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date. The Company will issue to each Purchaser (in the name of such Purchaser or its nominees in accordance with its delivery instructions) stock certificates representing the number of Shares set forth opposite such Purchaser’s name on Exhibit A against delivery of the aggregate Purchase Price set forth opposite such Purchaser’s name on Exhibit A on the Closing Date.

1.3            Closing Date. The closing of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement will take place on August 15, 2018 (the Closing Date”) and the closing (the Closing) will be held at the offices of Stinson Leonard Street LLP, 6400 South Fiddlers Green Circle, Suite 1900, Greenwood Village, Colorado 80111, or at such other time and place as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Purchasers hereunder of a majority in interest of the aggregate Shares.

ARTICLE 2

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

Except as specifically contemplated by this Agreement, the Company hereby represents and warrants to each Purchaser and each of the Placement Agents as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date that:

2.1            Organization and Qualification.

(a)        The Company is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of California, with full corporate power and authority to own, lease, use and/or operate its properties and assets and to conduct its business as currently conducted. The Company is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it or property owned by it makes such qualification


necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing, as the case may be, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)        Each Subsidiary of the Company is duly incorporated (or organized) and is validly existing as a corporation or other organization (or, in the case of California Bank of Commerce, a California corporation (the “Bank”), as a state bank) in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation (or organization), with power and authority to own, lease, use and/or operate its properties and assets and to conduct its business as currently conducted. Each Subsidiary is duly qualified as a foreign corporation (or other organization) to do business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it or property owned or leased by it makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing, as the case may be, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. As of the date hereof, the Bank is the only direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company. The Company owns, directly or indirectly, all of the capital stock or comparable equity interests of its Subsidiaries free and clear of any and all liens, pledges, restrictions or encumbrances, other than the pledge of all of the Bank’s capital stock to secure a loan made to the Company, and all the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock or comparable equity interests of the Subsidiaries are validly issued and are fully paid, non-assessable and free of preemptive and similar rights to subscribe for or purchase the securities thereof. Other than the Bank, the Company does not own, directly or indirectly, more than five percent of the equity interests of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other entity.

2.2            Authorization; Enforcement. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and to perform its obligations under this Agreement, to consummate the Transactions and to issue the Shares in accordance with the terms hereof. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation by it of the Transactions have been duly authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors (or a duly appointed and authorized committee thereof) and no further consent, authorization or other corporate action of the Company, its Board of Directors, or its shareholders is required in connection therewith. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and except as enforceability may be subject to general principles of equity and except as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by state or federal securities laws or public policy underlying such laws. There are no shareholder agreements, voting agreements, voting trust agreements or similar agreements with respect to the Company’s capital stock to which the Company is a party or, to the Company’s Knowledge, between or among any of the Company’s shareholders.

2.3            Capitalization. The authorized capital stock of the Company, as of the close of business of the day preceding the date hereof, consisted of 40,000,000 shares of Common Stock, without par value, of which 6,791,906 shares were issued and outstanding, and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, without par value, none of which is issued or outstanding. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock have been duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable and have been issued and sold in compliance with all federal and state securities laws. None of the outstanding shares of Common Stock was issued and sold in violation of any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company. The Company has reserved 1,690,485 shares of Common Stock for issuance to officers, directors, employees, and consultants pursuant to the California Bank of Commerce 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, the California Bank of Commerce 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and the California Bank of Commerce 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Stock Plans”), of which options to purchase 346,788 shares of Common Stock have been granted and are currently outstanding, 51,216 restricted shares of Common Stock have been issued and are currently outstanding, and 503,052 shares of Common Stock remain available for issuance pursuant to the Stock Plans. There are no (i) authorized or outstanding options, warrants, preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights to purchase, or equity or debt securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, any capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which the Company is or may become bound to issue additional shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or options, warrants, equity or debt securities convertible into or exchangeable for, any capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case other than those issued or granted pursuant to the Stock Plans, or (ii) outstanding securities or investments of the Company or any Subsidiary that contain any redemption or similar provision and there are no contracts or arrangements by which the Company or any Subsidiary may become bound to redeem a security of the Company or any Subsidiary. The Company’s Articles of Incorporation (the Articles”), as in effect on the date hereof, and the Company’s Bylaws (the Bylaws”) as in effect on the date hereof, are each in the form made available to the Purchasers and no amendment or modification of either the Articles or the Bylaws has been approved by, or has been presented to, the shareholders or the Board of Directors of the Company. There are no securities or

 

2


instruments issued by or to which the Company is a party containing anti-dilution or similar provisions that will be triggered by the issuance of the Shares.

2.4            Issuance of Securities. The offer and sale of the Shares have been duly and validly authorized and, upon issuance and sale to the Purchasers in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free and clear of all liens, pledges, restrictions or encumbrances (other than restrictions on transfer under federal and state securities laws) and will not be subject to preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights of any security holder of the Company or any other Person.

2.5            Compliance with Laws.

(a)        The Company and each Subsidiary has been and is in compliance, in all material respects, with all applicable laws, rules and regulations (including, without limitation, all applicable regulations and orders of, or agreements with, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the California Department of Business Oversight (the “CDBO”), the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, all other applicable fair lending laws or other laws relating to discrimination, the Bank Secrecy Act, Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”), the Currency and Foreign Transaction Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, and the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency or body and any other applicable federal or state banking authority).

(b)        To the Company’s Knowledge, there are no facts or circumstances, and there is no reason to believe that any facts or circumstances exist, that could cause the Bank (i) to be deemed not to be in satisfactory compliance with the CRA and the regulations promulgated thereunder or to be assigned a CRA rating by federal or state banking regulators of lower than “satisfactory”; (ii) to be deemed to be operating in violation, in any material respect, of the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970 (or otherwise known as the “Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act”), the USA PATRIOT Act, or any order issued with respect to the Money Laundering Laws; (iii) to be deemed not to be in satisfactory compliance, in any material respect, with the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act; or (iv) to be deemed not to be in satisfactory compliance, in any material respect, with all applicable privacy of customer information requirements contained in any federal and state privacy laws and regulations as well as the provisions of all information security programs adopted by the Bank.

(c)        Since June 30, 2017 the Company, and since December 31, 2012, the Bank, and each of their respective Subsidiaries have filed all material reports, registrations and statements, together with any required amendments thereto, that it was required to file with the CDBO, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, and any other applicable federal or state securities or banking authorities, including, without limitation, all financial statement information required to be filed by it under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHC Act”). All such reports and statements filed with any such regulatory body or authority are collectively referred to herein as the “Company Reports.” All such Company Reports were filed on a timely basis or the Company or the Bank, as applicable, received a valid extension of such time of filing and has filed any such Company Reports prior to the expiration of any such extension. As of their respective dates, the Company Reports complied in all material respects with all the rules and regulations promulgated by the CDBO, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, and any other applicable federal or state securities or banking authorities, as the case may be.

(d)        As of June 30, 2018, the Bank met or exceeded the standards necessary to be considered “well capitalized” under the Federal Reserve’s definition and under the FDIC’s regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, respectively.

(e)        None of the Company, the Bank or any of their respective Subsidiaries is a party or subject to any formal or informal agreement, memorandum of understanding, consent decree, cease-and-desist order, order of prohibition or suspension, written commitment, supervisory agreement or other written statement as described under 12 U.S.C. 1818(u) with, or order issued by, or has adopted any board resolutions at the request of, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the CDBO or any other bank regulatory authority that imposes any restrictions or requirements on the conduct of its business or that in any manner relates to its capital adequacy, its liquidity and funding policies and practices, its ability to pay dividends, its credit, risk management or compliance policies, its internal controls, its management or operations (each item in this sentence, a

 

3


Regulatory Agreement”), nor has the Company, the Bank or any of their respective Subsidiaries been advised by any bank regulatory or governmental authority that it is considering issuing, initiating, ordering, or requesting any such Regulatory Agreement.

(f)        The Bank and each of its Subsidiaries has properly administered, in all material respects, all accounts for which it acts as a fiduciary, including accounts for which it serves as a trustee, agent, custodian, personal representative, guardian, conservator or investment advisor, in accordance with the terms of the governing documents, applicable federal and state law and regulation and common law. None of the Company, the Bank or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors, officers or employees has committed any material breach of trust or fiduciary duty with respect to any such fiduciary account. The accountings for each such fiduciary account are true and correct and accurately reflect the assets of such fiduciary account.

(g)        The Company, the Bank, and their respective officers and directors are in material compliance with all federal and state laws and regulations governing extensions of credit to officers and directors, and that the Company and Bank are in material compliance with all federal and state laws and regulations governing transactions between Affiliates.

(h)        The deposit accounts of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to the legal maximum, the Bank has paid all premiums and assessments required by the FDIC and the regulations thereunder and no proceeding for the termination or revocation of such insurance is pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened.

2.6            No Conflicts; Government Consents; No Defaults and Permits.

(a)        The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the Transactions do not and will not (i) conflict with or result in a violation of any provision of its Articles or Bylaws or the organizational documents of any of its Subsidiaries or require the approval of the Company’s shareholders, (ii) materially violate or conflict with, or result in a material breach of any provision of, or constitute a material default under, or give rise to any right of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) of any agreement, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject or otherwise create a lien, pledge, restriction or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iii) result in a material violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, injunction or decree of any court, arbitrator or governmental body (including, without limitation, United States federal and state securities laws and regulations and regulations of any self-regulatory organizations to which the Company or its securities are subject) applicable to the Company or by which any property or assets of the Company is bound or affected.

(b)        Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is required to obtain any consent, approval, authorization, waiver or order of, give any notice to or make any filing or registration with, any court or governmental agency or any regulatory or self-regulatory agency or other Person in order for the Company to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof, or to issue and sell the Shares in accordance with the terms hereof other than such as have been made or obtained, and except for the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to Article 6 hereof and any filings required to be made under federal or state securities or blue sky laws, which filings and/or notifications will be made prior to Closing or if permitted by such laws in the prescribed period after Closing. The Company is unaware of any facts or circumstances relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which could prevent the Company from obtaining or effecting any of the foregoing.

(c)        Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is (i) in violation of its Articles, Bylaws, or other organizational documents, (ii) in material violation of, or in receipt of written notice of a material violation of, any statute, law, rule, regulation, order, decree, policy, guideline of any court, arbitrator or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or their respective properties and assets, or which would have the effect of revoking or limiting FDIC deposit insurance, or (iii) in material default in the performance of any obligation, agreement or condition contained in any bond, debenture, note, mortgage, deed of trust or any other evidence of indebtedness or in any agreement, indenture, lease or other instrument to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them or any of their respective properties may be bound.

(d)        The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have all franchises, permits, certificates, consents, authorizations, licenses, and any similar authority issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory authorities

 

4


(collectively, “Permits”) necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as currently being conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted, except for such franchise, permit, certificate, consent, authorization, license or similar authority, the lack of which has not and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and each Subsidiary is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Permits and all such Permits are valid and in full force and effect. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any actual notice of any action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding, whether commenced or threatened, relating to revocation or modification of any such franchise, permit, certificate, consent, authorization, license, or similar authority that would give rise to the revocation or materially adverse modification of any such Permit.

2.7            Financial Statements. The Financial Statements and the related notes have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), consistently applied, during the periods involved (except (i) as may be otherwise indicated in the Financial Statements or the notes thereto, or (ii) in the case of unaudited interim statements, to the extent they may not be required to include footnotes, may be condensed or summary statements or may otherwise conform to GAAP) and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the dates thereof and the consolidated results of its operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal and recurring year-end audit adjustments). Except as set forth in the Financial Statements or the Investor Presentation, the Company has no material liabilities or obligations, contingent or otherwise, other than (a) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business subsequent to December 31, 2017; and (b) liabilities appropriately reflected or reserved against in accordance with GAAP in the Company’s audited balance sheet for the year ended December 31, 2017. The Company maintains and will continue to maintain a standard system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP. There is no transaction, arrangement, or other relationship between the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries) and an unconsolidated or other affiliated entity that is not reflected on or disclosed in the Financial Statements.

2.8            Records. The records, systems, controls, data and information of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries are recorded, stored, maintained and operated under means (including any electronic, mechanical or photographic process, whether computerized or not) that are under the exclusive ownership and direct control of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries or accountants (including all means of access thereto and therefrom), except for any non-exclusive ownership and non-direct control that would not reasonably be likely to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its Subsidiaries (i) have implemented and maintains disclosure controls and procedures to ensure the reliability of the Financial Statements and to ensure that information relating to the Company and each of its Subsidiaries is made known to the chief executive officer, chief financial officer or other members of executive management of the Company by others within those entities as appropriate (A) which allow for maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company, (B) that provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company and (C) that provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material adverse effect on its financial statements and (ii) maintain a system of internal controls over financial reporting sufficient to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Financial Statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP, and have disclosed, based on their most recent evaluation prior to the date hereof, to the Company’s outside auditors and the audit committee of the board of directors of the Company (x) any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting that would be reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data, and (y) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Since December 31, 2013, (I) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, any director, officer, employee, auditor, accountant or representative of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has received or otherwise had or obtained knowledge of any complaint, allegation, assertion or claim, whether written or oral, regarding the accuracy or integrity of the Financial Statements or the accounting or auditing practices, procedures, methodologies or methods (including with respect to loan loss reserves, write-downs, charge-offs and accruals) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective internal accounting controls, including any complaint, allegation, assertion or claim that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has engaged in questionable accounting or auditing practices or (II) to the Company’s Knowledge, no attorney representing the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, whether or not employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, has reported evidence of a violation of securities laws, breach of fiduciary duty or similar violation by the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents to the board of directors or any committee thereof or to any director or officer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. To the Company’s Knowledge, there has been no instance of fraud by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, whether or not material, that occurred since December 31, 2013.

 

5


2.9            Accounting Controls. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries has made and keeps books, records and accounts, which, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls designed to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

2.10            Absence of Litigation. As of the date hereof, there is no action, suit, claim, proceeding or investigation before or by any court, public board, arbitrator, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body (“Action”) pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that (i) adversely affects or challenges the legality, validity or enforceability or this Agreement or the issuance of the Shares or (ii) if determined adversely to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect if there were an unfavorable decision. Neither the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, nor any director or officer thereof, is or has been the subject of any Action involving a claim of violation of or liability under federal or state securities laws or a claim of breach of fiduciary duty relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor is any such Action, to the Company’s Knowledge, currently threatened. There is no Action by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pending or which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries intends to initiate (other than collection or similar claims in the ordinary course of business). To the Company’s Knowledge, there has not been and there is not pending or contemplated, any investigation by the SEC involving the Company or any current or former director or officer of the Company. There are no outstanding orders, judgments, injunctions, awards or decrees of any court, arbitrator or governmental or regulatory body against the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their respective executive officers or directors in their capacities as such, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

2.11            Intellectual Property Rights. Except as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its Subsidiaries own or possess adequate rights to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses and know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, and the conduct of their respective businesses will not conflict in any respect with or otherwise infringe upon any such rights of others. The Company and its Subsidiaries have not received any notice of any claim of infringement, misappropriation or conflict with any such rights of others in connection with its patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights and know-how and, to the Company’s Knowledge, there exists no basis for any such claim to be asserted.

2.12            Placement Agents. The Company has taken no action that would give rise to any claim by any Person for brokerage commissions, placement agent’s fees or similar payments relating to this Agreement or the Transactions, except for dealings with the Placement Agents, whose commissions and fees will be paid by the Company.

2.13            Investment Company. The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares, will not be an “investment company,” an “affiliated person” of, a “promoter” or “principal underwriter” for an investment company as within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”) and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereby. The Company shall conduct its business in a manner so that it will not become subject to the Investment Company Act.

2.14            No Material Adverse Change. Since December 31, 2017, there has not been any change, event or occurrence in the assets, business, properties, financial condition or results of operations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Since December 31, 2017 and prior to the Closing Date, (i) there has not been any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock, (ii) the Company has not sustained any material loss or interference with the Company’s business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, (iii) the Company has not altered materially its method of accounting or the manner in which it keeps its accounting books and records, (iv) other than as disclosed in the Investor Presentation, there have been no transactions entered into by, and no obligations or liabilities, contingent or otherwise, incurred by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, whether or not in the ordinary course

 

6


of business, which are material to the Company and the Subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, and (v) to the Company’s Knowledge, there has not been a material increase in the aggregate dollar amount of: (A) the Bank’s nonperforming loans (including nonaccrual loans and loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest) or (B) the reserves or allowances established on the Company’s or Bank’s financial statements with respect thereto.

2.15            Acknowledgment Regarding Purchasers’ Purchase of Securities. The Company acknowledges and agrees that each of the Purchasers is acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length purchaser with respect to this Agreement and the Transactions. The Company further acknowledges that no Purchaser is acting as a financial advisor or fiduciary of the Company (or in any similar capacity with respect to the Company) with respect to this Agreement and the Transactions and any advice given by any Purchaser or any of their respective representatives or agents to the Company in connection with this Agreement and the Transactions is merely incidental to such Purchaser’s purchase of the Shares. The Company further represents to each Purchaser that the Company’s decision to enter into this Agreement has been based on the independent evaluation of the Transactions by the Company and its representatives.

2.16            Accountants. Crowe Horwath LLP, who has expressed its opinion with respect to the audited financial statements and schedules included as a part of the Financial Statements, is, and at the time it audited and reviewed such financial statements was, a registered public accounting firm as defined by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”), whose registration has not been suspended or revoked and who has not requested such registration to be withdrawn.

2.17            Insurance. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as the Company believes are prudent and customary for a company (i) in the businesses and location in which the Company or such Subsidiary is engaged, (ii) with the resources of the Company or such Subsidiary, and (iii) at a similar stage of development as the Company or such Subsidiary. Neither the Company nor any such Subsidiary has received any written notice that the Company or such Subsidiary will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires. The Company believes it and each of its Subsidiaries will be able to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business.

2.18            Labor Disputes. No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries exists, or, to the Company’s Knowledge, is imminent. The Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or any such Subsidiary’s principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors, which, individually or in the aggregate, could be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours, except where the failure to be in compliance would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. As of the date of this Agreement, except as otherwise disclosed to the Purchasers, no material employee has given notice to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of his or her intent to terminate his or her employment or service relationship with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all laws concerning the classification of employees and independent contractors and have properly classified all such individuals for purposes of participation in employee benefit plans, except where the failure to be in compliance would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

2.19            Foreign Corrupt Practices. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor to the Company’s Knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or other Person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has, in the course of its actions for, or on behalf of, the Company or any such Subsidiary (i) used any corporate funds of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to give, agree, offer or promise to give any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (ii) directly or indirectly given, agreed, offered or promised to give any unlawful gift, contribution, payment, rebate, payoff, influence payment, bribe or kickback to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of in any material respect any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the UK Bribery Act 2010, laws enacted to comply with the UN Convention Against Corruption and the OECD Anti-Bribery Convention, or any other anti-corruption or anti-bribery Law or requirement applicable to the Company and each of its Subsidiaries; (iv) directly, or indirectly through a third party, made, offered, paid, authorized, facilitated, or promised any payment, contribution, gift, entertainment, bribe, rebate, kickback, financial or other advantage, or anything else of value, regardless of form or amount, for the purpose of securing an improper advantage for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (v) established or maintained any unlawful fund of monies or other assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (vi) made any fraudulent entry on the books and records of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (vii) been under administrative, civil, or criminal investigation, indictment, suspension, debarment, or audit (other than a routine contract audit) by any party, in connection with alleged or possible violations of any Law that prohibits

 

7


bribery, corruption, fraud or other improper payments; or (viii) violated or is in violation of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the Bank Secrecy Act, the USA PATRIOT ACT of 2001, the money laundering laws of any jurisdiction and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental or regulatory authority (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any governmental or regulatory authority or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates have conducted their respective businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

2.20            Private Placement. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf, has, directly or indirectly, made any offers or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security, under any circumstances that would require registration of the offer and sale of the Shares under the Securities Act. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Purchasers contained in Article 3 hereof, the issuance of the Shares are exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state laws.

2.21            No Registration Rights. No Person has the right to (i) prohibit the Company from filing a Registration Statement or (ii) except as provided in Article 6, require the Company to register any securities for sale under the Securities Act by reason of the filing of a Registration Statement. The granting and performance of the registration rights under this Agreement will not violate or conflict with, or result in a breach of any provision of, or constitute a default under, any agreement, indenture, or instrument to which the Company is a party.

2.22            Taxes. The Company and its Subsidiaries have (i) paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes and other governmental assessments and charges owed and due by them (whether or not shown in a tax return), except for those being contested in good faith and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside on the books of the Company in accordance with GAAP, (ii) prepared, on a consolidated basis, and timely filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns, reports and declarations required by any jurisdiction to which it is subject and such returns are true, complete and correct in all material respects, (iii) withheld or collected from each payment made to each of their respective employees, independent contractors, shareholders, creditors and other third parties the amount of all taxes required to be withheld or collected therefrom, and has paid the same to the proper authorized depositories or government authorities, (iv) set aside on their respective books provisions reasonably adequate for the payment of all taxes for periods subsequent to the periods to which the above referenced returns, reports or declarations apply and (v) complied with all applicable information reporting requirements in all material respects. There is no material tax deficiency that has been, or could reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets. There are no liens for taxes (other than for taxes not yet due and payable) upon any of the assets or properties of the Company or its Subsidiaries. The Company (a) is not subject to any outstanding audit, assessment, dispute or claim concerning any material tax liability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective assets or properties either within the Company’s Knowledge or claimed, pending or raised by an authority in writing, and (b) is not a party to, bound by or otherwise subject to any obligation under any tax sharing or tax indemnity agreement or similar contract or arrangement (other than an agreement, similar contract or arrangement to which only the Company and its Subsidiaries are parties). Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received notice of any claim made by an authority in any jurisdiction where the Company or any Subsidiary, as applicable, does not file tax returns that the Company or any Subsidiary, as applicable, is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.

2.23            Real and Personal Property. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries has good, marketable and indefeasible title to all material items of real and personal property owned by it, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims and defects and imperfections of title except those that do not materially interfere with the value, use or proposed use of such property by the Company. Any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are held under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company or any such Subsidiary. No notice of a claim of default by any party to any real property lease entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has been delivered to either the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s Knowledge, is now pending, and there does not exist any event or circumstance that with notice or passing of time, or both, would constitute a default or excuse performance by any party thereto. To the Company’s Knowledge, none of the owned or leased premises or real properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are subject to any current or potential interests of third parties or other restrictions or limitations that would impair or be inconsistent in any material respect with the current use of such property by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be.

 

8


2.24            Application of Takeover Protections. The Company does not currently have in place any shareholder rights plan or similar arrangement relating to accumulations of beneficial ownership of Common Stock or a change in control of the Company. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the Transactions will not impose any restriction on any Purchaser, or create in any party (including any current shareholder of the Company) any rights, under any share acquisition, business combination, poison pill (including any distribution under a rights agreement), or other similar anti-takeover provisions under the Company’s charter documents or the laws of its state of incorporation.

2.25            No Manipulation of Stock. The Company has not taken, nor will it take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to stabilize or manipulate the price of the Common Stock or any other security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Shares.

2.26            FINRA. All of the information provided to the Placement Agents or to counsel for the Placement Agents by the Company, its counsel, its officers and directors and the holders of any securities (debt or equity) or options to acquire any securities of the Company in connection with the offering of the Shares is true, complete, correct and compliant with FINRA’s rules, and any letters, filings or other supplemental information, if any, provided to Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) pursuant to FINRA rules is true, complete and correct.

2.27            Environmental Laws. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) is in violation of any statute or any rule, regulation, decision or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, relating to the use, production, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or relating to the protection or restoration of the environment or human exposure to hazardous or toxic substances (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (ii) owns or operates any real property contaminated with any substance that is subject to any Environmental Laws, (iii) is liable for any off-site disposal or contamination pursuant to any Environmental Laws, or (iv) is subject to any claim relating to any Environmental Laws, in each case, which violation, contamination, liability or claim, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and to the Company is not aware of any pending or threatened investigation which might lead to such a claim. Except as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and, to the Company’s Knowledge, there are no circumstances or conditions (including the presence of asbestos, underground storage tanks, lead products, polychlorinated biphenyls, prior manufacturing operations, dry-cleaning or automotive services) involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any currently or formerly owned or operated property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, that could reasonably be expected to result in any claim, liability, investigation, cost or restriction against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or result in any restriction on the ownership, use, or transfer of any property pursuant to any Environmental Law, or adversely affect the value of any currently owned property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

2.28            ERISA. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with all presently applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (herein called “ERISA”), and (i) each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, for which the Company or any Subsidiary would reasonably be expected to have any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to, ERISA and the Code, except for noncompliance that could not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or its Subsidiaries; (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption that could reasonably be expected to result in a material liability to the Company or its Subsidiaries; (iii) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that either has resulted, or could reasonably be expected to result, in material liability to the Company or its Subsidiaries; (iv) neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate (as defined below) has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to an employee benefit plan or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of an employee benefit plan subject to Title IV of ERISA (including a “multiemployer plan”, within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA); and (v) there is no pending audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any other governmental agency or any foreign regulatory agency with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or its Subsidiaries. ERISA Affiliate means, with respect to the Company, any member of any group of organizations described in Section 414 of the Code of which the Company is a member.

2.29            Anti-Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries are, and have been conducted at all times, in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of all

 

9


Money Laundering Laws and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened.

2.30            Sanctions. None of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any officer or director of either the Company or any such Subsidiary, nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, after due inquiry, any agent, employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or has been (i) engaged in any services (including financial services), transfers of goods, software, or technology, or any other business activity related to (A) Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, Syria or the Crimea region of Ukraine claimed by Russia (“Sanctioned Countries”), (B) the government of any Sanctioned Country, (C) any person, entity or organization located in, resident in, formed under the laws of, or owned or controlled by the government of, any Sanctioned Country, or (D) any person, entity or organization made subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government, including, without limitation, the list of Specially Designated Nationals of the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”), or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”) and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of this offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any of its Subsidiaries, or any joint venture partner or other Person, for the purpose of financing the activities of or business with any Person, or in any country or territory, that currently is the subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC; (ii) engaged in any transfers of goods, technologies or services (including financial services) that may assist the governments of Sanctioned Countries or facilitate money laundering or other activities proscribed by United States Law; (iii) is a Person currently the subject of any Sanctions; or (iv) located, organized or resident in any Sanctioned Country.

2.31            Bank Holding Company Act. The Company is duly registered as a bank holding company under the BHC Act, and meets in all material respects the applicable requirements for qualification as such. The activities of the Subsidiaries are permitted of subsidiaries of a bank holding company under applicable law and the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve set forth in Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations. The Bank holds the requisite authority to do business as a state-chartered bank with banking powers under the laws of the State of California and under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder. The Bank has been duly chartered and is validly existing as an California-chartered commercial bank. The Bank is the only depository institution that is a Subsidiary of the Company and the Bank is a member in good standing of the Federal Home Loan Bank System. The activities of the Bank are permitted under the laws and regulations of its jurisdiction of organization and under the state and federal banking laws and regulations that apply and govern the Bank.

2.32            Investor Presentation. The investor presentation dated July 30, 2018 – August 3, 2018 (the “Investor Presentation”) made available to the Purchasers, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they are made, subject to the forward-looking statements disclaimer described therein.

2.33            Shell Company Status. The Company is not, and has never been, an issuer identified in Rule 144(i)(1).

2.34            No Additional Agreements. The Company has no agreements or understandings (including, without limitation, side letters) with any Purchaser or other Person to purchase shares of Common Stock on terms more favorable to such Person than as set forth herein.

2.35            Common Control. The Company is not and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares, will not be under the control (as defined in the BHC Act and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation Y (12 C.F.R. Part 225)) (“BHC Act Control”) of any company (as defined in the BHC Act and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation Y). The Company is not in BHC Act Control of any federally insured depository institution other than the Bank. The Bank is not under the BHC Act Control of any company (as defined in the BHC Act and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation Y) other than the Company. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries controls, in the aggregate, 5% or more of the outstanding voting class, directly or indirectly, of any federally insured depository institution. The Bank is not subject to the liability of any commonly controlled depository institution pursuant to Section 5(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. § 1815(e)).

 

10


2.36            Mortgage Banking Business. Except as has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(a)        Each of the Company and the Bank has complied with, and all documentation in connection with the origination, processing, underwriting and credit approval of any mortgage loan originated, purchased or serviced by the Company or the Bank satisfied, (i) all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations with respect to the origination, insuring, purchase, sale, pooling, servicing, subservicing, or filing of claims in connection with mortgage loans, including all laws relating to real estate settlement procedures, consumer credit protection, truth in lending laws, usury limitations, fair housing, transfers of servicing, collection practices, equal credit opportunity and adjustable rate mortgages, (ii) the responsibilities and obligations relating to mortgage loans set forth in any agreement between the Company or the Bank and any Agency, Loan Investor or Insurer, (iii) the applicable rules, regulations, guidelines, handbooks and other requirements of any Agency, Loan Investor or Insurer and (iv) the terms and provisions of any mortgage or other collateral documents and other loan documents with respect to each mortgage loan; and

(b)        No Agency, Loan Investor or Insurer has (i) claimed in writing that the Company or the Bank has violated or has not complied with the applicable underwriting standards with respect to mortgage loans sold by the Company or the Bank to a Loan Investor or Agency, or with respect to any sale of mortgage servicing rights to a Loan Investor, (ii) imposed in writing restrictions on the activities (including commitment authority) of the Company or the Bank, or (iii) indicated in writing to the Company or the Bank that it has terminated or intends to terminate its relationship with the Company or the Bank for poor performance, poor loan quality or concern with respect to the Company’s or the Bank’s compliance with laws.

For purposes of this Section 2.36: (A) “Agency” means the Federal Housing Administration, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Farmers Home Administration (now known as Rural Housing Services), the Federal National Mortgage Association, the United States Department of Veterans’ Affairs, the Rural Housing Service of the U.S. Department of Agriculture, the Federal Housing Finance Agency or any other federal or state agency with authority to (i) determine any investment, origination, lending or servicing requirements with regard to mortgage loans originated, purchased or serviced by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) originate, purchase, or service mortgage loans, or otherwise promote mortgage lending, including state and local housing finance authorities; (B) “Loan Investor” means any Person (including an Agency) having a beneficial interest in any mortgage loan originated, purchased or serviced by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or a security backed by or representing an interest in any such mortgage loan; and (C) “Insurer” means a Person who insures or guarantees for the benefit of the mortgagee all or any portion of the risk of loss upon borrower default on any of the mortgage loans originated, purchased or serviced by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including the Federal Housing Administration, the United States Department of Veterans’ Affairs, the Rural Housing Service of the U.S. Department of Agriculture and any private mortgage insurer, and providers of hazard, title or other insurance with respect to such mortgage loans or the related collateral.

2.37            Risk Management Instruments. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have in place risk management policies and procedures sufficient in scope and operation to protect against risks of the type and in amounts reasonably expected to be incurred by companies of similar size and in similar lines of business as the Company and its Subsidiaries. Except as has not had or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, since December 31, 2017, all material derivative instruments, including, swaps, caps, floors and option agreements, whether entered into for the Company’s own account, or for the account of one or more of its Subsidiaries, were entered into (a) only in the ordinary course of business, (b) in accordance with prudent practices and in all respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and regulatory policies and (c) with counterparties believed to be financially responsible at the time; and each of them constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, enforceable in accordance with its terms. Neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries, nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, any other party thereto, is in breach of any of its obligations under any such agreement or arrangement.

2.38            Nonperforming Assets. To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company believes that the Bank will be able to fully and timely collect substantially all interest, principal or other payments when due under its loans, leases and other assets that are not classified as nonperforming and such belief is reasonable under all the facts and circumstances known to the Company and Bank, and the Company believes that the amount of reserves and allowances for loan and lease losses and other

 

11


nonperforming assets established on the Company’s and Bank’s financial statements is adequate and such belief is reasonable under all the facts and circumstances known to the Company and Bank.

2.39            No “Bad Actor” Disqualification. The Company has exercised reasonable care, in accordance with SEC rules and guidance, and has conducted a factual inquiry including the procurement of relevant questionnaires from each Covered Person (as defined below) or other means, the nature and scope of which reflect reasonable care under the relevant facts and circumstances, to determine whether any Covered Person (as defined below) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) to (viii) under the Securities Act (“Disqualification Events”). To the Company’s Knowledge, after conducting such sufficiently diligent factual inquiries, no Covered Person is subject to a Disqualification Event, except for a Disqualification Event covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act. The Company has complied, to the extent applicable, with any disclosure obligations under Rule 506(e) under the Securities Act. “Covered Persons” are those Persons specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act, including the Company; any predecessor or affiliate of the Company; any director, executive officer, other officer participating in the offering, general partner or managing member of the Company; any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power; any promoter (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) connected with the Company in any capacity at the time of the sale of the Securities; and any Person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with the sale of the Securities (a “Solicitor”), any general partner or managing member of any Solicitor, and any director, executive officer or other officer participating in the offering of any Solicitor or general partner or managing member of any Solicitor.

2.40            Transfer Taxes. On the Closing Date, all stock transfer or other similar taxes (other than income taxes) that are required to be paid in connection with the sale and transfer of the Shares to be sold to the Purchaser hereunder will have been fully paid or provided for by the Company and all laws imposing such taxes will have been fully complied with.

2.41            Certain Fees. No Person will have, as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any valid right, interest or claim against or upon the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s Knowledge, a Purchaser for any commission, fee or other compensation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than the Placement Agents with respect to the offer and sale of the Shares. The Company shall indemnify, pay, and hold each Purchaser harmless against, any liability, loss or expense (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and out-of-pocket expenses) arising in connection with any such right, interest or claim.

2.42            No Integrated Offering. Assuming the accuracy of the Purchasers’ representations and warranties set forth in Article 3 of this Agreement, none of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, any of its Affiliates or any Person acting on its behalf has, directly or indirectly, at any time within the past six months, made any offers or sales of any Company security or solicited any offers to buy any security under circumstances that would cause such offers and sales to be integrated for purposes of Regulation D with the offer and sale by the Company of the Shares or that otherwise would cause the exemption from registration under Regulation D to be unavailable in connection with the offer and sale by the Company of the Shares.

2.43            No General Solicitation or General Advertising. Neither the Company nor any Person acting on its behalf has engaged or will engage in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act) in connection with any offer or sale of the Shares.

2.44            Acknowledgment Regarding Purchase of Shares. The Company acknowledges and agrees that each of the Purchasers is acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length purchaser with respect to the Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company further acknowledges that no Purchaser is acting as a financial advisor or fiduciary of the Company (or in any similar capacity) with respect to the Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and any advice given by any Purchaser or any of their respective representatives or agents in connection with the Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby is merely incidental to the Purchasers’ purchase of the Shares.

2.45            Use of Proceeds. The Company shall use the net proceeds of the sale of the Shares hereunder to repay outstanding indebtedness of the Company and for general corporate purposes.

 

12


ARTICLE 3

PURCHASER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company and the Placement Agents, severally and not jointly, with respect to itself and its purchase hereunder, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date that:

3.1            Investment Purpose. The Purchaser is purchasing the number of Shares set forth opposite such Purchaser’s name on Exhibit A attached hereto for its own account and not with a present view toward the public sale or distribution thereof and has no intention of selling or distributing any of such Shares or any arrangement or understanding with any other Persons regarding the sale or distribution of such Shares except in accordance with the provisions of Article 6 or except as would not result in a violation of the Securities Act. The Purchaser will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, pledge, transfer or otherwise dispose of (or solicit any offers to buy, purchase or otherwise acquire or take a pledge of) any of the Shares except in accordance with the provisions of Article 6 or pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act.

3.2            Information. The Purchaser has been furnished with all materials that have been requested by the Purchaser. The Purchaser has been afforded the opportunity to ask questions of, and request information from, management of the Company. Neither such inquiries nor any other investigation conducted by or on behalf of such Purchaser or its representatives or counsel shall modify, amend or affect such Purchaser’s right to rely on the truth, accuracy and completeness of the Company’s representations and warranties contained in the Agreement.

3.3            Acknowledgement of Risk.

(a)        The Purchaser acknowledges and understands that its investment in the Shares involves a significant degree of risk, including, without limitation, (i) an investment in the Company is speculative, and only Purchasers who can afford the loss of their entire investment should consider investing in the Company and the Shares; (ii) the Purchaser may not be able to liquidate its investment; (iii) transferability of the Shares is extremely limited; and (iv) in the event of a disposition of the Shares, the Purchaser could sustain the loss of its entire investment;

(b)        The Purchaser is able to bear the economic risk of holding the Shares for an indefinite period, and has knowledge and experience in financial and business matters such that it is capable of evaluating the risks of the investment in the Shares and protecting its own interests in connection with such investment;

(c)        The Purchaser has, in connection with the Purchaser’s decision to purchase Shares, not relied upon any representations or other information (whether oral or written) other than as set forth in the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein and the Investor Presentation, and the Purchaser has, with respect to all matters relating to this Agreement and the offer and sale of the Shares, relied solely upon the advice of such Purchaser’s own counsel; and

3.4            Governmental Review. The Purchaser understands that no United States federal or state agency or any other government or governmental agency has passed upon or made any recommendation or endorsement of the Shares or an investment therein.

3.5            Transfer or Resale. The Purchaser understands that:

(a)        the Shares have not been and are not being registered under the Securities Act (other than as contemplated in Article 6) or any applicable state securities laws and, consequently, the Purchaser may have to bear the risk of owning the Shares for an indefinite period of time because the Shares may not be transferred unless (i) the resale of the Shares is registered pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act, as contemplated in Article 6; (ii) the Purchaser has delivered to the Company an opinion of counsel (in form, substance and scope customary for opinions of counsel in comparable transactions) to the effect that the Shares to be sold or transferred may be sold or transferred pursuant to an exemption from such registration; (iii) the Shares are sold or transferred pursuant to Rule 144; or (iv) the Shares are transferred to an Affiliate of the Purchaser and such Affiliate agrees to the same representations, warranties, covenants and other restrictions set forth herein;

(b)        any sale of the Shares made in reliance on Rule 144 may be made only in accordance with the terms of Rule 144 and, if Rule 144 is not applicable, any resale of the Shares under circumstances in which the seller (or the Person

 

13


through whom the sale is made) may be deemed to be an underwriter (as that term is defined in the Securities Act) may require compliance with some other exemption under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder; and

(c)        except as set forth in Article 6, neither the Company nor any other Person is under any obligation to register the resale of the Shares under the Securities Act or any state securities laws or to comply with the terms and conditions of any exemption thereunder.

3.6            Legends. The Purchaser understands the certificates representing the Shares will bear a restrictive legend in substantially the following form (and a stop-transfer order may be placed against transfer of the certificates for such Shares) while a legend is required on such shares:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES. THE SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SHARES UNDER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS, UNLESS OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR TRANSFERRED PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THOSE LAWS. THE COMPANY SHALL BE ENTITLED TO REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH OPINION IS REQUIRED PURSUANT TO THAT CERTAIN SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT UNDER WHICH THE SHARES WERE ISSUED.

3.7            Authorization; Enforcement. The Purchaser has the requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the Transactions. The Purchaser has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement. Upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, this Agreement shall constitute a valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability may be subject to general principles of equity; and (iii) as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by state or federal securities laws or public policy underlying such laws.

3.8            Residency. Unless the Purchaser has otherwise notified the Company in writing, the Purchaser is a resident of, or organized under the laws of, the jurisdiction set forth immediately below such Purchaser’s name on the signature pages hereto.

3.9            Acknowledgements Regarding Placement Agents.

(a)        The Purchaser acknowledges that the Placement Agents are acting as placement agent on a “best efforts” basis for the Shares being offered hereby and will be compensated by the Company for acting in such capacity. The Purchaser represents that (i) the Purchaser was contacted regarding the sale of the Shares by the Placement Agents or the Company (or an authorized agent or representative thereof) with whom the Purchaser entered into a verbal or written confidentiality agreement and (ii) no Shares were offered or sold to it by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising as such terms are used in Regulation D of the Securities Act.

(b)        The Purchaser represents that it is making this investment based on the results of its own due diligence investigation of the Company, and has not relied on any information or advice furnished by or on behalf of the Placement Agents in connection with the Transactions. The Purchaser is purchasing the Shares directly from the Company and not from the Placement Agents. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Placement Agents have not made, and will not make, any representations and warranties with respect to the Company or the Transactions, and the Purchaser will not rely on any statements made by either Placement Agents, orally or in writing, to the contrary.

(c)        If the Purchaser is an employee benefit plan subject to ERISA or a “plan” subject to section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, the Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that none of the Company, the Bank nor the Placement Agents have acted, and none of them be treated, as an “investment advice fiduciary” (as contemplated in 29 C.F.R. 2510.3-21) for purposes of ERISA and section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, in connection with any commitments by, or information provided to, such investor by reason of 29 C.F.R. 2510.3-21(c)(1) – the exception for “transactions with independent fiduciaries with financial expertise.”

 

14


3.10            Accredited Investor. The Purchaser understands that the Shares are being offered and being sold to it in reliance upon specific exemptions from the registration requirements of United States Federal and state securities laws, including Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D and that the Company is relying upon the truth and accuracy of, and the Purchaser’s compliance with, the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgements, and understandings of the Purchaser set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of the Purchaser to acquire the Shares. The Purchaser is and will be on the Closing Date either (i) an institutional “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D and as contemplated by subsections (1), (2), (3) and (7) of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D, and has no less than $5,000,000 in total assets, or (ii) a director or executive officer of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 501(a)(4) of Regulation D.

3.11            No General Solicitation or General Advertising. The Purchaser: (i) became aware of the offering of the Shares, and the Shares were offered to the Purchaser, solely by direct contact between the Purchaser and the Company or the Placement Agents, and not by any other means, including any form of “general solicitation” or “general advertising” (as such terms are used in Regulation D); (ii) reached its decision to invest in the Company independently from any other Purchaser; (iii) has entered into no agreements with shareholders of the Company or other subscribers for the purpose of controlling the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and (iv) has entered into no agreements with shareholders of the Company or other subscribers regarding voting or transferring the Purchaser’s interest in the Company.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

4.1            Expenses. The Company and each Purchaser is liable for, and will pay, its own expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement, including, without limitation, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses.

4.2            Financial Information. The financial statements of the Company will be prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied (except (i) as may be otherwise indicated in such financial statements or the notes thereto, or (ii) in the case of unaudited interim statements, to the extent they may not include footnotes, may be condensed or summary statements), and will fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and consolidated results of its operations and cash flows as of, and for the periods covered by, such financial statements (subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal and recurring year-end audit adjustments.

4.3            Publicity. On or before 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on August 16, 2018, the Company shall issue a press release announcing the completion of the Transactions. From and after the issuance of the press release, no Purchaser shall be in possession of any material, non-public information received from the Company or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents, that is not disclosed in the press release. The Company shall not publicly disclose the name of any Purchaser or its investment adviser, or include the name of any Purchaser or its investment adviser in any filing (other than in a Registration Statement and any exhibits to required governmental filings made in respect of this transaction) or any regulatory agency, without the prior written consent of such Purchaser, except to the extent such disclosure is required by law or regulations, in which case the Company shall provide the Purchasers with prior notice of such disclosure.

4.4            Sales by Purchasers. Each Purchaser will sell any Shares and, if applicable, held by it in compliance with applicable prospectus delivery requirements, if any, or otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. No Purchaser will make any sale, transfer or other disposition of the Shares in violation of federal or state securities laws.

4.5            Additional Lock-Ups. If any additional persons shall become directors or executive officers of the Company prior to the date that is 90 days from the date hereof, the Company shall cause each such person, prior to or contemporaneously with their appointment or election as a director or executive officer of the Company, to execute and deliver to the Placement Agents a lock-up agreement in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto.

 

15


4.6            Legend Removal.

(a)        To the extent the resale of the Shares is registered under the Securities Act pursuant to an effective Registration Statement, the Company agrees to promptly (i) authorize the removal of the legend set forth in Section 3.6 and any other legend not required by applicable law from such Shares and (ii) cause its transfer agent to issue such Shares without such legends to the holders thereof by electronic delivery at the applicable balance account at the Depository Trust Company upon surrender of any stock certificates evidencing such Shares. With respect to any Shares for which restrictive legends are removed pursuant to this Section 4.6(a), the holder thereof agrees to only sell such Shares when and as permitted by the effective Registration Statement covering such resale and in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations. Any fees (with respect to the Company’s transfer agent, counsel or otherwise) associated with the removal of such legend(s) shall be borne by the Company.

(b)        The Purchaser may request that the Company remove, and the Company agrees to authorize the removal of any legend from the Shares (i) following any sale of such Shares pursuant to Rule 144, or (ii) if such Shares are eligible for sale under Rule 144 following the expiration of the any holding period requirement under subparagraphs (b) and (d) thereof. Following the time a legend is no longer required for the Shares under this Section 4.6(b), the Company will, no later than three (3) Business Days following the delivery by a Purchaser to the Company or the Company’s transfer agent of a legended certificate representing such securities, deliver or cause to be delivered to such Purchaser a certificate representing such securities that is free from all restrictive and other legends.

4.7            No Change of Control. The Company shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain all necessary irrevocable waivers, adopt any required amendments and make all appropriate determinations so that the issuance of the Shares to the Purchasers will not trigger a “change of control” or other similar provision in any of the agreements to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, including without limitation any employment, “change in control,” severance or other agreements and any benefit plan, which results in payments to the counterparty or the acceleration of vesting of benefits.

4.8            Avoidance of Control. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall take any action (including, without limitation, any redemption, repurchase, rescission or recapitalization of Common Stock, or securities or rights, options or warrants to purchase Common Stock, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible into or exchangeable into or exercisable for Common Stock in each case, where the Purchaser is not given the right to participate in such redemption, repurchase, rescission or recapitalization to the extent of the Purchaser’s pro rata proportion) prior to or after the Closing, that would cause the Purchaser’s ownership of any class of voting securities of the Company (together with the ownership by such Purchaser’s affiliates (as such term is used under the BHC Act) of voting securities of the Company) to exceed 9.9%, without the prior written consent of the Purchaser, or to increase to an amount that would constitute “control” under the BHC Act, the Change in Bank Control Act or any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder (or any successor provisions) or otherwise cause the Purchaser to “control” the Company under and for purposes of the BHC Act, the Change in Bank Control Act or any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder (or any successor provisions). In the event the Company breaches its obligations under this Section 4.9 or believes that it is reasonably likely to breach such an obligation, it shall promptly notify the affected Purchaser(s) and shall cooperate in good faith with such party to modify ownership or make other arrangements or take any other action, in each case, as is necessary to cure or avoid such breach.

ARTICLE 5

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

5.1            Conditions to Obligations of the Company. The Company’s obligation to complete the purchase and sale of the Shares and deliver stock certificate(s) to each Purchaser is subject to the waiver by the Company or fulfillment as of the Closing Date of the following conditions:

(a)        Receipt of Funds. The Company shall have received immediately available funds in the full amount of the Purchase Price for the Shares being purchased hereunder as set forth opposite such Purchaser’s name on Exhibit A hereto.

(b)        Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by such Purchaser in Article 3 shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, except to the extent that such representations

 

16


and warranties are qualified by the term “material,” or contain terms such as “Material Adverse Effect” in which case such representations and warranties (as so written, including the term “material” or “Material Adverse Effect”) shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date.

(c)        Covenants. All covenants, agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement to be performed by the Purchasers on or prior to the Closing Date shall have been performed or complied with in all material respects.

(d)        Absence of Litigation. No proceeding challenging this Agreement or the Transactions, or seeking to prohibit, alter, prevent or materially delay the Closing, shall have been instituted or be pending before any court, arbitrator, governmental body, agency or official.

(e)        No Governmental Prohibition. The sale of the Shares by the Company shall not be prohibited by any law or governmental order or regulation.

5.2            Conditions to Purchasers’ Obligations at the Closing. Each Purchaser’s obligation to complete the purchase and sale of the Shares is subject to the waiver by such Purchaser or fulfillment as of the Closing Date of the following conditions:

(a)        Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by the Company in Article 2 shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties are qualified by the term “material,” or contain terms such as “Material Adverse Effect” in which case such representations and warranties (as so written, including the term “material” or “Material Adverse Effect”) shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date.

(b)        Covenants. All covenants, agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement to be performed by the Company on or prior to the Closing Date shall have been performed or complied with in all material respects.

(c)        Compliance Certificate. The Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall deliver to the Purchasers a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 5.2(a) and 5.2(b) have been fulfilled.

(d)        Secretary Certificate. A certificate of the Secretary of the Company, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, dated as of the Closing Date, (a) certifying the resolutions adopted by the board of directors of the Company or a duly authorized committee thereof approving the Transactions, including the issuance of the Shares, (b) certifying the current versions of the Articles and the Bylaws and (c) certifying as to the signatures and authority of persons signing the Agreement on behalf of the Company.

(e)        Blue Sky. The Company shall have obtained all necessary blue sky law permits and qualifications, or secured exemptions therefrom, required by any state or foreign or other jurisdiction for the offer and sale of the Shares.

(f)        Legal Opinion. The Company shall have delivered to such Purchaser an opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, from Stinson Leonard Street LLP, counsel to the Company, in substantially the form attached as Exhibit D hereto, which shall be addressed to such Purchaser and the Placement Agents.

(g)        Share Issuance. The Company shall have delivered stock certificate(s) to each Purchaser (or such Purchaser’s nominee) representing the number of shares set forth opposite such Purchaser’s name on Exhibit A hereto.

(h)        Aggregate Proceeds. The gross proceeds from the Shares sold by the Company on the Closing Date shall be at least $20 million.

(i)        Absence of Litigation. No proceeding challenging this Agreement or the Transactions, or seeking to prohibit, alter, prevent or materially delay the Closing, shall have been instituted or be pending before any court, arbitrator, governmental body, agency or official.

 

17


(j)        No Governmental Prohibition. The sale of the Shares by the Company shall not be prohibited by any law or governmental order or regulation.

(k)        Material Adverse Effect. No Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred since the date of this Agreement.

(l)        Lock-Ups. The Company shall have furnished to each of the Placement Agents lock-up agreements in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto (each, a “Lock-Up Agreement”) duly executed and delivered by each of the directors and executive officers of the Company.

ARTICLE 6

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

6.1            Beginning on the third anniversary of the Closing Date, upon the receipt of a written request by a Holder of Registrable Securities that the Company effect the registration of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder (a “Registration Request”), the Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, but no later than one hundred and twenty (120) days of its receipt of the Registration Request, file a Registration Statement (the date of such filing, the “Filing Date”) covering the resale of the Registrable Securities with the SEC for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act or, if Rule 415 is not available for offers and sales of the Registrable Securities, by such other means of distribution of Registrable Securities as the Holder submitting the Registration Request may reasonably specify (the “Initial Registration Statement”). Promptly after receiving such Registration Request, the Company shall give written notice of such Registration Request to all other registered Holders of Registrable Securities (the “Registration Notice”), and the Company shall include in the Initial Registration Statement the Registrable Securities held by all such Holders who provide written notice, within twenty (20) days of such Registration Notice, of their intent to have the Registrable Securities held by them registered on such Initial Registration Statement. The Initial Registration Statement shall be on Form S-3 or, if the Company is ineligible to register for resale the Registrable Securities on Form S-3, such other form available to register for resale the Registrable Securities as a secondary offering, and the Company shall effect the registration, qualifications or compliances (including, without limitation, the execution of any required undertaking to file post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications or exemptions under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws and appropriate compliance with applicable securities laws, requirements or regulations) as promptly as possible after the Filing Date, but in any event prior to the date which is 45 days after the Filing Date in the event of no review by the SEC, or if earlier, five Business Days after a determination by the SEC that it will not review the Initial Registration Statement, or 120 days after the Filing Date in the event of a review by the SEC, or, if earlier, five Business Days following completion of any review by the SEC (such applicable deadline, the “Effectiveness Deadline”). For purposes of clarification, any failure by the Company to file the Initial Registration Statement within 180 days of receipt of a Registration Request, or to have such Registration Statement declared effective by the applicable Effectiveness Deadline, shall not otherwise relieve the Company of its obligations to file or effect the Initial Registration Statement as set forth above in this Section 6.1. In the event the SEC informs the Company that all of the Registrable Securities cannot, as a result of the application of Rule 415, be registered for resale on a single Registration Statement, the Company agrees to promptly (i) inform each of the Holders thereof, (ii) use its reasonable efforts to file amendments to the Initial Registration Statement as required by the SEC and/or (iii) withdraw the Initial Registration Statement and file a new Registration Statement (a “New Registration Statement”), in either case covering the maximum number of Registrable Securities permitted to be registered by the SEC, on Form S-3 or, if the Company is ineligible to register for resale the Registrable Securities on Form S-3, such other form available to register for resale the Registrable Securities as a secondary offering; provided, that prior to filing such amendment or New Registration Statement, the Company shall be obligated to use its reasonable efforts to advocate with the SEC for the registration of all of the Registrable Securities. In the event the Company amends the Initial Registration Statement or files a New Registration Statement, as the case may be, under clauses (ii) or (iii) above, the Company will use its reasonable efforts to file with the SEC, as promptly as allowed by the SEC, one or more Registration Statements on Form S-3 or, if the Company is ineligible to register for resale the Registrable Securities on Form S-3, such other form available to register for resale those Registrable Securities that were not registered for resale on the Initial Registration Statement, as amended, or the New Registration Statement (the “Remainder Registration Statements”); provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company will be required to effect no more than two registrations in any twelve-month period. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and subject to the payment of damages in Section 6.4, if the SEC limits the number of Registrable Securities permitted to be registered on a particular Registration Statement (and notwithstanding that the Company used diligent efforts to advocate with the SEC for the registration of all or a greater number of Registrable Securities), any required cutback of Registrable Securities shall be applied to the Purchasers pro rata in

 

18


accordance with the number of such Registrable Securities sought to be included in such Registration Statement by reference to the amount of Registrable Securities set forth opposite such Purchaser’s name on Exhibit A (and in the case of a subsequent transfer of Registrable Securities effected in compliance with Section 6.10, the initial Purchaser’s transferee(s)) relative to the aggregate amount of all Registrable Securities. Not less than three Business Days prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, the Company shall provide, in accordance with Section 8.6, each Holder of Registrable Securities named therein a draft of such Registration Statement for such Holder’s review and comment, and shall not file such Registration Statement without the consent of such Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, that if such Holder unreasonably withholds or delays its consent to filing of the Registration Statement, the Company may file the Registration Statement and not include such Holder’s Shares in the Registration Statement, the Company shall not be deemed to be in a Registration Default with respect to such Holder. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if the Filing Date or Effectiveness Deadline falls on a Saturday, Sunday or other day that the SEC is closed for business, the Filing Date or Effectiveness Deadline, as applicable, shall be extended to the next Business Day on which the SEC is open for business. If the Initial Registration Statement is not filed on Form S-3 and at any time following the Closing Date, the Company is eligible to file a Registration Statement on Form S-3, the Company may file such Registration Statement covering the resale of the Registrable Securities with the SEC on Form S-3 and withdraw, upon the effectiveness of such Registration Statement on Form S-3, the Initial Registration Statement, New Registration Statement or Remainder Registration Statements, as applicable, including by filing a post-effective amendment on Form S-3 to such Registration Statements. No Holder shall be named as an “underwriter” in any Registration Statement without such Holder’s prior written consent.

6.2        (a)         If the Company intends to file a Registration Statement covering a primary or secondary offering of any of its Common Stock or Other Securities, whether or not the sale is for its own account, which is not a registration solely to implement an employee benefit plan pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-8 (or successor form), a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (or successor form) or a transaction to which Rule 145 or any other similar rule of the SEC is applicable, the Company will promptly (and in any event at least ten (10) Business Days before the anticipated filing date) give written notice to the Holders of its intention to effect such a registration. The Company will effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that the Holder(s) request(s) be included in such registration (a “Piggyback Registration”) by a written notice delivered to the Company within five (5) Business Days after the notice given by the Company in the preceding sentence. Subject to Section 6.2(b), securities requested to be included in a Company registration pursuant to this Section 6.2 shall be included by the Company on the same form of Registration Statement as has been selected by the Company for the securities the Company is registering for sale referred to above. The Holders shall be permitted to withdraw all or part of the Registrable Securities from the Piggyback Registration at any time at least five (5) Business Days prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to such Piggyback Registration. If the Company elects to terminate any registration filed under this Section 6.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration, the Company will have no obligation to register the securities sought to be included by the Holders in such registration under this Section 6.2, except as set forth in Section 6.1; provided, however, the Company must provide each Holder that elected to include any Registrable Securities in such Piggyback Registration prompt written notice of such termination or withdrawal. There shall be no limit to the number of Piggybank Registrations pursuant to this Section 6.2(a).

(b)        If a Registration Statement under this Section 6.2 relates to an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Company that in its or their reasonable opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number which can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of such offering (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price), the Company will include in such registration or prospectus only such number of securities that in the reasonable opinion of such underwriter(s) can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price), which securities will be so included in the following order of priority: (i) first, the Common Stock and Other Securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second, the Registrable Securities of the Holders who have requested inclusion of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 6.2, pro rata on the basis of the aggregate number of such securities or shares owned by each such Person, or as such Holders may otherwise agree, and (iii) third, any other securities of the Company that have been requested to be so included. The Company shall select the investment banking firm or firms to act as the lead underwriter or underwriters in connection with an underwritten offering made pursuant to this Section 6.2. No Holder may participate in any underwritten registration under this Section 6.2 unless such Holder (i) agrees to sell the Registrable Securities it desires to have covered by the underwritten offering on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements in customary form and (ii) completes and executes all customary questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements; provided, however, that no Holder shall be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder and such Holder’s intended method of distribution and any other representation

 

19


required by law or reasonably requested by the underwriters; provided further that no Holder shall be required to make any representations or warranty or any agreement that is more extensive or burdensome than those made by other shareholders of the Company.

(c)        The Company’s obligations under Section 6.1 shall not be affected by the filing or effectiveness of the Piggyback Registration; provided, however, and for the avoidance of doubt, a sale under such Piggyback Registration shall cause such sold securities to cease being Registrable Securities.

6.3            All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification, exemption or compliance pursuant to Section 6.1 or 6.2 shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses relating to the sale of securities registered by or on behalf of Holders shall be borne by such Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of securities so registered.

6.4            The Company further agrees that, in the event that (i) the Initial Registration Statement has not been filed with the SEC by the Filing Date, (ii) the Initial Registration Statement or the New Registration Statement, as applicable, has not been declared effective by the SEC by the applicable Effectiveness Deadline, (iii) after such Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC, (A) such Registration Statement is suspended by the Company or ceases to remain continuously effective as to all Registrable Securities for which it is required to be effective or (B) the Holders are not permitted to utilize the prospectus therein to resell such Registrable Securities, other than, in each case, within the time period(s) permitted by Section 6.8(b), (iv) in an underwritten offering in which the Holders’ securities are excluded from such offering as permitted by Section 6.2(b), or (v) after the date six months following the Filing Date, and only in the event a Registration Statement is not effective or available to sell all Registrable Securities, the Company fails to file with the SEC any required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act such that it is not in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1), as a result of which the Holders who are not affiliates are unable to sell Registrable Securities without restriction under Rule 144 (each such event referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v), a “Registration Default,and the date on which such Registration Default occurs being referred to as a “Default Date”), for all or part of any 30-day period (each a “Penalty Period”) during which the Registration Default remains uncured (which initial 30-day period shall commence on the fifth Business Day after the Default Date if such Registration Default has not been cured by such date and a new Penalty Period shall commence on the first day following the expiration of a Penalty Period if the Registration Default has not been cured), the Company shall pay to each Holder (other than Holders whose shares are included in the Registration Statement pursuant to Section 6.1 or 6.2) an amount in cash, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, equal to 0.5% of the Purchase Price in respect of such Holder’s Registrable Securities for each Penalty Period during which the Registration Default remains uncured; provided, that in no event shall the Company be required hereunder to pay to any Holder pursuant to this Agreement more than 0.5% of the Purchase Price of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder in any Penalty Period and in no event shall the Company be required hereunder to pay to any Holder pursuant to this Agreement an aggregate amount that exceeds 5.0% of the Purchase Price of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder. The Company shall deliver said cash payment to the Holders by the fifth Business Day after the end of such Penalty Period. If the Company fails to pay said cash payment to the Holders in full by the fifth Business Day after the end of such Penalty Period, the Company will pay interest thereon at a rate of 10% per annum (or such lesser maximum amount that is permitted to be paid by applicable law) to the Holders, accruing daily from the date such liquidated damages are due until such amounts, plus all such interest thereon, are paid in full. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Registration Default occurs pursuant to clause (iii) or (iv) hereof, the 0.5% of liquidated damages referred to above for any Penalty Period shall be reduced to equal the percentage determined by multiplying 0.5% by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be (x) for a Registration Default pursuant to clause (iii), the number of Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement that is suspended by the Company or ceases to remain continuously effective as to all Registrable Securities for which it is required to be effective which are still Registrable Securities at such time and for which there is not otherwise an effective Registration Statement at such time, and (y) for a Registration Default pursuant to clause (iv), the number of Registrable Securities excluded from the underwritten offering pursuant to Section 6.2(b), and, for a Registration Default pursuant to either clause (iii) or (iv), the denominator of which shall be the number of Registrable Securities at such time. With respect to each Purchaser, the Filing Date and the Effectiveness Deadline for a Registration Statement shall be extended without default or payment of the penalties set forth in this Section 6.4 in the event that the Company’s failure to file and/or obtain the effectiveness of the Registration Statement on a timely basis results from the failure of a Holder to timely provide the Company with information requested by the Company and necessary to complete the Registration Statement in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act (in which case the Filing Date and the Effectiveness Deadline, as applicable, would be extended for such Holder only until five Business Days following the date of receipt by the Company of such requested information). The parties agree that the liquidated damages contemplated by this Section 6.4 shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of a Holder in the event of a

 

20


Registration Default. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall a Registration Default be deemed to occur with respect to any Shares that are not also Registrable Securities.

6.5            In the case of the registration, qualification, exemption or compliance effected by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall, upon reasonable request, inform each Holder as to the status of such registration, qualification, exemption and compliance. At its expense the Company shall:

(a)        except for such times as the Company is permitted hereunder to suspend the use of the prospectus forming part of a Registration Statement, use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such registration, and any qualification, exemption or compliance under state securities laws which the Company is required to obtain, continuously effective with respect to a Holder, and to keep the applicable Registration Statement free of any material misstatements or omissions, until the earlier of the following: (i) the third anniversary of the Filing Date or (ii) the date all Shares held by such Holder may be sold under Rule 144 without being subject to any volume, manner of sale or publicly available information requirements. The period of time during which the Company is required hereunder to keep a Registration Statement effective is referred to herein as the “Registration Period.

(b)        advise the Holders within five Business Days (which notification shall not contain any material non-public information regarding the Company):

(i)        when a Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed with the SEC and when such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;

(ii)        of any request by the SEC for amendments or supplements to any Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information;

(iii)        of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for such purpose;

(iv)        of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and

(v)        of the occurrence of any event that requires the making of any changes in any Registration Statement or prospectus so that, as of such date, the statements therein are not misleading and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading;

(c)        use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement as soon as reasonably practicable;

(d)        if a Holder so requests in writing, promptly furnish to each such Holder, without charge, at least one copy of each Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if explicitly requested, all exhibits in the form filed with the SEC;

(e)        during the Registration Period, promptly deliver to each such Holder, without charge, as many copies of each prospectus included in a Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request in writing; and the Company consents to the use, consistent with the provisions hereof, of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by a prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

(f)        during the Registration Period, if a Holder so requests in writing, deliver to each Holder, without charge, (i) one copy of the following documents, other than those documents available via EDGAR: (A) its annual report to its shareholders, if any (which annual report shall contain financial statements audited in accordance with GAAP by a firm of certified public accountants of recognized standing), (B) if not included in substance in its annual report to shareholders, its annual report on Form 10-K (or similar form), (C) its definitive proxy statement with respect to its annual meeting of

 

21


shareholders, (D) each of its quarterly reports to its shareholders, and, if not included in substance in its quarterly reports to shareholders, its quarterly report on Form 10-Q (or similar form), and (E) a copy of each full Registration Statement (the foregoing, in each case, excluding exhibits); and (ii) if explicitly requested, all exhibits excluded by the parenthetical to the immediately preceding clause (E);

(g)        prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement, promptly take such actions as may be necessary to register or qualify or obtain an exemption for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such United States jurisdictions as any such Holders reasonably request in writing, provided that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to qualify generally to transact business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where it is not so qualified or to consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction, and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities covered by any such Registration Statement;

(h)        upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 6.5(b)(v) above, except for such times as the Company is permitted hereunder to suspend the use of a prospectus forming part of a Registration Statement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to as soon as reasonably practicable prepare a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Registrable Securities included therein, such prospectus will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(i)        otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply in all material respects with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC which could affect the sale of the Registrable Securities;

(j)        use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange or market, if any, on which equity securities issued by the Company have been listed;

(k)        use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities contemplated hereby and to enable the Holders to sell Registrable Securities under Rule 144;

(l)        provide to each Purchaser and its representatives, if requested, the opportunity to conduct a reasonable inquiry of the Company’s financial and other records during normal business hours and make available its officers, directors and employees for questions regarding information which such Purchaser may reasonably request in order to fulfill any due diligence obligation on its part; and

(m)        provide a single counsel designated by notice to the Company from the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities or, if no such counsel is designated by such Holders, reasonably selected by the Company, for the Purchasers to review any Registration Statement and all amendments and supplements thereto (other than supplements to a Registration Statement on Form S-3 solely for the purpose of incorporating other filings with the SEC into such Registration Statement and other than an amendment to a Registration Statement of Form S-1 on Form S-3 for the purpose of converting such Registration Statement into a Registration Statement on Form S-3), within two Business Days prior to the filing thereof with the SEC;

provided, that, in the case of clauses (l) and (m) above, the Company shall not be required (A) to delay the filing of any Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto as a result of any ongoing diligence inquiry by or on behalf of a Holder or to incorporate any comments to any Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto by or on behalf of a Holder if such inquiry or comments would require a delay in the filing of such Registration Statement, amendment or supplement, as the case may be, or (B) to provide, and shall not provide, any Purchaser or its representatives with material, non-public information unless such Purchaser agrees to receive such information and enters into a customary written confidentiality agreement with the Company in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company.

6.6            The Holders shall have no right to take any action to restrain, enjoin or otherwise delay any registration pursuant to Section 6.1 or 6.2 hereof as a result of any controversy that may arise with respect to the proper implementation of this Agreement.

 

22


6.7        (a)         To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, each of its directors, officers, partners, members, managers and investment advisers and each Person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which any registration that has been effected pursuant to this Agreement, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or action in respect thereof), including any of the foregoing incurred in settlement of any litigation, commenced or threatened (subject to Section 6.7(c) below), arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereof, or other document incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, or any violation by the Company of any rule or regulation promulgated by the Securities Act applicable to the Company and relating to any action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance, and will promptly reimburse each Holder and each Person controlling such Holder, for all reasonable legal and other out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, preparing to defend, defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action as incurred; provided, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any untrue statement or omission or allegation thereof is made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder expressly for use in preparation of any Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, prospectus, amendment or supplement; provided further, that the Company will not be liable in any such case where the claim, loss, damage or liability arises out of or is related to the failure of such Holder to comply with its covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement respecting sales of Registrable Securities, and except that the foregoing indemnity agreement is subject to the condition that, insofar as it relates to any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any preliminary prospectus but eliminated or remedied in the amended prospectus on file with the SEC at the time any Registration Statement becomes effective or in an amended prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) which meets the requirements of Section 10(a) of the Securities Act (each, a “Final Prospectus”), such indemnity shall not inure to the benefit of any such Holder or any such controlling Person, if a copy of a Final Prospectus furnished by the Company to the Holder for delivery was not furnished to the Person asserting the loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the time such furnishing is required by the Securities Act and a Final Prospectus would have cured the defect giving rise to such loss, liability, claim or damage.

(b)        In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder of Registrable Securities is participating, each such Holder shall severally, and not jointly, indemnify the Company, each of its directors and officers, and each Person who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) to which the Company may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, including any of the foregoing incurred in settlement of any litigation, commenced or threatened (subject to Section 6.7(c) below), insofar as such claims, losses, damages and liabilities arise out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereof, incident to any such registration, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, and will reimburse the Company, such directors and officers, and each Person controlling the Company for all reasonable legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, preparing to defend, defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action as incurred, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission or allegation thereof is made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Holder expressly for use in preparation of any Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, prospectus, amendment or supplement; provided that the indemnity shall not apply to the extent that such claim, loss, damage or liability results from the fact that a current copy of a prospectus was not made available to the Person asserting the loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the time such furnishing is required by the Securities Act and a Final Prospectus would have cured the defect giving rise to such loss, claim, damage or liability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Holder’s aggregate liability pursuant to this subsection (b) and subsection (d) shall be limited to the net amount received by the Holder from the sale of the Registrable Securities.

(c)        Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 6.7 (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party (at its expense) to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not unreasonably be withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such Indemnified Party’s expense, and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the

 

23


Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Agreement, unless such failure is materially prejudicial to the Indemnifying Party in defending such claim or litigation. An Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement or compromise of, consent to the entry of any judgement with respect to any pending or threatened action or claim effected without its prior written consent. No Indemnifying Party, in its defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the prior written consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement, which (i) does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation or (ii) contains any statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.

(d)        If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6.7 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to therein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, that no person involved in the sale of Registrable Securities which Person is guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) in connection with such sale shall be entitled to contribution from any Person involved in such sale of Registrable Securities as who was not guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6.7(d), no Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of any Registrable Securities exceeds the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. The Holders’ obligations in this Section 6.7(d) to contribute shall be several in proportion to the principal amount of Registrable Securities registered by them and not joint.

6.8        (a)         Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to a prospectus relating to Registrable Securities so that, as thereafter delivered to the Holders, such prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, each Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement and prospectus contemplated by Section 6.1 or 6.2 until its receipt of copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus from the Company and, if so directed by the Company, each Holder shall deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

(b)        Each Holder shall suspend, upon request of the Company, any disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement and prospectus contemplated by Section 6.1 or 6.2 during no more than two periods of no more than 30 calendar days each during any 12-month period to the extent that the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith that the sale of Registrable Securities under any such Registration Statement would be reasonably likely to cause a violation of the Securities Act or Exchange Act.

(c)        As a condition to the inclusion of its Registrable Securities, each Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing, including completing a customary Registration Statement Questionnaire in the form provided by the Company, or as shall be required in connection with any registration referred to in this Article 6.

(d)        Each Holder hereby covenants with the Company (i) not to make any sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement without effectively causing the prospectus delivery requirements under the Securities Act to be satisfied, and (ii) if such Registrable Securities are to be sold by any method or in any transaction other than on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market, in privately negotiated transactions, or in a combination of such methods, to notify the Company at least five Business Days prior to the date on which the Holder first offers to sell any such Registrable Securities.

 

24


(e)        At the end of the Registration Period the Holders shall discontinue sales of shares pursuant to any Registration Statement upon receipt of notice from the Company of its intention to remove from registration the shares covered by any such Registration Statement which remain unsold.

6.9            With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which at any time permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, if the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, so long as the Holders still own Registrable Securities, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to:

(a)        make and keep adequate, current public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times;

(b)        file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act; and

(c)        so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder, upon any reasonable request, a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act, a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents of the Company as such Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

6.10            Prior to the time that Registration Statement(s) covering the resale of all Registrable Securities have been declared effective by the SEC, the Company shall not file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act of any of its equity securities other than a registration statement required to be filed pursuant to this Agreement, a registration statement on Form S-8 or, in connection with an acquisition, a registration statement on Form S-4; provided, that the foregoing restrictions in this Section 6.10 shall terminate upon such time as (i) the Company effects a Piggyback Registration, (ii) all of the Registrable Securities have been publicly sold by the Holders or (iii) all of the Registrable Securities may be sold under Rule 144 during any 90-day period.

6.11            Each Purchaser agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the applicable managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to an initial public offering or other registration by the Company relating an underwritten offering of shares of its Common Stock or any other equity securities under the Securities Act, and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days, provided that if during the last seventeen (17) days of such period the Company issues an earnings or other material public release or, prior to the expiration of such period, the Company announces that it will release an earnings or other material public release within fifteen (15) days of the last day of such period, then in each such case such period may be extended upon the request of the managing underwriter for an additional period of up to eighteen (18) days from the date of the issuance of such earnings or other material public release) (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock originally purchased by the Purchaser pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (the “Original Securities”) or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Original Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of the Original Securities or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 6.11 shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall be applicable to the Purchaser only if all executive officers and directors of the Company are subject to at least the same restrictions. The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 6.11 and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Purchaser further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Section 6.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall a Holder or any Affiliate of a Holder be restricted from selling or otherwise disposing of any securities of the Company other than the Original Securities by the terms of this Article VI and Sections 3.5 and 4.5.

6.12            The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities granted to the Holders by the Company under Sections 6.1 and 6.2 may be assigned by a Holder in connection with a transfer by such Holder of all or a portion of its Registrable Securities; provided, that such transfer must be made at least ten days prior to the Filing Date and that

 

25


(i) such transfer may otherwise be effected in accordance with applicable securities laws; (ii) such Holder gives prior written notice to the Company at least ten days prior to the Filing Date; and (iii) such transferee agrees to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, and such transfer is otherwise in compliance with this Agreement. Except as specifically permitted by this Section 6.12, the rights of a Holder with respect to Registrable Securities as set out herein shall not be transferable to any other Person, and any attempted transfer shall cause all rights of such Holder therein to be forfeited.

6.13            The rights of any Holder under any provision of this Article 6 may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, either retroactively or prospectively and either for a specified period of time or indefinitely) or amended by an instrument in writing signed by such Holder.

6.14            The Company will not enter into any agreements with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would grant such holder or prospective holder registration rights with respect to the securities of the Company which would have priority over the Registrable Securities with respect to the inclusion of such securities in any registration. If the Company enters into an agreement that contains terms more favorable, in form or substance, to any shareholders than the terms provided to the Holders under this Agreement, then the Company shall grant, in writing, any such more favorable terms for the benefit of the Holders.

ARTICLE 7

DEFINITIONS

7.1            “Action” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

7.2            “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person (as defined below), any other Person controlling, controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such Person (for the purposes of this definition “control, when used with respect to any specified Person, shall mean the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing).

7.3             Agency has the meaning set forth in Section 2.36.

7.4             Agreement has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

7.5             Articles has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

7.6            “Bank” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

7.7            BHC Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.35.

7.8            BHC Act Control has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(c).

7.9            Business Day means a day Monday through Friday on which banks are generally open for business in New York City.

7.10             Bylaws has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

7.11            “CDBO” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.

7.12             Closing has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.

7.13            Closing Date has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.

7.14            Common Stock means the common stock, no par value per share, of the Company.

 

26


7.15             Company has the meaning set forth in the preamble. For purposes of the Company’s representations and warranties in Article II, references to the Company with respect to all times prior to the Reorganization Date, shall be deemed to be references to the Bank rather than the Company.

7.16            “Company’s Knowledge” means with respect to any statement made to the knowledge of the Company, as the case may be, that the statement is based upon the respective actual knowledge of, or the knowledge that would reasonably be expected to be obtained based upon the position or office of, the Company’s and Bank’s executive chairman, chief executive officer, president, and chief financial officer, after reasonable investigation.

7.17            “Company Reports” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(c).

7.18            “Covered Person(s)” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.39.

7.19            “CRA” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a).

7.20            “Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b).

7.21            “Default Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.

7.22            “Disqualification Events” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.39.

7.23            “Environmental Laws” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.27.

7.24            “ERISA” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.28.

7.25            “Evaluation Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.

7.26            “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, or any similar successor statute.

7.27            “FDIC” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a).

7.28            “Federal Reserve” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a).

7.29            “Filing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

7.30            “Final Prospectus” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7(a).

7.31            “Financial Statements” means the audited and unaudited financial statements of the Company issued for the annual and quarterly fiscal periods ending December 31, 2016 and thereafter.

7.32            “FINRA” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.26.

7.33            “Holders” means any Person holding Registrable Securities or any Person to whom the rights under Article 6 have been transferred in accordance with Section 6.12 hereof.

7.34            “Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7(c).

7.35            “Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7(c).

7.36            “Initial Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

7.37            “Insurer” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.36.

7.38            “Investment Company Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13.

 

27


7.39            “Investor Presentation” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.32.

7.40            “Loan Investor” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.36.

7.41             “Lock-Up Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(l).

7.42            “Material Adverse Effect” means any event, circumstance, change or occurrence that has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, assets, properties, results of operations, liabilities or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, or (c) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations pursuant to the Transactions.

7.43            “Money Laundering Laws” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19.

7.44            “New Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

7.45            “OFAC” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.30.

7.46            “Offering” means the private placement of the Company’s Shares contemplated by this Agreement.

7.47            Original Securities has the meaning set forth in Section 6.11.

7.48            “Other Securities” means the shares of Common Stock or other capital stock of the Company that the Company is registering pursuant to a Registration Statement.

7.49            “PCAOB” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.

7.50            “Penalty Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.

7.51            “Permits” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(d).

7.52            “Person” means any person, individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust or other nongovernmental entity or any governmental agency, court, authority or other body (whether foreign, federal, state, local or otherwise).

7.53            “Piggyback Registration” means has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(a).

7.54            “Placement Agents” mean Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and the Hovde Group.

7.55            “Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

7.56            “Purchasers” mean the Purchasers whose names are set forth on the signature pages of this Agreement, and their permitted transferees.

7.57            The terms “register,” “registered” and “registration” refer to the registration effected by preparing and filing a Registration Statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such Registration Statement.

7.58            “Registrable Securities” means the Shares; provided, that Shares shall only be treated as Registrable Securities if and only for so long as they (i) have not been disposed of pursuant to a Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC as contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) have not been sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act so that all transfer restrictions and restrictive legends with respect thereto are removed upon the consummation of such sale, and (iii) are held by a Holder or a permitted transferee pursuant to Section 6.10; provided further, that Shares issued by the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall cease to be treated as Registrable

 

28


Securities if such Shares are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and listed on a national securities exchange.

7.59            “Registration Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.

7.60            “Registration Expenses” means all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Section 6.1 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and expenses of counsel for the Company, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the fees of legal counsel for any Holder).

7.61            “Registration Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

7.62            “Registration Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(a).

7.63            “Registration Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

7.64            “Registration Statement” means any one or more Registration Statements of the Company filed under the Securities Act that covers the resale of any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation the Initial Registration Statement, the New Registration Statement, Form S-3 Registration Statement, and any Remainder Registration Statements) and amendments and supplements to such Registration Statements, including post-effective amendments.

7.65            “Regulation D” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

7.66            “Regulatory Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(e).

7.67            “Remainder Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

7.68            “Reorganization Date” means June 30, 2017.

7.69            “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, or any successor rule.

7.70            Rule 415 means Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act, or any successor rule.

7.71            “Sanctioned Countries” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.30.

7.72            “Sanctions” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.30.

7.73            “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

7.74            “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, or any similar successor statute.

7.75            “Selling Expenses” means all selling commissions, discounts and expenses applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and all fees and expenses of legal counsel of any Holder.

7.76            “Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

7.77            “Solicitor” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.39.

7.78            “Stock Plans” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

7.79            “Subsidiary” of any Person shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other legal entity of which such Person (either alone or through or together with any other subsidiary) owns, directly

 

29


or indirectly, more than 50% of the stock or other equity interests the holders of which are generally entitled to vote for the election of the board of directors or other governing body of such corporation or other legal entity.

7.80            “Transactions” shall mean the transactions contemplated hereby (including the issuance and sale of the Shares).

7.81            “USA PATRIOT Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a).

ARTICLE 8

GOVERNING LAW; MISCELLANEOUS

8.1            Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to the principles of conflict of laws.

8.2            Counterparts; Signatures by Facsimile. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which are considered one and the same agreement and will become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other parties. This Agreement, once executed by a party, may be delivered to the other parties hereto by facsimile or e-mail transmission of a copy of this Agreement bearing the signature of the party so delivering this Agreement.

8.3            Headings. The headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and do not affect its interpretation.

8.4            Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute or rule of law, then such provision will be deemed modified in order to conform with such statute or rule of law. Any provision hereof that may prove invalid or unenforceable under any law will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

8.5            Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement (including all schedules and exhibits hereto) constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein or therein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. No provision of this Agreement may be waived or amended other than by an instrument in writing signed by the party to be charged with enforcement. Any amendment or waiver by a party effected in accordance with this Section 8.5 shall be binding upon such party, including with respect to any Shares purchased under this Agreement at the time outstanding and held by such party (including securities into which such Shares are convertible and for which such Shares are exercisable) and each future holder of all such securities.

8.6            Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed email, telex or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next Business Day, (c) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one Business Day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. The addresses for such communications are:

If to the Company:            California BanCorp

1300 Clay Street, Suite 500

Oakland, California 94612

Email Address: seshelton@bankcbc.com

Attention: Steven E. Shelton

With a copy to:                Stinson Leonard Street LLP

6400 South Fiddlers Green Circle, Suite 1900

Greenwood Village, Colorado 80111

 

30


Email Address: ernie.panasci@stinson.com

Attention: Ernest Panasci

If to a Purchaser: To the address set forth immediately below such Purchaser’s name on the signature pages hereto. Each party will provide ten days’ advance written notice to the other parties of any change in its address.

8.7            Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties and their successors and assigns. The Company will not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Purchasers, and no Purchaser may assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company, except (i) as permitted in accordance with Section 6.11 hereof or (ii) an assignment of rights hereunder in whole or in part to any Affiliate of such Purchaser, provided that such transferee of such Purchaser shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement that apply to “Purchasers.”

8.8            Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective permitted successors and assigns and the Placement Agents, and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other Person.

8.9            Further Assurances. Each party will do and perform, or cause to be done and performed, all such further acts and things, and will execute and deliver all other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, as another party may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the Transactions.

8.10            Construction, Etc. The language used in this Agreement is deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party. The phrase “made available”, when used in reference to a document, means that the document was delivered or provided to the Purchasers.

8.11            Equitable Relief. The Company recognizes that, if it fails to perform or discharge any of its obligations under this Agreement, any remedy at law may prove to be inadequate relief to the Purchasers. The Company therefore agrees that the Purchasers are entitled to seek temporary and permanent injunctive relief in any such case. Each Purchaser also recognizes that, if it fails to perform or discharge any of its obligations under this Agreement, any remedy at law may prove to be inadequate relief to the Company. Each Purchaser therefore agrees that the Company is entitled to seek temporary and permanent injunctive relief in any such case.

8.12            Survival of Representations and Warranties and Covenants. Notwithstanding any investigation made by any party to this Agreement, all representations and warranties made by the Company and the Purchasers contained herein shall survive the Closing and the delivery of the Shares for a period of two (2) years following the Closing and the delivery of the Shares. The covenants and agreements made by the Company and the Purchaser herein shall survive the Closing and shall continue until such time as such covenants and agreements are no longer applicable or have any effect.

8.13            Independent Nature of Purchasers’ Obligations and Rights. The obligations of each Purchaser under this Agreement are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Purchaser, and no Purchaser shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Purchaser under this Agreement. The decision of each Purchaser to purchase Shares pursuant to this Agreement has been made by such Purchaser independently of any other Purchaser and independently of any information, materials, statements or opinions as to the business, affairs, operations, assets, properties, liabilities, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which may have been made or given by any other Purchaser or by any agent or employee of any other Purchaser, and no Purchaser and none of its agents or employees shall have any liability to any other Purchaser (or any other Person) relating to or arising from any such information, materials, statements or opinions. Nothing contained herein and no action taken by any Purchaser pursuant thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Purchasers as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Purchasers are in any way acting in concert or as a group, or are deemed affiliates with respect to such obligations or the Transactions. Each Purchaser acknowledges that no other Purchaser has acted as agent for such Purchaser in connection with making its investment hereunder and that no Purchaser will be acting as agent of such Purchaser in connection with monitoring its investment in the Shares or enforcing its rights under this Agreement. Each Purchaser shall be entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights, including without limitation the rights arising out of this Agreement, and it shall not be necessary for any other Purchaser to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose. It is expressly understood and agreed that each provision contained in this Agreement is between the Company

 

31


and a Purchaser, solely, and not between the Company and the Purchasers collectively and not between and among the Purchasers.

8.14            Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing with respect to one or more Purchasers:

(a)        by mutual written consent of the Company and such Purchaser(s);

(b)        by the Company if there has been a material breach by such Purchaser(s) of a representation, warranty or agreement contained herein that remains uncured after five (5) days’ written notice of such material breach;

(c)        by such Purchaser(s) if there has been a material breach by the Company of a representation, warranty or agreement contained herein that remains uncured after five (5) days’ written notice of such material breach; and

(d)        by the Company or such Purchaser(s) if the Closing has not occurred by 11:59 p.m. Pacific Time on September 15, 2018, or such other date as the parties mutually agree in writing, unless the failure of the Closing to occur by that date has resulted from the material breach of this Agreement by the party seeking to terminate this Agreement.

8.15            Effect of Termination. If this Agreement is terminated as provided in Section 8.14, it shall become wholly void and of no further force and effect and there shall be no further liability or obligation on the part of any party hereto except, in the case of the Company, to return any subscription funds previously received by it to the relevant Purchasers in accordance with Section 1.2, as are required of it, but such termination shall not constitute a waiver by any party of any claim it may have for damages caused by reason of a material breach of a representation, warranty, or agreement made by another party hereto. Termination of this Agreement shall have no effect on any separate nondisclosure agreement or confidentiality agreement to which a Purchaser may be a party.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

32


EXECUTION VERSION

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Securities Purchase Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

CALIFORNIA BANCORP

By:

 

/s/ Steven E. Shelton

Name:

 

Steven E. Shelton

Title:

 

President and Chief Executive Officer


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Securities Purchase Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

PURCHASER:                                                 

By:                                                                  

Name:                                                             

Title:                                                             

Address:                                                         

                                                         

                                                         

Facsimile:                                                     

[Signature page to Secretary’s Certificate]

Exhibit 10.17

CALIFORNIA BANCORP

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

California BanCorp, a California corporation, (the “Company” or “BanCorp”), hereby awards you a Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “Stock Units”). The terms and conditions of the Award are set forth in this cover sheet and the attached Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (together, this “Agreement”) and in the California BanCorp 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as it may be amended from time to time (the “Plan”). “Shares” means shares of Bancorp Common Stock. “Service” means rendering service to BanCorp or its Subsidiaries as an advisor, Director or employee. Capitalized terms in this Agreement that are not defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

Date of Award:

Name of Participant:

Number of Restricted Stock Units Awarded:

Vesting Calculation Date:

Vesting Schedule: [Subject to your continuous Service, the Stock Units shall vest in three (3) equal installments on each of the first three (3) anniversaries of the Vesting Calculation Date.] [Subject to your continuous Service, the Stock Units shall vest in a single installment on the first anniversary of the Vesting Calculation Date.]

By signing this cover sheet, you agree to all terms and conditions described in this Agreement and in the Plan. You further represent that you (i) fully understand and accept all provisions of the Plan and this Agreement; and (ii) agree to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all of the Committee’s decisions regarding, and all interpretations of, the Plan and this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be deemed one instrument.

 

CALIFORNIA BANCORP     AGREED AND ACCEPTED:
By:         Signature:    
Title:         Name:    

 

-1-


CALIFORNIA BANCORP

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

 

1.

The Plan and Other Agreements. The text of the Plan is incorporated in this Agreement by this reference. You and the Company agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement. . This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this Award of Restricted Stock. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations are superseded.

 

2.

Award of Stock Units. The Company awards you the number of Stock Units shown on the cover sheet of this Agreement. The Award is subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan. This Award is not intended to constitute a nonqualified deferred compensation plan within the meaning of section 409A of the Code and will be interpreted accordingly.

 

3.

Vesting. This Award will vest according to the Vesting Schedule on the attached cover sheet, unless and until your Service terminates. Vested Stock Units shall be settled as provided in Section 7.

 

4.

Return of Stock Units to Company. Upon the occurrence termination of your Service for any reason, all then outstanding unvested Stock Units shall be forfeited and returned to the Company without consideration.

 

5.

Leaves of Absence. For purposes of this Award, your Service does not terminate when you go on a bona fide leave of absence that was approved by the Company in writing, if the terms of the leave provide for Service crediting, or when Service crediting is required by applicable law. Your Service terminates in any event when the approved leave ends unless you immediately return to active work. The Company determines which leaves count for this purpose (along with determining the effect of a leave of absence on vesting of the Award), and when your Service terminates for all purposes under the Plan.

 

6.

Transfer of Award. You cannot gift, transfer, assign, alienate, pledge, hypothecate, attach, sell, or encumber this Award. If you attempt to do any of these things, this Award will immediately become invalid. You may, however, dispose of this Award in your will or it may be transferred by the laws of descent and distribution. Regardless of any marital property settlement agreement, the Company is not obligated to recognize your spouse’s interest in your Award in any other way.

 

7.

Settlement of Vested Stock Units. To the extent a Stock Unit becomes vested and subject to Participant’s satisfaction of any tax withholding obligations, each vested Stock Unit will entitle Participant to receive one Share (or a cash amount equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on such date of vesting and the Committee in its discretion may decide to settle vested Stock Units with cash and/or Shares) on the applicable vesting date or as soon as practicable thereafter, but not later than thirty (30) days from the vesting date (the actual date of such issuance during such period shall be solely determined by the

 

-2-


  Company) in exchange for such vested Stock Unit. Issuance of such Shares and/or cash shall be in complete satisfaction of such vested Stock Units. Such settled Stock Units shall be immediately cancelled and no longer outstanding and Participant shall have no further rights or entitlements related to those settled Stock Units.

 

8.

Voting and Other Rights. Participant shall have no rights of a shareholder with respect to the Stock Units including, without limitation, no right to vote the Stock Units (or underlying Shares).

 

9.

Restrictions on Issuance. The Company will not issue any Shares if the issuance of such Shares at that time would violate any law or regulation.

 

10.

Taxes and Withholding. You will be solely responsible for payment of any and all applicable taxes, including without limitation any penalties or interest based upon such tax obligations, associated with this Award. The delivery to you of any vested Shares will not be permitted unless and until you have satisfied any withholding or other taxes that may be due. Any such tax withholding obligations may be settled in the Company’s discretion by the Company withholding and retaining a portion of the Shares from the Shares that would otherwise be deliverable to you under the vesting Stock Units as provided in the next two sentences. Such withheld Shares will be applied to pay the withholding obligation by using the aggregate fair market value of the withheld Shares as of the date of vesting. You will be delivered the net amount of vested Shares after the Share withholding has been effected and you will not receive the withheld Shares. The Company will not deliver any fractional number of Shares.

 

11.

Clawback Policy. You expressly acknowledge and agree to be bound by any Company policy on recoupment of equity or other compensation, including the clawback provisions contained in Section 20 of the Plan.

 

12.

No Employment or Retention Rights. Your Award or this Agreement does not give you the right to be retained by the Company (and any Subsidiaries) as an employee or in any other capacity. The Company (and any Subsidiaries) reserves the right to terminate your Service at any time and for any reason.

 

13.

Extraordinary Compensation. The Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Stock Units are not intended to constitute or replace any pension rights or compensation and are not to be considered compensation of a continuing or recurring nature, or part of your normal or expected compensation, and in no way represent any portion of your salary, compensation or other remuneration for any purpose, including but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

 

14.

Adjustments. If the Company pays dividends with respect to the shares of Common Stock (the date of any such payment is a “Dividend Date”), then Dividend Equivalents shall then be credited to any then outstanding Stock Units. The amount of such Dividend Equivalents credited will be the dollar value of dividends paid on an actual share of

 

-3-


  Common Stock on the Dividend Date, multiplied by the number of outstanding Stock Units outstanding under this Award Agreement as of the Dividend Date. This aggregate dollar amount will be credited to this Award as Dividend Equivalents. Such Dividend Equivalents will be subject to the Plan and the same vesting (on a pro-rata basis based on each vesting tranche of Stock Units outstanding hereunder on the Dividend Date), forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability, and settlement provisions as apply to the Stock Units to which the Dividend Equivalents are attached.

In the event of a stock split, a stock dividend or a similar change in the Company stock, the number of Stock Units covered by this Award may be adjusted (and rounded down to the nearest whole number) pursuant to the Plan. Your Stock Units shall be subject to the terms of the agreement of merger, liquidation or reorganization in the event the Company is subject to such corporate activity.

 

15.

Legends. All certificates or book entries representing the Common Stock issued under this Award may, where applicable, have endorsed thereon the following notations or legends and any other notation or legend the Company determines appropriate:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OPTIONS TO PURCHASE SUCH SHARES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR HIS OR HER PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY AND WILL BE FURNISHED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE.”

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

16.

Applicable Law.. This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of California without reference to the conflicts of law provisions thereof.

 

17.

Binding Effect; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and you and any respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any person other than the Company and you and any respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns. The parties agree that this Agreement shall survive the settlement or termination of the Award.

 

18.

Notice. Any notice to be given or delivered to the Company relating to this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Company at its principal corporate offices. All notices shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail,

 

-4-


  postage prepaid and properly addressed to the Company. Any notice to be given or delivered to you relating to this Agreement may be delivered by email (including prospectuses required by the SEC) as well as all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including annual reports and proxy statements). The Company may also deliver these documents by posting them on a web site maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company.

 

19.

Voluntary Participant. You acknowledge that you are voluntarily participating in the Plan.

 

20.

No Rights to Future Awards. Your rights, if any, in respect of or in connection with any future Awards are derived solely from the discretionary decision of the Company to permit you to participate in the Plan and to benefit from a discretionary future Award. By accepting this Award, you expressly acknowledge that there is no obligation on the part of the Company to continue the Plan and/or grant any additional Awards to you or benefits in lieu of any other Awards even if Awards have been granted repeatedly in the past. All decisions with respect to future Awards, if any, will be at the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee.

 

21.

Future Value. The future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty. If the underlying Shares do not maintain or increase their value after the Date of Award, the Award could have little or no value.

 

22.

No Advice Regarding Award. The Company has not provided any tax, legal or financial advice, nor has the Company made any recommendations regarding your participation in the Plan, or your acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding your participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

 

23.

No Right to Damages. You will have no right to bring a claim or to receive damages if any portion of the Award is cancelled or expires. The loss of existing or potential profit in the Award will not constitute an element of damages in the event of the termination of your Service for any reason, even if the termination is in violation of an obligation of the Company or a Subsidiary to you.

 

24.

Data Privacy. You hereby explicitly and unambiguously consent to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of your personal data as described in this document by the Company for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan. You understand that the Company holds certain personal information about you, including, but not limited to, name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security or insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all Awards or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, cancelled, purchased, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in your favor for the purpose of implementing, managing and administering the Plan (“Data”). You understand that the Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be

 

-5-


  located in your country or elsewhere and that the recipient country may have different data privacy laws and protections than your country. You authorize the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data, as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom you may elect to deposit any Shares acquired under the Plan.

 

25.

Other Information. You agree to receive shareholder information, including copies of any annual report, proxy statement and periodic report, from the Company’s website, if the Company wishes to provide such information through its website. You acknowledge that copies of the Plan, Plan prospectus, Plan information and shareholder information are also available upon written or telephonic request to the Plan’s administrator.

 

26.

Further Assistance. You agree to provide assistance reasonably requested by the Company in connection with actions taken by you while providing services to the Company, including but not limited to assistance in connection with any lawsuits or other claims against the Company arising from events during the period in which you rendered service to the Company.

 

27.

General.

(a)    In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

(b)    The rights of the Company under this Agreement and the Plan shall be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. Your rights and obligations under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

(c)    Should any provision or portion of this Agreement be held to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions and portions of this Agreement shall be unaffected by such holding.

(d)    YOU ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE ISSUANCE OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE EARNED ONLY BY YOU RENDERING SERVICE OR AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED HEREIN, AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, APPOINTED OR OBTAINING SHARES HEREUNDER.

 

-6-

Exhibit 10.18

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CALIFORNIA BANK OF COMMERCE

SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT

(By and Between CALIFORNIA BANK OF COMMERCE and STEVEN E. SHELTON)

Insurer/Policy: Guardian Life Insurance Company of America Policy #

John Hancock Life Insurance Company Policy #

Midland National Life Insurance Company Policy #

The Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company Policy #

 

Bank:

  

California Bank of Commerce

Insured:

  

Steven E. Shelton

Relationship of Insured to Bank:

  

Executive

Effective Date:

  

1/13, 2019

This “Second Amended and Restated California Bank of Commerce Split-Dollar Agreement (hereinafter “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of 1/13, 2019, by and between California Bank of Commerce (the “Bank” or “Employer”) and Steven E. Shelton (“Insured”). Furthermore, this Agreement is intended to amend, supersede and replace the Amended and Restated California Bank of Commerce Split-Dollar Agreement by and between the Bank and Insured, effective as of December 31, 2015, in its entirety. Wherefore, the parties agree as follows:

The respective rights and duties of CALIFORNIA BANK OF COMMERCE (hereinafter the “Bank”) and STEVEN. E. SHELTON (hereinafter the “Insured”) in the above-referenced Policy(ies) shall be pursuant to the terms set forth below:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS.

Refer to the Policy(ies’) contract for the definition of any terms in this Agreement that is not defined herein. If the definition of a term in the Policy(ies) is inconsistent with the definition of a term in this Agreement, then the definition of the term as set forth in this Agreement shall supersede and replace the definition of the terms as set forth in the Policy(ies).

 

  1.1

Accelerated Benefit. The term “Accelerated Benefit” shall mean amounts requested and received pursuant to any Policy(ies) rider permitting the policyowner or Insured access to portions of the eligible death benefit in the event the Insured is diagnosed with a chronic or terminal illness [as required by the individual Policy(ies)].


  1.2

Beneficiary. The term “Beneficiary” shall mean one or more persons, trusts, estates or other entities, designated in accordance with Paragraph 3 below that are entitled to receive benefits under this Plan upon the death of Insured.

 

  1.3

Beneficiary Designation Form. “Beneficiary Designation Form” shall mean the form established from time to time by the Bank and the Administrator, which an Insured completes, signs and returns to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

 

  1.4

Board. “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Bank.

 

  1.5

Claimant. “Claimant” shall have the meaning assigned to an individual who makes a claim pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 12 below.

 

  1.6

Code. The term the “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

  1.7

Disability/Disabled. The Terms “Disability” or Disabled” shall be deemed to have the same meaning as they are prescribed in the Executive Supplemental Compensation Agreement.

 

  1.8

ERISA. The term “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

  1.9

Net Amount-at-Risk. The term “Net Amount-at-Risk” (hereinafter “NAR”) shall be defined as the total proceeds of the Policy(ies) less the cash value of the Policy(ies).

 

  1.10

Plan. The term “Plan” refers to this arrangement, as evidenced by this Agreement, whereby Insured (or Insured’s Beneficiary) is entitled to receive a benefit.

 

  1.11

SERP. The “SERP” shall mean the Executive Supplemental Compensation Agreement (hereinafter “Agreement”) made and entered into by and between the parties.

 

  1.12

Separation From Service/Termination of Employment. The terms “Separation From Service” (Separates From Service) and “Termination of Employment” shall be used interchangeably for the purposes of this Agreement and shall be defined in accordance with the provisions of Code Section 409A. Code Section 409A provides that whether a termination of employment has occurred is determined based on whether the facts and circumstances indicate that the Bank and Insured reasonably anticipate

 

2


 

that no further services will be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services Insured will perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) will permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services performed (as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period (or the full period of services to the Employer if the Insured has been providing services to the Employer less than 36 months). There shall be no Separation From Service while the Insured is on military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence, as long as such leave does not exceed six (6) months, or if longer, so long as the Insured retains a right to re-employment with the Employer under an applicable statute or by contract.

1.13   Termination For Cause. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Termination For Cause” shall be defined as Insured’s Termination of Employment by the Bank for one or more of the following reasons:

 

  A.

Willfully breaching Bank policies or banking regulations;

 

  B.

Habitually neglecting the duties required to be performed under Insured’s Employment Agreement;

 

  C.

Committing an intentional act that has a material detrimental effect on the reputation or business of the Bank;

 

  D.

Conviction of a felony or committing any act of dishonesty, fraud, intentional misrepresentation or moral turpitude as would prevent effective performance of Insured’s duties under Insured’s Employment Agreement;

 

  E.

Repeatedly or intentionally disregarding or failing to comply with a directive of the Board of Directors; or

 

  F.

The Bank receiving a written finding, order or directive from any state or federal banking regulator with jurisdiction over the Bank ordering the removal of Insured as an executive officer of the Bank.

 

3


2.

POLICY(IES) TITLE AND OWNERSHIP.

 

  2.1

Policy Ownership. Title and ownership of the Policy(ies) shall reside in the Bank for its use and for the use of Insured in accordance with this Agreement. The Bank, in its sole discretion, may surrender or terminate the Policy(ies) at any time and for any reason. Where the Bank and Insured (or assignee, with the consent of the Insured) mutually agree to exercise the right to increase the coverage under the subject Policy(ies), then, in such event, the rights, duties and benefits of the parties to such increased coverage shall continue to be subject to the terms of this Agreement. Subject to the obligations herein, at all times prior to Insured’s death, the Bank shall be entitled to an amount equal to the Policy(ies)’s cash value, as that term is defined in the Policy(ies) contract, less any Policy loans, accelerated benefits and unpaid interest or cash withdrawals previously incurred by the Bank and any applicable surrender charges. Such cash value shall be determined as of the date of surrender or death as the case may be.

 

  2.2

Sale, Surrender or Transfer of Policy(ies) and Rabbi Trust. The Bank (or the trustee, in the event of the establishment of a rabbi trust, at the direction of the Bank) may sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy to the Insurer or any third party, provided that, in the event of any such sale, surrender or transfer prior to termination of this Agreement, the Bank (or Trustee) replaces the Policy with a life insurance policy or policies on the life of the Insured providing death benefits and Accelerated Benefits that are at least as much as those of the Policy(ies) being replaced. The rights, duties and benefits of the Bank, Insured or the trustee with respect to any such replacement policy shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement. At the request of the Bank, Insured shall take any and all actions that the Bank determines may be reasonably necessary for the sale, surrender or transfer of the Policy, the issuance of a replacement policy(ies), and subjecting the replacement policy(ies) to the terms of this Agreement.

 

  2.3

Policy Exchange. Whereas this Agreement references specific life insurance Policies and such existing Policies are subject to exchange for new policies insuring Insured (“Replacement Policy[ies]”), the parties agree hereby that Replacement Policies shall, in all respects, replace the Existing Policies for which they were exchanged\ and shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement. In addition, Insured agrees to cooperate with all exchanges requested by the Bank by providing and promptly returning signatures as requested by the Bank or Plan Administrator.

 

4


3.

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION RIGHTS.

 

  3.1

Power to Designate Beneficiary(ies). Insured (or assignee) shall have the right and power to designate a “Beneficiary” or “Beneficiaries” to receive Insured’s share of the proceeds payable upon the death of Insured, and to elect and change a payment option for such. Beneficiary, subject to any right or interest the Bank may have in such proceeds, as provided in this Agreement. If no designated primary or secondary Beneficiary shall survive Insured, then all amounts due under this Agreement shall be paid to Insured’s estate.

 

  3.2

Effect of Divorce. A divorce will automatically revoke the portion of a Beneficiary Designation Form designating the former spouse as a Beneficiary. The former spouse will be a Beneficiary under this Agreement only if a new such Beneficiary Designation Form naming the former spouse as a Beneficiary is filed after the date the dissolution decree is entered.

 

  3.3

No Beneficiary Designation. In the absence of an effective Beneficiary Designation Form, or if all stated Beneficiaries predecease Insured, then Insured’s designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be Insured’s estate.

 

4.

PREMIUM PAYMENT METHOD.

Subject to the Bank’s absolute right to surrender or terminate the Policy(ies) at any time and for any reason, the Bank shall pay the premium required for each Policy as it becomes due.

 

5.

TAXABLE BENEFIT.

Annually the Insured will receive a taxable benefit equal to the assumed cost of insurance as required by the Internal Revenue Service. The Bank will report to the Insured the amount of imputed income each year on Form W-2 or its equivalent.

 

6.

DIVISION OF DEATH PROCEEDS.

Subject to Paragraphs 7 and 9 herein, the division of the death proceeds of the Policy(ies) is as follows:

 

  6.1

Entitlement to Death Benefit While Employed. Should Insured die prior to Separating From Service, then Insured’s Beneficiary(ies) shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to the lesser of One Million Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($1,350,000) or One Hundred Percent (100%) of the NAR.

 

5


  6.2

Death Benefit After Disability in Certain Circumstances. Because there is an “elimination period” that Insured must survive in order to receive the full Disability benefit contemplated under Paragraph 4.4.A of the SERP (i.e., in order for the Lloyd’s of London Individual Total Disability Policy to pay the differential between the anticipated accruals required to fund the full benefit at normal retirement age and the accruals in place as of the date of Disability), then if Insured becomes entitled to receive a benefit under Paragraph 4.4A of the SERP but does not survive the duration of the elimination period, Insured’s Beneficiary(ies) shall receive the lesser of the following amounts:

 

  A.

One Million Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($1,350,000), less any Accrued Liability Balance paid out pursuant to Paragraph 4.4A of the SERP; or

 

  B.

One Hundred Percent (100%) of the NAR.

 

  6.3

Death Benefit Following Separation From Service. Should Insured Separate From Service for any reason other than as addressed above in Paragraph 6.2, then neither Insured nor Insured’s Beneficiary(ies) shall be entitled to receive any amount of the Policy(ies’) proceeds pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  6.4

Additional Considerations.

 

  A.

Policies to Pay. The Bank may select which Policy(ies) shall be used to pay death benefits due under this Agreement.

 

  B.

Shared Interest. The Bank and Insured (or assignees) shall share in any interest due on the death proceeds on a pro rata basis as the proceeds due each respectively bears to the total proceeds, excluding any such interest.

 

  C.

Refund of Premium. Any refund of unearned premium as provided in any Policy(ies) shall be paid to the Bank.

 

7.

ACCELERATED BENEFIT IN THE EVENT OF TERMINAL OR CHRONIC ILLNESS (AS APPLICABLE) AND DIVISION OF CASH SURRENDER VALUE OF THE POLICY(IES).

 

  7.1

Accelerated Benefit Rider- Requirements. Provided Insured has either (i) not Separated From Service or (ii) Separates From Service for any reason other than a Termination For Cause, then he shall have the right to request

 

6


 

and receive an Accelerated Benefit up the amount specified hereinbelow in Paragraph 7.2.

 

  7.2

Amount of Accelerated Benefit. If Insured satisfies the requirements of Paragraph 7.1 above, then he shall have the right to request, in writing, an amount not to exceed Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000), but subject to any further limitation on dollar amounts imposed by the Policy(ies). “Exhibit A” attached hereto represents a sample Accelerated Benefit rider. This Exhibit A is not guaranteed to represent an actual rider in effect or included with any of the Policies governed by this Agreement, but is intended as a sample only.

Any Accelerated Benefit paid to the Insured hereunder shall be deducted from any amounts to which Insured or his Beneficiary(ies) is (or may be) entitled pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 6 above. Neither Bank nor Corrigan & Company (PFIS) make any representations or warranties about the tax consequences of such a request for accelerated or living benefits.

 

8.

RIGHTS OF PARTIES WHERE POLICY(IES) ENDOWMENT OR ANNUITY ELECTION EXISTS.

In the event the Policy(ies) involves an endowment or annuity element, the Bank’s right and interest in any endowment proceeds or annuity benefits, on expiration of the deferment period, shall be determined under the provisions of this Agreement by regarding such endowment proceeds or the commuted value of such annuity benefits as the Policy’s cash value. Such endowment proceeds or annuity benefits shall be considered death proceeds for the purposes of division under this Agreement.

 

9.

TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.

 

  9.1

Termination in Entirety by Operation. This Agreement shall terminate in its entirety upon any of the following:

 

  A.

Insured Separates from Service and is not entitled to an Accelerated Benefit under Section 7;

 

  B.

Upon the mutual written agreement of the Bank and Insured; or

 

  C.

Upon distribution of the death benefit proceeds in accordance with Paragraph 6.1 or 6.2 above.

 

7


10.

INSURED’S OR ASSIGNEE’S ASSIGNMENT RIGHTS.

Insured may not, without the written consent of the Bank, assign to any individual, trust or other organization, any right, title or interest in the subject Policy(ies) nor any rights, options, privileges or duties created under this Agreement.

 

11.

AGREEMENT BINDING UPON THE PARTIES.

This Agreement shall bind Insured and the Bank, their heirs, successors, personal representatives and assigns.

 

12.

ADMINISTRATIVE AND CLAIMS PROVISIONS.

 

  12.1

Named Fiduciary and Plan Administrator. The “Named Fiduciary and Plan Administrator” (“Administrator”) of this plan shall be the Bank until its removal by the board of directors. As Administrator, the Bank shall be responsible for the management, control and administration of this Agreement as established herein. The Administrator may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

  12.2.

Dispute Over Benefits. In the event a dispute arises over the benefits under this plan and benefits are not paid to the Insured [or to the Insured’s Beneficiary(ies)], if applicable) and such Claimants feel they are entitled to receive such benefits, then a written claim must be made to the Administrator named above in accordance with the following procedures:

 

  A.

Written Claim. The Claimant may file a written request for such benefit to the Administrator.

 

  B.

Claim Decision. Upon receipt of such claim, the Administrator shall respond to such Claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Administrator can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days for reasonable cause by notifying the Claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

8


If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Administrator shall notify the Claimant in writing of such denial. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

  (i)

The specific reasons for the denial;

  (ii)

The specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;

  (iii)

A description of any additional information or material necessary for Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

  (iv)

Appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if Claimant wishes to submit the claim for review and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and

  (v)

A statement of Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

  D.

Request for Review. Within sixty (60) days after receiving notice from the Administrator that a claim has been denied (in part or in its entirety), then Claimant (or their duly authorized representative) may file with the Administrator, a written request for a full and fair review of the denial of the claim. In the case of disability benefits where a medical judgment was part of the basis of the adverse benefit determination, the review shall include a consultation with an independent health care professional.

Claimant (or his duly authorized representative) shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Administrator shall also provide Claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to Claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

  E.

Decision on Review. The Administrator shall respond in writing to such Claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review. If the Administrator determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to Claimant prior to the termination of the initial sixty (60) day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of sixty (60) days from the end of the initial period. The notice of extension must set forth the special

 

9


 

circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision.

In considering the review, the Administrator shall take into account all materials and information Claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

The Administrator shall notify Claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by Claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

  (i)

The specific reasons for the denial;

  (ii)

Reference the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;

  (iii)

A statement that Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to Claimant’s claim for benefits; and

  (iv)

A statement of Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

  F.

Special Timing and Rules for Disability Claims. In the event a claim above is a claim for disability benefits, then the applicable time periods for notifying Claimant regarding benefit determinations shall be reduced as required by 29 CFR 2560.503-1 (within a reasonable period of time, but not to exceed forty-five (45) days, subject to no more than two (2) thirty (30) day extensions if necessary due to matters beyond control of the plan and subject to proper notice being given). In the event any extension is required, then notice of such extension shall specify the standards on which the entitlement to a benefit is based, all unresolved issues that prevent a decision on a claim, the additional information needed to resolve those issues, and Claimant shall be afforded at least forty-five (45) days in which to provide the specified information. Additionally, all disability claims shall be handled in a manner which is compliant with the Department of Labor Rules, including but not limited to the following:

 

  (i)

Claims and appeals will be adjudicated in a manner designed to ensure independence and impartiality of the persons involved in making the benefit determination;

 

10


  (ii)

All benefit denial notices shall contain a complete discussion of why the claim was denied and the standards applied in reaching the decision, including the basis for disagreeing with the views of health care professionals, vocational professionals, or the Social Security Administration;

  (iii)

Claimant shall have the right to access to the entire claim file and other relevant documents, and shall be guaranteed the right to present evidence and testimony in support of their claim during the review process;

  (iv)

Claimant shall be given notice and a fair opportunity to respond before denials at the appeals stage are based on new or additional evidence or rationales;

  (v)

Claimant is not prohibited from seeking court review of a claim denial based on a failure to exhaust administrative remedies under the plan if the plan failed to comply with the claims procedure requirements (unless the violation was the result of a minor error);

  (vi)

Certain rescissions of coverage are to be treated as adverse benefit determinations triggering the plan’s appeals procedures; and

  (vii)

All required notices and disclosures issued hereunder shall be written in a culturally and linguistically appropriate manner.

 

13.

GENDER.

Whenever in this Agreement words are used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, they shall be read and construed as in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, whenever they should so apply.

 

14.

INSURANCE COMPANY NOT A PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT.

The Insurer shall not be deemed a party to this Agreement but will respect the rights of the parties as herein developed upon receiving an executed copy of this Agreement. Payment or other performance in accordance with the Policy(ies) provisions shall fully discharge the Insurer from any and all liability.

 

15.

SEVERABILITY AND INTERPRETATION.

If a provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nonetheless be enforceable according to their terms. Further, in the event that any provision is held to be overbroad as written such provision shall be deemed amended to narrow its application to the extent

 

11


necessary to make the provision enforceable according to law and enforced as amended.

 

16.

APPLICABLE LAW.

The laws of the State of California shall govern the validity and interpretation of this Agreement.

 

17.

EFFECT OF THE LIFE INSURANCE POLICY’S CONTESTABILITY CLAUSES.

The parties herein understand and agree that the payment of the benefits provided herein are subject to the Policy’s(ies’) suicide and contestability clauses and other such clauses, and if such clauses preclude the Insurer from paying the full death proceeds, then, in such event, no death benefits of whatever nature shall be payable to Insured’s (or Insured’s Assignees) Beneficiary(ies) under this Agreement.

 

18.

CONFIDENTIALITY.

Insured agrees that the terms and conditions of this Agreement, except as such may be disclosed in financial statements and tax returns, or in connection with estate planning, or otherwise required by state or federal securities laws or any regulatory authority, are and shall forever remain confidential, and Insured agrees that he shall not reveal the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement at any time to any person or entity, other than his financial and professional advisors unless required to do so by a court of competent jurisdiction.

This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first set forth above.

CALIFORNIA BANK OF COMMERCE

 

/s/ Randy Greenfield

  

        

  

Date:

 

1-29-19

  

        

EVP/Chief Human Resources Officer

          

/s/ Steven E. Shelton

       

STEVEN E. SHELTON

  

Insured-   Signature and Date

        Print Name   

 

12

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries

California Bancorp Subsidiary:

 

Name

      

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

     
California Bank of Commerce      California